Committee Reports
107th Congress (2001-2002)
House Report 107-003 - Part 1
|
Committee Reports for the 107th Congress | |
| House Report 107-003 - Part 1 | 1 of 1 | |
|
|
|
70-515
2001
107TH CONGRESS 1ST SESSION
HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
Rept. 107-3
[Graphic image not available]
FEBRUARY 26, 2001- Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of the Union and ordered to be printed
70-515
2001
107TH CONGRESS 1ST SESSION
HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
Rept. 107-3
[Graphic image not available]
FEBRUARY 26, 2001- Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of the Union and ordered to be printed
1st Session
Part 1
BANKRUPTCY ABUSE PREVENTION AND CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT OF 2001
| FEBRUARY 26, 2001- Committed to the Committee of the Whole House on the State of the Union and ordered to be printed | |
| Mr. SENSENBRENNER, from the Committee on the Judiciary, submitted the following | |
| R E P O R T | |
| together with | |
| DISSENTING VIEWS | |
| [To accompany H.R. 333] |
- The Committee on the Judiciary, to whom was referred the bill (H.R. 333) amending title 11, United States Code, and for other purposes, having considered the same, report favorably thereon with amendments and recommend that the bill as amended do pass.
| CONTENTS | Page | |
| The Amendment | 2 | |
| Purpose and Summary | 2 | |
| Background and Need for the Legislation | 3 | |
| Hearings | 15 | |
| Committee Consideration | 16 | |
| Votes of the Committee | 16 | |
| Committee Oversight Findings | 23 | |
| Performance Goals and Objectives | 24 | |
| New Budget Authority and Tax Expenditures | 24 | |
| Committee Cost Estimate | 24 | |
| Committee Jurisdiction Letters | 25 | |
| Constitutional Authority Statement | 26 | |
| Preemption of State Law | 26 | |
| Section-by-Section Analysis and Discussion | 27 | |
| Changes in Existing Law Made by the Bill, as Reported | 118 | |
| Markup Transcript | 300 | |
| Dissenting Views | 455 | |
| Additional Dissenting Views | 488 |
The amendments (stated in terms of the page and line numbers of the introduced bill) are as follows:
- Page 174, line 5, strike `30.76' and insert `33.87'.
- Page 316, strike line 16 and insert the following:
- (1) by redesignating section 407 as 407A;
- Beginning on page 330, strike line 19 and all that follows through line 10 on page 331 (and make such technical and conforming changes as may be appropriate).
- Page 356, beginning on line 5, strike `and amended by this Act, is reenacted.' and insert `is hereby reenacted, and as here reenacted is amended by this Act.'.
- Page 356, line 20, strike `2001' and insert `2004'.
- Page 368, line 4, strike `and (38)' and insert `, (38), and (54A)'.
- Page 380, strike lines 19 through 21, and insert the following:
- (e) EFFECTIVE DATES- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), this section and the amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.
- (2) With respect to the temporary bankruptcy judgeship authorized for the district of South Carolina under paragraph (8) of the Bankruptcy Judgeship Act of 1992 (28 U.S.C. 152 note), subsection (c)(1) as it applies to the extension specified in subparagraph (D) of such subsection shall take effect immediately before December 31, 2000.
THE AMENDMENT
H.R. 333, the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001, was ordered reported with an amendment. The amendment made conforming revisions to the bill.
PURPOSE AND SUMMARY
H.R. 333, the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001, is a comprehensive package of reform measures pertaining to both consumer and business bankruptcy cases. The purpose of the bill is to improve bankruptcy law and practice by restoring personal responsibility and integrity in the bankruptcy system and by ensuring that the system is fair for both debtors and creditors.
The heart of H.R. 333's consumer bankruptcy reforms is the implementation of an income/expense screening mechanism (`needs-based bankruptcy relief') to ensure that debtors repay creditors the maximum they can afford. In addition to implementing needs-based bankruptcy relief, H.R. 333 institutes a panoply of other consumer bankruptcy reforms. These include new eligibility standards for bankruptcy relief, additional financial disclosure requirements for consumer debtors, and enhanced responsibilities for those charged with administering consumer bankruptcy cases. H.R. 333, likewise, institutes significant consumer protection reforms, including mandatory credit counseling requirements, required disclosures in connection with certain credit transactions, and protections against abusive practices with respect to reaffirmation agreements.
The bill also includes extensive reforms pertinent to business bankruptcies. Many of these provisions are intended to heighten administrative scrutiny and judicial oversight of small business bankruptcy cases. In addition, the bill includes provisions designed to reduce systemic risk in the financial marketplace and clarify the treatment of tax claims in bankruptcy cases. H.R. 333 also creates a new form of bankruptcy relief for transnational insolvencies and includes provisions regarding family farmer debtors and health care providers.
BACKGROUND AND NEED FOR THE LEGISLATION
Congressman George W. Gekas (for himself and 56 original cosponsors) introduced H.R. 333 on January 31, 2001. H.R. 333 is the product of more than 3 years of Congressional consideration of bankruptcy reform legislation. As introduced, H.R. 333 is virtually identical to the conference report on H.R. 2415, 1
[Footnote] the Gekas-Grassley Bankruptcy Reform Act of 2000, which passed the House by voice vote on October 12, 2000, 2
[Footnote] and passed the Senate on December 7, 2000 by a vote of 70 to 28. 3
[Footnote] On December 19, 2000, the conference report was pocket-vetoed by President Clinton.
[Footnote 1: H. Rep. No. 106-970 (2000). The only differences are H.R. 333's title and the deletion of section 1224 (pertaining to the Bankruptcy Administrator Program) from the conference report, as this provision was enacted into law. Federal Courts Improvement Act of 2000, Pub. L. No. 106-518, 501, 114 Stat. 2410, 2422 (2000).]
[Footnote 2: 146 Cong. Rec. H9840 (daily ed. Oct. 12, 2000)]
[Footnote 3: 146 Cong. Rec. S11730 (daily ed. Dec. 7, 2000). On October 19, 2000, the Senate, by a vote of 89 to 0, agreed to a motion to proceed to consideration of the conference report on H.R. 2415. 146 Cong. Rec. S10770 (daily ed. Oct. 19, 2000). A further motion to proceed was agreed to in the Senate on October 27, 2000 by a vote of 87 to 1. 146 Cong. Rec. S11205 (daily ed. Oct. 27, 2000). After a cloture motion failed by a vote of 53 to 30 on November 1, 2000, Senate Majority Leader Trent Lott moved to reconsider the vote. 146 Cong. Rec. S11450 (daily ed. Nov. 1, 2000). On December 5, 2000, the Senate agreed to a cloture motion by a vote of 67 to 31 and passed the conference report 2 days later. 146 Cong. Rec. S11553 (daily ed. Dec. 5, 2000).]
Support for bankruptcy reform legislation in the last two Congresses has been overwhelming and bipartisan. In the 105th Congress, for example, the House passed both H.R. 3150, the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1998, and the conference report on that bill by a veto-proof margins. 4
[Footnote] In the last Congress, the House passed H.R. 833, the predecessor to H.R. 2415, by a veto-proof margin of 313 to 108. 5
[Footnote] Bankruptcy reform legislation has also enjoyed broad bipartisan support in the Senate. 6
[Footnote]
[Footnote 4: 144 Cong. Rec. H4442 (daily ed. June 10, 1998) (vote on final passage of H.R. 3150 was 306 to 118); 144 Cong. Rec. H10239-40 (daily ed. Oct. 9, 1998) (vote on final passage of the conference report on H.R. 3150 was 300 to 125).]
[Footnote 5: 145 Cong. Rec. H2771 (daily ed. May 5, 1999).]
[Footnote 6: On February 2, 2000, H.R. 833 was laid before the Senate by unanimous consent. The Senate struck all of H.R. 833's language after its enacting clause and substituted the text of S. 625, as amended. H.R. 833, as amended, was then passed by the Senate in lieu of S. 625 by a recorded vote of 83 to 14. 146 Cong. Rec. S255 (daily ed. Feb. 2, 2000).]
The Judiciary Committee commenced its consideration of bankruptcy reform early in 105th Congress. On April 16, 1997, the Subcommittee on Commercial and Administrative Law conducted a hearing on the operation of the bankruptcy system that was combined with a status report from the National Bankruptcy Review Commission. 7
[Footnote] This would be the first of 17 hearings on bankruptcy reform over the ensuing 4 years. 8
[Footnote] Ten of these hearings were devoted solely to consideration of H.R. 333 and its predecessors, H.R. 3150 (the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1998) and H.R. 833 (the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999). Over the course of these hearings, nearly 130 witnesses, representing nearly every major constituency in the bankruptcy community, testified. With regard to H.R. 833 alone, testimony was received from 69 witnesses, representing 23 organizations, with additional material submitted by other groups. In fact, the subcommittee's inaugural hearing on H.R. 833 was held jointly with the Senate Subcommittee on Administrative Oversight and the Courts on March 11, 1999. 9
[Footnote] This marked the first time in more than 60 years that a bicameral hearing was held on the subject of bankruptcy reform. 10
[Footnote]
[Footnote 7: Operation of the Bankruptcy System and Status Report from the National Bankruptcy Review Commission: Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 105th Cong. (1997).]
[Footnote 8: The dates and subject matters of these hearings were as follows:]
April 16, 1997--Hearing on the operation of the bankruptcy system and status report from the National Bankruptcy Review Commission.
April 30, 1997--Hearing on H.R. 764, `Bankruptcy Amendments of 1997,' and H.R. 120, `Bankruptcy Law Technical Corrections Act of 1997.'
October 9, 1997--Hearing on H.R. 2592, `Private Trustee Reform Act of 1997' and review of post-confirmation fees in chapter 11 cases.
November 13, 1997--Hearing on the Report of the National Bankruptcy Review Commission.
February 12, 1998--Hearing on H.R. 2604, `Religious Liberty and Charitable Donation Protection Act of 1997.'
March 10-11, 18-19, 1998--Hearings on H.R. 3150, `Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1998,' H.R. 3146, `Consumer Lenders and Borrowers Bankruptcy Accountability Act of 1998,' and H.R. 2500, `Responsible Borrower Protection Bankruptcy Act.'
March 11-12, 18-19, 1999--Hearings on H.R. 833, `Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999.'
November 2, 1999--Joint oversight hearing on additional bankruptcy judgeship needs.
April 11, 2000--Oversight hearing on the limits on regulatory powers under the Bankruptcy Code.'
February 7-8, 2001--Hearings on H.R. 333, the `Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001.'
[Footnote 9: Representatives on behalf of the Commercial Law League of America, the Credit Union National Association, MBNA America Bank, N.A., National Retail Federation, and the National Consumer Law Center also testified. Some of the nation's leading jurists and academics presented testimony as well. Bankruptcy Reform: Joint Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary and the Subcomm. on Administrative Oversight and the Courts of the Senate Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. (1999).]
[Footnote 10: Senators testifying at the hearing included Charles Grassley (R-Iowa), Joseph Biden (D-Del.) and Christopher Dodd (D-Conn.). House Members included Jim Moran (D-Va.), Pete Sessions (R-Texas) and Nick Smith (R-Mich.). Id. The March 16, 1999 hearing provided an opportunity for the subcommittee to hear divergent historical perspectives of consumer bankruptcy reform. Specific topics included an analysis of the history and significance of the `fresh start' discharge under American bankruptcy law, the impact of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, the historical underpinnings of needs-based bankruptcy relief, and how bankruptcy affects the rights of creditors. Another panel examined the need for consumer bankruptcy reform from various perspectives. Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999 (Pt. I): Hearing before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. (1999).At its third hearing, on March 17, 1999, the subcommittee heard from many of the major organizations in the bankruptcy community, including the American Bankruptcy Institute, the American Financial Services Association, the National Association of Consumer Bankruptcy Attorneys, the National Bankruptcy Conference, the National Consumer Bankruptcy Coalition, the National Governors' Association, and the National Retail Federation, on the topic of consumer bankruptcy reform. A separate panel was devoted to judicial and administrative aspects of consumer bankruptcy reform. The hearing concluded with a statistical analysis of the needs-based reforms in H.R. 833. Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999 (Pt. II): Hearing before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. (1999).The fourth and final hearing on H.R. 833 was held on March 18, 1999. One panel focused on the treatment of domestic support obligations under the bill. Another panel offered various perspectives on business bankruptcy reform provisions in the bill from some of the major organizations in the bankruptcy community, including the AFL-CIO, American Bankers Association, American Bar Association/Business Bankruptcy Section, Commercial Law League of America, National Association of Credit Managers, and the Office of Chief Counsel for Advocacy at the Small Business Administration. The final panel examined a variety of other provisions in H.R. 833, including the treatment of tax claims in bankruptcy cases, international insolvencies, financial contracts, and chapter 12 (family farmer bankruptcy relief). Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999 (Pt. III): Hearing before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. (1999).]
It is also important to note that H.R. 333 is the product of extensive negotiation and compromise. Shortly after its predecessor, H.R. 833, was passed by the Senate last year, Members of the House and Senate, together with their staffs, spent nearly 7 months engaged in what was initially an informal conference to reconcile differences between the House and Senate passed versions of this bill. The product of these exhaustive efforts was the conference report on H.R. 2415, which is virtually identical to H.R. 333.
Consumer Bankruptcy
Overview. With respect to its consumer provisions, H.R. 333 responds to several significant developments. One of these developments was the exponential increase in consumer bankruptcy filings and the losses associated with these filings. Based on data released by the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, bankruptcy filings increased by more than 72 percent between 1994 and 1998. 11
[Footnote] For the first time in our nation's history, bankruptcy filings exceeded one million in 1996. 12
[Footnote] In calendar year 1997 alone, bankruptcy filings increased by more than 19 percent over the prior year. By 1998, the number of bankruptcy filings, according to the Administrative Office, reached an `all-time high' of more than 1.4 million cases. 13
[Footnote] Although the most recent reporting periods indicate that filings have somewhat decreased, the Administrative Office states that they `remain well above the one million mark.' 14
[Footnote] Paradoxically, this dramatic increase in bankruptcy filing rates has occurred during a period when the economy was generally robust, with relatively low unemployment and high consumer confidence. 15
[Footnote]
[Footnote 11: Administrative Office for United States Courts News Release, Bankruptcy Filings Decrease in Fiscal Year 2000, at 1 (Nov. 21, 2000).]
[Footnote 12: Administrative Office for United States Courts News Release, Increase in Bankruptcy Filings Slowed in Calendar Year 1998, at 1 (Mar. 1, 1999).]
[Footnote 13: Id.]
[Footnote 14: Administrative Office for United States Courts News Release, Bankruptcy Filings Decrease in Fiscal Year 2000, at 1 (Nov. 21, 2000). For example, the number of bankruptcy cases filed in fiscal year 2000 exceeded 1.3 million. Id.]
[Footnote 15: See, e.g., Congressional Budget Office, Personal Bankruptcy: A Literature Review (Sept. 2000); Bankruptcy Reform: Joint Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary and the Subcomm. on Administrative Oversight and the Courts of the Senate Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. 97 (1999); Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1998: Hearings on H.R. 3150 Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 105th Cong. 141 (1998).]
Coupled with this development was the release of a study estimating that financial losses attributable to bankruptcy filings in 1997 exceeded $44 billion. 16
[Footnote] The committee received testimony in the last Congress stating that this figure, when amortized on a daily basis, amounts to a loss of `at least $110 million every day.' 17
[Footnote] Various other studies, which thereafter became available, concluded that some bankruptcy debtors can, in fact, repay a significant portion of their debts. 18
[Footnote]
[Footnote 16: Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1998: Hearings on H.R. 3150 Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 105th Cong. 147 (1998).]
[Footnote 17: Bankruptcy Reform: Joint Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary and the Subcomm. on Administrative Oversight and the Courts of the Senate Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. 26 (1999). This estimated loss has been calculated to be $400 per household. Id.]
[Footnote 18: See, e.g., Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999 (Part II): Hearing on H.R. 833 Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. 298 (1999) (statement of Thomas S. Neubig, Ernst & Young LLP--Policy Economics and Quantitative Analysis Group, concluding that `large numbers of 1997 U.S. chapter 7 filers had the ability to repay large portions of their debts'); Id. at 228-29 (statement of Michael E. Staten, Credit Research Center, concluding that `about 25 percent of chapter 7 debtors could have repaid at least 30 percent of their non-housing debts over a 5-year repayment plan, after accounting for monthly expenses and housing payments' and that `[a]bout 5 percent of chapter 7 filers appeared capable of repaying all of their non-housing debt over a 5-year plan,' although these `calculations assumed income would remain unchanged relative to expenses over the 5 years'); Marianne B. Culhane & Michaela M. White, Taking the New Consumer Bankruptcy Model for a Test Drive: Means-Testing Real Chapter 7 Debtors, 7 AM. BANKR. L. J. 27, 31 (1999) (concluding that 3.6% of sampled debtors `emerged as apparent can-pays').]
The consumer bankruptcy provisions of H.R. 333 address the needs of creditors as well as debtors. With respect to the interests of creditors, this legislation responds to many of the factors contributing to the increase in consumer bankruptcy filings, such as lack of personal financial accountability, 19
[Footnote] the proliferation of serial filings, and the absence of effective oversight to eliminate abuse in the system. The bill's debtor protections consist of provisions allowing debtors to exempt certain education IRA plans, fortifying the Bankruptcy Code's exemptions for certain retirement pension funds, enhancing the professionalism standards for attorneys and others who assist consumer debtors with their bankruptcy cases, ensuring that debtors receive notice of alternatives to bankruptcy relief, requiring debtors to participate in debt repayment programs, and instituting a pilot program to study the effectiveness of consumer financial management programs.
[Footnote 19: As one academic explained:]
[S]hoplifting is wrong; bankruptcy is also a moral act. Bankruptcy is a moral as well as an economic act. There is a conscious decision not to keep one's promises. It is a decision not to reciprocate a benefit received, a good deed done on the promise that you will reciprocate. Promise-keeping and reciprocity are the foundation of an economy and healthy civil society.
Consumer creditor protections: needs-based reforms. Chapter 7 is a form of bankruptcy relief where an individual debtor receives an immediate unconditional discharge of personal liability for certain debts in exchange for turning over his or her nonexempt assets to a bankruptcy trustee for liquidation and distribution to creditors. 20
[Footnote] This `unconditional discharge' in chapter 7 contrasts with the `conditional discharge' provisions of chapter 13, under which a debtor commits to repay some portion of his or her financial obligations in exchange for retaining nonexempt assets and receiving a broader discharge of debt than is available under chapter 7.
[Footnote 20: Under the Bankruptcy Code, only an individual may obtain a chapter 7 discharge. Thus, a corporation is not eligible to receive a discharge under chapter 7. 11 U.S.C. Sec. 727(a)(1).]
Allowing consumer debtors in financial distress to choose voluntarily an `unconditional discharge' has been a part of American bankruptcy law since the enactment of the Bankruptcy Act of 1898. 21
[Footnote] The rationale of an unconditional discharge was explained by Congress more than 100 years ago:
[Footnote 21: Bankruptcy Act of 1898, 30 Stat. 544 (1898) (repealed 1978).]
[W]hen an honest man is hopelessly down financially, nothing is gained for the public by keeping him down, but, on the contrary, the public good will be promoted by having his assets distributed ratably as far as they will go among his creditors and letting him start anew. 22
[Footnote]
[Footnote 22: H.R. REP. NO. 55-65, at 43 (1897).]
The heart of H.R. 333's consumer bankruptcy reforms is the implementation of a needs-based screening mechanism, which uses the debtor's income and expenses to assess repayment ability. The concept of needs-based bankruptcy relief has long been debated in the United States. In 1932, President Herbert Hoover, for instance, recommended to the Congress the following:
The discretion of the courts in granting or refusing discharges should be broadened, and they should be authorized to postpone discharges for a time and require bankrupts, during the period of suspension, to make some satisfaction out of after-acquired property as a condition to the granting of a full discharge. 23
[Footnote]
[Footnote 23: President's Special Message to the Congress on Reform of Judicial Procedure, 69 Pub. Papers 83, 90 (Feb. 29, 1932).]
Congressional recognition of needs-based relief has been gradual. In 1938, chapter XIII (the predecessor to chapter 13 of the Bankruptcy Code) was enacted as a purely voluntary form of bankruptcy relief that allowed a debtor to voluntarily propose a plan to repay creditors out of future earnings. 24
[Footnote] Over the ensuing years, there continued to be repeated expressions of support for and opposition to needs-based bankruptcy reform. 25
[Footnote] The Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, 26
[Footnote] however, retained the principle that a debtor's decision to choose relief premised on repayment to creditors had to be `completely voluntary.' 27
[Footnote]
[Footnote 24: Chandler Act of 1938, 52 Stat. 840 (1938); Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999 (Part II): Hearing on H.R. 833 Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 106th Cong. 100 (1999) (statement of Prof. Lawrence P. King).]
[Footnote 25: See, e.g., Report of the Commission on the Bankruptcy Laws of the United States--July 1973, H.R. Doc. No. 93 137, pt. I, at 158 (1973) (observing that `proposals have been made to Congress from time to time that a debtor able to obtain relief under chapter XIII [predecessor of chapter 13] should be denied relief in straight bankruptcy'); Hearings on H.R. 1057 and H.R. 5771 Before the Subcomm. No. 4 of the House Committee on the Judiciary, 90th Cong. (1967). Organizations that testified before Congress in 1967 in support of such reform included the American Bar Association, the American Bankers Association, the Chamber of Commerce of the United States, Credit Union National Association, Inc., the National Federation of Independent Businesses, and the American Industrial Bankers Association. Id. The Commission on the Bankruptcy Laws of the United States, while supporting the concept that repayment plans should be `fostered,' nevertheless concluded in 1973 that `forced participation by a debtor in a plan requiring contributions out of future income has so little prospect for success that it should not be adopted as a feature of the bankruptcy system.' Id. at 159.]
[Footnote 26: Pub. L. No. 95-598, 92 Stat. 2549 (1978).]
[Footnote 27: H.R. REP. NO. 95-595, at 120 (1977) (observing that `[t]he thirteenth amendment prohibits involuntary servitude' and suggesting that `a mandatory chapter 13, by forcing an individual to work for creditors, would violate this prohibition').]
Although as originally enacted, the Bankruptcy Code provided that a chapter 7 case could only be dismissed for `cause,' the Code was in 1984 amended to permit the court to dismiss a chapter 7 case for `substantial abuse.' 28
[Footnote] This provision, codified in section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, 29
[Footnote] was added `as part of a package of consumer credit amendments designed to reduce perceived abuses in the use of chapter 7.' 30
[Footnote] It was intended to respond `to concerns that some debtors who could easily pay their creditors might resort to chapter 7 to avoid their obligations.' 31
[Footnote] In 1986, section 707(b) was further amended to allow a United States trustee (a Department of Justice official) to move for dismissal. 32
[Footnote]
[Footnote 28: Bankruptcy Amendments and Federal Judgeship Act of 1984, Pub. L. No. 98-353, 98 Stat. 333.]
[Footnote 29: 11 U.S.C. Sec. 707(b).]
[Footnote 30: 6 LAWRENCE P. KING ET AL., COLLIER ON BANKRUPTCY 707.LH[2], at 707-30 (15th ed. rev. 2000).]
[Footnote 31: Id. 707.04, at 707-15.]
[Footnote 32: Bankruptcy Judges, United States Trustees, and Family Farmer Bankruptcy Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-554, 100 Stat. 3008.]
Under current practice, section 707(b) motions are infrequently made for several reasons. First, neither the court nor the United States trustee is required to make these motions, even in cases evidencing obvious abuse of the bankruptcy system. Second, other parties in interest, such as chapter 7 trustees and creditors, are prohibited from filing these motions. In fact, section 707(b) provides that a motion under that provision may not even be made `at the request or suggestion of any party in interest.' 33
[Footnote] Third, the standard for dismissal--substantial abuse--is inherently vague, which has lead to its disparate interpretation and application by the bankruptcy bench. 34
[Footnote] Some courts, for example, hold that a debtor's ability to repay a significant portion of his or her debts out of future income constitutes substantial abuse and therefore is cause for dismissal; 35
[Footnote] others require some evidence of moral turpitude. 36
[Footnote] A fourth reason militating against filing section 707(b) motions is that the Bankruptcy Code codifies a presumption that favors granting a debtor a discharge. 37
[Footnote]
[Footnote 33: 11 U.S.C. Sec. 707(b).]
[Footnote 34: See, e.g., David White, Disorder in the Court: Section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, 1995-96 ANN. SURVEY OF BANKR. L. 333, 355 (1996) (noting that the courts `have taken divergent views in an attempt to define the term' and have resorted to `a variety of methods' in applying it to specific cases).]
[Footnote 35: See, e.g., In re Kelly , 841 F.2d 908, 913-14 (9th Cir. 1988) (observing that the `principal factor to be considered in determining substantial abuse is the debtor's ability to repay debts for which a discharge is sought').]
[Footnote 36: See, e.g., In re Braley, 103 B.R. 758 (Bankr. E.D. Va. 1989), aff'd, 110 B.R. 211 (E.D. Va. 1990). Notwithstanding the fact that the debtors in Braley had disposable monthly income of nearly $2,700, the bankruptcy court did not dismiss the case for substantial abuse. Id. at 760. The court concluded, `Based upon this legislative history, we are persuaded that no future income tests exists in 707(b) and if it did, as a finding of fact, the Braley family has insufficient future income to merit barring the door in light of the circumstances of this Navy family.' Id. at 762.]
[Footnote 37: Section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code mandates that `[t]here shall be a presumption in favor of granting the relief requested by the debtor.' 11 U.S.C. Sec. 707(b).]
Over the course of its hearings in the last two Congresses, the committee received testimony explaining that if needs-based reforms and other measures were implemented, the rate of repayment to creditors would increase as more debtors are shifted into chapter 13 (a form of bankruptcy relief where the debtor commits to repay a portion or all of his debts in exchange for receiving a broad discharge of debt) as opposed to chapter 7 (a form of bankruptcy relief where the debtor receives an immediate discharge of personal liability on certain debts in exchange for turning over his or her nonexempt assets to the bankruptcy trustee for distribution to creditors).
Section 102 implements the act's needs-based bankruptcy reforms. Subsection (a) amends section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to permit a court, on its own motion, or on motion of the United States trustee, private trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or party in interest, to dismiss a chapter 7 case for abuse if it was filed by an individual debtor whose debts are primarily consumer debts. Alternatively, section 102(a) permits a chapter 7 case to be converted to a case under chapter 11 or chapter 13 on consent of the debtor.
In addition, section 102(a) replaces the current law's presumption in favor of the debtor with a mandatory presumption of abuse that is triggered under certain conditions. Section 102(a) requires a court to presume that abuse exists if the amount of the debtor's income remaining, after certain expenses and other specified amounts are deducted from the debtor's current monthly income (a defined term), 38
[Footnote] when multiplied by 60, exceeds the lower of the following: (1) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims, or $6000 (whichever is greater); or (2) $10,000. In addition to other specified expenses, 39
[Footnote] the debtor's monthly expenses--exclusive of any payments for debts (unless otherwise permitted)--must be the applicable monthly amounts set forth in the Internal Revenue Service Financial Analysis Handbook as Necessary Expenses under the National and Local Standards categories and the debtor's actual monthly expenditures for items categorized as Other Necessary Expenses. For purposes of this provision, the expenses include those of the debtor, the debtor's dependents, and the debtor's spouse, if not otherwise a dependent. For purposes of determining whether the mandatory presumption of abuse applies under the needs-based test, section 102(a) permits the debtor to deduct certain other liabilities.
[Footnote 38: Section 102(b) defines `current monthly income' as the average monthly income from all sources that the debtor receives (or, in a joint case, the debtor and the debtor's spouse receive), without regard to whether it is taxable income, in the 6-month period preceding the date of determination. It includes any amount paid on a regular basis by any entity (other than the debtor or, in a joint case, the debtor and the debtor's spouse) to the household expenses of the debtor or the debtor's dependents and, in a joint case, the debtor's spouse, if not otherwise a dependent. It excludes Social Security Act benefits and payments to victims of war crimes or crimes against humanity on account of their status as victims of such crimes.]
[Footnote 39: Section 102(a) mandates that the debtor's monthly expenses also include reasonably necessary expenses incurred to maintain the safety of the debtor and the debtor's family from family violence as identified in section 309 of the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act or other applicable law. In addition, the debtor may deduct up to an additional 5 percent of the food and clothing expense allowances under the National Standards category, if demonstrated to be reasonable and necessary.Other liabilities that may be deducted include the debtor's average monthly payments on account of secured debts, calculated as the total of all amounts scheduled as contractually due over the 60-month period following the filing of the bankruptcy, divided by 60 months. This amount may include any additional payments to secured creditors that a chapter 13 debtor must make to retain possession of a primary residence, motor vehicle, or other property necessary for the support of the debtor and the debtor's dependents. With respect to claims and expenses entitled to priority under section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code, section 102(a) specifies that the debtor may deduct payments for these obligations, calculated as the total amount of all priority debts, divided by 60. If applicable, the debtor may deduct the following additional expenses:]
(1) Ěthe continuation of actual expenses paid by the debtor that are reasonable and necessary for the care and support of an elderly, chronically ill, or disabled household member or member of the debtor's immediate family who is unable to pay such expenses;
(2) Ěthe actual administrative expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) of administering a chapter 13 plan for the district in which the debtor resides, up to 10 percent of projected plan payments, as determined under schedules issued by the Executive Office for United States Trustees; and
(3) Ěthe actual expenses for each dependent child under the age of 18 years up to $1,500 per year per child to attend a private elementary or secondary school, if the debtor documents these expenses and provides a detailed explanation of why they are reasonable and necessary.
The mandatory presumption of abuse may only be rebutted if: (1) the debtor demonstrates special circumstances that justify any additional expense or adjustment to the debtor's current monthly income for which there is no reasonable alternative; and (2) such additional expense or income adjustment causes the debtor's current monthly income (reduced by various amounts) when multiplied by 60 to be less than the lesser of either (i) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims, or $6,000 (whichever is greater), or (ii) $10,000. 40
[Footnote]
[Footnote 40: The debtor must itemize and provide documentation of each additional expense or income adjustment and an explanation of the special circumstances that make such expense or income adjustment reasonable and necessary. In addition, the debtor must attest under oath to the accuracy of any information provided to demonstrate that such additional expenses or adjustments to income are required.]
Where the mandatory presumption of abuse does not apply or has been rebutted, the court, in order to determine whether the granting of relief under chapter 7 would be an abuse of such chapter, must consider: (1) whether the debtor filed the chapter 7 case in bad faith; or (2) whether the totality of circumstances of the debtor's financial situation (including whether the debtor seeks to reject a personal services contract and the financial need for such rejection) demonstrates abuse.
Should a court grant a section 707(b) motion made by a trustee and find that the action of debtor's counsel in filing the chapter 7 case violated Federal Rule of Bankruptcy Procedure 9011, section 102(a) mandates that the court order the attorney to reimburse the trustee for all reasonable costs in prosecuting the motion, including reasonable attorneys' fees. In addition, the court must assess an appropriate civil penalty, payable to the private trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or the United States trustee. 41
[Footnote]
[Footnote 41: Section 102(a) specifies that the signature of an attorney on a bankruptcy petition, pleading, or written motion constitutes a certification that the attorney has (1) performed a reasonable investigation into the circumstances giving rise to such petition, pleading or motion; and (2) determined that the document is well grounded in fact or warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law; and does not constitute an abuse under section 707(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to section 102(a), the signature of an attorney on a bankruptcy petition constitutes a certification that the attorney has no knowledge after an inquiry that the information in the schedules filed with such petition is incorrect.]
Two types of `safe harbors' are recognized under section 102(a). One provides that only a judge, United States trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or private trustee may bring a motion under section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code if the chapter 7 debtor's income (or in a joint case, the income of debtor and the debtor's spouse) does not exceed the State median family income for a family of equal or lesser size (adjusted for larger sized families), or the State median family income for one earner in the case of a one-person household. The second safe harbor provides that no motion under section 707(b)(2) (dismissal based on the debtor's ability to repay) may be filed by a judge, United States trustee, bankruptcy administrator, private trustee, or other party in interest if the debtor and the debtor's spouse combined have income that does not exceed the State median family income for a family of equal or lesser size (adjusted for larger sized families), or the State median family income for one earner in the case of a one-person household.
Provisions of the bill that are directed to other forms of abuse include Section 102(f), which amends section 707 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a court may dismiss a chapter 7 case filed by an individual debtor convicted of a crime of violence (as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 16), or a drug trafficking crime (as defined in 18 U.S.C. 924(c)(2)) on motion of the victim, under certain circumstances. Section 102(g) amends section 1325(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require the court to find, as a condition of confirmation, that the debtor filed the chapter 13 case in good faith.
Protections for creditors--in general. H.R. 333 contains a broad range of reforms to provide greater protections for creditors, while ensuring that the claims of those creditors entitled to priority treatment, such as spousal and child support claims, are not adversely impacted. The bill accomplishes this goal by: (1) ensuring that creditors receive proper and timely notice of important events and proceedings in a bankruptcy case; (2) prohibiting abusive serial filings and extending the period between successive discharges; (3) implementing various provisions designed to improve the accuracy of the information contained in debtors' schedules, statements of financial affairs, and other documents; and (4) limiting abusive use of homestead exemptions. It also clarifies that creditors holding consumer debts may participate without counsel at the section 341 meeting of creditors (which provides an opportunity for creditors to examine the debtor under oath).
Protection of family support obligations. Domestic support claimants receive a broad spectrum of special protections under H.R. 333. According to one law enforcement official who testified before this committee earlier this year:
It is my opinion, and the opinion of every professional support collector with whom I have discussed the issue, that the support amendments contained in Sections 211 through 219 of H.R. 333 will enhance substantially the enforcement of support obligations against debtors in bankruptcy. These enhancements will also result in a more efficient and economical use of attorney and court resources. 42
[Footnote]
[Footnote 42: Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001: Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 107th Cong.XX(2001) (statement of Philip L. Strauss on behalf of the California District Attorneys Association and the California Family Support Council).]
The bill creates a uniform and expanded definition of domestic support obligations to include debts that accrue both before or after a bankruptcy case is filed. H.R. 333 accords the highest payment priority for these debts and gives new priority treatment to certain claims assigned to governmental units by a spouse, former spouse, child of the debtor, or parent of a child. In addition, the bill mandates that a chapter 13 or chapter 11 debtor must be current on postpetition domestic support obligations to confirm a plan of reorganization. The same obligation is imposed as a prerequisite for a chapter 13 debtor to receive a discharge. To facilitate the domestic support collection efforts by governmental units, H.R. 333 creates various exceptions to automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code (which enjoin many forms of creditor collection activities). It also broadens the categories of nondischargeable family support obligations with the result that these debts will not be extinguished at the end of the bankruptcy process. H.R. 333, in addition, mandates that spousal and child support claimants as well as State child support agencies receive specified information and notices relevant to pending bankruptcy cases.
Protections for secured creditors. H.R. 333 gives secured creditors a broad variety of enhanced protections. These include a prohibition against bifurcating a secured debt incurred within the 5-year period preceding the filing of a bankruptcy case if the debt is secured by a purchase money security interest in a motor vehicle acquired for the debtor's personal use. Where the collateral consists of any other type of property having value, H.R. 333 prohibits bifurcation of specified secured debts if incurred during the 1-year period preceding the filing of the bankruptcy case. The bill clarifies current law to specify that the value of a claim secured by personal property is the replacement value of such property without deduction for the secured creditor's costs of sale or marketing. In addition, the bill terminates the automatic stay with respect to personal property if the debtor does not timely reaffirm the underlying obligation or redeem the property. H.R. 333 also specifies that a secured claimant retains its lien in a chapter 13 case until the underlying debt is paid or the debtor receives a discharge.
Protections for unsecured creditors. H.R. 333 contains various reforms tailored to remedy certain types of fraud and abuse within the present bankruptcy system. For example, the bill substantially limits a debtor's ability to file successive bankruptcy cases. It also addresses abusive practices by consumer debtors who, for example, knowingly load up with credit card purchases or recklessly obtain cash advances and then file for bankruptcy relief. In addition, H.R. 333 prevents the discharge of debts based on fraud, embezzlement, and malicious injury in a chapter 13 case.
Protections for lessors. With respect to the interests of lessors, H.R. 333 requires chapter 13 debtors to remain current on their personal property leases and provide proof of adequate insurance. The bill specifies that a lessor may condition assumption of a personal property lease on cure of any outstanding default and it provides that a lessor is not required to permit such assumption. The bill also addresses a problem faced by thousands of small landlords across the nation whose tenants file for bankruptcy relief solely for the purpose of staying pending eviction proceedings so that they can live `rent free.'
Consumer debtor protections. The bill's consumer protections include provisions strengthening the professionalism standards for attorneys and others who assist consumer debtors with their bankruptcy cases. H.R. 333 mandates that certain services and specified notices be provided to consumers by professionals and others who render bankruptcy assistance. To ensure compliance with these provisions, the bill institutes various enforcement mechanisms.
In addition, H.R. 333 amends the Truth in Lending Act to require certain credit card solicitations, monthly billing statements, and related materials to include important disclosures and explanatory statements regarding introductory interest rates and minimum payments, among other matters. These additional disclosures are intended to give debtors important information to enable them to better manage their financial affairs.
Reforms aimed to help debtors understand their rights and obligations with respect to reaffirmation agreements are also included in the legislation. To enforce these protections, for example, H.R. 333 requires the Attorney General to designate a U.S. Attorney for each judicial district and a FBI agent for each field office to have primary law enforcement responsibility regarding abusive reaffirmation practices.
In addition, the legislation substantially expands a debtor's ability to exempt certain tax-qualified retirement accounts and pensions. It also creates a new provision that allows a consumer debtor to exempt certain education IRA and State tuition plans for his or her child's postsecondary education from the claims of creditors.
Most importantly, H.R. 333 requires debtors to participate in credit counseling programs before filing for bankruptcy relief (unless special circumstances do not permit such participation). The legislation's credit counseling provisions are intended to give consumers in financial distress an opportunity to learn about the consequences of bankruptcy--such as the potentially devastating effect it can have on their credit rating--and guidance about how to manage their finances, so that they can avoid future financial difficulties.
Other debtor protections include expanded notice requirements for consumers. Under the bill, individuals with primarily consumer debts must receive notice of alternatives to bankruptcy relief before they file for bankruptcy and it requires them to be informed of other matters pertaining to the integrity of the bankruptcy system. The legislation also permits certain filing fees and related charges to be waived, in appropriate cases, for individuals who lack the ability to pay these costs.
Business Bankruptcy. H.R. 333 contains a comprehensive set of reforms pertinent to business bankruptcies. They include provisions addressing the special problems presented by small business bankruptcies and single asset real estate debtors as well as provisions dealing with business bankruptcy cases in general. H.R. 333 establishes a new form of bankruptcy relief for transnational insolvencies that is intended to promote international comity and greater certainty. It also includes provisions concerning the treatment of certain financial contracts under the banking laws as well as under the Bankruptcy Code. H.R. 333 responds to the special needs of family farmers by making chapter 12 of the Bankruptcy Code (a form of bankruptcy relief available only to eligible family farmers) permanent.
Small business/single asset real estate debtors. Most chapter 11 cases are filed by small business debtors. Although the Bankruptcy Code envisions that creditors should play a major role in the oversight of chapter 11 cases, this often does not occur with respect to small business debtors. The main reason is that creditors in these smaller cases do not have claims large enough to warrant the time and money to participate actively in these cases. The resulting lack of creditor oversight creates a greater need for the United States trustee to monitor these cases closely. Nevertheless, the monitoring of these debtors by United States trustees varies throughout the nation.
H.R. 333 addresses the special problems presented by small business cases by instituting a variety of time frames and enforcement mechanisms designed to weed out small business debtors who are not likely to reorganize. It also requires these cases to be more actively monitored by United States trustees and the bankruptcy courts. The small business and single asset real estate provisions of H.R. 333 are largely derived from consensus recommendations of the National Bankruptcy Review Commission. 43
[Footnote] These provisions have also received broad support from many in the business community. 44
[Footnote]
[Footnote 43: See generally Report of the National Bankruptcy Review Commission, at 303-706 (Oct. 20, 1997).]
[Footnote 44: See, e.g., Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001: Hearing Before the Subcomm. on Commercial and Administrative Law of the House Comm. on the Judiciary, 107th Cong.XX(2001) (statement of R. Bruce Josten on behalf of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce).]
With regard to the Bankruptcy Code's treatment of single asset real estate debtors, H.R. 333 makes several amendments. First, it eliminates the monetary cap from the single asset real estate debtor definition. Second, it makes these debtors subject to the bill's small business reforms. Third, H.R. 333 amends the automatic stay provisions by permitting a single asset real estate debtor to make requisite interest payments out of rents or other proceeds generated by the real property.
Financial contracts. H.R. 333 contains a series of provisions pertaining to the treatment of certain financial transactions under the Bankruptcy Code and relevant banking laws. These provisions are intended to reduce `systemic risk' in the banking system and financial marketplace. To minimize the risk of disruption when parties to these transactions become bankrupt or insolvent, the bill amends provisions of the banking and investment laws, as well as the Bankruptcy Code, applicable to certain types of financial transactions. 45
[Footnote] In addition to the Bankruptcy Code, the bill amends the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989; Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991; Federal Reserve Act; and Securities Investor Protection Act of 1971.
[Footnote 45: The report on H.R. 4393, a bill substantially similar to title X of H.R. 833 that was introduced in the 106th Congress by Banking and Financial Services Committee Chair James Leach (R-Iowa), explained as follows:]
Systemic risk is the risk that the failure of a firm or disruption of a market or settlement system will cause widespread difficulties at other firms, in other market segments or in the financial system as a whole. If participants in certain financial activities are unable to enforce their rights to terminate financial contracts with an insolvent entity in a timely manner, or to offset or net their various contractual obligations, the resulting uncertainty and potential lack of liquidity could increase the risk of an inter-market disruption.
Many of these provisions are derived from recommendations issued by a presidential interagency working group 46
[Footnote] and revisions espoused by the financial industry. Other provisions would treat certain asset-backed securitizations as valid transfers and limit the authority of a court or administrative agency to enjoin certain actions.
[Footnote 46: The Working Group's members included representatives from the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Department of the Treasury, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Id. at 1.]
Transnational insolvencies. In response to the increasing globalization of business dealings and operations, the bill establishes a separate chapter under the Bankruptcy Code devoted to transnational insolvencies. These provisions are intended to provide greater legal certainty for trade and investment as well as to provide for the fair and efficient administration of these cases.
Health care providers. H.R. 333 adds a provision to the Bankruptcy Code specifying requirements for the disposal of patient records in a chapter 7, 9, or 11 case of a health care business where the trustee lacks sufficient funds to pay for the storage of such records in accordance with applicable Federal or State law. These requirements are intended to protect the privacy and confidentiality of a patient's medical records when they are in the custody of a health care business in bankruptcy.
In addition, the bill includes a provision according administrative expense priority to the actual, necessary costs and expenses of closing a health care business (including the disposal of patient records or transferral of patients) incurred by a trustee, Federal agency, or a department or agency of a State. It also requires the court to order the appointment of an ombudsman within 30 days after the commencement of a chapter 7, 9 or 11 case by a health care provider, unless the court finds that such appointment is not necessary for the protection of patients under the specific facts of the case. The ombudsman is responsible for monitoring the quality of patient care and to represent the interests of the patients. Other provisions include the requirement that a bankruptcy trustee use all reasonable and best efforts to transfer patients from a health care business that is being closed to an appropriate alternative facility that meets certain specified criteria.
Other Provisions Having General Impact. H.R. 333 contains several provisions having general impact with respect to bankruptcy law and practice. For example, it requires the Executive Office for United States Trustees to compile various statistics regarding chapter 7, 11 and 13 cases and to make these data available to the public. Other general provisions include allowing compensation to be shared with bona fide public service attorney referral programs, and mandating that a bankruptcy court conduct scheduling conferences in bankruptcy cases if necessary to further the expeditious and economical resolution of such cases.
The bill makes several revisions to the Bankruptcy Code's preference provisions. Under H.R. 333, a defendant in a preference action may establish that the transfer was made in the ordinary course of the debtor's financial affairs or business, or that the transfer was made in accordance with ordinary business terms. The bill also establishes a threshold amount as a prerequisite to the commencement of a preferential transfer proceeding. In addition, H.R. 333 amends the venue provisions for preferential transfer actions. A preferential transfer action in the amount of $10,000 or less would have to be filed in the district where the defendant resides. Currently, this amount is fixed at $1,000.
HEARINGS
The committee held 2 days of hearings on H.R. 333 on February 7 and 8, 2001. Testimony was received from eight witnesses, representing seven organizations. During the course of the first hearing, the committee received testimony from Kenneth Beine on behalf of the Credit Union National Association who explained how the current bankruptcy system impacts small businesses and non-profits. The committee also received testimony from R. Bruce Josten on behalf of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce who described the current consumer bankruptcy law's adverse impact on businesses. In addition, the committee heard from Phillip Strauss, a professional with more than 25 years of experience in child support enforcement. Speaking on behalf of the California District Attorneys Association and the California Family Support Council, Mr. Strauss described the ways in which H.R. 333 would help ensure payment of these obligations. George Wallace, the final witness appeared on behalf of The Coalition for Responsible Bankruptcy Laws. He explained the differences between the version of the bill as reported by the committee in the 106th Congress and H.R. 333.
The second day of hearings provided a different perspective. The witnesses included Charles Trapp, who was a former chapter 7 debtor. He was joined by Ralph Mabey, who appeared on behalf of the National Bankruptcy Conference and Professor Karen Gross of New York Law School. The final witness was Damon Silvers, who testified on behalf of the AFL-CIO. Although each of these witnesses acknowledged that H.R. 333 did make needed improvements to current bankruptcy law, they questioned the efficacy of certain provisions of the bill.
COMMITTEE CONSIDERATION
On February 14, 2001, the committee met in open session and ordered favorably reported the bill H.R. 333 with amendment by a recorded vote of 19 to 8, a quorum being present.
VOTES OF THE COMMITTEE
1. An amendment offered by Mr. Conyers and Ms. Waters to create an exception to the nondischargeability of certain specified debts if the debtor's ability to pay domestic support obligations is impaired by such limitation on the debtor's discharge. Defeated 10 to 14.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Conyers | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Nadler | Mr. Gekas |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Mr. Lofgren | Mr. Goodlatte |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | Mr. Chabot |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Barr |
| Mr. Meehan | Mr. Hutchinson |
| Mr. Delahunt | Mr. Cannon |
| Mr. Baldwin | Mr. Graham |
| Mr. Weiner | Mr. Bachus |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Ms. Hart |
2. An amendment offered by Mr. Watt to specify that the terms `cash advances' and `extensions of consumer credit under an open end credit plan' do not include expenditures reasonably necessary for the support or maintenance of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor with respect to determining the dischargeability of these debts. Defeated 8 to 15.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Conyers | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Nadler | Mr. Gekas |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Mr. Lofgren | Mr. Gallegly |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | Mr. Goodlatte |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Chabot |
| Mr. Weiner | Mr. Barr |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Hutchinson |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Ms. Hart |
3. An amendment offered by Mr. Conyers (1) to permit the extension of certain time periods pertaining to the assumption and rejection of unexpired leases of nonresidential real property, the filing of chapter 11 plans of reorganization and the obtaining of acceptances, the provision of adequate assurance of payment for utility service in a chapter 11 case, the performance of specified duties of trustees and debtors in possession in small business cases, and plan filing and confirmation in small business cases; and (2) to create an exception to the exclusion of asset-backed securitizations as property of the estate in section 912. Defeated 6 to 18.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Nadler | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Gekas |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Gallegly |
| Mr. Weiner | Mr. Goodlatte |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Barr |
| Mr. Jenkins | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
4. An amendment offered by Mr. Nadler to make specified debts relating to violations of law concerning certain health care facilities and the provision of health services nondischargeable. Defeated 9 to 20.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Nadler | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Gekas |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Coble |
| Mr. Lofgren | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | Mr. Gallegly |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Goodlatte |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Chabot |
| Mr. Weiner | Mr. Barr |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Jenkins |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
5. An amendment offered by Ms. Jackson Lee to prohibit a creditor in a bankruptcy case from asserting any claim if the creditor failed to comply with certain requirements of the Consumer Credit Protection Act for the amount of the debt that a debtor incurred on a credit card issued in violation of such requirements. Defeated 6 to 18.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Gekas |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | Mr. Coble |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Gallegly |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Chabot |
| Mr. Barr | |
| Mr. Jenkins | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
6. An amendment offered by Mr. Watt to an amendment by Ms. Waters to exempt certain debtors from specified filing requirements. Defeated 9 to 13.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Scarborough | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Conyers | Mr. Gekas |
| Mr. Frank | Mr. Coble |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Goodlatte |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Chabot |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Hutchinson |
| Mr. Delahunt | Mr. Bachus |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Hostettler |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Green |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
7. An amendment offered by Ms. Waters to provide that the exceptions to the automatic stay do not apply to certain types of debtors. Defeated 9 to 13.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Conyers | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Frank | Mr. Gekas |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | Mr. Chabot |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Barr |
| Mr. Meehan | Mr. Hutchinson |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Graham |
| Mr. Weiner | Mr. Bachus |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Hostettler |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart |
8. An amendment offered by Mr. Meehan to require the applicable State median income amount specified in sections 102 (needs-based reforms) and 318 (duration of chapter 13 plans) to be adjusted, under certain circumstances, to reflect the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for each subsequent year during which median income is not reported by the Bureau of the Census. Defeated 9 to 13.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Conyers | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Frank | Mr. Gekas |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Barr |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | Mr. Hutchinson |
| Mr. Meehan | Mr. Graham |
| Mr. Delahunt | Mr. Bachus |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Scarborough |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Hostettler |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
9. An amendment offered by Mr. Delahunt to eliminate the 2-year reachback period applicable to the exemption limitation in section 322 and to increase the exemption amount to $500,000. Defeated 6 to 18.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Gekas |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Coble |
| Mr. Delahunt | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Chabot |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Barr |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake | |
| Ms. Jackson Lee | |
| Mr. Wexler |
10. An amendment offered by Ms. Baldwin to accord administrative expense priority under section 503(b)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code to wages and benefits attributable to any period of time after a bankruptcy case is filed as a result of the debtor's violation of Federal or State law, without regard to when the original unlawful act occurred or to whether any services were rendered. Defeated 3 to 15.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Gekas |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Coble |
| Mr. Smith (TX) | |
| Mr. Chabot | |
| Mr. Barr | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
11. An amendment offered by Ms. Baldwin to expand the Bankruptcy Code's definition of `family farmer'. Defeated 4 to 13.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Gekas |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Coble |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Mr. Chabot | |
| Mr. Barr | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
12. An amendment offered by Mr. Schiff to amend a safe harbor provision in section 102 with respect to the treatment of spousal income. Defeated 5 to 13.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Gekas |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Coble |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Chabot |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Barr |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
13. An amendment offered by Mr. Schiff to require the Comptroller General of the United States to study and file a report containing the results of the study to determine any effect that H.R. 333 has on the ability of a parent to pay child support or the ability of a parent to collect child support. Defeated 5 to 16.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Scott | Mr. Sensenbrenner |
| Mr. Watt | Mr. Gekas |
| Ms. Waters | Mr. Coble |
| Ms. Baldwin | Mr. Smith (TX) |
| Mr. Schiff | Mr. Chabot |
| Mr. Barr | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
14. Part one of an amendment offered by Mr. Sensenbrenner, which conforms the fee allocation percentage in section 325 with that specified under Section 406(b) of the Judiciary Appropriations Act, as amended. Passed 22 to 0.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Sensenbrenner | |
| Mr. Gekas | |
| Mr. Smith (TX) | |
| Mr. Goodlatte | |
| Mr. Chabot | |
| Mr. Barr | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake | |
| Mr. Nadler | |
| Mr. Scott | |
| Mr. Watt | |
| Ms. Baldwin | |
| Mr. Schiff |
15. Part two of an amendment by Mr. Sensenbrenner to conform a statutory cross reference necessitated by the enactment of the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000. Passed 21 to 0.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Sensenbrenner | |
| Mr. Gekas | |
| Mr. Goodlatte | |
| Mr. Chabot | |
| Mr. Barr | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake | |
| Mr. Nadler | |
| Mr. Scott | |
| Mr. Watt | |
| Ms. Baldwin | |
| Mr. Schiff |
16. Motion to move the previous question. Passed 18 to 5.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Sensenbrenner | Mr. Conyers |
| Mr. Gekas | Mr. Scott |
| Mr. Coble | Mr. Watt |
| Mr. Goodlatte | Ms. Baldwin |
| Mr. Chabot | Mr. Schiff |
| Mr. Barr | |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake | |
| Mr. Nadler |
17. Motion to table the motion to reconsider the vote ordering the previous question. Passed 18 to 7.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Sensenbrenner | Mr. Conyers |
| Mr. Gekas | Mr. Nadler |
| Mr. Coble | Mr. Scott |
| Mr. Smith (TX) | Mr. Watt |
| Mr. Goodlatte | Ms. Jackson Lee |
| Mr. Chabot | Ms. Baldwin |
| Mr. Barr | Mr. Schiff |
| Mr. Hutchinson | |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake |
18. Motion to report favorably H.R. 333, as amended. Passed 19 to 8.
| AYES | NAYS |
| Mr. Sensenbrenner | Mr. Conyers |
| Mr. Gekas | Mr. Nadler |
| Mr. Coble | Mr. Scott |
| Mr. Smith (TX) | Mr. Watt |
| Mr. Goodlatte | Ms. Jackson Lee |
| Mr. Chabot | Ms. Waters |
| Mr. Barr | Ms. Baldwin |
| Mr. Hutchinson | Mr. Schiff |
| Mr. Cannon | |
| Mr. Graham | |
| Mr. Bachus | |
| Mr. Scarborough | |
| Mr. Hostettler | |
| Mr. Green | |
| Mr. Keller | |
| Mr. Issa | |
| Ms. Hart | |
| Mr. Flake | |
| Mr. Boucher |
COMMITTEE OVERSIGHT FINDINGS
In compliance with clause 3(c)(1) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the committee reports that the findings and recommendations of the committee, based on oversight activities under clause 2(b)(1) of rule X of the Rules of the House of Representatives, are incorporated in the descriptive portions of this report.
PERFORMANCE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
The bill is intended to improve the bankruptcy system by deterring abuse, setting enhanced standards for bankruptcy professionals, and streamlining case administration.
NEW BUDGET AUTHORITY AND TAX EXPENDITURES
Clause 3(c)(2) of House Rule XIII is inapplicable because this legislation does not provide new budgetary authority or increased tax expenditures.
COMMITTEE COST ESTIMATE
The estimate of the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) was not available at the time of the filing of this report. In compliance with clause 3(d)(2) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the committee believes that the bill will have a budget effect for fiscal year 2001 and subsequent years comparable to that projected by the CBO for H.R. 833, the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1999, a bill substantively similar to H.R. 333 that was passed by the House during the 106th Congress, with some differences. Although H.R. 333 and H.R. 833 both authorize the extension of five existing temporary bankruptcy judgeships, H.R. 333 authorizes 23 new temporary bankruptcy judges (five more than H.R. 833). With salaries and benefits considered as mandatory costs, the committee estimates that these costs may approximate $ 14 million a year over 5 years. The committee believes that this provision is necessary to facilitate the improvements proposed by the legislation and will enhance the efficiency of the system.
As indicated, H.R. 333 is substantially similar to H.R. 833. In a letter dated May 5, 1999, the CBO prepared an initial Federal cost estimate and an assessment of H.R. 833's impact on state, local, and tribal governments. 1
[Footnote] In that cost estimate, the CBO stated that implementing H.R. 833 would `cost $333 million over the 2000-2004 period--$322 million in discretionary spending, subject to appropriation of the necessary funds'. In addition, the CBO observed that because H.R. 833 would have decreased `receipts by about $4 million over the next 5 years,' the bill would have affected direct spending and governmental receipts and pay-as-you-go procedures would apply. With regard to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA), the CBO noted that H.R. 833 contained an intergovernmental mandate, but that the bill's `costs would be insignificant and would not exceed the threshold established in that act ($50 million in 1996, adjusted annually for inflation).' As to new private-sector mandates (as defined in UMRA) that H.R. 833 would impose on bankruptcy attorneys, creditors, and credit and charge-card companies, CBO estimated that the costs of these mandates would exceed the $100 million (in 1996 dollars) threshold established in UMRA. `Overall,' the CBO expected that `enacting this bill would benefit state and local governments by enhancing their ability to collect outstanding obligations in bankruptcy cases.'
[Footnote 1: 145 Cong. Rec. H2656 (daily ed. May 5, 1999).]
The committee notes that H.R. 333 could result in some increased discretionary expenditures with regard to such matters integral to the reforms proposed as: a debtor financial management training test program; mandatory case auditing; and the compilation and publication of bankruptcy data and statistics as well as other provisions. However, costs related to some of these expenditures, such as increased auditing, are subject to appropriations and likely to be offset by enhanced collections resulting from greater protections accorded to Federal taxing authorities in Title VII of H.R. 333, as amended.
COMMITTEE JURISDICTION LETTERS
Hon. F. JAMES SENSENBRENNER, JR., Chairman,
Committee on the Judiciary,
House of Representatives, Washington, DC.
DEAR JIM: On February 14, 2001, the Committee on the Judiciary ordered reported H.R. 333, the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001. As you know, the Committee on Financial Services was granted an additional referral upon the bill's introduction pursuant to the Committee's jurisdiction under Rule X of the Rules of the House of Representatives over banks and banking, credit, and securities and exchanges.
Because of your willingness to consult with the Committee on Financial Services regarding this matter, your continuing support for our requested changes, and the need to move this legislation expeditiously, I will waive consideration of the bill by the Financial Services Committee. By agreeing to waive its consideration of the bill, the Financial Services Committee does not waive its jurisdiction over H.R. 333. In addition, the Committee on Financial Services reserves its authority to seek conferees on any provisions of the bill that are within the Financial Services Committee's jurisdiction during any House-Senate conference that may be convened on this legislation. I ask your commitment to support any request by the Committee on Financial Services for conferees on H.R. 333 or related legislation.
I request that you include this letter and your response as part of your committee's report on the bill and the Congressional Record during consideration of the legislation on the House floor.
Thank you for your attention to these matters.
Sincerely,
Michael G. Oxley, Chairman.
- MGO/hnh
- cc:
- The Honorable J. Dennis Hastert, Speaker
- The Honorable John J. LaFalce
- The Honorable Spencer Baccus
- The Honorable Richard H. Baker
- The Honorable Charles W. Johnson, III, Parliamentarian
Hon. MICHAEL G. OXLEY, Chairman,
House Committee on Financial Services,
Washington, DC.
DEAR MIKE: This letter responds to your letter dated February 21, 2001, concerning H.R. 333, the `Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001' which was favorably reported by the House Committee on the Judiciary on February 14, 2001.
I agree that the bill contains matters within the Financial Services Committee's jurisdiction and appreciate your willingness to be discharged from further consideration of H.R. 333 so that we may proceed to the floor.
Pursuant to your request, a copy of your letter and this letter will be included in the report of the Committee on the Judiciary on H.R. 333.
Sincerely,
F. James Sensenbrenner, Jr., Chairman.
- cc:
- The Honorable J. Dennis Hastert
- The Honorable John Conyers, Jr.
- The Honorable John J. LaFalce
- The Honorable Charles W. Johnson, III
CONSTITUTIONAL AUTHORITY STATEMENT
Pursuant to clause 3(d)(1) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representatives, the committee finds the authority for this legislation in Article I, section 8, clauses 3 and 4 of the Constitution.
PREEMPTION OF STATE LAW
Pursuant to section 423(e) of the Congressional Budget and Impoundment Act, the committee states that the following provisions of H.R. 333 may preempt state law to the extent described herein.
Section 219(b) provides that, notwithstanding any other provision of law, a creditor who discloses a debtor's last known address in connection with such request is not liable to the debtor or any other person by reason of making that disclosure.
Section 227 contains provisions delineating the responsibilities that a `debt relief agency' must perform with respect to an `assisted person' and specifies the procedures for their enforcement. Section 227(a), in pertinent part, states that `[n]o provision of this section, section 527, or section 528 shall . . . annul, alter, affect, or exempt any person subject to such sections from complying with any law of any State except to the extent that such law is inconsistent with those sections, and then only to the extent of the inconsistency[.]'
Section 417 permits a utility to recover or set off against a security deposit provided prepetition by the debtor to the utility without notice or court order, notwithstanding any other provision of law.
Section 906 includes a number of provisions pertaining to the enforceability of certain bilateral netting contracts and clearing organization netting contracts, notwithstanding any other provision of state law.
Section 1310(a) provides that notwithstanding any other provision of law or contract, a court within the United States shall not recognize or enforce certain judgments rendered by foreign courts under specified circumstances.
SECTION-BY-SECTION ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION
Section 1. Short Title; References; Table of Contents
The title of the bill is the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001 (hereinafter the `Act').
TITLE I. NEEDS-BASED BANKRUPTCY
Section 101. Conversion
Section 101 amends section 706(c) of the Bankruptcy Code to allow a chapter 7 case to be converted to a case under chapter 12 or chapter 13 on consent of the debtor.
Section 102. Dismissal or conversion
Section 102 implements the Act's needs-based bankruptcy reforms. Subsection (a) amends section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to permit a court, on its own motion, or on motion of the United States trustee, trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or party in interest, to dismiss on the basis of abuse a chapter 7 case filed by an individual debtor whose debts are primarily consumer debts. Alternatively, it permits the United States trustee, trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or party in interest to seek conversion of a chapter 7 case to a case under chapter 11 or chapter 13 on consent of the debtor. Under current law, only the court or the United States Trustee may seek dismissal of a chapter 7 case under section 707(b) for substantial abuse.
In addition, section 102(a) replaces the current law's presumption in favor of the debtor with a mandatory presumption of abuse that is triggered under certain conditions. Section 102(a) requires a court to presume that abuse exists if the amount remaining, after certain expenses and other specified amounts are deducted from the debtor's current monthly income (a defined term), when multiplied by 60, exceeds (1) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims, or $6000 (whichever is greater); or (2) $10,000, whichever is lower. Under section 102(a), the debtor's monthly expenses--exclusive of any payments for debts (unless otherwise permitted)--must be the applicable monthly amounts set forth in the Internal Revenue Service Financial Analysis Handbook as Necessary Expenses under the National and Local Standards categories and the debtor's actual monthly expenditures for items categorized as Other Necessary Expenses in the Internal Revenue Service Financial Analysis Handbook. For purposes of this provision, the expenses include those of the debtor, the debtor's dependents, and the debtor's spouse, if not otherwise a dependent.
Section 102(a) mandates that the debtor's monthly expenses include reasonably necessary expenses incurred to maintain the safety of the debtor and the debtor's family from family violence as identified in section 309 of the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act or other applicable law. In addition, the debtor may deduct up to an additional 5 percent of the food and clothing expense allowances under the National Standards category, if demonstrated to be reasonable and necessary.
For purposes of determining whether the mandatory presumption of abuse applies under the needs-based test, section 102(a) permits the debtor to deduct certain other liabilities. These include the debtor's average monthly payments on account of secured debts, calculated as the total of all amounts scheduled as contractually due over the 60-month period following the filing of the bankruptcy, divided by 60 months. This amount may include any additional payments to secured creditors that a chapter 13 debtor must make to retain possession of a primary residence, motor vehicle, or other property necessary for the support of the debtor and the debtor's dependents. With respect to claims and expenses entitled to priority under section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code, section 102(a) specifies that the debtor may deduct payments for these obligations, calculated as the total amount of all priority debts, divided by 60. If applicable, the debtor may deduct the following additional expenses:
- (1) Ěthe continuation of actual expenses paid by the debtor that are reasonable and necessary for the care and support of an elderly, chronically ill, or disabled household member or member of the debtor's immediate family who is unable to pay such expenses;
- (2) Ěthe actual administrative expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) of administering a chapter 13 plan for the district in which the debtor resides, up to 10 percent of projected plan payments, as determined under schedules issued by the Executive Office for United States Trustees; and
- (3) Ěthe actual expenses for each dependent child under the age of 18 years up to $1,500 per year per child to attend a private elementary or secondary school, if the debtor documents these expenses and provides a detailed explanation of why they are reasonable and necessary.
The mandatory presumption of abuse may only be rebutted if (1) the debtor demonstrates special circumstances that justify any additional expense or adjustment to the debtor's current monthly income for which there is no reasonable alternative; and (2) such additional expense or income adjustment causes the debtor's current monthly income (reduced by various amounts) when multiplied by 60 to be less than the lesser of either (i) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims, or $6,000 (whichever is greater), or (ii) $10,000. The debtor must itemize and provide documentation of each additional expense or income adjustment and an explanation of the special circumstances that make such expense or income adjustment reasonable and necessary. In addition, the debtor must attest under oath to the accuracy of any information provided to demonstrate that such additional expenses or adjustments to income are required.
Section 102(a) specifies that the debtor file a statement of current monthly income and the calculations that determine whether a presumption arises under this provision as part of the schedules that the debtor must file pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code. The statement must also explain how each amount is calculated.
Where the mandatory presumption of abuse does not apply or has been rebutted, the court, in order to determine whether the granting of relief under chapter 7 would be an abuse of such chapter, must consider (1) whether the debtor filed the chapter 7 case in bad faith; or (2) whether the totality of circumstances of the debtor's financial situation (including whether the debtor seeks to reject a personal services contract and the financial need for such rejection) demonstrates abuse.
Should a court grant a section 707(b) motion made by a trustee and find that the action of debtor's counsel in filing the chapter 7 case violated Federal Rule of Bankruptcy Procedure 9011, section 102(a) mandates that the court order the attorney to reimburse the trustee for all reasonable costs in prosecuting the motion, including reasonable attorneys' fees. In addition, if the court finds that the debtor's attorney violated rule 9011, the court, at a minimum, must assess an appropriate civil penalty, payable to the trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or the United States trustee.
Section 102(a) specifies that the signature of an attorney on a bankruptcy petition, pleading, or written motion constitutes a certification that the attorney has (1) performed a reasonable investigation into the circumstances giving rise to such petition, pleading or motion; and (2) determined that the document is well grounded in fact or warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law; and does not constitute an abuse under section 707(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to section 102(a), the signature of an attorney on a bankruptcy petition constitutes a certification that the attorney has no knowledge after an inquiry that the information in the schedules filed with such petition is incorrect.
A court may award a debtor all reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the debtor in successfully contesting a section 707(b) motion brought by a party in interest (other than a trustee, United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator) if the court finds that either (1) the action of the party in filing the motion violated rule 9011 or (2) the party filed the motion solely for the purpose of coercing the debtor into waiving a right guaranteed to the debtor under the Bankruptcy Code. An exception with respect to the rule 9011 ground applies to a small business having an aggregate claim of less than $1,000. For purposes of this provision, a small business is defined as an unincorporated business, partnership, corporation, association, or organization with less than 25 full-time employees that is engaged in commercial or business activity. The number of employees of a wholly-owned subsidiary of a corporation includes the employees of the subsidiary's parent corporation and any other subsidiary corporation of the parent corporation.
Two forms of `safe harbors' are recognized under section 102(a). One provides that only a judge, United States trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or trustee may bring a motion under section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code if the chapter 7 debtor's income (or in a joint case, the income of debtor and the debtor's spouse) does not exceed the State median family income for a family of equal or lesser size (adjusted for larger sized families), or the State median family income for one earner in the case of a one-person household. The second safe harbor provides that no motion under section 707(b)(2) may be filed by a judge, United States trustee, bankruptcy administrator, trustee, or other party in interest if the debtor and the debtor's spouse combined have income that does not exceed the State median family income for a family of equal or lesser size (adjusted for larger sized families), or the State median family income for one earner in the case of a one-person household.
Section 102(b) defines `current monthly income' as the average monthly income from all sources that the debtor receives (or, in a joint case, the debtor and the debtor's spouse receive), without regard to whether it is taxable income, in the 6-month period preceding the date of determination. It includes any amount paid on a regular basis by any entity (other than the debtor or, in a joint case, the debtor and the debtor's spouse) to the household expenses of the debtor or the debtor's dependents and, in a joint case, the debtor's spouse, if not otherwise a dependent. It excludes Social Security Act benefits and payments to victims of war crimes or crimes against humanity on account of their status as victims of such crimes.
Section 102(c) amends section 704 to require the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator to review all materials filed by an individual chapter 7 debtor and to file with the court not later than 10 days after the date of the first meeting of creditors a statement as to whether or not the case should be presumed to be an abuse under section 707(b). The court, in turn, must provide a copy of such statement within 5 days of its filing to all creditors.
If the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator determines that the debtor's case should be presumed to be an abuse under section 707(b) and the debtor's current monthly income is not less than the applicable State median income, such United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator must file within 30 days after the filing of the statement (described in the preceding paragraph) either a (1) motion to dismiss or convert the case under section 707(b); or (2) a statement setting forth the reasons why such a motion is not appropriate. In a case where a motion to dismiss or convert or a statement is required to be filed under section 704(b)(2), the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator may decline to file such a motion if (1) the debtor's current monthly income (when multiplied by 12) exceeds 100 percent, but does not exceed 150 percent of the applicable State median income; and (2) after subtracting certain deductions, the debtor's remaining income when multiplied by 60 is less than the lesser of (i) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims or $6,000 (whichever is greater); or (ii) $10,000.
Section 102(d) amends section 342 of the Bankruptcy Code to require the clerk to give written notice to all creditors not later than 10 days after the filing of a chapter 7 case in which the presumption of abuse applies. It is anticipated that the Judicial Conference of the United States will develop an official form to implement this provision.
Section 102(e) specifies that no provision of the Bankruptcy Code shall limit the ability of a creditor to supply information to a judge (except for information communicated ex parte, unless otherwise permitted by applicable law), United States trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or trustee.
Section 102(f) amends section 707 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a court may dismiss a chapter 7 case filed by an individual debtor convicted of a crime of violence (as defined in 18 U.S.C. Sec. 16), or a drug trafficking crime (as defined in 18 U.S.C. 924(c)(2)) on motion of the victim, if dismissal is in the best interest of such victim. The court, however, may not dismiss a case under this provision if the debtor establishes by a preponderance of the evidence that the filing of the chapter 7 case is necessary to satisfy a domestic support obligation.
Section 102(g) amends section 1325(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require the court to find, as a condition of confirmation, that the debtor filed the chapter 13 case in good faith.
Section 102(h) amends section 1325(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to revise the definition of disposable income. As revised, the term means current monthly income received by the debtor (exclusive of child support payments, foster care payments, or disability payments for a dependent child made in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law to the extent reasonably necessary to be expended for such child), less amounts reasonably necessary to be expended for (1) the maintenance or support of the debtor or dependent of the debtor; (2) a domestic support obligation that first becomes due after the petition is filed; (3) certain charitable contributions; and (4) if the debtor is engaged in business, the payment of expenditures necessary for the continuation, preservation, and operation of such business. If the debtor's income exceeds the applicable State median income threshold, then the expenses of the debtor under this provision are determined in accordance with section 707(b)(2)(A) and (B), which specifies what monthly expenses a debtor may claim.
Section 102(i) makes a clerical amendment to the table of sections.
Section 103. Sense of Congress and study
Section 103(a) states that it is the sense of Congress that the Secretary of the Treasury has the authority to alter the Internal Revenue Service expense standards established to set guidelines for repayment plans as needed to accommodate their use under section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 103(b) requires the Director of the Executive Office for United States Trustees to submit a report, not later than 2 years from the enactment date of the Act, containing findings with regard to the use of the Internal Revenue Service expense standards for determining a debtor's current monthly expenses under section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and the impact that these standards have on debtors and the bankruptcy courts. The report may include recommendations for amendments to the Bankruptcy Code consistent with the Director's findings.
Section 104. Notice of alternatives
Section 104 amends section 342(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to require the clerk to give an individual with primarily consumer debts--before he or she files for bankruptcy relief--notice of the following:
- (1) Ěa brief description of the various forms of bankruptcy relief, including an explanation of the general purpose, benefits, and costs of proceeding under each form of relief;
- (2) Ěa brief description of the services available from credit counseling agencies;
- (3) Ěa statement explaining that a person who knowingly and fraudulently conceals assets or makes a false oath or statement under penalty of perjury shall be subject to fine, imprisonment, or both; and
- (4) Ěa statement explaining that all information supplied by a debtor in connection with the case is subject to examination by the Attorney General.
Section 105. Debtor financial management training test program
Section 105(a) requires the Director of the Executive Office for United States trustees to (1) consult with debtor education experts and others who operate financial management education programs; and (2) develop a financial management training curriculum and materials to teach individual debtors how to manage their personal finances better.
Section 105(b) requires the Director to select six judicial districts to test the effectiveness of such curriculum and materials for an 18-month period beginning not later than 270 days after the Act's enactment date. The curriculum and materials shall be used in these six districts as the personal financial management instructional course required by section 111 of the Bankruptcy Code, as added by the Act.
Section 105(c) requires the Director to evaluate the effectiveness of the curriculum and materials as well as to assess the effectiveness of a sample of existing consumer education programs (such as those described in the Report of the National Bankruptcy Review Commission) that are representative of consumer education programs sponsored by the credit industry, chapter 13 trustees, and consumer counseling groups. Not later than 3 months after concluding such evaluation, the Director must submit a report on the effectiveness and cost of such curriculum, materials, and programs.
Section 106. Credit counseling
Section 106(a) amends section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code to require, as a condition for eligibility to be a debtor, that an individual receive credit counseling within the 180-day period preceding the filing of a bankruptcy case by such individual. The credit counseling must be provided by an approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency consisting of either an individual or group briefing (which may include a briefing conducted telephonically or via the Internet) that outlines opportunities for available credit counseling and assists the individual in performing a budget analysis.
The determination by the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator with regard to whether approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agencies in that district are not reasonably able to provide adequate services must be reviewed annually. The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator, however, may disapprove a nonprofit budget and credit counseling service at any time.
The mandatory credit counseling requirement does not apply if the debtor resides in a district where the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator determines that the approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agencies in that district are not reasonably able to provide adequate services.
In addition, this requirement does not apply if the debtor files a certification that: (1) describes exigent circumstances meriting a waiver of this requirement; (2) states that the debtor requested credit counseling services from an approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency, but was unable to obtain such services within the 5-day period beginning on the date the debtor made the request; and (3) is satisfactory to the court. This exemption terminates when the debtor meets the requirements for credit counseling participation, but not longer than 30 days after the case is filed, unless the court, for cause, extends this period for an additional 15 days.
Section 106(b) amends section 727(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a chapter 7 debtor's discharge must be denied if the debtor fails to complete a personal financial management instructional course after the filing of the bankruptcy case. This provision, however, does not apply if the debtor resides in a district where the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator has determined that the approved instructional courses in that district are not adequate. Such determination must be reviewed annually by the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator.
Section 106(c) amends section 1328 of the Bankruptcy Code to add a chapter 13 debtor's failure to complete an instructional course concerning personal financial management as a ground for denying a discharge, unless the debtor resides in a district where the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator has determined that the approved instructional courses in that district are not adequate. Such determination must be reviewed annually by the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator.
Section 106(d) amends section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code to mandate that an individual debtor file with the court a certificate from the approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency that rendered the requisite services described under section 109(h), as added by this act. The debtor must file a copy of the repayment plan, if any, that was developed by the agency together with the certificate, which must describe the services rendered.
Section 106(e) adds a new provision to the Bankruptcy Code requiring the clerk for each district to maintain for the public's use a list of approved (1) credit counseling agencies that provide the services described in section 109(h) of the Bankruptcy Code, as added by this Act; and (2) personal financial management instructional courses. Under this provision, the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator may only approve a credit counseling agency or personal financial management instructional course that satisfies certain specified criteria. If such agency or instruction course is approved, the approval may only be for a probationary period of up to 6 months. At the conclusion of the probationary period, the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator may only approve such agency or instructional course for an additional 1-year period and thereafter for successive 1-year periods. Within 30 days after any final decision occurring after the expiration of the initial probationary period or after any 2-year period thereafter, an interested person may seek judicial review of such decision in the appropriate United States district court.
In addition, section 106(e) provides that the United States district court may, at any time, investigate the qualifications of a credit counseling agency and request it to produce documents to ensure the agency's integrity and effectiveness. The district court may remove a credit counseling agency from the approved list that does not meet the specified qualifications. Section 106(e) prohibits a credit counseling agency from providing information as to whether an individual debtor has received or sought personal financial management instruction from such agency to a credit reporting entity.
A credit counseling agency that willfully or negligently fails to comply with any requirement under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to a debtor shall be liable to the debtor for damages in an amount equal to (1) actual damages sustained by the debtor as a result of the violation and (2) any court costs or reasonable attorneys' fees incurred to recover such damages.
Section 106(f) amends section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code in two respects. First, it provides that if a chapter 7, 11, or 13 case is dismissed due to the creation of a debt repayment plan, the presumption under section 362(c)(2) shall not apply to any subsequent bankruptcy case commenced by the debtor. Second, it directs that the court, on request of a party in interest, must issue an order under section 362(c) confirming that the automatic stay has terminated.
Section 107. Schedules of reasonable and necessary expenses
Section 107 requires the Director of the Executive Office for United States Trustees to issue schedules of reasonable and necessary administrative expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) relating to the administration of a chapter 13 plan for each judicial district.
TITLE II. ENHANCED CONSUMER PROTECTION
SUBTITLE A. PENALTIES FOR ABUSIVE CREDITOR PRACTICES
Section 201. Promotion of alternative dispute resolution
Section 201(a) amends section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code to permit the court, after a hearing on motion of the debtor, to reduce a wholly unsecured consumer claim by up to 20 percent if the debtor can establish by clear and convincing evidence that the claim was filed by a creditor who unreasonably refused to negotiate a reasonable alternative repayment schedule proposed by an approved credit counseling agency on behalf of the debtor. The debtor must also establish by clear and convincing evidence that the offer was made at least 60 days before the filing of the petition. In addition, the offer must have provided for payment of at least 60 percent of the amount of the claim over a period not exceeding the loan's repayment period, or a reasonable extension thereof. Further, no part of the claim under the alternative repayment schedule may be nondischargeable.
Section 201(b) amends section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code to prohibit the avoidance as a preferential transfer a payment by a debtor to a creditor pursuant to an alternative repayment plan created by an approved credit counseling agency.
Section 202. Effect of discharge
Section 202 amends section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code in two respects. First, it makes the willful failure of a creditor to credit payments received under a confirmed chapter 11, 12, or 13 plan a violation of the discharge injunction if the creditor's action to collect and failure to credit payments caused material injury to the debtor. This provision does not apply if the plan is dismissed or in default, or where the creditor did not receive payments pursuant to the plan.
Second, section 202 amends section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that the discharge injunction does not apply to an act by a creditor having a claim secured by an interest in real property that is the debtor's principal residence if such act is (1) in the ordinary course of business between the creditor and the debtor; and (2) limited to seeking or obtaining periodic payments associated with a valid security interest in lieu of the creditor pursuing in rem relief to enforce the underlying lien.
Section 203. Discouraging abuse of reaffirmation practices
Section 203 consists of a comprehensive overhaul of the law applicable to reaffirmation agreements. Section 203(a) mandates the provision of certain specified disclosures, which are the only disclosures required in connection with a reaffirmation agreement. These disclosures must be in written form and be made clearly and conspicuously. In addition, the disclosure statement must include certain advisories and explanations. At the election of the creditor, the disclosure statement may include a repayment schedule. If the debtor is represented by counsel, section 203(a) mandates that the attorney file a certification stating, inter alia, that the agreement represents a fully informed and voluntary agreement by the debtor, that the agreement does not impose an undue hardship on the debtor or any dependent of the debtor, and that the attorney advised the debtor of the legal effect and consequences of such agreement. Where the presumption of undue hardship applies, the attorney must also certify that it is his or her opinion that the debtor is able to make the payments required under the reaffirmation agreement. Further, the debtor must submit a statement setting forth the debtor's monthly income and expenditures. If the debtor is represented by counsel and the debt being reaffirmed is owed to a credit union, a modified version of this statement may be used.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code, section 203(a) permits a creditor to (1) accept payments from a debtor before and after the filing of a reaffirmation agreement with the court; and (2) accept payments from a debtor pursuant to a reaffirmation agreement that the creditor believes in good faith to be effective. It further provides that certain specified disclosure requirements shall be satisfied if such disclosures are given in good faith.
If the amount of the scheduled payment due on the reaffirmed debt (as disclosed in the debtor's statement) is greater than the debtor's available income, it is presumed for 60 days from the date on which the reaffirmation agreement is filed with the court that the agreement presents an undue hardship. Section 203(a) requires the court to review such presumption, which can be rebutted if the debtor identifies in writing additional sources of funds that would enable the debtor to make the required payments on the reaffirmed debt. If the presumption is not rebutted to the satisfaction of the court, the court may disapprove the reaffirmation agreement. No reaffirmation agreement may be disapproved without notice and hearing to the debtor and creditor. The hearing must be concluded before the entry of the debtor's discharge. The requirements set forth in this paragraph do not apply to reaffirmation agreements where the creditor is a credit union, as defined.
Section 203(b) requires the Attorney General to designate a U.S. attorney for each judicial district and an Federal Bureau of Investigation agent for each field office to have primary law enforcement responsibility for violations of sections 152 and 157 of title 18 of the United States Code with respect to abusive reaffirmation agreements and materially fraudulent statements in bankruptcy schedules that are intentionally false or misleading. The U.S. attorney designated under this provision has primary responsibility with respect to bankruptcy investigations under section 3057 of title 18, United States Code. The bankruptcy courts must establish procedures for referring any case in which a materially fraudulent bankruptcy schedule has been filed. The provision also makes a clerical amendment to the table of sections in title 18.
SUBTITLE B. PRIORITY CHILD SUPPORT
Section 211. Definition of domestic support obligation
Section 211 amends section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code to define a domestic support obligation as a debt that accrues pre- or postpetition (including interest that accrues pursuant to applicable nonbankruptcy law) and is owed to or recoverable by a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor, or that child's parent or legal guardian, or a responsible relative. It also includes a debt owed to or recoverable by a governmental unit. To qualify as a domestic support obligation, the debt must be in the nature of alimony, maintenance, or support, without regard to whether such debt is expressly so designated. It must be established or subject to establishment either pre- or postpetition pursuant to a: (i) separation agreement, divorce decree, or property settlement agreement; (ii) an order of a court of record; or (iii) a determination made in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law by a governmental unit. It does not apply to a debt assigned to a nongovernmental entity, unless it was assigned voluntarily by the spouse, former spouse, child, or parent solely for the purpose of collecting the debt.
Section 212. Priorities for claims for domestic support obligations
Section 212 amends 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to make domestic support obligations owed to or recoverable by a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor, or the parent, legal guardian, or responsible relative of such child or filed by a governmental unit on behalf of such person payable before all other expenses and claims, including expenses of administration from the assets of a bankruptcy estate. Within this priority, allowed claims for domestic support obligations filed by a governmental unit must be paid on the condition that funds received by such unit under this provision be applied and distributed in accordance with nonbankruptcy law. Remaining funds may be used to pay a domestic support obligation assigned to a governmental unit (unless such obligation is assigned voluntarily by a spouse, former spouse, child, parent, legal guardian, or responsible relative of the child for the purpose of collecting the debt) or owed directly to such entity if the funds are applied and distributed in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law.
Section 213. Requirements to obtain confirmation and discharge in cases involving domestic support obligations
Section 213(1) amends section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to mandate the payment of certain postpetition domestic support obligations as a condition of confirmation in a chapter 11 case. Section 213(2) amends section 1208(c) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that the failure of a chapter 12 debtor to pay a postpetition domestic support obligation constitutes cause for conversion or dismissal of the debtor's case. Section 213(3) amends section 1222(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to permit a chapter 12 debtor to propose a plan that provides for less than full payment of all amounts owed for a claim entitled to priority under section 507(a)(1)(B) if all of the debtor's projected disposable income for a 5-year period is applied to make payments under the plan. Section 213(4) amends section 1222(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to permit a chapter 12 debtor, pursuant to a plan, to pay postpetition interest on claims that are nondischargeable under Section 1328(a), but only to the extent that the debtor has disposable income available to pay such interest after payment of all allowed claims. Section 213(5) amends section 1225(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require a chapter 12 debtor to be current with certain postpetition domestic support obligations as a condition of confirmation. Section 213(6) amends section 1228(a) to condition the granting of a chapter 12 discharge on the debtor's payment of certain postpetition domestic support obligations. Section 213(7) amends section 1307 of the Bankruptcy Code to add nonpayment of a postpetition domestic support obligation as a ground for conversion or dismissal of a chapter 13 case. Section 213(8) amends section 1322(a) to permit a chapter 13 debtor, pursuant to a plan, to pay less than the full amount of a claim entitled to priority under section 507(a)(1)(B) if the plan provides that all of the debtor's projected disposable income over a 5-year period will be applied to make payments under the plan. Section 213(9) amends section 1322(b) to permit a chapter 13 debtor, pursuant to a plan, to pay postpetition interest on claims that are nondischargeable under section 1328(a), but only to the extent that the debtor has disposable income available to pay such interest after payment of all allowed claims. Section 213(10) amends section 1325(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require, as a condition of confirmation, that a chapter 13 debtor pay certain postpetition domestic support obligations. Section 213(11) amends section 1328(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to condition the granting of a chapter 13 discharge on the debtor's payment of certain postpetition domestic support obligations.
Section 214. Exceptions to automatic stay in domestic support proceedings
Section 214 amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to except from the automatic stay actions or proceedings pertaining to child custody and visitation, domestic violence, and marriage dissolution to the extent that they do not pertain to property determinations concerning property of the estate. In addition, section 214 amends section 362(b) to except from the automatic stay the withholding, suspension, or restriction of a driver's license, or a professional, occupational or recreational license under State law pursuant to section 466(a)(16) of the Social Security Act. Further, section 214 excepts from the automatic stay the reporting of overdue support owed by a parent to any consumer reporting agency pursuant to section 466(a)(7) of the Social Security Act; the interception of tax refunds as authorized by sections 464 and 466(a)(3) of the Social Security Act; and the enforcement of medical obligations as specified under title IV of the Social Security Act.
Section 215. Nondischargeability of certain debts for alimony, maintenance, and support
Section 215 amends section 523(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a `domestic support obligation' (as defined in section 211 of the Act) is nondischargeable. With respect to obligations that are not domestic support obligations, but incurred in connection with a divorce or separation or related action, section 215 provides that these obligations are also nondischargeable irrespective of the debtor's inability to pay such debts. In addition, section 215 amends section 523(c) of the Bankruptcy Code to delete the reference to section 523(a)(15).
Section 216. Continued liability of property
Section 216 amends section 522(c) of the Bankruptcy Code to make exempt property liable for nondischargeable domestic support obligations notwithstanding any contrary provision of applicable nonbankruptcy law. It also makes a conforming amendment to section 522(f)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code and corrects an erroneous statutory reference in section 522(g)(2).
Section 217. Protection of domestic support claims against preferential transfer motions
Section 217 makes a conforming amendment to section 547(c)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, which provides that a bona fide payment of a debt for a domestic support obligation may not be avoided as a preferential transfer.
Section 218. Disposable income defined
Section 218(a) amends section 1225(b)(2)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that disposable income in a chapter 12 case does not include payments for postpetition domestic support obligations.
Section 218(b) amends section 1325(b)(2)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that disposable income in a chapter 13 case does not include payments for postpetition domestic support obligations.
Section 219. Collection of child support
Section 219 amends sections 704, 1106, 1202, and 1302 of the Bankruptcy Code to require trustees in chapter 7, 11, 12, and 13 cases to provide certain types of notices to child support claimants and governmental enforcement agencies. First, the trustee must notify the claimant in writing of the right to use the services of a State child support enforcement agency established under sections 464 and 466 of the Social Security Act in the State where the claimant resides and include the agency's address and telephone number. The notice must also explain the claimant's right to payment under the applicable chapter of the Bankruptcy Code. Second, the trustee must provide written notice to the governmental enforcement agency of the name, address, and telephone number of the child support claimant. Third, the trustee must notify both the child support claimant and the State agency that the debtor was granted a discharge as well as supply them with the debtor's last known address, the last known name and address of the debtor's employer, and the name of each creditor holding a debt that is not discharged under section 523(a)(2), (4) or (14A), or holding a debt that is reaffirmed pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code. If a child support claimant or State agency is not able to locate the debtor, such claimant or agency may request such information from a creditor holding a debt that is not discharged under section 523(a)(2), (4) or (14A) or that is reaffirmed pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 219, in addition, provides that, notwithstanding any other provision of law, a creditor who discloses a debtor's last known address in connection with such request is not liable to the debtor or any other person by reason of making that disclosure.
Section 220. Nondischargeability of certain educational benefits and loans
Section 220 amends section 523(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a debt for a qualified education loan (as defined in section 221(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) is nondischargeable, unless excepting such debt from discharge would impose an undue hardship on the debtor and the debtor's dependents.
SUBTITLE C. OTHER CONSUMER PROTECTIONS
Section 221. Amendments to discourage abusive bankruptcy filings
Section 221 makes a series of amendments to section 110 of the Bankruptcy Code. First, it clarifies the definition of a bankruptcy petition preparer with respect to persons under the direct supervision of an attorney. Second, it amends subsections (b)(1) and (c)(2) of section 110 to provide that if a bankruptcy petition preparer is not an individual, then an officer, principal, responsible person, or partner of the preparer must sign certain documents filed in connection with the bankruptcy case as well as state the person's name and address on such documents. Third, it requires a bankruptcy petition preparer to give the debtor written notice explaining that the preparer is not an attorney and may not practice law or give legal advice. The notice may include examples of legal advice that a preparer may not provide. The notice, which must be signed by the preparer under penalty of perjury and the debtor, is required to be filed with any document for filing. Fourth, it requires the Supreme Court to promulgate rules or the Judicial Conference of the United States to issue guidelines for setting maximum fees. Fifth, it specifies that the bankruptcy petition preparer file a declaration certifying that the preparer complied with the notification requirements concerning the preparer's fees. Sixth, it requires the court to order the turnover of specified fees for services rendered within 12 months of the filing if such fees violate any rule or guideline. Seventh, it allows a debtor to exempt fees recovered under this provision pursuant to section 522(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Eighth, it specifically authorizes the court to enjoin a bankruptcy petition preparer who has failed to comply with a prior order issued under section 110. Ninth, it generally revises section 110's penalty provisions and specifies that the penalties are to be paid to a special fund of the United States trustee to pay for enforcement of this provision.
Section 222. Sense of Congress
Section 222 expresses the sense of Congress that the States should develop personal finance curricula for use in elementary and secondary schools.
Section 223. Additional amendments to title 11, United States Code
Section 223 amends section 507(a) to add a tenth-level priority for claims based on death or personal injuries resulting from the debtor's operation of a motor vehicle or vessel while intoxicated.
Section 224. Protection of retirement savings in bankruptcy
Section 224(a) amends section 522 to permit a debtor to exempt certain retirement funds to the extent that those monies are in a fund or account that is exempt from taxation under section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and that have received a favorable determination pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 7805. If the retirement monies are in a retirement fund that has not received a favorable determination, those monies are exempt if the debtor demonstrates that no prior unfavorable determination has been made by a court or the Internal Revenue Service, and the retirement fund is in substantial compliance with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. If the retirement fund fails to be in substantial compliance with applicable law, the debtor may claim the retirement funds as exempt if the debtor is not materially responsible for such failure. This section also applies to certain direct transfers and rollover distributions. In addition, this provision ensures that the specified retirement funds are exempt under State as well as Federal law.
Section 224(b) amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to except from the automatic stay the withholding of income from a debtor's wages pursuant to an agreement authorizing such withholding for the benefit of a pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, or other employer-sponsored plan established under Internal Revenue Code section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a) to the extent that the amounts withheld are used solely to repay a loan from a plan as authorized by section 408(b)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or that they are subject to Internal Revenue Code section 72(p). The exception also applies to certain thrift savings plan loans.
Section 224(c) amends section 523(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to except from discharge any amount owed by the debtor to a pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, or other plan established under Internal Revenue Code section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(c) under a loan authorized under section 408(b)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or subject to Internal Revenue Code section 72(p). The exception also pertains to a loan from a thrift savings plan made under a governmental plan pursuant to section 414(d) or a contract or account under section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Section 224(d) amends section 1322 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a chapter 13 plan may not materially alter the terms of a loan owed to a pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, or other plan established under the Internal Revenue Code section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a). In addition, it specifies that any amounts required to repay such loan shall not constitute `disposable income' under section 1325 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 224(e) amends section 522 of the Bankruptcy Code to impose a $1 million cap (periodically adjusted pursuant to section 104 of the Bankruptcy Code to reflect changes in the Consumer Price Index) on the value of the debtor's interest in an individual retirement account established under either section 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code (other than a simplified employee pension account under section 408(k) or a simple retirement account under section 408(p) of the Internal Revenue Code) that a debtor may claim as exempt property. This limit applies without regard to amounts attributable to rollover contributions made pursuant to section 402(c), 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(a)(5), or 403(b)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code and earnings thereon. The cap may be increased if required in the interest of justice.
Section 225. Protection of education savings in bankruptcy
Section 225(a) amends section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that funds placed not less than 365 days before the filing of the bankruptcy case in a education individual retirement account are not property of the estate if certain criteria are met. First, the designated beneficiary of such account must be a child, stepchild, grandchild or step-grandchild of the debtor for the taxable year during which funds were placed in the account. A legally adopted child or a foster child, under certain circumstances, may also qualify as a designated beneficiary. Second, such funds may not be pledged or promised to an entity in connection with any extension of credit and they may not be excess contributions (as described in section 4973(e) of the Internal Revenue Code). Third, a $5,000 cap applies to funds deposited between 720 days and 365 days before the filing date. Similar criteria apply with respect to funds used to purchase a tuition credit or certificate or to funds contributed to a qualified State tuition plan under section 529(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Section 225(b) requires a debtor to file with the court a record of any interest that the debtor has in an education individual retirement account or qualified State tuition program.
Section 226. Definitions
Section 226(a) amends section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code to add certain definitions with respect to debt relief agencies. Section 226(a)(1) defines an `assisted person' as a person whose debts consist primarily of consumer debts and whose nonexempt assets are less than $150,000. Section 226(a)(2) defines `bankruptcy assistance' as any goods or services sold or otherwise provided with the express or implied purpose of giving information, advice, or counsel; preparing documents for filing; or attending a meeting of creditors pursuant to section 341; appearing in a proceeding on behalf of a person; or providing legal representation with respect to a case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code. Section 226(a)(3) defines a `debt relief agency' as any person (including a bankruptcy petition preparer) who provides bankruptcy assistance to an assisted person in return for the payment of money or other valuable consideration. The definition does not include a section 501(c)(3) nonprofit organization, depository institution, or Federal credit union which provides assistance with respect to restructuring debts. In addition, the definition does not apply to an author, publisher, distributor, or seller of works subject to copyright protection under title 17 of the United States Code when acting in such capacity.
Section 226(b) amends section 104(B)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to permit the monetary amount set forth in the definition of an `assisted person' to be automatically adjusted to reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index.
Section 227. Restrictions on debt relief agencies
Section 227 creates a new provision in the Bankruptcy Code to prohibit a debt relief agency from engaging in certain activities. First, section 227 bars the agency from failing to perform any service that it informed an assisted person would be provided. Second, this provision prohibits a debt relief agency from advising an assisted person to make an untrue or misleading statement. Third, it prohibits a debt relief agency from misrepresenting the services it provides and the benefits that an assisted person may receive as a result of bankruptcy. Fourth, section 227 bans a debt relief agency from advising an assisted person or prospective assisted person to incur additional debt in contemplation of filing for bankruptcy relief or for the purpose of paying fees for services rendered by an attorney or petition preparer in connection with the bankruptcy case. Any waiver by an assisted person of the protections under this provision are unenforceable, except against a debt relief agency.
In addition, section 227 imposes penalties for the violation of section 526, 527 or 528 of the Bankruptcy Code (as enacted by this Act). First, any contract between a debt relief agency and an assisted person that does not comply with these provisions is void and may not be enforced by any State or Federal court or by any person, except an assisted person. Second, a debt relief agency is liable to an assisted person, under certain circumstances, for any fees or charges paid by such person to the agency, actual damages, and reasonable attorneys' fees and costs. A chief law enforcement officer of a State having reason to believe that a person has violated or is violating section 526 may seek to have such violation enjoined and recover actual damages arising from such violation. Third, section 227 provides that the United States district court has concurrent jurisdiction of certain actions under section 526. Fourth, section 227 provides that sections 526, 527 and 528 preempt inconsistent State law. In addition, it provides that these provisions do not limit or curtail the authority of a Federal court, a State, or a subdivision or instrumentality of a State, to determine and enforce qualifications for the practice of law before the Federal court or under the laws of that State.
Section 228. Disclosures
Section 228 mandates that a debt relief agency provide certain written notices to an assisted person. These include the notice required under section 342(b)(1), as amended by this Act, as well as a notice advising that: (1) all information the assisted person provides in connection with the case must be complete, accurate and truthful; (2) all assets and liabilities must be completely and accurately disclosed in the documents filed to commence the case, including the replacement value of each asset (if required) after reasonable inquiry to establish such value; (3) current monthly income, monthly expenses and, in a chapter 13 case, disposable income must be stated after reasonable inquiry; and (4) information an assisted person provides may be audited and that the failure to provide such information may result in dismissal of the case or other sanction including, in some instances, criminal sanctions. In addition, the agency must supply certain specified advisories and explanations regarding the bankruptcy process. Further, this provision requires the agency to advise an assisted person (to the extent permitted under nonbankruptcy law) concerning asset valuation, the calculation of disposable income, and the determination of exempt property.
Section 229. Requirements for debt relief agencies
Section 229 requires a debt relief agency--not later than five business days after the first date on which it provides any bankruptcy assistance services to an assisted person (but prior to such assisted person's petition being filed)--to execute a written contract with the assisted person specifying clearly and conspicuously the services the agency will provide, the basis on which fees will be charged for such services, and the terms of payment. The assisted person must be given a copy of the fully executed and completed contract in a form the person can retain. The debt relief agency must include certain specified mandatory statements in any advertisement of bankruptcy assistance services or regarding the benefits of bankruptcy that is directed to the general public whether through the general media, seminars, specific mailings, telephonic or electronic messages, or otherwise.
Section 230. GAO study
Section 230 directs the Comptroller General of the United States to conduct a study of and to report on the feasibility, efficacy and cost of requiring a trustee to supply certain specified information about a debtor's bankruptcy case to the Office of Child Support Enforcement for the purpose of determining whether a debtor has outstanding child support obligations.
TITLE III--DISCOURAGING BANKRUPTCY ABUSE
Section 301. Reinforcement of the fresh start
Section 301 makes a clarifying amendment to section 523(a)(17) of the Bankruptcy Code concerning the dischargeability of court fees incurred by prisoners. Section 523(a)(17) was added to the Bankruptcy Code by the Omnibus Consolidated Rescissions and Appropriations Act of 1996 1
[Footnote] to except from discharge the filing fees and related costs and expenses assessed by a court in a civil case or appeal. Because of a drafting error, however, this provision might be construed to apply to filing fees, costs or expenses incurred by any debtor, not solely by those who are prisoners. The amendment eliminates the ambiguity and makes other conforming changes to narrow its application in accordance with its original intent.
[Footnote 1: PUB. L. NO. 104-134, Section 804(b) (1996).]
Section 302. Discouraging bad faith repeat filings
Section 302(a) amends section 362(c) of the Bankruptcy Code to terminate the automatic stay within 30 days in a chapter 7, 11, or 13 case filed by or against an individual if such individual was a debtor in a previously dismissed case pending within the preceding 1-year period. The provision does not apply to a case refiled under a chapter other than chapter 7 after dismissal of the prior chapter 7 case pursuant to section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Upon motion of a party in interest, the court may continue the stay after notice and a hearing completed prior to the expiration of the 30-day period if such party demonstrates that the latter case was filed in good faith as to the creditors who are stayed by the filing. For purposes of this provision, a case is presumptively not filed in good faith as to all creditors if:
- (1) Ěmore than one bankruptcy case under chapter 7, 11 or 13 was previously filed by the debtor within the preceding 1-year period;
- (2) Ěthe prior chapter 7, 11, or 13 case of the debtor was dismissed within the preceding year for the debtor's failure to (a) file or amend without substantial excuse a document required under the Bankruptcy Code or the court, (b) provide adequate protection ordered by the court, or (c) perform the terms of a confirmed plan; or
- (3) Ěthere has been no substantial change in the debtor's financial or personal affairs since the dismissal of the prior case, or there is no reason to conclude that the pending case will conclude either with a discharge (if a chapter 7 case) or confirmation (if a chapter 11 or 13 case).
In addition, a case is presumptively deemed filed not in good faith as to any creditor who obtained relief from the automatic stay in the prior case or sought such relief in the prior case and such action was pending at the time of the prior case's dismissal. The presumption may be rebutted by clear and convincing evidence. A similar presumption applies if two or more bankruptcy cases were pending in the 1-year preceding the filing of the pending case.
Section 303. Curbing abusive filings
Section 303(a) amends section 362(d) of the Bankruptcy Code to add a new ground for relief from the automatic stay. It provides that cause for relief from the automatic stay may be established for a creditor whose claim is secured by an interest in real estate, if the court finds that the filing of the bankruptcy case was part of a scheme to delay, hinder and defraud creditors that involved either (a) a transfer of all or part of an ownership interest in real property without such creditor's consent or without court approval; or (b) multiple bankruptcy filings affecting the real property. If recorded in compliance with applicable State law governing notice of an interest in or a lien on real property, an order entered under this provision is binding in any other bankruptcy case for 2 years from the date of entry of such order. A debtor in a subsequent case may move for relief based upon changed circumstances or for good cause shown after notice and a hearing. Section 303(a) further provides that any Federal, State or local governmental unit that accepts a notice of interest or a lien in real property, must accept a certified copy of an order entered under this provision.
Section 303(b) amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to except from the automatic stay an act to enforce any lien against or security interest in real property within 2 years following the entry of an order entered under section 362(d)(4). A debtor, in a subsequent case, may move for relief from such order based upon changed circumstances or for other good cause shown after notice and a hearing. Section 303(b) also provides that the automatic stay does not apply in a case where the debtor (a) is ineligible to be a debtor in a bankruptcy case pursuant to section 109(g) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) filed the bankruptcy case in violation of an order issued in a prior bankruptcy case prohibiting the debtor from being a debtor in a subsequent bankruptcy case.
Section 304. Debtor retention of personal property security
Section 304(1) amends section 521(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that an individual who is a chapter 7 debtor may not retain possession of personal property securing, in whole or in part, a purchase money security interest unless the debtor, within 45 days after the first meeting of creditors, enters into a reaffirmation agreement with the creditor, or redeems the property. If the debtor fails to so act within the prescribed period, the property is not subject to the automatic stay and is no longer property of the estate. An exception applies if the court: (a) determines on motion of the trustee filed before the expiration of the 45-day period that the property has consequential value or would benefit the bankruptcy estate; (b) orders adequate protection of the creditor's interest; and (c) directs the debtor to deliver any collateral in the debtor's possession.
Section 304(2) amends section 722 to clarify that a chapter 7 debtor must pay the redemption value in a lump sum payment at the time of redemption.
Section 305. Relief from the automatic stay when the debtor does not complete intended surrender of consumer debt collateral
Section 305(1) amends section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code to terminate the automatic stay with respect to personal property of the estate or of the debtor in a chapter 7, 11, or 13 case that secures a claim (in whole or in part) or is subject to an unexpired lease if the debtor fails to:
- (1) Ěfile timely a statement of intention as required by section 521(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to such property;
- (2) Ěindicate in such statement whether the property will be surrendered or retained, and if retained, whether the debtor will redeem the property or reaffirm the debt, or assume an unexpired lease, if the trustee does not; and
- (3) Ěundertake timely the actions specified in such statement of intention, unless the statement specifies reaffirmation and the creditor refuses to enter into the reaffirmation agreement on the original contract terms.
- In addition to terminating the automatic stay, this provision renders such property no longer property of the estate. An exception pertains where the court determines, on the motion of the trustee made prior to the expiration of the applicable time period under section 521(a)(2), and after notice and a hearing, that such property is of consequential value or benefit to the estate, orders adequate protection of the creditor's interest, and directs the debtor to deliver any collateral in the debtor's possession.
Section 305(2) amends section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code to make the requirement to file a statement of intention applicable to all secured debts, not just secured consumer debts. In addition, it requires the debtor to effectuate his or her stated intention within 30 days from the first date set for the meeting of creditors. If the debtor fails to timely undertake certain specified actions with respect to property that a lessor or bailor owns and has leased, rented or bailed to the debtor, or in which a creditor has a security interest (not otherwise avoidable under section 522(f), 544, 545, 547, 548 or 549 of the Bankruptcy Code), then nothing in the Bankruptcy Code shall prevent or limit the operation of a provision in a lease or agreement that places the debtor in default by reason of the debtor's bankruptcy or insolvency.
Section 306. Giving secured creditors fair treatment in chapter 13
Section 306(a) amends section 1325(a)(5)(B)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code to require--as a condition of confirmation--that a chapter 13 plan provide that a secured creditor retain its lien until the earlier of when the underlying debt is paid or the debtor receives a discharge. If the case is dismissed or converted prior to completion of the plan, the secured creditor is entitled to retain its lien to the extent recognized under applicable nonbankruptcy law.
Section 306(b) amends section 1325(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that section 506 of the Code does not apply to a debt incurred within the 5-year period preceding the filing of the bankruptcy case if the debt is secured by a purchase money security interest in a motor vehicle acquired for the personal use of the debtor. Where the collateral consists of any other type of property having value, section 306(b) provides that section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code does not apply if the debt was incurred during the 1-year period preceding the filing of the bankruptcy case.
Section 306(c)(1) adds to section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code a definition of the term, `debtor's principal residence,' which it defines as a residential structure (including incidental property) whether or not such structure is attached to real property. The definition includes an individual condominium or cooperative unit as well as a mobile or manufactured home, and a trailer. Section 306(c)(2) defines `incidental property' as property commonly conveyed with a principal residence in the area where the residence is located. The term includes all easements, rights, appurtenances, fixtures, rents, royalties, mineral rights, oil or gas rights or profits, water rights, escrow funds, and insurance proceeds. Further, the term includes all replacements and additions.
Section 307. Domiciliary requirements for exemptions
Section 307 amends 522(b)(2)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code to extend the time that a debtor must be domiciled in a State before he or she may claim that State's exemptions. If the debtor's domicile was not located in a single State for the 730-day period, then the State where the debtor was domiciled in the 180-day period preceding the 730-day period (or the longer portion of such 180-day period) controls.
Section 308. Residency requirements for homestead exemption
Section 308 amends section 522 of the Bankruptcy Code to reduce the value of a debtor's interest in the following property that may be claimed as exempt under certain circumstances: (1) real or personal property that the debtor or a dependent of the debtor uses as a residence; (2) a cooperative that owns property that the debtor or a dependent of the debtor uses as a residence; or (3) a burial plot. Where nonexempt property is converted to the above-specified exempt property within the 7-year period preceding the filing of the bankruptcy case, the exemption must be reduced to the extent such value was acquired with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud a creditor.
Section 309. Protection secured creditors in chapter 13 cases
Section 309(a) amends section 348(f)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to specify that valuations of property and allowed secured claims in a chapter 13 case only apply if the case is subsequently converted to one under chapter 11 or 12. If the chapter 13 case is converted to one under chapter 7, then the creditor holding security as of the petition date shall continue to be secured unless its claim was paid in full as of the conversion date. In addition, unless a prebankruptcy default has been fully cured at the time of conversion, then the default in any bankruptcy proceeding shall have the effect given under applicable nonbankruptcy law.
Section 309(b) amends section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that if a lease of personal property is rejected or not timely assumed by the trustee, the leased property is no longer property of the estate and the automatic stay under section 362 is terminated. With regard to a chapter 7 case of an individual debtor, the debtor may notify the creditor in writing of his or her desire to assume the lease. Upon being so notified, the creditor may, at its option, inform the debtor that it is willing to have the lease assumed and condition such assumption on cure of any outstanding default on terms set by the contract. If within 30 days after such notice the debtor notifies the lessor in writing that the lease is assumed, the debtor (not the bankruptcy estate) assumes the liability under the lease. Section 309(b) provides that the automatic stay of section 362 and the discharge injunction of section 524 are not violated if the creditor notifies the debtor and negotiates a cure under section 365(p)(2) (as codified by this Act).
In an individual chapter 11 or 13 case where the debtor is the lessee with respect to personal property and the lease is not assumed in the confirmed plan, the lease is deemed rejected as of the conclusion of the confirmation hearing. If the lease is rejected, the automatic stay under section 362 as well as the chapter 13 codebtor stay under section 1301 are automatically terminated with respect to such property.
Section 309(c)(1) amends section 1325(a)(5)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code to require that periodic payments pursuant to a chapter 13 plan with respect to a secured claim be made in equal monthly installments and that the amount of such payments shall not be less than the amount sufficient to provide adequate protection to the holder of such claim.
Section 309(c)(2) amends section 1326(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require a chapter 13 debtor to commence making payments within 30 days after the filing of the plan or the order for relief, whichever is earlier. The amount of such payment must be the amount proposed in the plan, scheduled in a personal property lease for that portion of the obligation that becomes due postpetition (which amount shall reduce the payment required to be made to such lessor pursuant to the plan), and provides adequate protection directly to a creditor holding an allowed claim secured by personal property to the extent the claim is attributable to the purchase of such property (which amount shall reduce the payment required to be made to such secured creditor pursuant to the plan). Payments made pursuant to a plan must be retained by the chapter 13 trustee until confirmation or denial of confirmation. Section 309(c)(2) provides that if the plan is confirmed, the trustee must distribute payments received from the debtor as soon as practicable in accordance with the plan. If the plan is not confirmed, the trustee must return to the debtor payments not yet due and owing to creditors. Pending confirmation and subject to section 363, the court, after notice and a hearing, may modify the payments required under this provision. Section 309(c)(2) requires the debtor, within 60 days following the filing of the bankruptcy case, to provide reasonable evidence of any required insurance coverage with respect to the use or ownership of leased personal property or property securing, in whole or in part, a purchase money security interest.
Section 310. Limitation on luxury goods
Section 310 amends section 523(a)(2)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code to establish a presumption that consumer debts owed to a single creditor and aggregating more than $250 for luxury goods or services incurred by an individual debtor within 90 days before the order for relief are nondischargeable. With respect to cash advances aggregating more than $750 that are extensions of consumer credit under an open-end credit plan obtained by an individual debtor within 70 days prepetition, section 310 establishes a presumption that these debts are nondischargeable. The term, `luxury goods or services,' does not include goods or services reasonably necessary for the support or maintenance of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor. In addition, `an extension of consumer credit under an open-end credit plan' has the same meaning as it has under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.
Section 311. Automatic stay
Section 311 amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to except the following proceedings from the automatic stay:
- (1) Ěthe continuation of any eviction, unlawful detainer action, or similar proceeding by a lessor against a debtor involving residential real property where the debtor resides as a tenant under a rental agreement;
- (2) Ěthe commencement of any eviction, unlawful detainer action, or similar proceeding by a lessor against a debtor involving residential real property where the debtor resides as a tenant under a rental agreement that has terminated pursuant to the lease agreement or applicable State law; and
- (3) Ěan eviction action based on endangerment to property or person, or the use of illegal drugs.
Section 311 also excepts from the automatic stay a transfer that is not avoidable under section 544 and that is not avoidable under section 549 of the Bankruptcy Code. This amendment responds to a 1997 Ninth Circuit case, 2
[Footnote] in which two purchase money lenders (without knowledge that the debtor had recently filed an undisclosed chapter 11 case that was later converted to chapter 7), funded the debtor's acquisition of an apartment complex and recorded their purchase-money deed of trust immediately following recordation of the deed to the debtors. Specifically, it amends the definition of `transfer' to include the `creation of a lien.' This amendment gives expression to a widely held understanding that a transfer includes the creation of a lien.
[Footnote 2: Thompson v. Margen (In re McConville), 110 F.3d 47 (9th Cir. 1997). The bankruptcy trustee sought to avoid the lien created by the lenders' deed of trust by asserting that the deed was an unauthorized, postpetition transfer under section 549(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. The lenders claimed that the voluntary transfer to them was a transfer of real property to good faith purchasers for value, which thereby excepted it, under section 549(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, from avoidance. The bankruptcy court held that: the postpetition recordation of the lenders' deed of trust was without authorization under the Bankruptcy Code or by the court and was therefore avoidable under section 549(a) and that the lenders did not qualify under the section 549(c) exception as good faith purchasers of real property for value. The District Court subsequently affirmed the bankruptcy court's ruling granting the trustee the authority to avoid the lenders' lien. McConville v. David Margen and Lawton Associates (In re McConville), No. C 94-3308, 1994 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 18095 (N.D. Cal. Dec. 14, 1994). On appeal, the lower court's decision in McConville was initially affirmed. Thompson v. Margen (In re McConville), 84 F.3d 340 (9th Cir. 1996). The Ninth Circuit, however, subsequently issued an amended opinion, also affirming the lower court, Thompson v. Margen (In re McConville), 97 F.3d 316 (9th Cir. 1996), and finally issued an opinion withdrawing its prior opinion and deciding the case on other grounds. It held that by obtaining secured credit from the lenders after filing but before the appointment of a trustee, the debtors violated their fiduciary responsibility to their creditors. Thompson v. Margen (In re McConville), 110 F.3d 47 (9th Cir. 1997).]
Section 312. Extension of period between bankruptcy discharges
Section 312(1) amends section 727(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code to extend the period before which a chapter 7 debtor may receive a subsequent chapter 7 discharge from six to 8 years. Section 312(2) amends section 1328 to prohibit the issuance of a discharge in a subsequent chapter 13 case if the debtor received a discharge in a prior bankruptcy case within 5 years preceding the filing of the subsequent chapter 13 case.
Section 313. Definition of household goods and antiques
Section 313(a) amends section 522(f) of the Bankruptcy Code to codify a modified version of the Federal Trade Commission's definition of `household goods' for purposes of the avoidance of a nonpossessory, nonpurchase money lien in such property. Section 313(b) requires the Director of the Executive Office for United States Trustees to prepare a report containing findings with respect to the use of this definition under section 522(f)(4). The report may include recommendations for amendments to section 522(f)(4).
Section 314. Debt incurred to pay nondischargeable debts
Section 314(a) amends section 523(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to make a debt incurred to pay a nondischargeable tax owed to a governmental unit (other than a tax owed to the United States) nondischargeable as well.
Section 314(b) amends section 1328(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to make the following additional debts nondischargeable in a chapter 13 case:
- (1) Ědebts for money, property, services, or extensions of credit obtained through fraud or by a false statement in writing under section 523(a)(2)(A) and (B) of the Bankruptcy Code;
- (2) Ěconsumer debts owed to a single creditor that aggregate to more than $250 for luxury goods or services incurred by an individual debtor within 90 days before the filing of the bankruptcy case, and cash advances aggregating more than $750 that are extensions of consumer credit obtained by a debtor under an open-end credit plan within 70 days before the order for relief under section 523(a)(2)(C) (as amended by this Act);
- (3) Ěpursuant to section 523(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, debts that require timely request for a dischargeability determination, if the creditor lacks notice or does not have actual knowledge of the case in time to make such request;
- (4) Ědebts resulting from fraud or defalcation by the debtor acting as a fiduciary under section 523(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;
- (5) Ědebts for restitution or damages, awarded in a civil action against the debtor as a result of willful or malicious conduct by the debtor that caused personal injury to an individual or the death of an individual.
Section 315. Giving creditors fair notice in chapters 7 and 13 cases
Section 315(a) amends section 342 of the Bankruptcy Code in several respects. First, it deletes the provision specifying that the failure of a notice to include certain information required to be given by a debtor to a creditor does not invalidate the notice's legal effect. Second, it mandates that a debtor send any notice required under the Bankruptcy Code to the address specified by the creditor and to include on such notice the account number, if within 90 days prior to the date that the debtor filed for bankruptcy relief the creditor sent at least two communications to the debtor specifying such account number and address. If the creditor would be in violation of applicable nonbankruptcy law by sending any such communication during this time period, then the debtor must send the notice to the address provided by the creditor stated in the last two communications containing the creditor's address and such notice shall include the current account number. Third, it permits a creditor in a chapter 7 or 13 case of an individual debtor to file with the court and serve on the debtor the address to be used to notify such creditor in that case. Five days after receipt of such notice, the court or debtor must use the address so specified for noticing such creditor. Fourth, section 315(a) specifies that if an entity files a notice with the court stating an address to be used generally in chapter 7 and chapter 13 cases, this address must be used by the court for such cases within 30 days following the filing of such notice. Fifth, it provides that any notice shall not be effective until it has been brought to the creditor's attention. If the creditor has designated an entity to be responsible for receiving notices concerning bankruptcy cases and has established reasonable procedures so that these notices will be delivered to such entity, a notice will not be deemed to have been received by the creditor until it has been received by such entity. Sixth, it prohibits the imposition of any sanction for violation of the automatic stay or for the failure to comply with the Bankruptcy Code's turnover provisions in sections 542 and 543 if a creditor has not received proper notice.
Section 315(b)(1) amends section 521 to require the debtor to file a certificate executed by the debtor's attorney or bankruptcy petition preparer stating that the attorney or preparer supplied the debtor with the notice required under section 342(b) (as amended by this Act). If the debtor is pro se and did not use the services of a bankruptcy petition preparer, then the debtor must sign a certificate stating that he or she obtained and read such notice. In addition, the debtor must file:
(1) copies of all payment advices or other evidence of payment from any employer within 60 days preceding the bankruptcy filing;
(2) a statement of the amount of monthly net income, itemized to show how such amount is calculated; and
(3) a statement disclosing any reasonably anticipated increase in income or expenditures in the 12-month period following the date of filing.
Upon request of a creditor, section 315(b)(2) requires the court to make the petition, schedules, and statement of financial affairs of an individual who is a chapter 7 or chapter 13 debtor available to such creditor. In addition, it requires the debtor to provide either a copy of his or her tax return or transcript (at the election of the debtor) for the latest taxable period prior to the filing of the bankruptcy case for which a tax return has been or should have been filed to the trustee not later than 7 days before the date first set for the first meeting of creditors. The debtor's failure to comply requires dismissal of the case unless the debtor demonstrates that such failure was due to circumstances beyond the debtor's control. If a creditor has requested a copy of the tax return or transcript, the debtor must provide such document to the creditor at the time the debtor supplies the return or transcript to the trustee. Should the debtor fail to comply with this requirement, the case must be dismissed, unless the debtor demonstrates that such failure is due to circumstances beyond the debtor's control. A creditor in a chapter 13 case may, at any time, file a notice with the court requesting a copy of the plan. The court must supply a copy of the chapter 13 plan at a reasonable cost not later than 5 days after such request.
At the time filed with the taxing authority, an individual debtor in a case under chapter 7, 11 or 13 must file copies of tax returns (including any schedules or attachments) with the court at the request of any party in interest during the pendency of the case. This requirement pertains to all tax returns (including any schedules or attachments) that were not filed for the 3-year period preceding the date on which the order for relief was entered. In addition, the debtor must file copies of any amendments to such tax returns.
In a chapter 13 case, the debtor must file a statement, under penalty of perjury, of income and expenditures in the preceding tax year and monthly income showing how the amounts were calculated. The statement must be filed on the date that is the later of 90 days after the close of the debtor's tax year or 1 year after the order for relief, unless a plan has been confirmed. Thereafter, the statement must be filed on or before the date that is 45 days before the anniversary date of the plan's confirmation, until the case is closed. The statement must disclose the amount and sources of the debtor's income, the identity of any persons responsible with the debtor for the support of the debtor's dependents, the identity of any persons who contributed to the debtor's household expenses, and the amount of any such contributions.
Section 315(b)(2) mandates that the tax returns, amendments thereto, and the statement of income and expenditures of an individual who is a chapter 7 or chapter 13 debtor be made available to the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator, the trustee, and any party in interest for inspection and copying, subject to procedures established by the Director of the Administrative Office for United States Courts within 180 days from the Act's enactment date. The procedures must safeguard the confidentiality of any tax information required under this provision and include restrictions on creditor access to such information. In addition, the Director must, within 1 year and 180 days from the Act's enactment date, prepare and submit to the Congress a report that assesses the effectiveness of such procedures and, if appropriate, includes recommendations for legislation to further protect the confidentiality of such tax information and to impose penalties for its improper use.
If requested by the United States trustee or trustee, the debtor must provide a document establishing the debtor's identity, which may include a driver's license, passport, or other document containing a photograph of the debtor, and such other personal identifying information relating to the debtor.
Section 316. Dismissal for failure to timely file schedules or provide required information
Section 316 amends section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that if an individual debtor in a voluntary chapter 7 or chapter 13 case fails to file all of the information required under section 521(a)(1) within 45 days of the date on which the case is filed, the case must be automatically dismissed, effective on the 46th day. The 45-day period may be extended for an additional 45-day period providing the debtor requests such extension prior to the expiration of the original 45-day period and the court finds justification for such extension. Upon request of a party in interest, the court must enter an order of dismissal within 5 days of such request.
Section 317. Adequate time to prepare for hearing on confirmation of the plan
Section 317 amends section 1324 of the Bankruptcy Code to require the chapter 13 confirmation hearing to be held not earlier than 20 days following the first date set for the meeting of creditors and not later than 45 days from this date.
Section 318. Chapter 13 plans to have a 5-year duration in certain cases
Section 318(1) amends section 1322(d) to specify that a chapter 13 plan may not provide for payments over a period that is longer than 5 years if the current monthly income of the debtor and the debtor's spouse (when multiplied by 12) is not less than the applicable State median family income last reported by the Census Bureau for a family of equal or lesser size. For a household of one person, the income threshold is the applicable State median family income for one earner. Section 318(1) adjusts the income threshold for households with more than four individuals. If the income of the debtor and the debtor's spouse fall below this threshold, then the duration of the plan may not be longer than 3 years, unless the court, for cause, approves a longer period up to 5 years. Section 318(2), (3), and (4) make conforming amendments to section 1325(b) and 1329(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 319. Sense of Congress regarding expansion of rule 9011 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure
Section 319 expresses a sense of the Congress that rule 9011 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure be modified to require that all signed and unsigned documents, including schedules, supplied to the court or the trustee by a debtor be submitted only after the debtor or the debtor's attorney has made reasonable inquiry to verify that the information contained in such documents is well grounded in fact and warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law.
Section 320. Prompt relief from stay in individual cases
Section 320 amends section 362(e) of the Bankruptcy Code to terminate the automatic stay in a chapter 7, 11 or 13 case of an individual debtor within 60 days following a request for relief from the stay, unless the bankruptcy court renders a final decision prior to the expiration of the 60-day time period, such period is extended pursuant to agreement of all parties in interest, or a specific extension of time is required for good cause as described in findings made by the court.
Section 321. Chapter 11 cases filed by individuals
Section 321(a)(1) creates a new provision under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code specifying that property of the estate of an individual debtor includes, in addition to that identified in section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code, all property of the kind described in section 541 that the debtor acquires after commencement of the case, but before the case is closed, dismissed or converted to a case under chapter 7, 12 or 13 (whichever occurs first). In addition, it includes earnings from services performed by the debtor after commencement of the case, but before the case is closed, dismissed or converted to a case under chapter 7, 12 or 13. Except as provided in section 1104 of the Bankruptcy Code or the order confirming a chapter 11 plan, section 321(a) provides that the debtor remains in possession of all property of the estate.
Section 321(b) amends section 1123 to require the chapter 11 plan of an individual debtor to provide for the payment to creditors of all or such portion of the debtor's earnings from personal services performed after commencement of the case or other future income that is necessary for the plan's execution.
Section 321(c) amends section 1129(a) to include an additional requirement for confirmation in a chapter 11 case of an individual debtor upon objection to confirmation by a holder of an allowed unsecured claim. In such instance, the value of property to be distributed under the plan (1) on account of such claim, as of the plan's effective date, must not be less than the amount of such claim; or (2) is not less than the debtor's projected disposable income (as defined in section 1325(b)(2)) to be received during the 5-year period beginning on the date that the first payment is due under the plan or during the plan's term, whichever is longer. Section 321(c) also amends section 1129(b)(2)(B)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that an individual chapter 11 debtor may retain property included in the estate under section 1115 (as codified by the Act), subject to section 1129(a)(14).
Section 321(d)(1) amends section 1141(d) to provide that debts under section 523 of the Bankruptcy Code are nondischargeable in a chapter 11 case. Section 321(d)(2) provides that in the chapter 11 case of an individual debtor, the debtor is not discharged until all plan payments have been made. The court may grant a hardship discharge if the value of property actually distributed under the plan--as of the plan's effective date--is not less than the amount that would have been available for distribution if the case was liquidated under chapter 7 on such date, and modification of the plan is not practicable.
Section 321(e) amends section 1127 to permit a plan in a chapter 11 case of an individual debtor to be modified postconfirmation for the purpose of increasing or reducing the amount of payments, extending or reducing the time period for such payments, or altering the amount of distribution to a creditor whose claim is provided for by the plan. Such modification may be made at any time on request of the debtor, trustee, United States trustee, or holder of an allowed unsecured claim, if the plan has not been substantially consummated. The provision specifies that sections 1121 through 1129 apply to such modification. In addition, it provides that the modified plan shall become the confirmed plan only if: (a) there has been disclosure pursuant to section 1125 (as the court directs); (b) notice and a hearing; and (c) such modification is approved.
Section 322. Limitation
Section 322(a) amends section 522 of the Bankruptcy Code to impose an aggregate monetary limitation of $100,000, subject to sections 544 and 548, on the value of property that the debtor may claim as exempt under State or local law pursuant to section 522(b)(3)(A) under certain circumstances. The monetary cap applies if the debtor acquired such property within the 2-year period preceding the filing of the petition and the property consists of any of the following: (a) real or personal property of the debtor or that a dependent of the debtor uses as a residence; (b) an interest in a cooperative that owns property, which the debtor or the debtor's dependent uses as a residence; or (c) a burial plot for the debtor or the debtor's dependent. This limitation does not apply to a principal residence claimed as exempt by a family farmer. In addition, the limitation does not apply to any interest transferred from a debtor's principal residence (which was acquired prior to the beginning of the 2-year period) to the debtor's current principal residence, if both the previous and current residences are located in the same State.
Section 322(b) makes the monetary limitation set forth in section 322(a) subject to automatic adjustment pursuant to section 104 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 323. Excluding employee benefit plan participant contributions and other property from the estate
Section 323(a) amends section 541(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to exclude as property of the estate funds withheld or received by an employer from its employees' wages for payment as contributions to specified employee retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, and tax-deferred annuities. Such contributions do not constitute disposable income as defined in section 1325(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 323(a) also excludes as property of the estate funds withheld by an employer from the wages of its employees for payment as contributions to health insurance plans regulated by State law.
Section 323(b) specifies that the amendments made by this provision do not apply to bankruptcy cases commenced prior to the expiration of the 180-day period beginning on the Act's enactment date.
Section 324. Exclusive jurisdiction in matters involving bankruptcy professionals
Section 324 amends section 1334 of title 28 of the United State Code to give a district court exclusive jurisdiction of all claims or causes of action involving the construction of section 327 of the Bankruptcy Code and rules relating to disclosure requirements under such provision.
Section 325. United States Trustee Program filing fee increase
Section 325(a) amends section 1930(a) of title 28 of the United States Code to increase the filing fees for chapter 7 and chapter 13 cases respectively to $160 and $150. Subsections 325(b) and (c) amend section 589a of title 28 of the United States Code and section 406(b) of the Judiciary Appropriations Act of 1990 to increase the percentage of the fees collected under section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code that are paid to the United States Trustee System Fund.
Section 326. Sharing of compensation
Section 326 amends section 504 of the Bankruptcy Code to create a limited exception to the prohibition against fee sharing. The provision allows the sharing of compensation with bona fide public service attorney referral programs that operate in accordance with non-federal law regulating attorney referral services and with professional responsibility rules applicable to attorney acceptance of referrals.
Section 327. Fair valuation of collateral
Section 327 amends section 506(a) to provide that the value of an allowed claim secured by personal property that is an asset in an individual debtor's chapter 7 or chapter 13 case is determined based on the replacement value of such property as of the filing date of the bankruptcy case without deduction for costs of sale or marketing. With respect to property acquired for personal, family, or household purposes, replacement value is the price a retail merchant would charge for property of that kind considering the age and condition of the property at the time its value is determined.
Section 328. Defaults based on nonmonetary obligations
Section 328(a)(1) amends section 365(b) to provide that a trustee does not have to cure a default that is a breach of a provision (other than a penalty rate or penalty provision) relating to a default arising from any failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation under an unexpired lease of real property, if it is impossible for the trustee to cure the default by performing such nonmonetary act at and after the time of assumption. If the default arises from a failure to operate in accordance with a nonresidential real property lease, the default must be cured by performance at and after the time of assumption in accordance with the lease. Pecuniary losses resulting from such default must be compensated pursuant to section 365(b)(1). In addition, section 328(a)(1) amends section 365(b)(2)(D) to clarify that it applies to penalty provisions.
Section 328(a)(2) through (4) make technical revisions to section 365(c), (d) and (f) by deleting language that is no longer effective pursuant to the Rail Safety Enforcement and Review Act. 3
[Footnote]
[Footnote 3: Pub. L. No. 102-365.]
Section 328(b) amends section 1124(2)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify that a claim is not impaired if section 365(b)(2) (as amended by this Act) expressly does not require a default with respect to such claim to be cured. In addition, it provides that any claim or interest that arises from the failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation (other than a default arising from the failure to operate a nonresidential real property lease subject to section 365(b)(1)(A)), is impaired unless the holder of such claim or interest (other than the debtor or an insider) is compensated for any actual pecuniary loss incurred by the holder as a result of such failure.
TITLE IV. GENERAL AND SMALL BUSINESS BANKRUPTCY PROVISIONS
SUBTITLE A. GENERAL BUSINESS BANKRUPTCY PROVISIONS
Section 401. Adequate protection for investors
Section 401(a) amends section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code to define `securities self regulatory organization' as a securities association or national securities exchange registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Section 401(b) amends section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code to except from the automatic stay certain enforcement actions by a securities self regulatory organization.
Section 402. Meetings of creditors and equity security holders
Section 402 amends section 341 of the Bankruptcy Code to permit a court, on request of a party in interest and after notice and a hearing, to order the United States trustee to not convene a meeting of creditors or equity security holders if a chapter 11 debtor has filed a plan for which the debtor solicited acceptances prior to the commencement of the case.
Section 403. Protection of refinance of security interest
Section 403 amends section 547(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code to increase the perfection period from 10 to 30 days for the purpose of determining whether such transfer is an avoidable preferential transfer.
Section 404. Executory contracts and unexpired leases
Section 404(a) amends section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code to establish more finite deadlines by which an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property must be assumed or rejected. It provides that such lease shall be deemed rejected if the trustee fails to assume it by the earlier of 120 days after the date of the order for relief or the date on which an order of confirmation is entered. The court may extend this time period for an additional 90 days on motion of the trustee or lessor for cause. If such extension is granted, the court may permit a subsequent extension only upon the lessor's written consent.
Section 404(b) amends section 365(f)(1) to make a trustee's authority to assign an executory contract or unexpired lease subject to section 365(b), amended by the Act.
Section 405. Creditors and equity security holders committees
Section 405(a) amends section 1102(a)(2) to permit, after notice and a hearing, a bankruptcy court, on its own motion or on motion of a party in interest, to order a change in a committee's membership to ensure adequate representation of parties in a case. In addition, it specifies that the court may direct the United States trustee to increase the membership of a committee for the purpose of including a small business concern if the court determines that such creditor's claim is of the kind represented by the committee and that, in the aggregate, is disproportionately large when compared to the creditor's annual gross revenue.
Section 405(b) requires the committee to allow creditors having claims of the kind represented by the committee access to information. In addition, the committee must solicit and receive comments from these creditors and, pursuant to court order, make additional reports or disclosures available to them.
Section 406. Amendment to section 546 of title 11, United States Code
Section 406(1) corrects an erroneous subsection designation in section 546 of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 406(2) amends section 546 to provide that a trustee may not avoid a warehouse lien for storage, transportation, or other costs incidental to the storage and handling of goods. In addition, it specifies that this prohibition must be applied in a manner consistent with any applicable State statute that is similar to section 7-209 of the Uniform Commercial Code.
Section 407. Amendments to section 330(a) of title 11, United States Code
Section 407 amends section 330(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify that this provision applies to examiners, chapter 11 trustees, and professional persons. This section also amends section 330(a) to add a provision that requires a court, in determining the amount of reasonable compensation to award to a trustee, to treat such compensation as a commission pursuant to section 326 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 408. Postpetition disclosure and solicitation
Section 408 amends section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code to permit an acceptance or rejection of a chapter 11 plan to be solicited from the holder of a claim or interest if the holder was solicited before the commencement of the case in a manner that complied with applicable nonbankruptcy law.
Section 409. Preferences
Section 409(1) amends section 547(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a trustee may not avoid a transfer to the extent the transfer was in payment of a debt incurred by the debtor in the ordinary course of the business or financial affairs of the debtor and the transferee and such transfer was either made (1) in the ordinary course of the debtor's financial affairs or business, or (2) in accordance with ordinary business terms. Present law requires the recipient of a preferential transfer to establish both of these grounds in order to sustain a defense to a preferential transfer proceeding. In a case that does not have primarily consumer debts, section 409 provides that a transfer may not be avoided if the aggregate amount of all property constituting or affected by the transfer is less than $5,000.
Section 410. Venue of certain proceedings
Section 410 amends section 1409(b) of title 28 of the United States Code to provide that a preferential transfer action in the amount of $10,000 or less must be filed in the district where the defendant resides. This amount is presently fixed at $1,000.
Section 411. Period for filing plan under chapter 11
Section 411 amends section 1121(d) of the Bankruptcy Code to mandate that a chapter 11 debtor's exclusive period for filing a plan may not be extended beyond a date that is 18 months after the order for relief. In addition, it provides that the debtor's exclusive period for obtaining acceptances of the plan may not be extended beyond 20 months after the order for relief.
Section 412. Fees arising from certain ownership interests
Section 412 amends section 523(a)(16) of the Bankruptcy Code to broaden the protections accorded to community associations with respect to fees or assessments arising from the debtor's interest in a condominium, cooperative or homeowners' association. Irrespective of whether or not the debtor physically occupies such property, any fees or assessments that accrue during the period the debtor or the trustee has a legal, equitable, or possessory ownership interest in such property are nondischargeable.
Section 413. Creditor representation at first meeting of creditors
Section 413 amends section 341(c) of the Bankruptcy Code to permit a creditor holding a consumer debt or any representative of such creditor to appear and participate at the meeting of creditors in chapter 7 and chapter 13 cases either alone or in conjunction with an attorney. In addition, the provision clarifies that it cannot be construed to require a creditor to be represented by counsel at any meeting of creditors.
Section 414. Definition of disinterested person
Section 414 amends section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code to eliminate the requirement that an investment banker be a disinterested person.
Section 415. Factors for compensation of professional persons
Section 415 amends section 330(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code to permit the court to consider, in awarding compensation, whether the person is board certified or otherwise has demonstrated skill and experience in the practice of bankruptcy law.
Section 416. Appointment of elected trustee
Section 416 refines existing law by clarifying the procedure for the election of a private trustee in a chapter 11 case. Section 1104(b) of the Bankruptcy Code permits creditors to elect an eligible, disinterested person to serve as the trustee in the case, provided certain conditions are met. Section 416 adds a provision to section 1104(b) requiring the United States trustee to file a report certifying the election of a chapter 11 trustee. Upon the filing of the report, the elected trustee is deemed to be selected and appointed for purposes of section 1104 and the service of any prior trustee appointed in the case is terminated. Section 416 also clarifies that the court shall resolve any dispute arising out of a chapter 11 trustee election.
Section 417. Utility service
Section 417 amends section 366 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that assurance of payment, for purposes of this provision, includes a cash deposit, letter of credit, certificate of deposit, surety bond, prepayment of utility consumption, or other form of security that is mutually agreed upon by the debtor or trustee and the utility. It also specifies that an administrative expense priority does not constitute an assurance of payment.
With respect to chapter 11 cases, section 417 permits a utility to refuse or discontinue service if it does not receive adequate assurance of payment within 30 days of the filing of the petition that is satisfactory to the utility. The court, upon request of a party in interest, may modify the amount of this payment after notice and a hearing. In determining the adequacy of such payment, section 417 prevents a court from taking into consideration (1) the absence of security before the case was filed; (2) the debtor's timely payment of utility service charges before the case was filed; or (3) the availability of an administrative expense priority. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, section 417 permits a utility to recover or set off against a security deposit provided prepetition by the debtor to the utility without notice or court order.
Section 418. Bankruptcy fees
Section 418 amends section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code to permit a district court or a bankruptcy court, pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Judicial Conference of the United States, to waive the chapter 7 filing fee for an individual and certain other fees under subsections (b) and (c) of section 1930 if such individual's income is less than 150 percent of the official poverty level (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget) and the individual is unable to pay such fee in installments. Section 418 also clarifies that section 1930, as amended, does not prevent a district or bankruptcy court from waiving other fees for creditors and debtors, if in accordance with Judicial Conference policy.
Section 419. More complete information regarding assets of the estate
Section 419 requires the Advisory Committee on Bankruptcy Rules, after consideration of the views of the Director of the Executive Office for United States Trustees, to propose official rules and forms directing chapter 11 debtors to disclose information concerning the value, operations, and profitability of any closely held corporation, partnership, or other entity in which the debtor holds a substantial or controlling interest. This provision is intended to ensure that the debtor's interest in any of these entities is used for the payment of allowed claims against the debtor.
SUBTITLE B. SMALL BUSINESS BANKRUPTCY PROVISIONS
Section 431. Flexible rules for disclosure statement and plan
Section 431 is intended to streamline the disclosure statement process and to provide for more flexibility. Section 431(1) amends section 1125(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to require a bankruptcy court, in determining whether a disclosure statement supplies adequate information, to consider the complexity of the case, the benefit of additional information to creditors and other parties in interest, and the cost of providing such additional information.
With regard to a small business case, section 431(2) amends section 1125(f) to provide that if the plan itself supplies adequate information, a separate disclosure statement may not be required. In addition, it provides that the court may approve a disclosure statement submitted on standard forms approved by the court or adopted under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code. Further, section 431(2) provides that the court may conditionally approve a disclosure statement, subject to final approval after notice and a hearing, and allow the debtor to solicit acceptances of the plan based on such disclosure statement. The hearing on the disclosure statement may be combined with the confirmation hearing.
Section 432. Definitions
Section 432 amends section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code to define a `small business case' as a chapter 11 case in which the debtor is a small business debtor. This provision, in turn, defines a `small business debtor' as a person (including affiliates that are also debtors, but excluding a person whose primary activity is the business of owning or operating real property or activities incidental thereto) having noncontingent, liquidated secured and unsecured debts of less than $3 million in the aggregate (excluding debts owed to affiliates or insiders of the debtor) as of the commencement of the case. This definition applies only in a case where the United States trustee has not appointed a creditors' committee or where the court has determined that the committee of unsecured creditors is not sufficiently active and representative to provide effective oversight of the debtor. The definition does not apply to any member of a group of affiliated debtors that has aggregate noncontingent, liquidated secured and unsecured debts in excess of $3 million (excluding debts owed to one or more affiliates or insiders).
Section 433. Standard form disclosure statement and plan
Section 433 requires the Advisory Committee on Bankruptcy Rules of the Judicial Conference of the United States to propose for adoption standard form disclosure statements and plans for small business debtors. The provision directs that the forms be designed to achieve a practical balance between the needs of the court, case administrators, and other parties in interest to have reasonably complete information as well as the small business debtor's needs for economy and simplicity.
Section 434. Uniform national reporting requirements
Section 434(a) adds a new provision to the Bankruptcy Code imposing additional reporting requirements for small business debtors. It requires a small business debtor to file periodic financial reports and other documents containing the following information with respect to the debtor's business operations: (a) profitability; (b) reasonable approximations of projected cash receipts and disbursements; (c) comparisons of actual cash receipts and disbursements with projections in prior reports; (d) whether the debtor is complying with postpetition requirements pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code and Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure; and (5) whether the debtor is timely filing tax returns, paying taxes and other administrative expenses when due, and making other required government filings. In addition, the debtor must report on such other matters that are in the best interests of the debtor and the creditors and in the public interest.
If the debtor is not in compliance with any postpetition requirements pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code and Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, or is not filing tax returns, paying taxes and other administrative expenses when due, or making other required government filings, the debtor must report: (a) what the failures are; (b) how they will be cured; (c) the cost of their cure; and (d) when they will be cured.
Section 434(b) specifies that the effective date of this provision is 60 days after the date on which the rules required under this provision are promulgated.
Section 435. Uniform reporting rules and forms for small business cases
Section 435(a) mandates that the Advisory Committee on Bankruptcy Rules of the Judicial Conference of the United States propose official rules and forms with respect to the periodic financial reports and other information that a small business debtor must file concerning its profitability, cash receipts and disbursements, filing of its tax returns, and payment of its taxes and other administrative expenses.
Section 435(b) requires the rules and forms to achieve a practical balance between the need for reasonably complete information by the bankruptcy court, United States trustee, creditors and other parties in interest; and the small business debtor's interest in having such forms be easy and inexpensive to complete. The forms should also be designed to help the small business debtor to understand its financial condition and plan its future.
Section 436. Duties in small business cases
Section 436 adds a provision to chapter 11 intended to implement greater administrative controls over such cases. The provision requires a chapter 11 trustee or debtor to:
- (1) Ěfile with a voluntary petition (or in an involuntary case, within 7 days from the date of the order for relief) the debtor's most recent financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of operations, cash flow statement, and Federal income tax return) or a statement explaining why such information is not available;
- (2) Ěattend, through its senior management personnel and counsel, meetings scheduled by the bankruptcy court or the United States trustee (including the initial debtor interview and meeting of creditors pursuant to section 341 of the Bankruptcy Code), unless the court waives this requirement after notice and a hearing upon a finding of extraordinary and compelling circumstances;
- (3) Ětimely file all requisite schedules and the statement of financial affairs, unless the court, after notice and a hearing, grants an extension of up to 30 days from the order of relief, absent extraordinary and compelling circumstances;
- (4) Ěfile all postpetition financial and other reports required by the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure or by local rule of the district court;
- (5) Ěmaintain insurance that is customary and appropriate for the industry, subject to section 363(c)(2);
- (6) Ětimely file tax returns and make other required government filings;
- (7) Ětimely pay all administrative expense taxes (except for certain contested claims), subject to section 363(c)(2); and
- (8) Ěpermit the United States trustee to inspect the debtor's business premises, books, and records at reasonable hours after appropriate prior written notice, unless notice is waived by the debtor.
Section 437. Plan filing and confirmation deadlines
Section 437 amends section 1121(e) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the period of time within which a small business debtor must file and confirm a plan of reorganization. It provides that a small business debtor's exclusive period to file a plan is 180 days from the date of the order for relief, unless the period is extended after notice and a hearing, or the court, for cause, orders otherwise. It further provides that a small business debtor must file a plan and any disclosure statement not later than 300 days after the order for relief. These time periods may be extended only if (a) the debtor, after providing notice to parties in interest, demonstrates by a preponderance of the evidence that it is more likely than not that the court will confirm a plan within a reasonable period of time; (b) a new deadline is imposed at the time the extension is granted; and (c) the order granting such extension is signed before the expiration of the existing deadline.
Section 438. Plan confirmation deadline
Section 438 amends section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code to require that a plan in a small business case be confirmed not later than 175 days from the date of the order for relief, unless this period is extended pursuant to section 1121(e)(3) (as added by section 437 of the Act).
Section 439. Duties of the United States trustee
Section 439 amends section 586(a) of title 28 of the United States Code to require the United States trustee to perform the following additional duties with respect to small business debtors:
- (1) Ěconduct an initial debtor interview before the meeting of creditors for the purpose of (a) investigating the debtor's viability, (b) inquiring about the debtor's business plan, (c) explaining the debtor's obligation to file monthly operating reports, (d) attempting to obtain an agreed scheduling order setting various time frames (such as the date for filing a plan and effecting confirmation), and (e) informing the debtor of other obligations;
- (2) Ěif determined to be appropriate and advisable, inspect the debtor's business premises for the purpose of reviewing the debtor's books and records and verifying that the debtor has filed its tax returns;
- (3) Ěreview and monitor diligently the debtor's activities to determine as promptly as possible whether the debtor will be unable to confirm a plan; and
- (4) Ěpromptly apply to the court for relief in any case in which the United States trustee finds material grounds for dismissal or conversion of the case.
Section 440. Scheduling conferences
Section 440 amends section 105(d) to mandate that a bankruptcy court hold status conferences as necessary to further the expeditious and economical resolution of a bankruptcy case.
Section 441. Serial filer provisions
Section 441(1) amends section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a court may award only actual damages for a violation of the automatic stay committed by an entity in the good faith belief that subsection (h) of section 362 (as added by this Act) applies to the debtor.
Section 441(2) adds a new subsection to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code specifying that the automatic stay does not apply where the chapter 11 debtor:
- (1) Ě is a debtor in a small business case pending at the time the petition is filed;
- (2) Ěwas a debtor in a small business case dismissed for any reason pursuant to an order that became final in the 2-year period ending on the date of the order for relief entered in the pending case;
- (3) Ěwas a debtor in small business case in which a plan was confirmed in the 2-year period ending on the date of the order for relief entered in the pending case; or
- (4) Ěis an entity that has succeeded to substantially all of the assets or business of a small business debtor as described above.
An exception to this provision applies to a chapter 11 case that is commenced involuntarily and involves no collusion between the debtor and the petitioning creditors. Also, it does not apply if the debtor proves by a preponderance of the evidence that (a) the filing of the subsequent case resulted from circumstances beyond the debtor's control and which were not foreseeable at the time the prior case was filed; and (b) it is more likely than not that the court will confirm a feasible plan of reorganization (but not a liquidating plan) within a reasonable time.
Section 442. Expanded grounds for dismissal or conversion and appointment of trustee
Section 442(a) amends section 1112(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to mandate that the court convert or dismiss a chapter 11 case or appoint a trustee (whichever is in the best interests of creditors and the estate) if the movant establishes cause. An exception applies if: (a) the debtor or a party in interest objects and establishes by a preponderance of the evidence that a plan having a reasonable possibility of being confirmed will be filed within a reasonable period of time; and (b) the grounds include an act or omission for which there exists a reasonable justification for such act or omission and that will be cured within a reasonable period of time. The court must commence the hearing on a section 1112(b) motion within 30 days of its filing and decide the motion not later than 15 days after commencement of the hearing unless the movant expressly consents to a continuance for a specified period of time or compelling circumstances prevent the court from meeting these time limits.
The term `cause' under section 1112(b), as amended by this provision, includes the following:
- (1) Ěsubstantial or continuing loss to or diminution of the estate;
- (2) Ěgross mismanagement of the estate;
- (3) Ěfailure to maintain appropriate insurance that poses a material risk to the estate or the public;
- (4) Ěunauthorized use of cash collateral that is harmful to one or more creditors;
- (5) Ěfailure to comply with a court order;
- (6) Ěrepeated failure to timely satisfy any filing or reporting requirement under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable rule;
- (7) Ěfailure to attend the section 341 meeting of creditors or an examination pursuant to rule 2004 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure;
- (8) Ěfailure to timely provide information or to attend meetings reasonably requested by the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator;
- (9) Ěfailure to timely pay postpetition taxes or file tax returns due postpetition;
- (10) Ěfailure to file a disclosure statement or to confirm a plan within the time fixed by the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to court order;
- (11) Ěfailure to pay any requisite fees or charges under chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code;
- (12) Ěrevocation of a confirmation order;
- (13) Ěinability to effectuate substantial consummation of a confirmed plan;
- (14) Ěmaterial default by the debtor with respect to a confirmed plan;
- (15) Ětermination of a plan by reason of the occurrence of a condition specified in the plan; and
- (16) Ěthe debtor's failure to pay any domestic support obligation that first becomes payable postpetition.
- Section 442(a) requires the court to commence the hearing under section 1112(b) within 30 days of the filing of the motion and specifies that the court must decide the motion within 15 days after commencement of the hearing, unless the movant consents to a longer period or compelling circumstances prevent the court from meeting the specified time limits.
Section 442(b) creates additional grounds for the appointment of a chapter 11 trustee under section 1104(a). It provides that should the bankruptcy court determine cause exists to convert or dismiss a chapter 11 case, it may appoint a trustee or examiner if in the best interests of creditors and the bankruptcy estate.
Section 443. Study of operation of title 11, United States Code, with respect to small businesses
Section 443 directs the Administrator of the Small Business Administration, in consultation with the Attorney General, the Director of the Executive Office for United States Trustees, and the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, to conduct a study to determine:
- (1) Ěthe internal and external factors that cause small businesses (particularly sole proprietorships) to seek bankruptcy relief and the factors that cause small businesses to successfully complete their chapter 11 cases; and
- (2) Ěhow the bankruptcy laws may be made more effective and efficient in assisting small business to remain viable.
Section 444. Payment of interest
Section 444(1) amends section 362(d)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code to require a court to grant relief from the automatic stay within 30 days after it determines that a single asset real estate debtor is subject to this provision. Section 444(2) amends section 362(d)(3)(B) to specify that relief from the automatic stay shall be granted unless the single asset real estate debtor has commenced making monthly payments to each creditor secured by the debtor's real property (other than a claim secured by a judgment lien or unmatured statutory lien) in an amount equal to the interest at the then applicable nondefault contract rate of interest on the value of the creditor's interest in the real estate. It allows a debtor in its sole discretion to make the requisite interest payments out of rents or other proceeds generated by the real property.
Section 445. Priority of administrative expenses
Section 445 amends section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to add a new administrative expense priority for a nonresidential real property lease that is assumed under section 365 and then subsequently rejected. The amount of the priority is the sum of all monetary obligations due under the lease (excluding penalties and obligations arising from or relating to a failure to operate) for the 2-year period following the rejection date or actual turnover of the premises (whichever is later), without reduction or setoff for any reason, except for sums actually received or to be received from a nondebtor. Any remaining sums due for the balance of the term of the lease is treated as a claim under section 502(b)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.
TITLE V. MUNICIPAL BANKRUPTCY PROVISIONS
Section 501. Petition and proceedings related to petition
Section 501 amends sections 921(d) and 301 of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify that the court must enter the order for relief in a chapter 9 case.
Section 502. Applicability of other sections to chapter 9
Section 502 amends section 901 of the Bankruptcy Code to make the following sections applicable to chapter 9 cases:
- (1) Ěsection 555 (contractual right to liquidate, terminate or accelerate a securities contract);
- (2) Ěsection 556 (contractual right to liquidate, terminate or accelerate a commodities or forward contract);
- (3) Ěsection 559 (contractual right to liquidate, terminate or accelerate a repurchase agreement);
- (4) Ěsection 560 (contractual right to liquidate, terminate or accelerate a swap agreement);
- (5) Ěsection 561 (contractual right to liquidate, terminate, accelerate, or offset under a master netting agreement and across contracts); and
- (6) Ěsection 562 (damage measure in connection with swap agreements, securities contracts, forward contracts, commodity contracts, repurchase agreements, or master netting agreement).
TITLE VI. BANKRUPTCY DATA
Section 601. Improved bankruptcy statistics
Section 601 amends chapter 6 of title 28 of the United States Code to require the clerk for each district to collect certain statistics for chapter 7, 11, and 13 cases in a standardized form prescribed by the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts and to make this information available to the public. In addition, section 601 requires the Director to prepare an annual report and analysis for Congress concerning the information collected. The statistics must be itemized by chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and be presented in the aggregate for each district. The specific categories of information that must be gathered include the following:
- (1) Ěscheduled total assets and liabilities by category;
- (2) Ěthe debtors' current monthly income, average income, and average expenses;
- (3) Ěthe aggregate amount of debts discharged during the reporting period based on the difference between the total amount of scheduled debts and by categories that are predominantly nondischargeable;
- (4) Ěthe average time between the filing of the bankruptcy case and the closing of the case;
- (5) Ěthe number of cases in which reaffirmation agreements were filed, the total number of reaffirmation agreements filed, the number of cases in which the debtor was pro se and a reaffirmation agreement was filed, and the number of cases in which the reaffirmation agreement was approved by the court;
- (6) Ěfor chapter 13 cases, information on the number of (a) orders determining the value of secured property in an amount less than the amount of the secured claim, (b) final orders that determined the value of property securing a claim, (c) cases dismissed, (d) cases dismissed for failure to make payments under the plan, (e) cases refiled after dismissal, (f) cases in which the plan was completed (separately itemized with respect to the number of modifications made before completion of the plan, and (g) cases in which the debtor had previously sought bankruptcy relief within the 6 years preceding the filing of the present case;
- (7) Ěthe number of cases in which creditors were fined for misconduct and the amount of any punitive damages awarded for creditor misconduct; and
- (8) Ěthe number of cases in which sanctions under rule 9011 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure were imposed against a debtor's counsel and the damages awarded under this rule.
- Section 601 provides that the amendments in this provision take effect 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act.
Section 602. Uniform rules for the collection of bankruptcy data
Section 602 amends chapter 39 of title 28 of the United States Code to add a provision requiring the Attorney General to promulgate rules mandating the establishment of uniform forms for final reports in chapter 7, 12 and 13 cases and periodic reports in chapter 11 cases. It also specifies that these reports be designed to facilitate compilation of data and to provide maximum public access by physical inspection at one or more central filing locations and by electronic access through the Internet or other appropriate media. The information should enable an evaluation of the efficiency and practicality of the Federal bankruptcy system. In issuing rules, the Attorney General must consider: (a) the reasonable needs of the public for information about the Federal bankruptcy system; (b) the economy, simplicity, and lack of undue burden on persons obligated to file the reports; and (c) appropriate privacy concerns and safeguards. Section 602 provides that final reports by trustees in chapter 7, 12, and 13 cases include the following information:
- (1) Ěthe length of time the case was pending;
- (2) Ěassets abandoned;
- (3) Ěassets exempted;
- (4) Ěreceipts and disbursements of the estate;
- (5) Ěadministrative expenses, including those associated with section 707(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and the actual costs of administering chapter 13 cases;
- (6) Ěclaims asserted;
- (7) Ěclaims allowed; and
- (8) Ědistributions to claimants and claims discharged without payment.
With regard to chapter 11 cases, section 602 provides that periodic reports include the following information regarding:
- (1) Ěthe standard industry classification for businesses conducted by the debtor, as published by the Department of Commerce;
- (2) Ěthe length of time that the case was pending;
- (3) Ěthe number of full-time employees as of the date of the order for relief and at the end of each reporting period;
- (4) Ěcash receipts, cash disbursements, and profitability of the debtor for the most recent period and cumulatively from the date of the order for relief;
- (5) Ěthe debtor's compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, including whether tax returns have been filed and taxes have been paid;
- (6) Ěprofessional fees approved by the court for the most recent period and cumulatively from the date of the order for relief; and
- (7) Ěplans filed and confirmed, including the aggregate recoveries of holders by class and as a percentage of total claims of an allowed class.
Section 603. Audit procedures
Section 603(a)(1) requires the Attorney General (for judicial districts served by United States trustees) and the Judicial Conference of the United States (for judicial districts served by bankruptcy administrators) to establish procedures to determine the accuracy, veracity, and completeness of petitions, schedules and other information filed by debtors pursuant to sections 111, 521 and 1322 of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 603(a)(1) requires the audits to be conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and performed by independent certified public accountants or independent licensed public accountants. It permits the Attorney General and the Judicial Conference to develop alternative auditing standards not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Section 603(a)(2) requires these procedures to:
- (1) Ěestablish a method of selecting appropriate qualified contractors to perform these audits;
- (2) Ěestablish a method of randomly selecting cases for audit, and that a minimum of at least one case out of every 250 cases be selected for audit;
- (3) Ěrequire audits in cases where the schedules of income and expenses reflect greater than average variances from the statistical norm for the district if they occur by reason of higher income or higher expenses than the statistical norm in which the schedules were filed; and
- (4) Ěrequire the aggregate results of such audits, including the percentage of cases by district in which a material misstatement of income or expenditures is reported, to be made available to the public on an annual basis.
Section 603(b) amends section 586 of title 28 of the United States Code to require the United States trustee to submit reports as directed by the Attorney General, including the results of audits performed under section 603(a). In addition, it authorizes the United States trustee to contract with auditors to perform the audits specified in this provision. Further, it requires the report of each audit to be filed with the court and transmitted to the United States trustee. The report must specify material misstatements of income, expenditures or assets. In a case where a material misstatement has been reported, the clerk must provide notice of such misstatement to creditors and the United States trustee must report it to the United States Attorney, if appropriate, for possible criminal prosecution. If advisable, the United States trustee must also take appropriate action, such as revoking the debtor's discharge.
Section 603(c) amends section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code to make it a duty of the debtor to cooperate with an auditor.
Section 603(d) amends section 727 of the Bankruptcy Code to add, as a ground for revocation of a chapter 7 discharge the debtor's failure to: (a) satisfactorily explain a material misstatement discovered as the result of an audit pursuant to this provision; or (b) make available for inspection all necessary documents or property belonging to the debtor that are requested in connection with such audit.
Section 603(e) provides that the amendments made by this provision take effect 18 months after the Act's enactment date.
Section 604. Sense of Congress regarding availability of bankruptcy data
Section 604 expresses a sense of Congress that it is a national policy of the United States that all data collected by bankruptcy clerks in electronic form (to the extent such data relates to public records pursuant to section 107 of the Bankruptcy Code) should be made available to the public in a useable electronic form in bulk, subject to appropriate privacy concerns and safeguards as determined by the Judicial Conference of the United States. It also states that a uniform bankruptcy data system should be established that uses a single set of data definitions and forms to collect such data and that data for any particular bankruptcy case should be aggregated in electronic format.
TITLE VII--BANKRUPTCY TAX PROVISIONS
Section 701. Treatment of certain tax liens
Section 701(a) makes several amendments to section 724 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide greater protection for holders of ad valorem tax liens on real or personal property of the estate. Many school boards obtain liens on real property to ensure collection of unpaid ad valorem taxes. Under current law, local governments are sometimes unable to collect these taxes despite the presence of a lien because they may be subordinated to certain claims and expenses as a result of section 724. Section 701(a) is intended to protect the holders of these tax liens from, among other things, erosion of their claims' status by expenses incurred under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to section 701(a), subordination of ad valorem tax liens is still possible under section 724(b), but limited to the payment of: (a) claims incurred under chapter 7 for wages, salaries, or commissions (but not expenses incurred under chapter 11); (b) claims for wages, salaries, and commissions entitled to priority under section 507(a)(4); and (c)claims for contributions to employee benefit plans entitled to priority under section 507(a)(5). Before a tax lien on real or personal property may be subordinated pursuant to section 724, the chapter 7 trustee must exhaust all other unencumbered estate assets and, consistent with section 506, recover reasonably necessary costs and expenses of preserving or disposing of such property.
Section 701(b) amends section 505(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code to prevent a bankruptcy court from determining the amount or legality of an ad valorem tax on real or personal property if the applicable period for contesting or redetermining the amount of the claim under nonbankruptcy law has expired.
Section 702. Treatment of fuel tax claims
Section 702 amends section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code to simplify the process for filing of claims by States for certain fuel taxes. Rather than requiring all States to file a claim for these taxes (as is the case under current law), section 702 permits the designated `base jurisdiction' under the International Fuel Tax Agreement to file a claim on behalf of all States, which would then be allowed as a single claim.
Section 703. Notice of request for a determination of taxes
Under current law, debtors may request that the governmental unit determine administrative tax liabilities in order to receive a discharge of those liabilities. There are no requirements as to the content or form of such notice to the government. Section 703 amends section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to require bankruptcy court clerks to maintain a list of addresses designated by governmental units for service of section 505 requests. In addition, the list may also include additional information concerning filing requires so specified by such governmental units. If a governmental entity does not designate an address and provide that address to the bankruptcy court clerk, any request made under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code may be served at the address of the appropriate taxing authority of that governmental unit.
Section 704. Rate of interest on tax claims
Under current law, there is no uniform rate of interest applicable to tax claims. As a result, the bankruptcy courts have used varying standards to determine the applicable rate. Section 704 amends the Bankruptcy Code to add section 511 for the purpose of simplifying the interest rate calculation. It provides that for all tax claims (federal, State, and local), including administrative expense taxes, the interest rate shall be determined in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law. With respect to taxes paid under a confirmed plan, the rate of interest is determined as of the calendar month in which the plan is confirmed.
Section 705. Priority of tax claims
Under current law, a tax claim is entitled to be treated as a priority claim if it arises within certain specified time periods. In the case of income taxes, a priority arises, among other time periods, if the tax return was due within 3 years of the filing of the bankruptcy petition or if the assessment of the tax was made within 240 days of the filing of the petition. The 240-day period is tolled during the time that an offer in compromise is pending (plus 30 days). Though the statute is silent, most courts have also held that the 3-year and 240-day time periods are tolled during the pendency of a previous bankruptcy case. Section 705 amends section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code to codify the rule tolling priority periods during the pendency of a previous bankruptcy case during that 240-day period together with an additional 90 days. It also includes tolling provisions to adjust for the collection due process rights provided by the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998. During any period in which the government is prohibited from collecting a tax as a result of a request by the debtor for a hearing and an appeal of any collection action taken against the debtor, the priority is tolled, plus 90 days. Also, during any time in which there was a stay of proceedings in a prior bankruptcy case or collection of an income tax was precluded by a confirmed bankruptcy plan, the priority is tolled, plus 90 days.
Section 706. Priority property taxes incurred
Under current law, many provisions of the Bankruptcy Code are keyed to the word `assessed.' While this term has an accepted meaning in the Federal system, it is not used in many State and local statutes and has created some confusion. To eliminate this problem with respect to real property taxes, section 706 amends section 507(a)(8)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code by replacing the word `assessed' with `incurred'.
Section 707. No discharge of fraudulent taxes in chapter 13
Under current law, a debtor's ability to discharge tax debts varies depending on whether the debtor is in chapter 7 or chapter 13. Under chapter 7, taxes from a return due within 3 years of the petition date, taxes assessed within 240 days, or taxes related to an unfiled return or false return are not dischargeable. Chapter 13, on the other hand, allows these obligations to be discharged. Section 707 amends section 1328(a)(2) to prohibit the discharge of tax claims described in section 523(a)(1)(B) and (C) as well as claims for a tax required to be collected or withheld and for which the debtor is liable in whatever capacity pursuant to section 507(a)(8)(C).
Section 708. No discharge of fraudulent taxes in chapter 11
Under current law, the confirmation of a chapter 11 plan discharges the debtor from most debts. Section 708 amends section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code to except from discharge in a corporate chapter 11 case a debt described in section 523(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code (e.g., debts for money, property or services obtain by false pretenses, false representation or actual fraud, other than a statement respecting the debtor's or an insider's financial condition). In addition, a tax or customs duty with respect to which the debtor made a fraudulent tax return or willfully attempted in any manner to evade or defeat such tax is rendered nondischargeable in a chapter 11 case of a corporate debtor.
Section 709. Stay of tax proceedings limited to prepetition taxes
Under current law, the filing of a petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code activates an automatic stay that enjoins the commencement or continuation of a case in the Federal tax court. This rule was arguably extended in Halpern v. Commissioner, 96 T.C. 895 (1991), which held that the tax court did not have jurisdiction to hear a case involving a postpetition year. To address this issue, section 709 amends section 362(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code to specify that the automatic stay is limited to an individual debtor's prepetition taxes (taxes incurred before entering bankruptcy). The amendment clarifies that the automatic stay does not apply to an individual debtor's postpetition taxes. In addition, section 709 allows the bankruptcy court to determine whether the automatic stay applies to the postpetition tax liabilities of a corporate debtor.
Section 710. Periodic payment of taxes in chapter 11 cases
Section 710 amends section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that the allowed amount of priority tax claims (as of the plan's effective date) must be paid in regular cash installments within 5 years from the entry of the order for relief. The manner of payment may not be less favorable than that accorded the most favored nonpriority unsecured class of claims under section 1122(b).
Section 711. Avoidance of statutory liens prohibited
The Internal Revenue Code gives special protections to certain purchasers of securities and motor vehicles notwithstanding the existence of a filed tax lien. Section 711 amends section 545(2) of the Bankruptcy Code to prevent trustees from using these special protections to avoid an otherwise valid lien. Specifically, it prevents the avoidance of unperfected liens against a bona fide purchaser, if the purchaser qualifies as such under section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code or a similar provision under State or local law.
Section 712. Payment of taxes in the conduct of business
Although current law generally requires trustees and receivers to pay taxes in the ordinary course of the debtor's business, the payment of administrative expenses must first be authorized by the court. Section 712(a) amends section 960 of title 28 of the United States Code to clarify that postpetition taxes in the ordinary course of business must be paid on or before when such tax is due under applicable nonbankruptcy law, with certain exceptions. This requirement does not apply if the obligation is a property tax secured by a lien against property that is abandoned under section 554 within a reasonable time after the lien attaches. In addition, the requirement does not pertain where the payment is excused under the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to chapter 7 cases, section 712(a) provides that the payment of a tax may be deferred until final distribution pursuant to section 726 if the tax was not incurred by a chapter 7 trustee or the court, prior to the due date of the tax, finds that the estate has insufficient funds to pay all administrative expenses in full.
Section 712(b) amends section 503(b)(1)(B)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify that this provision applies to secured as well as unsecured tax claims, including property taxes based on liability that is in rem, in personam or both.
Section 712(c) amends section 503(b)(1) to exempt a governmental unit from the requirement to file a request for payment of an administrative expense.
Section 712(d)(1) amends section 506(b) to provide that to the extent that an allowed claim is oversecured, the holder is entitled to interest and any reasonable fees, costs, or charges provided for under State law. Section 712(d)(2), in turn, amends section 506(c) to permit a trustee to recover from a secured creditor the payment of all ad valorem property taxes.
Section 713. Tardily filed priority tax claims
Section 713 amends section 726(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to require a tax claim to be filed either before the trustee commences distribution or 10 days following the mailing to creditors of the summary of the trustee's final report, whichever is earlier, in order for the claim to be entitled to distribution as an unsecured claim.
Section 714. Income tax returns prepared by tax authorities
Section 714 amends section 523(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that a return filed on behalf of a taxpayer who has provided information sufficient to complete a return constitutes filing a return (and the debt can be discharged), but that a return filed on behalf of a taxpayer based on information the Secretary obtains through testimony or otherwise does not constitute filing a return (and the debt cannot be discharged).
Section 715. Discharge of the estate's liability for unpaid taxes
Under the Bankruptcy Code, a debtor may request a prompt audit to determine postpetition tax liabilities. If the government does not make a determination or request an extension of time to audit, then the debtor's determination of taxes will be final. Several court cases have held that while this protects the debtor and the trustee, it does not necessarily protect the estate. Section 715 amends section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify that the estate is also protected if the government does not request an audit of the debtor's tax returns. Therefore, if the government does not make a determination of the debtor's postpetition tax liabilities or request extension of time to audit, then the estate's liability for unpaid taxes is discharged.
Section 716. Requirement to file tax returns to confirm chapter 13 plans
Under current law, a debtor may enjoy the benefits of chapter 13 even if delinquent in the filing of tax returns. In response to this problem, section 716(a) amends section 1325(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require a chapter 13 debtor file all applicable Federal, State, and local tax returns as a condition of confirmation pursuant to section 1308, as added by section 716(b).
Section 716(b) adds a new provision to chapter 13 requiring a chapter 13 debtor to be current on the filing of tax returns for the 4-year period preceding the filing of the case. If the returns are not filed by the date on which the meeting of creditors is first scheduled, the trustee may hold open that meeting for a reasonable period of time to allow the debtor to file any unfiled returns. The additional period of time may not extend beyond 120 days after the date of the meeting of the creditors or beyond the date on which the return is due under the last automatic extension of time for filing. The debtor, however, may obtain an extension of time from the court if the debtor demonstrates by a preponderance of the evidence that the failure to file was attributable to circumstances beyond the debtor's control.
Section 716(c) amends section 1307 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that if a chapter 13 debtor fails to file a tax return as required by section 1308, the court must dismiss the case or convert it to one under chapter 7 (whichever is in the best interests of creditors and the estate) on request of a party in interest or the United States trustee after notice and a hearing.
Section 716(d) amends section 502(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that in a chapter 13 case, a governmental unit's tax claim based on a return filed under section 1308 shall be deemed to be timely filed if the claim is filed within 60 days from the date on which such return is filed.
Section 716(e) states the sense of the Congress that the Advisory Committee on Bankruptcy Rules of the Judicial Conference of the United States should propose for adoption official rules with respect an objection by a governmental unit to confirmation of a chapter 13 plan when such claim pertains to a tax return filed pursuant section 1308.
Section 717. Standards for tax disclosure
Before a chapter 11 plan may be submitted to creditors and stockholders for a vote, the plan proponent must file a disclosure statement that provides adequate information to holders of claims and interests so they can make a decision as to whether or not to vote in favor of the plan. As the tax consequences of a plan can have a significant impact on the debtor's reorganization prospects, section 717 amends section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require that a chapter 11 disclosure statement discuss the plan's potential material Federal tax consequences to the debtor and to a hypothetical investor that is representative of the claimants and interest holders in the case.
Section 718. Setoff of tax refunds
Under current law, the filing of a bankruptcy petition automatically stays the setoff of a prepetition tax refund against a prepetition tax obligation unless the bankruptcy court approves the setoff. Interest and penalties that may continue to accrue may also be nondischargeable pursuant to section 523(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and cause individual debtors undue hardship. Section 718 amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to create an exception to the automatic stay whereby such setoff could occur without court order unless it would not be permitted under applicable nonbankruptcy law because of a pending action to determine the amount or legality of the tax liability. In that circumstance, the governmental authority may hold the refund pending resolution of the action, unless the court, on motion of the trustee and after notice and a hearing, grants the taxing authority adequate protection pursuant to section 361.
Section 719. Special provisions related to the treatment of State and local taxes
Section 719 conforms State and local income tax administrative issues to the Internal Revenue Code. For example, under Federal law, a bankruptcy petitioner filing on March 5 has two tax years--January 1 to March 4, and March 5 to December 31. Under the Bankruptcy Code, however, State and local tax years are divided differently--January 1 to March 5, and March 6 to December 31. Section 719 requires the States to follow the Federal convention.
It conforms State and local tax administration to the Internal Revenue Code in the following areas: division of tax liabilities and responsibilities between the estate and the debtor, tax consequences with respect to partnerships and transfers of property, and the taxable period of a debtor. Section 719 does not conform State and local tax rates to Federal tax rates.
Section 720. Dismissal for failure to timely file tax returns
Under existing law, there is no definitive rule with respect to whether a bankruptcy court may dismiss a bankruptcy case if the debtor fails to file returns for taxes incurred postpetition. Section 720 amends section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code to allow a taxing authority to request that the court dismiss or convert a bankruptcy case if the debtor fails to file a postpetition tax return or obtain an extension. If the debtor does not file the required return or obtain the extension within 90 days from the time of the request by the taxing authority to file the return, the court must convert or dismiss the case, whichever is in the best interest of creditors and the estate.
TITLE VIII--ANCILLARY AND OTHER CROSS-BORDER CASES
Title VIII of H.R. 833 adds a new chapter to the Bankruptcy Code for transnational bankruptcy cases. This incorporates the Model Law on Cross-Border Insolvency to encourage cooperation between the United States and foreign countries with respect to transnational insolvency cases. Title VIII is intended to provide greater legal certainty for trade and investment as well as to provide for the fair and efficient administration of cross-border insolvencies, which protects the interests of creditors and other interested parties, including the debtor. In addition, it serves to protect and maximize the value of the debtor's assets.
Section 801. Amendment to add chapter 15 to title 11, United States Code
Section 801 introduces chapter 15 to the Bankruptcy Code, which is the Model Law on Cross-Border Insolvency (`Model Law') promulgated by the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (`UNCITRAL') at its Thirtieth Session on May 12-30, 1997. 4
[Footnote] Cases brought under chapter 15 are intended to be ancillary to cases brought in a debtor's home country, unless a full United States bankruptcy case is brought under another chapter. Even if a full case is brought, the court may decide under section 305 to stay or dismiss the United States case under the other chapter and limit the United States' role to an ancillary case under this chapter. 5
[Footnote] If the full case is not dismissed, it will be subject to the provisions of this chapter governing cooperation, communication and coordination with the foreign courts and representatives. In any case, an order granting recognition is required as a prerequisite to the use of sections 301 and 303 by a foreign representative.
[Footnote 4: The text of the Model Law and the Report of UNCITRAL on its adoption are found at U.N. G.A., 52d Sess., Supp. No. 17 (A/52/17) (`Report'). That Report and the Guide to Enactment of the UNCITRAL Model Law on Cross-Border Insolvency, U.N. Gen. Ass., UNCITRAL 30th Sess. U.N. Doc. A/CN.9/442 (1997) (`Guide'), which was discussed in the negotiations leading to the Model Law and published by UNCITRAL as an aid to enacting countries, should be consulted for guidance as to the meaning and purpose of its provisions. The development of the provisions in the negotiations at UNCITRAL, in which the United States was an active participant, is recounted in the interim reports of the Working Group that are cited in the Report.]
[Footnote 5: See section 1529 and commentary.]
Section 1501. Purpose and scope of application
Section 1501 combines the Preamble to the Model Law (subsection (1)) with its article 1 (subsections (2) and (3)) 6
[Footnote] . It largely follows the language of the Model Law and fills in blanks with appropriate United States references. However, it adds in subsection (3) an exclusion of certain natural persons who may be considered ordinary consumers. Although the consumer exclusion is not in the text of the Model Law, the discussions at UNCITRAL recognized that some such exclusion would be necessary in countries like the United States where there are special provisions for consumer debtors in the insolvency laws. 7
[Footnote]
[Footnote 6: Guide at 16-19.]
[Footnote 7: See id. at 18, 60; 19 66.]
The reference to section 109(e) essentially defines `consumer debtors' for purposes of the exclusion by incorporating the debt limitations of that section, but not its requirement of regular income. The exclusion adds a requirement that the debtor or debtor couple be citizens or long-term legal residents of the United States. This ensures that residents of other countries will not be able to manipulate this exclusion to avoid recognition of foreign proceedings in their home countries or elsewhere.
The first exclusion in subsection (c) constitutes, for the United States, the exclusion provided in article 1, subsection (2), of the Model Law. 8
[Footnote] Foreign representatives of foreign proceedings which are excluded from the scope of chapter 15 may seek comity from courts other than the bankruptcy court since the limitations of section 1509(b)(2) and (3) would not apply to them.
[Footnote 8: Id. at 17.]
The reference to section 109(b) interpolates into chapter 15 the entities governed by specialized insolvency regimes under United States law which are currently excluded from liquidation proceedings under title 11. Section 1501 contains an exception to the section 109(b) exclusions so that foreign proceedings of foreign insurance companies are eligible for recognition and relief under chapter 15 as they had been under section 304. However, section 1501(d) has the effect of leaving to State regulation any deposit, escrow, trust fund or the like posted by a foreign insurer under State law.
Section 1502. Definitions
`Debtor' is given a special definition for this chapter. That definition does not come from the Model Law but is necessary to eliminate the need to refer repeatedly to `the same debtor as in the foreign proceeding.' With certain exceptions, the term `person' used in the Model Law has been replaced with `entity,' which is defined broadly in section 101(15) to include natural persons and various legal entities, thus matching the intended breadth of the term `person' in the Model Law. The exceptions include contexts in which a natural person is intended and those in which the Model Law language already refers to both persons and entities other than persons. The definition of `trustee' for this chapter ensures that debtors in possession and debtors, as well as trustees, are included in the term. 9
[Footnote]
[Footnote 9: See section 1505.]
The definition of `within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States' in subsection (7) is not taken from the Model Law. It has been added because the United States, like some other countries, asserts insolvency jurisdiction over property outside its territorial limits under appropriate circumstances. Thus a limiting phrase is useful where the Model Law and this chapter intend to refer only to property within the territory of the enacting State. In addition, a definition of `recognition' supplements the Model Law definitions and merely simplifies drafting of various other sections of chapter 15.
Two key definitions of `foreign proceeding' and `foreign representative,' are found in sections 101(23) and (24), which have been amended consistent with Model Law article 2. 10
[Footnote] The definitions of `establishment,' `foreign court,' `foreign main proceeding,' and `foreign non-main proceeding' have been taken from Model Law article 2, with only minor language variations necessary to comport with United States terminology. Additionally, defined terms have been placed in alphabetical order. 11
[Footnote] In order to be recognized as a foreign non-main proceeding, the debtor must at least have an establishment in that foreign country. 12
[Footnote]
[Footnote 10: Guide at 19-21, 67-68.]
[Footnote 11: See Guide at 19, (Model Law) 21 75 (concerning establishment); 21 74 (concerning foreign court); 21 72, 73 and 75 (concerning foreign main and non-main proceedings).]
[Footnote 12: See id. at 21, 75.]
Section 1503. International obligations of the United States
This section is taken exactly from the Model Law with only minor adaptations of terminology. 13
[Footnote] Although this section makes an international obligation prevail over chapter 15, the courts will attempt to read the Model Law and the international obligation so as not to conflict, especially if the international obligation addresses a subject matter less directly related than the Model Law to a case before the court.
[Footnote 13: See id. at 22, Art. 3.]
Section 1504. Commencement of ancillary case
Article 4 of the Model Law is designed for designation of the competent court which will exercise jurisdiction under the Model Law. In United States law, section 1334(a) of title 28 gives exclusive jurisdiction to the district courts in a `case' under this title. 14
[Footnote] Therefore, since the competent court has been determined in title 28, this section instead provides that a petition for recognition commences a `case,' an approach that also invokes a number of other useful procedural provisions. In addition, a new subsection (P) to section 157 of title 28 makes cases under this chapter part of the core jurisdiction of bankruptcy courts when referred to them by the district courts, thus completing the designation of the competent court. Finally, the particular bankruptcy court that will rule on the petition is determined pursuant to a revised section 1410 of title 28 governing venue and transfer. 15
[Footnote]
[Footnote 14: See id. at 23, Art. 4.]
[Footnote 15: New section 1410 of title 28 provides as follows:]
A case under chapter 15 of title 11 may be commenced in the district court for the district----
(1) Ěin which the debtor has its principal place of business or principal assets in the United States;
(2) Ěif the debtor does not have a place of business or assets in the United States, in which there is pending against the debtor an action or proceeding or enforcement of judgment in a Federal or State court; or
(3) Ěin a case other than those specified in paragraph (1) or (2), in which venue will be consistent with the interests of justice and the convenience of the parties having regard to the relief sought by the foreign representative.
The title `ancillary' in this section and in the title of this chapter emphasizes the United States policy in favor of a general rule that countries other than the home country of the debtor, where a main proceeding would be brought, should usually act through ancillary proceedings in aid of the main proceedings, in preference to a system of full bankruptcies (often called `secondary' proceedings) in each State where assets are found. Under the Model Law, notwithstanding the recognition of a foreign main proceeding, full bankruptcy cases are permitted in each country (see sections 1528 and 1529). In the United States, the court will have the power to suspend or dismiss such cases where appropriate under section 305.
Section 1505. Authorization to act in a foreign country
The language in this section varies from the wording of article 5 of the Model Law as necessary to comport with United States law and terminology. The slight alteration to the language in the last sentence is meant to emphasize that the identification of the trustee or other entity entitled to act is under United States law, while the scope of actions that may be taken by the trustee or other entity under foreign law is limited by the foreign law. 16
[Footnote]
[Footnote 16: See Guide at 24.]
The related amendment to section 586(a)(3) of title 28 makes acting pursuant to authorization under this section an additional power of a trustee or debtor in possession. While the Model Law automatically authorizes an administrator to act abroad, this section requires all trustees and debtors to obtain court approval before acting abroad. That requirement is a change from the language of the Model Law, but one that is purely internal to United States law. 17
[Footnote] Its main purpose is to ensure that the court has knowledge and control of possibly expensive activities, but it will have the collateral benefit of providing further assurance to foreign courts that the United States debtor or representative is under judicial authority and supervision. This requirement means that the first-day orders in reorganization cases should include authorization to act under this section where appropriate.
[Footnote 17: See id. at 24, Art. 5.]
This section also contemplates the designation of an examiner or other natural person to act for the estate in one or more foreign countries where appropriate. One instance might be a case in which the designated person had a special expertise relevant to that assignment. Another might be where the foreign court would be more comfortable with a designated person than with an entity like a debtor in possession. Either are to be recognized under the Model Law. 18
[Footnote]
[Footnote 18: See id. at 23-24, 82.]
Section 1506. Public policy exception
This provision follows the Model Law article 5 exactly, is standard in UNCITRAL texts, and has been narrowly interpreted on a consistent basis in courts around the world. The word `manifestly' in international usage restricts the public policy exception to the most fundamental policies of the United States. 19
[Footnote]
[Footnote 19: See id. at 25.]
Section 1507. Additional assistance
Subsection (1) follows the language of Model Law article 7. 20
[Footnote] Subsection (2) makes the authority for additional relief (beyond that permitted under sections 1519-1521, below) subject to the conditions for relief heretofore specified in United States law under section 304, which is repealed. This section is intended to permit the further development of international cooperation begun under section 304, but is not to be the basis for denying or limiting relief otherwise available under this chapter. The additional assistance is made conditional upon the court's consideration of the factors set forth in the current subsection 304(c) in a context of a reasonable balancing of interests following current case law. The references to `estate' in section 304 have been changed to refer to the debtor's property, because many foreign systems do not create an estate in insolvency proceedings of the sort recognized under this chapter. Although the case law construing section 304 makes it clear that comity is the central consideration, its physical placement as one of six factors in subsection (c) of section 304 is misleading, since those factors are essentially elements of the grounds for granting comity. Therefore, in subsection (2) of this section, comity is raised to the introductory language to make it clear that it is the central concept to be addressed. 21
[Footnote]
[Footnote 20: Id. at 26.]
[Footnote 21: Id.]
Section 1508. Interpretation
This provision follows conceptually Model Law article 8 and is a standard one in recent UNCITRAL treaties and model laws. Language changes were made to express the concepts more clearly in United States vernacular. 22
[Footnote] Interpretation of this chapter on a uniform basis will be aided by reference to the Guide and the Reports cited therein, which explain the reasons for the terms used and often cite their origins as well. Uniform interpretation will also be aided by reference to CLOUT, the UNCITRAL Case Law On Uniform Texts, which is a service of UNCITRAL. CLOUT receives reports from national reporters all over the world concerning court decisions interpreting treaties, model laws, and other text promulgated by UNCITRAL. Not only are these sources persuasive, but they are important to the crucial goal of uniformity of interpretation. To the extent that the United States courts rely on these sources, their decisions will more likely be regarded as persuasive elsewhere.
[Footnote 22: Id. at 26, 91.]
Section 1509. Right of direct access
This section implements the purpose of article 9 of the Model Law, enabling a foreign representative to commence a case under this chapter by filing a petition directly with the court without preliminary formalities that may delay or prevent relief. It varies the language to fit United States procedural requirements and it imposes recognition of the foreign proceeding as a condition to further rights and duties of the foreign representative. If recognition is granted, the foreign representative will have full capacity under United States law (subsection (b)(1)), may request such relief in a State or Federal court other than the bankruptcy court (subsection (b)(2)), and may be granted comity or cooperation by such non-bankruptcy court (subsection (b)(3) and (c)). Subsections (b)(2), (b)(3), and (c) make it clear that chapter 15 is intended to be the exclusive door to ancillary assistance to foreign proceedings. The goal is to concentrate control of these questions in one court. That goal is important in a Federal system like that of the United States with many different courts, State and Federal, that may have pending actions involving the debtor or the debtor's property. This section, therefore, completes for the United States the work of article 4 of the Model Law (`competent court') as well as article 9. 23
[Footnote]
[Footnote 23: See id. at 23, Art. 4, 79-83; 27 Art. 9, 93.]
Although a petition under current section 304 is the proper method for achieving deference by a United States court to a foreign insolvency under present law, some cases in State and Federal courts under current law have granted comity suspension or dismissal of cases involving foreign proceedings without requiring a section 304 petition or even referring to the requirements of that section. Even if the result is correct in a particular case, the procedure is undesirable, because there is room for abuse of comity. Parties would be free to avoid the requirements of this chapter and the expert scrutiny of the bankruptcy court by applying directly to a State or Federal court unfamiliar with the statutory requirements. Such an application could be made after denial of a petition under this chapter. This section concentrates the recognition and deference process in one United States court, ensures against abuse, and empowers a court that will be fully informed of the current status of all foreign proceedings involving the debtor. 24
[Footnote]
[Footnote 24: See id. at 27, Art. 9; 34-35, Art. 15 and 116-119; 39-40, Art. 18, 133-134; see also sections 1515(3), 1518.]
Subsection (d) has been added to ensure that a foreign representative cannot seek relief in courts in the United States after being denied recognition by the court under this chapter. Subsection (e) makes activities in the United States by a foreign representative subject to applicable United States law, just as 28 U.S.C. section 959 does for a domestic trustee in bankruptcy. 25
[Footnote] Subsection (f) provides a limited exception to the prior recognition requirement so that collection of a claim which is property of the debtor, for example an account receivable, by a foreign representative may proceed without commencement of a case or recognition under this chapter.
[Footnote 25: Id. at 27, 93.]
Section 1510. Limited jurisdiction
Section 1510, article 10 of the Model Law, is modeled on section 306 of the Bankruptcy Code. Although the language referring to conditional relief in section 306 is not included, the court has the power under section 1522 to attach appropriate conditions to any relief it may grant. Nevertheless, the authority in section 1522 is not intended to permit the imposition of jurisdiction over the foreign representative beyond the boundaries of the case under this chapter and any related actions the foreign representative may take, such as commencing a case under another chapter of this title.
Section 1511. Commencement of case under section 301 or 303
This section follows the intent of article 11 of the Model Law, but adds language that conforms to United States law or that is otherwise necessary in the United States given its many bankruptcy court districts and the importance of full information and coordination among them. 26
[Footnote] Article 11 does not distinguish between voluntary and involuntary proceedings, but seems to have implicitly assumed an involuntary proceeding. 27
[Footnote] Subsection 1(a)(2) goes farther and permits a voluntary filing, with its much simpler requirements, if the foreign proceeding that has been recognized is a main proceeding.
[Footnote 26: See id. at 28, Art. 11.]
[Footnote 27: Id. at 38, 97-99.]
Section 1512. Participation of a foreign representative in a case under this title
This section follows article 12 of the Model Law with a slight alteration to tie into United States procedural terminology. 28
[Footnote] The effect of this section is to make the recognized foreign representative a party in interest in any pending or later commenced United States bankruptcy case. 29
[Footnote] Throughout this chapter, the word `case' has been substituted for the word `proceeding' in the Model Law when referring to cases under the United States Bankruptcy Code, to conform to United States usage.
[Footnote 28: Id. at 29, Art. 12.]
[Footnote 29: Id. at 29, 10-102.]
Section 1513. Access of foreign creditors to a case under this title
This section mandates nondiscriminatory or `national' treatment for foreign creditors, except as provided in subsection (b) and section 1514. It follows the intent of Model Law article 13, but the language required alteration to fit into the Bankruptcy Code. 30
[Footnote] The law as to priority for foreign claims that fit within a class given priority treatment under section 507 (for example, foreign employees or spouses) is unsettled. This section permits the continued development of case law on that subject and its general principle of national treatment should be an important factor to be considered. At a minimum, under this section, foreign claims must receive the treatment given to general unsecured claims without priority, unless they are in a class of claims in which domestic creditors would also be subordinated. 31
[Footnote] The Model Law allows for an exception to the policy of nondiscrimination as to foreign revenue and other public law claims. 32
[Footnote] Such claims (such as tax and Social Security claims) have been denied enforcement in the United States traditionally, inside and outside of bankruptcy. The Bankruptcy Code is silent on this point, so the rule is purely a matter of traditional case law. It is not clear if this policy should be maintained or modified, so this section leaves it to developing case law. It also allows the Department of the Treasury to negotiate reciprocal arrangements with our tax treaty partners in this regard, although it does not mandate any restriction of the evolution of case law pending such negotiations.
[Footnote 30: Id. at 30, 103.]
[Footnote 31: See id. at 30, 104.]
[Footnote 32: See id. at 31, 105.]
Section 1514. Notification of foreign creditors concerning a case under title 11
This section ensures that foreign creditors receive proper notice of cases in the United States. 33
[Footnote] As a `foreign creditor' is not a defined term, foreign addresses are used as the distinguishing factor. The Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure (`Rules') should be amended to conform to the requirements of this section, including a special form for initial notice to such creditors. In particular, the Rules must provide for additional time for such creditors to file proofs of claim where appropriate and must provide for the court to make specific orders in that regard in proper circumstances. The notice must specify that secured claims must be asserted, because in many countries such claims are not affected by an insolvency proceeding and need not be filed. 34
[Footnote] Of course, if a foreign creditor has made an appropriate request for notice, it will receive notices in every instance where notices would be sent to other creditors who have made such requests. Subsection (d) replaces the reference to `a reasonable time period' in Model Law article 14(3)(a). 35
[Footnote] It makes clear that the Rules, local rules, and court orders must make appropriate adjustments in time periods and bar dates so that foreign creditors have a reasonable time within which to receive notice or take an action.
[Footnote 33: See Model Law, Art. 14; Guide at 31-32, 106-109.]
[Footnote 34: Guide at 33, 111.]
[Footnote 35: Id. at 31, Art. 14(3)(a).]
Section 1515. Application for recognition of a foreign proceeding
This section follows article 15 of the Model Law with minor changes. 36
[Footnote] The rules will require amendment to provide forms for some or all of the documents mentioned in this section, to make necessary additions to rules 1000 and 2002 to facilitate appropriate notices of the hearing on the petition for recognition, and to require filing of lists of creditors and other interested persons who should receive notices. Throughout the Model Law, the question of notice procedure is left to the law of the enacting State. 37
[Footnote]
[Footnote 36: Id. at 33.]
[Footnote 37: See id. at 36, 121.]
Section 1516. Presumptions concerning recognition
This section follows article 16 of the Model Law with minor changes. 38
[Footnote] Although sections 1515 and 1516 are designed to make recognition as simple and expedient as possible, the court may hear proof on any element stated. The ultimate burden as to each element is on the foreign representative, although the court is entitled to shift the burden to the extent indicated in section 1516. The word `proof' in subsection (3) has been changed to `evidence' to make it clearer using United States terminology that the ultimate burden is on the foreign representative. 39
[Footnote] `Registered office' is the term used in the Model Law to refer to the place of incorporation or the equivalent for an entity that is not a natural person. 40
[Footnote] The presumption that the place of the registered office is also the center of the debtor's main interest is included for speed and convenience of proof where there is no serious controversy.
[Footnote 38: Id. at 36]
[Footnote 39: Id. at 36, Art. 16(3).]
[Footnote 40: Id.]
Section 1517. Order granting recognition
This section closely follows article 17 of the Model Law, with a few exceptions. 41
[Footnote] The decision to grant recognition is not dependent upon any findings about the nature of the foreign proceedings of the sort previously mandated by section 304(c) of the Bankruptcy Code. The requirements of this section, which incorporates the definitions in section 1502 and sections 101(23) and (24), are all that must be fulfilled to attain recognition. Reciprocity was specifically suggested as a requirement for recognition on more than one occasion in the negotiations that resulted in the Model Law. It was rejected by overwhelming consensus each time. The United States was one of the leading countries opposing the inclusion of a reciprocity requirement. 42
[Footnote] In this regard, the Model Law conforms to section 304, which has no such requirement.
[Footnote 41: Id. at 37.]
[Footnote 42: Report of the working group on Insolvency Law on the work of its Twentieth Session (Vienna, 7-18 October 1996), at 6, 16-20.]
The drafters of the Model Law understood that only a main proceeding or a non-main proceeding meeting the standards of section 1502 (that is, one brought where the debtor has an establishment) were entitled to recognition under this section. The Model Law has been slightly modified to make this point clear by referring to the section 1502 definition of main and non-main proceedings, as well as to the general definition of a foreign proceeding in section 101(23). Naturally, a petition under section 1515 must show that proceeding is a main or a qualifying non-main proceeding in order to win recognition under this section.
Consistent with the position of various civil law representatives in the drafting of the Model Law, recognition creates a status with the effects set forth in section 1520, so those effects are not viewed as orders to be modified, as are orders granting relief under sections 1519 and 1521. Subsection (4) states the grounds for modifying or terminating recognition. On the other hand, the effects of recognition (found in section 1520 and including an automatic stay) are subject to modification under section 362(d), made applicable by section 1520(2), which permits relief from the automatic stay of section 1520 for cause.
Paragraph 1(d) of section 17 of the Model Law has been omitted as an unnecessary requirement for United States purposes, because a petition submitted to the wrong court will be dismissed or transferred under other provisions of United States law. 43
[Footnote] The reference to section 350 refers to the routine closing of a case that has been completed and will invoke requirements including a final report from the foreign representative in such form as the rules may provide or a court may order. 44
[Footnote]
[Footnote 43: Guide at 37, Art. 17(1)(d).]
[Footnote 44: Id.]
Section 1518. Subsequent information
This section follows the Model Law, except to eliminate the word `same' which is rendered unnecessary by the definition of `debtor' in section 1502 and to provide for a formal document to be filed with the court. 45
[Footnote] Judges in several jurisdictions, including the United States, have reported a need for a requirement of complete and candid reports to the court of all proceedings, worldwide, involving the debtor. This section will ensure that such information is provided to the court on a timely basis. Any failure to comply with this section will be subject to the sanctions available to the court for violations of the statute. The section leaves to the rules the form of the required notice and related questions of notice to parties in interest, the time for filing, and the like.
[Footnote 45: Id. at 39-40, 133, 134.]
Section 1519. Relief may be granted upon petition for recognition of a foreign proceeding
This section generally follows article 19 of the Model Law. 46
[Footnote] The bankruptcy court will have jurisdiction to grant emergency relief under rule 7065 pending a hearing on the petition for recognition. This section does not expand or reduce the scope of section 105 as determined by cases under section 105 nor does it modify the sweep of sections 555 to 560. Subsection (d) precludes injunctive relief against police and regulatory action under section 1519, leaving section 105 as the only avenue to such relief. Subsection (e) makes clear that this section contemplates injunctive relief and that such relief is subject to specific rules and a body of jurisprudence. Subsection (f) was added to complement amendments to the Bankruptcy Code provisions dealing with financial contracts.
[Footnote 46: Id. at 40.]
Section 1520. Effects of recognition of a foreign main proceeding
In general, this chapter sets forth all the relief that is available as a matter of right based upon recognition hereunder, although additional assistance may be provided under section 1507 and this chapter have no effect on any relief currently available under section 105. The stay created by article 20 of the Model Law is imported to chapter 15 from existing provisions of the Code. Subsection (a)(1) combines subsections 1(a) and (b) of article 20 of the Model Law, because section 362 imposes the restrictions required by those two subsections and additional restrictions as well. 47
[Footnote]
[Footnote 47: Id. at 42, Art. 20 1(a), (b).]
Subsections (a)(2) and (4) apply the Bankruptcy Code sections that impose the restrictions called for by subsection 1(c) of the Model Law. In both cases, the provisions are broader and more complete than those contemplated by the Model Law, but include all the restraints the Model Law provisions would impose. 48
[Footnote] As the foreign proceeding may or may not create an `estate' similar to that created in cases under this title, the restraints are applicable to actions against the debtor under section 362(a) and with respect to the property of the debtor under the remaining sections. The only property covered by this section is property within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States as defined in section 1502. To achieve effects on property of the debtor which is not within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States, the foreign representative would have to commence a case under another chapter of this title.
[Footnote 48: Id. at 42, 45.]
By applying sections 361 and 362, subsection (a) makes applicable the United States exceptions and limitations to the restraints imposed on creditors, debtors, and other in a case under this title, as stated in article 20(2) of the Model Law. 49
[Footnote] It also introduces the concept of adequate protection provided in sections 362 and 363. These exceptions and limitations include those set forth in sections 362(b), (c) and (d). As one result, the court has the power to terminate the stay pursuant to section 362(d), for cause, including a failure of adequate protection. 50
[Footnote]
[Footnote 49: Id. at 42, Art. 20(2); 44, 148, 150.]
[Footnote 50: Id. at 42, Art. 20(3); 44-45, 151 152.]
Subsection (a)(2), by its reference to sections 363 and 552 adds to the powers of a foreign representative of a foreign main proceeding an automatic right to operate the debtor's business and exercise the power of a trustee under sections 363 and 542, unless the court orders otherwise. A foreign representative of a foreign main proceeding may need to continue a business operation to maintain value and granting that authority automatically will eliminate the risk of delay. If the court is uncomfortable about this authority in a particular situation it can `order otherwise' as part of the order granting recognition.
Two special exceptions to the automatic stay are embodied in subsections (b) and (c). To preserve a claim in certain foreign countries, it may be necessary to commence an action. Subsection (b) permits the commencement of such an action, but would not allow for its further prosecution. Subsection (c) provides that there is no stay of the commencement of a full United States bankruptcy case. This essentially provides an escape hatch through which any entity, including the foreign representative, can flee into a full case. The full case, however, will remain subject to subchapters IV and V on cooperation and coordination of proceedings and to section 305 providing for stay or dismissal. Section 108 of the Bankruptcy Code provides the tolling protection intended by Model Law article 20(3), so no exception is necessary as to claims that might be extinguished under United States law. 51
[Footnote]
[Footnote 51: Id.]
Section 1521. Relief that may be granted upon recognition of a foreign proceeding
This section follows article 21 of the Model Law, with detailed changes to fit United States law. 52
[Footnote] The exceptions in subsection (a)(7) relate to avoiding powers. The foreign representative's status as to such powers is governed by section 1523 below. The avoiding power in section 549 and the exceptions to that power are covered by section 1520(a)(2). The word `adequately' in the Model Law, articles 21(2) and 22(1), has been changed to `sufficiently' in sections 1521(b) and 1522(a) to avoid confusion with a very specialized legal term in United States bankruptcy, `adequate protection.' 53
[Footnote] Subsection (c) is designed to limit relief to assets having some direct connection with a non-main proceeding, for example where they were part of an operating division in the jurisdiction of the non-main proceeding when they were fraudulently conveyed and then brought to the United States. 54
[Footnote] Subsections (d), (e) and (f) are identical to those same subsections of section 1519. This section does not expand or reduce the scope of relief currently available in ancillary cases under sections 105 and 304 nor does it modify the sweep of sections 555 through 560.
[Footnote 52: Id. at 45-46, Art. 21.]
[Footnote 53: Id. at 46, Art. 21(2); 47, Art. 22(1).]
[Footnote 54: See id. at 46-47, 158, 160.]
Section 1522. Protection of creditors and other interested persons
This section follows article 22 of the Model Law with changes for United States usage and references to relevant Bankruptcy Code sections. 55
[Footnote] It gives the bankruptcy court broad latitude to mold relief to circumstances, including appropriate responses if it is shown that the foreign proceeding is seriously and unjustifiably injuring United States creditors. For response to a showing that the conditions necessary to recognition did not actually exist or have ceased to exist, see section 1517. Concerning the change of `adequately' in the Model Law to `sufficiently' in this section, see section 1521. Subsection (d) is new and simply makes clear that an examiner appointed in a case under chapter 15 shall be subject to certain duties and bonding requirements based on those imposed on trustees and examiners under other chapters of this title.
[Footnote 55: Id. at 47.]
Section 1523. Actions to avoid acts detrimental to creditors
This section follows article 23 of the Model Law, with wording to fit it within procedure under this title. 56
[Footnote] It confers standing on a recognized foreign representative to assert an avoidance action but only in a pending case under another chapter of this title. The Model Law is not clear about whether it would grant standing in a recognized foreign proceeding if no full case were pending. This limitation reflects concerns raised by the United States delegation during the UNCITRAL debates that a simple grant of standing to bring avoidance actions neglects to address very difficult choice of law and forum issues. This limited grant of standing in section 1523 does not create or establish any legal right of avoidance nor does it create or imply any legal rules with respect to the choice of applicable law as to the avoidance of any transfer of obligation. 57
[Footnote] The courts will determine the nature and extent of any such action and what national law may be applicable to such action.
[Footnote 56: Id. at 48-49.]
[Footnote 57: See id. at 49, 166.]
Section 1524. Intervention by a foreign representative
The wording is the same as the Model Law, except for a few clarifying words. 58
[Footnote] This section gives the foreign representative whose foreign proceeding has been recognized the right to intervene in United States cases, State or Federal, where the debtor is a party. Recognition being an act under Federal bankruptcy law, it must take effect in State as well as Federal courts. This section does not require substituting the foreign representative for the debtor, although that result may be appropriate in some circumstances.
[Footnote 58: Id. at 49.]
Section 1525. Cooperation and direct communication between the court and foreign courts or foreign representatives
The wording is almost exactly that of the Model Law. 59
[Footnote] The right of courts to communicate with other courts in worldwide insolvency cases is of central importance. This section authorizes courts to do so. This right must be exercised, however, with due regard to the rights of the parties. Guidelines for such communications are left to the Federal rules of bankruptcy procedure.
[Footnote 59: Id. at 50.]
Section 1526. Cooperation and direct communication between the trustee and foreign courts or foreign representatives
This section follows the Model Law almost exactly. 60
[Footnote] The language in Model Law article 26 concerning the trustee's function was eliminated as unnecessary because always implied under United States law. The section authorizes the trustee, including a debtor in possession, to cooperate with other proceedings. Subsection (3) is not taken from the Model Law but is added so that any examiner appointed under this chapter will be designated by the United States trustee and will be bonded.
[Footnote 60: Id. at 51.]
Section 1527. Forms of cooperation
This section follows the Model Law exactly. 61
[Footnote] United States bankruptcy courts have already engaged in most of the forms of cooperation mentioned here, but they now have explicit statutory authorization for acts like the approval of protocols of the sort used in cases. 62
[Footnote]
[Footnote 61: Guide at 51, 53.]
[Footnote 62: See e.g., Gitlin v. Societe Generale, Barclays Bank (In re Maxwell Communication Corp.), 93 F.2d 1036 (2d Cir. 1996).]
Section 1528. Commencement of a case under title 11 after recognition of a foreign main proceeding
This section follows the Model Law, with specifics of United States law replacing the general clause at the end to cover assets normally included within the jurisdiction of the United States courts in bankruptcy cases, except where assets are subject to the jurisdiction of another recognized proceeding. 63
[Footnote] In a full bankruptcy case, the United States bankruptcy court generally has jurisdiction over assets outside the United States. Here that jurisdiction is limited where those assets are controlled by another recognized proceeding, if it is a main proceeding.
[Footnote 63: Guide at 54-55.]
The court may use section 305 of this title to dismiss, stay, or limit a case as necessary to promote cooperation and coordination in a cross-border case. In addition, although the jurisdictional limitation applies only to United States bankruptcy cases commenced after recognition of a foreign proceeding, the court has ample authority under the next section and section 305 to exercise its discretion to dismiss, stay, or limit a United States case filed after a petition for recognition of a foreign main proceeding has been filed but before it has been approved, if recognition is ultimately granted.
Section 1529. Coordination of a case under title 11 and a foreign proceeding
This section follows the Model Law almost exactly, but subsection (4) adds a reference to section 305 to make it clear the bankruptcy court may continue to use that section, as under present law, to dismiss or suspend a United States case as part of coordination and cooperation with foreign proceedings. 64
[Footnote] This provision is consistent with United States policy to act ancillary to a foreign main proceeding whenever possible.
[Footnote 64: Id. at 55-56.]
Section 1530. Coordination of more than one foreign proceeding
This section follows exactly article 30 of the Model Law. 65
[Footnote] It ensures that a foreign main proceeding will be given primacy in the United States, consistent with the overall approach of the United States favoring assistance to foreign main proceedings.
[Footnote 65: Id. at 57.]
Section 1531. Presumption of insolvency based on recognition of a foreign main proceeding
This section follows the Model Law exactly, inserting a reference to the standard for an involuntary case under this title. 66
[Footnote] Where an insolvency proceeding has begun in the home country of the debtor, and in the absence of contrary evidence, the foreign representative should not have to make a new showing that the debtor is in the sort of financial distress requiring a collective judicial remedy. The word `proof' here means `presumption.' The presumption does not arise for any purpose outside this section.
[Footnote 66: Id. at 58.]
Section 1532. Rule of payment in concurrent proceeding
This section follows the Model Law exactly and is very similar to prior section 508(a), which is repealed. The Model Law language is somewhat clearer and broader than the equivalent language of prior section 508(a). 67
[Footnote]
[Footnote 67: Id. at 59.]
Section 802. Other amendments to titles 11 and 28, United States Code
Section 802(a) amends section 103 of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify the provisions of the Code that apply to chapter 15 and to specify which portions of chapter 15 apply in cases under other chapters of title 11. Section 802(b) amends the Bankruptcy Code's definitions of foreign proceeding and foreign representative in section 101. The new definitions are nearly identical to those contained in the Model Law but add to the phrase `under a law relating to insolvency' the words `or debt adjustment.' This addition emphasizes that the scope of the Model Law and chapter 15 is not limited to proceedings involving only debtors which are technically insolvent, but broadly includes all proceedings involving debtors in severe financial distress, so long as those proceedings also meet the other criteria of section 101(24). 68
[Footnote]
[Footnote 68: Id. at 51-52, 71.]
Section 802(c) amends section 157(b)(2) of title 28 to provide that proceedings under chapter 15 will be core proceedings while other amendments to title 28 provide that the United States trustee's standing extends to cases under chapter 15 and that the United States trustee's duties include acting in chapter 15 cases. Although the United States will continue to assert worldwide jurisdiction over property of a domestic or foreign debtor in a full bankruptcy case under chapters 7 and 13 of this title, subject to deference to foreign proceedings under chapter 15 and section 305, the situation is different in a case commenced under chapter 15. There the United States is acting solely in an ancillary position, so jurisdiction over property is limited to that stated in chapter 15.
Section 802(d) amends section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code to permit recognition of foreign proceedings involving foreign insurance companies and involving foreign banks which do not have a branch or agency in the United States (as defined in 12 U.S.C. Sec. 3101). While a foreign bank not subject to United States regulation will be eligible for chapter 15 as a consequence of the amendment to section 109, section 303 prohibits the commencement of a full involuntary case against such a foreign bank unless the bank is a debtor in a foreign proceeding.
While section 304 is repealed and replaced by chapter 15, access to the jurisprudence which developed under section 304 is preserved in the context of new section 1507. On deciding whether to grant the Additional Assistance contemplated by section 1507, the court must consider the same factors that had been imposed by former section 304. The venue provisions for cases ancillary to foreign proceedings have been amended to provide a hierarchy of choices beginning with principal place of business in the United States, if any. If there is no principal place of business in the United States, but there is litigation against a debtor, then the district in which the litigation is pending would be the appropriate venue. In any other case, venue must be determined with reference to the interests of justice and the convenience of the parties.
TITLE IX--FINANCIAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS 69
[Footnote]
[Footnote 69: Title IX is substantively very similar to H.R. 1161, the Financial Contract Netting Improvement Act of 1999, a bill that was introduced in the 106th Congress. Accordingly, the text explaining title IX is derived from the report accompanying this bill. See H.R. Rep. No. 106-834, Pt.1 (2000).]
Section 901. Treatment of certain agreements by conservators or receivers of insured depository institutions
Subsections (a) through (f) amend the Federal Deposit Insurance Act's (FDIA) definitions of `qualified financial contract' (QFC), `securities contract,' `commodity contract,' `forward contract,' `repurchase agreement' and `swap agreement' to make them consistent with the definitions in the Bankruptcy Code, as amended by this Act.
Subsection (b) amends the definition of `securities contract' to encompass options on securities and margin loans. The inclusion of `margin loans' in the definition is intended to encompass only those loans commonly known in the securities industry as `margin loans' and does not include other loans utilizing securities as collateral, however documented. Subsection (b) also specifies that purchase, sale and repurchase obligations under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan do not constitute `securities contracts.' While a contract for the purchase or sale or a participation may constitute a `securities contract,' the purchase, sale or repurchase obligation embedded in a participation agreement does not make that agreement a `securities contract.'
Subsection (e) amends the definition of a `repurchase agreement' to codify the substance of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's (FDIC) 1995 regulation defining repurchase agreement to include those on qualified foreign government securities. 70
[Footnote] The term `qualified foreign government securities' is defined to include those that are direct obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, central governments of members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). Subsection (e) reflects developments in the repurchase agreement markets, which increasingly use foreign government securities as the underlying asset. Any risk presented by this modification is addressed by limiting it to those issued or guaranteed by OECD member States. Subsection (e), like subsection (b) for `securities contracts,' specifies that repurchase obligations under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan do not make the participation agreement a `repurchase agreement.' Such repurchase obligations embedded in participations in commercial loans (such as recourse obligations) do not constitute a `repurchase agreement.' However, a repurchase agreement involving the transfer of participations in commercial mortgage loans with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase the participation on demand or at a date certain 1 year or less after such transfer would constitute a `repurchase agreement.'
[Footnote 70: See 12 C.F.R. ' 360.5.]
Subsection (f) amends the definition of `swap agreement' to include an `interest rate swap, option, future, or forward agreement, including a rate floor, rate cap, rate collar, cross-currency rate swap, and basis swap; a spot, same day-tomorrow, tomorrow-next, forward or other foreign exchange or precious metals agreement; a currency swap, option, future, or forward agreement; an equity index or equity swap, option, spread, future, or forward agreement; a debt index or debt swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a credit swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a commodity index or commodity swap, option, future, or forward agreement; or a weather swap, weather derivative, or a weather option.' This amendment would achieve contractual netting across economically similar over-the-counter products that can be terminated and closed out on a mark-to-market basis.
Traditional commercial and lending arrangements, or other non-financial market transactions, such as commercial, residential or consumer loans, cannot be treated as `swaps' under either the FDIA or the Bankruptcy Code because the parties purport to document or label the transactions as `swap agreements.' In addition, these definitions apply only for purposes of the FDIA and the Bankruptcy Code. These definitions, and the characterization of a certain transaction as a `swap agreement,' are not intended to effect the characterization, definition, or treatment of any instruments under any other statute, regulation, or rule including, but not limited to, the statutes, regulations or rules enumerated in subsection (f).
Subsection (g) amends the FDIA by adding a definition for `transfer,' which is a key term used in the FDIA, to ensure that it is broadly construed to encompass dispositions of property or interests in property. The definition tracks that in section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Subsection (h) makes clarifying technical changes to conform the receivership and conservatorship provisions of the FDIA. This subsection (h) also clarifies that the FDIA expressly protects rights under security agreements, arrangements or other credit enhancement related to one or more qualified financial contracts (QFCs). An example of a security arrangement is a right of set off, and examples of other credit enhancements are letters of credit, guarantees, reimbursement obligations and other similar agreements.
Subsection (i) clarifies that no provision of Federal or State law relating to the avoidance of preferential or fraudulent transfers (including the anti-preference provision of the National Bank Act) can be invoked to avoid a transfer made in connection with any QFC of an insured depository institution in conservatorship or receivership, absent actual fraudulent intent on the part of the transferee.
Section 902. Authority of the corporation with respect to failed and failing institutions
Section 203 provides that no provision of law, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), shall be construed to limit the power of the FDIC to transfer or to repudiate any QFC in accordance with its powers under the FDIA. As discussed below, there has been some uncertainty regarding whether or not FDICIA limits the authority of the FDIC to transfer or to repudiate QFCs of an insolvent financial institution. Section 902, as well as other provisions in the Act, clarify that FDICIA does not limit the transfer powers of the FDIC with respect to QFCs.
In addition, section 902 denies enforcement to `walkaway' clauses in QFCs. A walkaway clause is defined as a provision that, after calculation of a value of a party's position or an amount due to or from one of the parties upon termination, liquidation or acceleration of the QFC, either does not create a payment obligation of a party or extinguishes a payment obligation of a party in whole or in part solely because of such party's status as a non-defaulting party.
Section 903. Amendments relating to transfers of qualified financial contracts
Subsection (a) amends the FDIA to expand the transfer authority of the FDIC to permit transfers of QFCs to `financial institutions' as defined in FDICIA or in regulations. This provision allows the FDIC to transfer QFCs to a non-depository financial institution, provided the institution is not subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. The new FDIA provision specifies that when the FDIC transfers QFCs that are subject to the rules of a particular clearing organization, the transfer will not require the clearing organization to accept the transferee as a member of the organization. This provision gives the FDIC flexibility in resolving QFCs subject to the rules of a clearing organization, while preserving the ability of such organizations to enforce appropriate risk reducing membership requirements. The new FDIA provision also permits transfers to an eligible financial institution that is a non-U.S. person, or the branch or agency of a non-U.S. person if, following the transfer, the contractual rights of the parties would be enforceable substantially to the same extent as under the FDIA.
Subsection (b) amends the notification requirements following a transfer of the QFCs of a failed depository institution to require the FDIC to notify any party to a transferred QFC of such transfer by 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the business day following the date of the appointment of the FDIC acting as receiver or following the date of such transfer by the FDIC acting as a conservator. This amendment is consistent with the policy statement on QFCs issued by the FDIC on December 12, 1989.
Subsection (c) amends the FDIA to clarify the relationship between the FDIA and FDICIA. There has been some uncertainty whether FDICIA permits counterparties to terminate or liquidate a QFC before the expiration of the time period provided by the FDIA during which the FDIC may repudiate or transfer a QFC in a conservatorship or receivership. Subsection (c) provides that a party may not terminate a QFC based solely on the appointment of the FDIC as receiver until 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the business day following the appointment of the receiver or after the person has received notice of a transfer under FDIA section 11(d)(9), or based solely on the appointment of the FDIC as conservator, notwithstanding the provisions of FDICIA. This provides the FDIC with an opportunity to undertake an orderly resolution of the insured depository institution. The amendment also prohibits the enforcement of rights of termination or liquidation that are based solely on the `financial condition' of the depository institution in receivership or conservatorship. For example, termination based on a cross-default provision in a QFC that is triggered upon a default under another contract could be stayed if such other default was caused by an acceleration of amounts due under that other contract, and such acceleration was based solely on the appointment of a conservator or receiver for that depository institution. Similarly, a provision in a QFC permitting termination of the QFC based solely on a downgraded credit rating of a party will not be enforceable in an FDIC receivership or conservatorship because the provision is based solely on the financial condition of the depository institution in default. However, any payment, delivery or other performance-based default, or breach of a representation or covenant putting in question the enforceability of the agreement, will not be deemed to be based solely on financial condition for purposes of this provision. The amendment is not intended to prevent counterparties from taking all actions permitted and recovering all damages authorized upon repudiation of any QFC by a conservator or receiver. The amendment allows the FDIC to meet its obligation to provide notice to parties to transferred QFCs by taking steps reasonably calculated to provide notice to such parties by the required time. This is consistent with the existing policy statement on QFCs issued by the FDIC on December 12, 1989.
Finally, the amendment permits the FDIC to transfer QFCs of a failed depository institution to a bridge bank or a depository institution organized by the FDIC for which a conservator is appointed either (i) immediately upon the organization of such institution or (ii) at the time of a purchase and assumption transaction between the FDIC and the institution. This provision clarifies that such institutions are not to be considered financial institutions that are ineligible to receive such transfers under FDIA section 11(e)(9). This is consistent with the existing policy statement on QFCs issued by the FDIC on December 12, 1989.
Section 904. Amendments relating to disaffirmance or repudiation of qualified financial contracts
Section 904 limits the disaffirmance and repudiation authority of the FDIC with respect to QFCs so that such authority is consistent with the FDIC's transfer authority under FDIA section 11(e)(9). This ensures that no disaffirmance, repudiation or transfer authority of the FDIC may be exercised to `cherry-pick' or otherwise treat independently all the QFCs between a depository institution in default and a person or any affiliate of such person. The FDIC has announced that its policy is not to repudiate or disaffirm QFCs selectively. This unified treatment is fundamental to the reduction of systemic risk.
Section 905. Clarifying amendment relating to master agreements
Section 905 states that a master agreement for one or more securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements or swap agreements will be treated as a single QFC under the FDIA. This provision ensures that cross-product netting pursuant to a master agreement will be enforceable under the FDIA. Cross-product netting permits a wide variety of financial transactions between two parties to be netted, thereby maximizing the present and potential future risk-reducing benefits of the netting arrangement between the parties. Express recognition of the enforceability of such cross-product master agreements furthers the policy of increasing legal certainty and reducing systemic risks in the case of an insolvency of a large financial participant. Similar Bankruptcy Code clarifications to recognize cross-product netting both under a master agreement and in the absence of a master agreement are described below.
Section 906. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.
Subsection (a)(1) amends the definition of `clearing organization' to include clearinghouses that are subject to exemptions pursuant to orders of the SEC or the CFTC.
The FDICIA provides that a netting arrangement will be enforced pursuant to its terms, notwithstanding the failure of a party to the agreement. However, the current netting provisions of FDICIA limit this protection to `financial institutions,' which include depository institutions. Subsection (a)(2) amends the FDICIA definition of covered institutions to include (i) uninsured national and State member banks, irrespective of their eligibility for deposit insurance and (ii) foreign banks (including the foreign bank and its branches or agencies as a combined group, or only the foreign bank parent of a branch or agency). The Federal Reserve Board already has by regulation included certain foreign banks in the definition of a `financial institution' for purposes of FDICIA and the latter change will statutorily extend the protections of FDICIA to ensure that U.S. financial organizations participating in netting agreements with foreign banks are covered by the Act, thereby enhancing the safety and soundness of these arrangements.
Subsection (a)(3) amends FDICIA to provide that, for purposes of FDICIA, two or more clearing organizations that enter into a netting contract are considered `members' of each other. This assures the enforceability of netting arrangements involving two or more clearing organizations and a member common to all such organizations, thus reducing systemic risk in the event of the failure of such a member. Under the current FDICIA provisions, the enforceability of such arrangements depends on a case-by-case determination that clearing organizations could be regarded as members of each other for purposes of FDICIA.
Subsection (a)(4) amends the FDICIA definition of netting contract and the general rules applicable to netting contracts. The current FDICIA provisions require that the netting agreement must be governed by the law of the United States or a State to receive the protections of FDICIA. However, many of these agreements, particularly netting arrangements covering positions taken in foreign exchange dealings, are governed by the laws of a foreign country. This subsection broadens the definition of `netting contract' to include those agreements governed by foreign law, and preserves the FDICIA requirement that a netting contract is not invalid under or precluded by Federal law.
Subsections (b) and (c) establish two exceptions to FDICIA's protection of the enforceability of the provisions of netting contracts between financial institutions and among clearing organization members. First, the termination provisions of netting contracts will not be enforceable based solely on (i) the appointment of a conservator for an insolvent depository institution under the FDIA or (ii) the appointment of a receiver for such institution under the FDIA, if such receiver transfers or repudiates QFCs in accordance with the FDIA and gives notice of a transfer by 5:00 p.m. on the business day following the appointment of a receiver. This change is made to confirm the FDIC's flexibility to transfer or repudiate the QFCs of an insolvent depository institution in accordance with the terms of the FDIA. This modification also provides important legal certainty regarding the treatment of QFCs under the FDIA, because the current relationship between the FDIA and FDICIA is unclear. The second exception provides that FDICIA does not override a stay order under the Securities Investor Protection Act (SIPA) with respect to foreclosure on securities (but not cash) collateral of a debtor (section 911 makes a conforming change to SIPA). There is also an exception relating to insolvent commodity brokers. Subsection (a)(5) adds a new definition of `payment' to FDICIA.
Subsections (b) and (c) also clarify that a security agreement or other credit enhancement related to a netting contract is enforceable to the same extent as the underlying netting contract.
Subsection (d) adds a new section 407 to FDICIA. This new section provides that, notwithstanding any other law, QFCs with uninsured national banks or uninsured Federal branches or agencies that are placed in receivership or conservatorship will be treated in the same manner as if the contract were with an insured national bank or insured Federal branch for which a receiver or conservator was appointed. This provision will ensure that parties to QFCs with uninsured national banks or uninsured Federal branches or agencies will have the same rights and obligations as parties entering into the same agreements with insured depository institutions. The new section also specifically limits the powers of a receiver or conservator for an uninsured national bank or uninsured Federal branch or agency to those provisions that address QFCs in section 1821(e)(8), (9), (10), and (11) of title 12 of the United States Code.
While the amendment would apply the same rules to uninsured national banks and Federal branches and agencies that apply to insured institutions, the provision would not change the rules that apply to insured institutions. Nothing in this section would amend the International Banking Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the National Bank Act, or other statutory provisions with respect to receiverships of insured national banks or Federal branches.
Section 907. Bankruptcy Code amendments
Subsection (a)(1) amends the Bankruptcy Code definitions of `repurchase agreement' and `swap agreement' to conform them with the amendments to the FDIA contained in subsections (e) and (f) of section 901. In connection with the definition of `repurchase agreement,' the term `qualified foreign government securities' is defined to include securities that are direct obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, central governments of members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). This language reflects developments in the repurchase agreement markets, which increasingly use foreign government securities as the underlying asset. Any risk presented by this modification is addressed by limiting it to those obligating or guaranteed by OECD member States. Subsection (a)(1) specifies that repurchase obligations under a participation in an commercial mortgage loan do not make the participation agreement a `repurchase agreement.' Such repurchase obligations embedded in participations in commercial loans (such as recourse obligations) do not constitute a `repurchase agreement.' However, a repurchase agreement involving the transfer of participations in commercial mortgage loans with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase the participation on demand or at a date certain 1 year or less after such transfer would constitute a `repurchase agreement.' The amendments to the definition of `repurchase agreement' are not intended to affect the interpretation of the definition of `securities contract.'
The definition of `swap agreement,' in conjunction with the addition of `spot foreign exchange transactions' that was added to the definition in 1994, will achieve contractual netting across economically similar over-the-counter products that can be terminated and closed out on a mark-to-market basis. The definition of `swap agreement' originally was intended to provide sufficient flexibility to avoid the need to amend the definition as the nature and uses of swap transactions matured. For that reason, the phrase `or any other similar agreement' was included in the definition. To clarify this, subsection (a)(1) expands the definition of `swap agreement' to include any agreement or transaction similar to any other agreement or transaction referred to in subsection (a)(1) that is presently, or in the future becomes, regularly entered into in the swap market and is a forward, swap, future, or option on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, or economic indices or measures of economic risk or value. However, traditional commercial and lending arrangements, or other non-financial market transactions, such as commercial, residential or consumer loans, cannot be treated as `swaps' under either the FDIA or the Bankruptcy Code because the parties purport to document or label the transactions as `swap agreements.' Subsection (a)(1) specifies that this definition of swap agreement applies only for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code and is inapplicable to the other statutes, rules and regulations enumerated in that section. The definition also includes any security agreement or arrangement, or other credit enhancement, related to a swap agreement. This ensures that any such agreement, arrangement or enhancement is itself deemed to be a swap agreement, and therefore eligible for treatment as such for purposes of termination, liquidation, acceleration, offset and netting under the Bankruptcy Code and the FDIA. Similar changes are made in the definitions of `forward contract,' `commodity contract' and `repurchase agreement.' An example of a security arrangement is a right of setoff; examples of other credit enhancements are letters of credit, guarantees, reimbursement obligations and other similar agreements.
Subsections (a)(2) and (a)(3) amend the Bankruptcy Code definitions of `securities contract' and `commodity contract,' respectively, to conform them to the definitions in the FDIA, and also to include any security agreements or arrangements or other credit enhancements related to one or more such contracts. Subsection (a)(2), like the amendments to the FDIA, amends the definition of `securities contract' to encompass options on securities and margin loans. The inclusion of `margin loans' in the definition is intended to encompass only those loans commonly known in the securities industry as `margin loans' and does not include other loans utilizing securities as collateral, however documented. Subsection (a)(2) also specifies that purchase, sale and repurchase obligations under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan do not constitute `securities contracts.' While a contract for the purchase or sale or a participation may constitute a `securities contract,' the purchase, sale or repurchase obligation embedded in a participation agreement does not make that agreement a `securities contract.'
Subsection (b) amends the Bankruptcy Code definition of `forward contract merchant' and also adds a new definition of `financial participant' to limit the potential impact of insolvencies upon other major market participants. These definitions will allow such market participants to close-out and net agreements with insolvent entities under sections 362(b)(6), 546, 548, 555, and 556 even if the creditor could not qualify as, for example, a commodity broker. The new subsection preserves the limitations of the right to close-out and net such contracts, in most cases, to entities who qualify under the Bankruptcy Code's counter party limitations. However, where the counter party has transactions with a total gross dollar value of at least $1 billion in notional principal amount outstanding on any day during the previous 15-month period, or has gross mark-to-market positions of at least $100 million (aggregated across counter parties) in one or more agreements or transactions on any day during the previous 15-month period, the new subsection and corresponding amendments would permit it to exercise netting rights irrespective of its inability otherwise to satisfy those counter party limitations. This change will help prevent systemic impacts upon the markets from a single failure.
Subsection (c) adds to the Bankruptcy Code new definitions for the terms `master netting agreement' and `master netting agreement participant.' The definition of `master netting agreement' is designed to protect the termination and close-out netting provisions of cross-product master agreements between parties. Such an agreement may be used (i) to document a wide variety of securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements and swap agreements or (ii) as an umbrella agreement for separate master agreements between the same parties, each of which is used to document a discrete type of transaction. The definition includes security agreements or arrangements or other credit enhancements related to one or more such agreements and clarifies that a master netting agreement will be treated as such even if it documents transactions that are not within the enumerated categories of qualifying transactions (but the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to master netting agreements and the other categories of transactions will not apply to such other transactions). A `master netting agreement participant' is any entity that is a party to an outstanding master netting agreement with a debtor before the filing of a bankruptcy petition.
Subsection (d) amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to protect enforcement, free from the automatic stay, of setoff or netting provisions in swap agreements and in master netting agreements and security agreements or arrangements related to one or more swap agreements or master netting agreements. This provision parallels the other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code that protect netting provisions of securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, and repurchase agreements. Because the relevant definitions include related security agreements, the reference to `setoff' in this provisions, as well as in section 362(b)(6) and (7) of the Bankruptcy Code, are intended to refer also to rights to foreclose on, and to set off against, obligations to return collateral securing swap agreements, master netting arrangements, repurchase agreements, securities contracts, commodity contracts, or forward contracts. Collateral may be pledged to cover the cost of replacing the defaulted transactions in the relevant market, as well as other costs and expenses incurred or estimated to be incurred for the purpose of hedging or reducing the risks arising out of such termination. Enforcement of these agreements and arrangements is consistent with the policy goal of minimizing systemic risk.
Subsection (d) also clarifies that the provisions protecting setoff and foreclosure in relation to securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, swap agreements, and master netting agreements free from the automatic stay apply to collateral pledged by the debtor that is under the control of the creditor but that cannot technically be `held by' the creditor, such as receivables and book-entry securities, and to collateral that has been repledged by the creditor.
Subsection (e) amends section 546 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that transfers made under or in connection with a master netting agreement may not be avoided by a trustee except where such transfer is made with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud. This section of the Act also clarifies the limitations on a trustee's power to avoid transfers made under swap agreements.
Subsection (f) amends section 548(d) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that transfers made under or in connection with a master netting agreement may not be avoided by a trustee except where such transfer is made with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud. This amendment provides the same protections for transfers made under, or in connection with, master netting agreements as currently is provided for margin payments and settlement payments received by commodity brokers, forward contract merchants, stockbrokers, financial institutions, securities clearing agencies, repo participants, and swap participants under sections 546 and 548(d).
Subsections (g), (h), (i), and (j) clarify that the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code that protect (i) rights of liquidation under securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts and repurchase agreements also protect rights of termination or acceleration under such contracts, and (ii) rights to terminate under swap agreements also protect rights of liquidation and acceleration.
Subsection (k) adds a new section 561 to the Bankruptcy Code to protect the contractual right of a master netting agreement participant to enforce any rights of termination, liquidation, acceleration, offset or netting under a master netting agreement. Such rights include rights arising (i) from the rules of a securities exchange or clearing organization, (ii) under common law, law merchant or (iii) by reason of normal business practice. This is consistent with the current treatment of rights under swap agreements pursuant to section 560 of the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to sections 555, 556, 559, 560 and 561 of the Bankruptcy Code, it is intended that the normal business practice in the event of a default of a party based on bankruptcy or insolvency is to terminate, liquidate or accelerate securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and master netting agreements with the bankrupt or insolvent party. The protection of netting and offset rights in sections 560 and 561 is in addition to the protections afforded in subsections 362(b)(6), (b)(7), (b)(17) and (b)(32). For example, cross-product netting will be protected from the automatic stay under section 561 even in the absence of a master netting agreement. Sections 561(b)(2) and (3) limit the exercise of contractual rights to net or to offset obligations where one leg of the obligations sought to be netted relates to commodity contracts. Under subsection (b)(2), netting or offset is not permitted if the obligations are not mutual. This means, for example, that proprietary obligations cannot be netted or offset against obligations held for, or on behalf of, some other party. Even if the obligations are mutual, under subsection (b)(3) netting or offset is not permitted in a commodity broker bankruptcy if the party seeking to net or to offset has no positive net equity in the commodity account at the debtor. Subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3) limit the depletion of assets available for distribution to customers of commodity brokers. This is consistent with the principle of subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, which gives priority to customer claims in the bankruptcy of a commodity broker.
Under this provision, the termination, liquidation or acceleration rights of a master netting agreement participant are subject to limitations contained in other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to securities contracts and repurchase agreements. In particular, if a securities contract or repurchase agreement is documented under a master netting agreement, a party's termination, liquidation and acceleration rights would be subject to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to orders authorized under the provisions of SIPA or any statute administered by the Section In addition, the netting rights of a party to a master netting agreement would be subject to any contractual terms between the parties limiting or waiving netting or set off rights. Similarly, a waiver by a bank or a counter party of netting or set off rights in connection with QFCs would be enforceable under the FDIA.
Subsection (l) clarifies that, with respect to municipal bankruptcies, all the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and master netting agreements (which by their terms are intended to apply in all cases and proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code) will apply in a chapter 9 case. Although sections 555, 556, 559, and 560 provide that they apply in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, this subsection makes a technical amendment in chapter 9 to clarify the applicability of these provisions.
Subsection (m) clarifies that the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code related to securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and master netting agreements apply in a section 304 proceeding ancillary to a foreign insolvency proceeding.
Subsections (n) and (o) amend those provisions in the Bankruptcy Code concerning the liquidation of commodity brokers and stockbrokers. Subchapter III of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code details specific rules for the liquidation of stockbrokers. Subchapter IV of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and regulations of the CFTC detail specific rules for the liquidation of commodity brokers. These authorities are designed to protect customers and customer property of an insolvent stockbroker or commodity broker.
Subsections (n) and (o) clarify the rights of parties to commodity contracts, securities contracts, forward contracts, swap agreements, repurchase agreements and master netting agreements with an insolvent commodity broker or stockbroker. They ensure that non-customers will not defeat the priority scheme of subchapter III or IV priority by gaining access to assets held in segregated customer accounts. The subsections also clarify that the exercise of termination and netting rights will not otherwise affect customer property or distributions by the trustee of the insolvent commodity broker or stockbroker after the exercise of such rights.
Subsection (p) amends section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify that the acquisition by a creditor of setoff rights in connection with swap agreements, repurchase agreements, securities contracts, forward contracts, commodity contracts and master netting agreements cannot be avoided as a preference. This subsection also adds setoff of the kinds described in sections 555, 556, 559, 560, and 561 of the Bankruptcy Code to the types of set off excepted from section 553(b).
Section 908. Recordkeeping requirements
Section 908 amends section 11(e)(8) of the FDIA to explicitly authorize the FDIC, in consultation with appropriate Federal banking agencies, to prescribe regulations on recordkeeping with respect to QFCs. Adequate recordkeeping for such transactions is essential to effective risk management and to the reduction of systemic risk permitted by the orderly resolution of depository institutions utilizing QFCs.
Section 909. Exemptions from contemporaneous execution requirement
Section 909 amends section 13(e)(2) of the FDIA to provide that an agreement for the collateralization of governmental deposits, bankruptcy estate funds, Federal Reserve Bank or Federal Home Loan Bank extensions of credit or one or more QFCs shall not be deemed invalid solely because such agreement was not entered into contemporaneously with the acquisition of the collateral or because of pledges, delivery or substitution of the collateral made in accordance with such agreement. The amendment codifies portions of policy statements issued by the FDIC regarding the application of section 13(e), which codifies the `Oench Duhme' doctrine. With respect to QFCs, this codification recognizes that QFCs often are subject to collateral and other security arrangements that may require posting and return of collateral on an ongoing basis based on the mark-to-market values of the collateralized transactions. The codification of only portions of the existing FDIC policy statements on these and related issues should not give rise to any negative implication regarding the continued validity of these policy statements.
Section 910. Damage measure
Section 910 adds a new section 562 to the Bankruptcy Code providing that damages under any swap agreement, securities contract, forward contract, commodity contract, repurchase agreement or master netting agreement be calculated as of the earlier of (i) the date of rejection of such agreement by a trustee or (ii) the date of liquidation, termination or acceleration of such contract or agreement. New section 562 provides important legal certainty and makes the Bankruptcy Code consistent with the current provisions related to the timing of the calculation of damages under QFCs in the FDIA.
Section 911. SIPC stay
Section 911 amends SIPA to provide that an order or decree issued pursuant to SIPA shall not operate as a stay of any right of liquidation, termination, acceleration, offset or netting under one or more securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, swap agreements or master netting agreements (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code and including rights of foreclosure on collateral), except that such order or decree may stay any right to foreclose on securities (but not cash) collateral pledged by the debtor or sold by the debtor under a repurchase agreement (a corresponding amendment to FDICIA is made by the Act). A creditor that was stayed in exercising rights against securities collateral would be entitled to post-insolvency interest to the extent of the collateral.
Section 912. Asset-backed securitizations
Section 912 amends section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that certain assets transferred to an eligible entity in connection with an asset-backed securitization generally will not be included within the bankruptcy estate of the debtor. This provision recognizes that a valid transfer of such assets to an `eligible entity,' generally eliminates the debtor's legal or equitable interests in those assets. Accordingly, subject to the avoidance powers in section 548(a), the transfer will be treated as a sale of those assets not subject to avoidance.
Section 913. Effective date; application of amendments
Section 913(a) provides that title IX become effective on the Act's date of enactment. Section 913(b) provides that the amendments made by the Act shall not apply with respect to cases commenced, or to conservator and receiver appointments made before the date of enactment.
TITLE X--PROTECTION OF FAMILY FARMERS
Section 1001. Permanent reenactment of chapter 12
Section 1001(a) reenacts chapter 12 of the Bankruptcy Code and provides that such reenactment takes effect on July 1, 2000. Section 1001(b) makes a conforming amendment to section 302 of the Bankruptcy, Judges, United States Trustees, and Family Farmer Bankruptcy Act of 1986.
Section 1002. Debt limit increase
Section 1002 amends section 104(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide for annual or biannual adjustments of the debt limit for family farmers beginning on April 1, 2004.
Section 1003. Certain claims owed to governmental units
Section 1003(a) amends section 1222(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to require a chapter 12 plan provide for payment in full of all claims entitled to priority under section 507, unless the claim is owed to a governmental unit arising from the sale or exchange of any farm asset. If the claim falls within this exception, it is treated as an unsecured claim and the underlying debt is treated the same if the debtor receives a discharge or the holder of a claim agrees to a different treatment of that claim. Section 1003(b) amends section 1231(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to have it apply to any governmental unit.
TITLE XI--HEATH CARE AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Section 1101. Definitions
Section 1101(a) amends section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code to add a definition of the term `health care business.' A health care business is defined as any public or private entity (without regard as to whether the entity is organized for profit or not for profit) that is primarily engaged in offering to the general public facilities and services for certain specified purposes. Section 1101(b) amends section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code to define `patient' and `patient records.' Section 1101(c) clarifies that the amendments implemented by section 1101(a) are not intended to affect the interpretation of section 109(b) of the Bankruptcy Code concerning an entity's eligibility to be a chapter 7 debtor.
Section 1102. Disposal of patient records
Section 1102 adds a provision to chapter 3 of the Bankruptcy Code specifying requirements for the disposal of patient records in a chapter 7, 9, or 11 case of a health care business where the trustee lacks sufficient funds to pay for the storage of such records in accordance with applicable Federal or State law. The requirements chiefly consist of providing notice to the affected patients and specifying the method of disposal for unclaimed records. These requirements are intended to protect the privacy and confidentiality of a patient's medical records when they are in the custody of a health care business in bankruptcy.
Section 1103. Administrative expense claim for costs of closing a health care business and other administrative expenses
Section 1103 amends section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that the actual, necessary costs and expenses of closing a health care business (including the disposal of patient records or transferral of patients) incurred by a trustee, Federal agency, or a department or agency of a State are allowed administrative expenses.
With respect to a nonresidential real property lease previously assumed under section 365 and then subsequently rejected, section 1103 amends section 503(b) to provide that the sum of all monetary obligations due (excluding those arising from or related to a failure to operate or penalty provisions) for the 2-year period following the later of the rejection date or date of actual turnover of the premises (without reduction or setoff for any reason, except for sums actually received or to be received from a nondebtor) are allowed administrative expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The claim for remaining sums due for the balance of the lease's term shall be treated as a claim under section 502(b)(6).
Section 1104. Appointment of ombudsman to act as patient advocate
Section 1104(a) adds a provision to chapter 3 of the Bankruptcy Code requiring the court to order the appointment of an ombudsman within 30 days after the commencement of a chapter 7, 9 or 11 case by a health care provider, unless the court finds that such appointment is not necessary for the protection of patients under the specific facts of the case. Section 1104(a) requires the ombudsman to be a disinterested person. Pursuant to this provision, the ombudsman is responsible for monitoring the quality of patient care and to represent the interests of the patients. Within 60 days after his or her appointment, the ombudsman must report to the court at a hearing or in writing on the quality of patient care at the health care business. Subsequent reports are due not less frequently than every 60 days thereafter. If the ombudsman determines that the quality of patient care is declining significantly or is otherwise being materially compromised, the ombudsman must immediately notify the court by motion or written report (on notice to appropriate parties in interest). Section 1104(a) specifies that the ombudsman must maintain any information he or she obtains relating to patients as confidential. The ombudsman may not review confidential patient records unless the court provides prior approval, with restrictions to protect the confidentiality of such records.
Section 1104(b) amends section 330(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to authorize the payment of reasonable compensation to an ombudsman.
Section 1105. Debtor in possession; duty of trustee to transfer patients
Section 1105 amends section 704 of the Bankruptcy Code to require a chapter 7 trustee, chapter 11 trustee, or a chapter 11 debtor in possession to use all reasonable and best efforts to transfer patients from a health care business that is being closed to an appropriate health care business. The transferee health care business should be in the vicinity of the transferor health care business, provide the patient with services that are substantially similar to those provided by the transferor health care business, and maintain a reasonable quality of care.
Section 1106. Exclusion from program participation not subject to automatic stay
Section 1106 amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to except from the automatic stay the exclusion by the Secretary of Health and Human Services of a debtor from participation in the Medicare program or other specified Federal health care programs.
TITLE XII--TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS
Section 1201. Definitions
Section 1201 amends the definitions contained in section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code. Paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (7) of section 1201 make technical changes to section 101 to convert each definition into a sentence (thereby facilitating future amendments to the separate paragraphs) and to redesignate the definitions in correct and completely numerical sequence. Paragraph (3) of section 1101 makes necessary and conforming amendments to cross references to the newly redesignated definitions.
Paragraph (5) of section 1201 concerns single asset real estate debtors. A single asset real estate chapter 11 case presents special concerns. As the name implies, the principal asset in this type of case consists of some form of real estate, such as undeveloped land. Typically, the form of ownership of a single asset real estate debtor is a corporation or limited partnership. The largest creditor in a single asset real estate case is typically the secured lender who advanced the funds to the debtor to acquire the real property. Often, a single asset real estate debtor resorts to filing for bankruptcy relief for the sole purpose of staying an impending foreclosure proceeding or sale commenced by the secured lender. Foreclosure actions are filed when the debtor lacks sufficient cash flow to service the debt and maintain the property. Taxing authorities may also have liens against the property. Based on the nature of its principal asset, a single asset real estate debtor often has few, if any, unsecured creditors. If unsecured creditors exist, they may have only nominal claims against the single asset real estate debtor. Depending on the nature and ownership of any business operating on the debtor's real property, the debtor may have few, if any, employees. Accordingly, there may be little interest on behalf of unsecured creditors in a single asset real estate case to serve on a creditors' committee.
In 1994, the Bankruptcy Code was amended to accord special treatment for a single asset real estate debtor. It defined this type of debtor as a bankruptcy estate comprised of a single piece of real property or project, other than residential real property with fewer than four residential units. The property or project must generate substantially all of the debtor's gross income. A debtor that conducts substantial business on the property beyond that relating to its operation is excluded from this definition. In addition, the definition fixed a monetary cap. To qualify as a single asset real estate debtor, the debtor could not have noncontingent, liquidated secured debts in excess of $4 million. 71
[Footnote] Subparagraph (5)(A) amends the definition of `single asset real estate' to exclude family farmers from this definition. Paragraph (5)(B) amends section 101(51B) of the Bankruptcy Code to eliminate the $4 million debt limitation on single asset real estate. The present $4 million cap prevents the use of the expedited relief procedure in many commercial property reorganizations, and effectively provides an opportunity for a number of debtors to abusively file for bankruptcy in order to obtain the protection of the automatic stay against their creditors. As a result of this amendment, creditors in more cases will be able to obtain the expedited relief from the automatic stay which is made available under section 362(d)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code.
[Footnote 71: See 11 U.S.C. Sec. 101(51B).]
Paragraph (6) of section 1201, together with section 1214, respond to a 1997 Ninth Circuit case, 72
[Footnote] in which two purchase money lenders (without knowledge that the debtor had recently filed an undisclosed chapter 11 case that was subsequently converted to chapter 7), funded the debtor's acquisition of an apartment complex and recorded their purchase-money deed of trust immediately following recordation of the deed to the debtors. Specifically, it amends the definition of `transfer' in section 101(54) of the Bankruptcy Code to include the `creation of a lien.' This amendment gives expression to a widely held understanding since the enactment of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, 73
[Footnote] that is, a transfer includes the creation of a lien.
[Footnote 72: Thompson v. Margen (In re McConville), 110 F.3d 47 (9th Cir.), cert. denied 522 U.S. 966 (1997). The bankruptcy trustee sought to avoid the lien created by the lenders' deed of trust by asserting that the deed was an unauthorized, postpetition transfer under section 549(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. The lenders claimed that the voluntary transfer to them was a transfer of real property to good faith purchasers for value, which was thereby excepted it, under section 549(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, from avoidance. The bankruptcy court held that the postpetition recordation of the lenders' deed of trust was without authorization under the Bankruptcy Code or by the court and was therefore avoidable under section 549(a), and that the lenders did not qualify under the section 549(c) exception as good faith purchasers of real property for value. The District Court subsequently affirmed the bankruptcy court's ruling granting the trustee the authority to avoid the lenders' lien. In re McConville, D.C. No. CV 94 03308 FMS (N.D. Cal.1994). On appeal, the lower court's decision in McConville was initially affirmed. The Ninth Circuit, however, subsequently issued an amended opinion, also affirming the lower court, and finally issued an opinion withdrawing its prior opinion and deciding the case on other grounds. It held that by obtaining secured credit from the lenders, after filing but before the appointment of a trustee, the debtors violated their fiduciary responsibility to their creditors.]
[Footnote 73: Pub. L. No. 95-598, 92 Stat. 2549 (1978).]
Section 1202. Adjustment of dollar amounts
Section 1202 corrects an omission in section 104(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to include a reference to section 522(f)(3).
Section 1203. Extension of time
Section 1203 makes a technical amendment to correct a reference error described in amendment notes contained in the United States Code. As specified in the amendment note relating to subsection (c)(2) of section 108 of the Bankruptcy Code, the amendment made by section 257(b)(2)(B) of Public Law 99-554 could not be executed as stated.
Section 1204. Technical amendments
Section 1204 makes technical amendments to sections 109(b)(2) (to strike an statutory cross reference), 541(b)(2) (to add `or' to the end of this provision), and 522(b)(1) (to replace `product' with `products').
Section 1205. Penalty for persons who negligently or fraudulently prepare bankruptcy petitions
Section 1205 amends section 110(j)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code to change the reference to attorneys from the singular possessive to the plural possessive.
Section 1206. Limitation on compensation of professional persons
Section 328(a) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a trustee or a creditors' and equity security holders' committee may, with court approval, obtain the services of a professional person on any reasonable terms and conditions of employment, including on a retainer, on an hourly basis, or on a contingent fee basis. Section 1206 amends section 328(a) to include compensation `on a fixed or percentage fee basis' in addition to the other specified forms of reimbursement.
Section 1207. Effect of conversion
Section 1207 makes a technical correction in section 348(f)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify that the first reference to property, like the subsequent reference to property, is a reference to property of the estate.
Section 1208. Allowance of administrative expenses
Section 1208 amends section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code to limit the types of compensable professional services rendered by an attorney or accountant that can qualify as administrative expenses in a bankruptcy case. Expenses for attorneys or accountants incurred by individual members of creditors' or equity security holders' committees are not recoverable, but expenses incurred for such professional services incurred by such committees themselves would be.
Section 1209. Exceptions to discharge
Section 1209 of the bill amends section 523(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to correct a technical error in the placement of paragraph (15), which was added to section 523 by section 304(e)(1) of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1994. This provision also amends section 523(a)(9), which makes nondischargeable any debt resulting from death or personal injury arising from the debtor's unlawful operation of a motor vehicle while intoxicated, to add `watercraft, or aircraft' after `motor vehicle.' Neither additional term should be defined or included as a `motor vehicle' in section 523(a)(9) and each is intended to comprise unpowered as well as motor-powered craft. Congress previously made the policy judgment that the equities of persons injured by drunk drivers outweigh the responsible debtor's interest in a fresh start, and here clarifies that the policy applies not only on land but also on the water and in the air. Viewed from a practical standpoint, this provision closes a loophole that gives intoxicated watercraft and aircraft operators preferred treatment over intoxicated motor vehicle drivers and denies victims of alcohol and drug related boat and plane accidents the same rights accorded to automobile accident victims under current law. Finally, this section amends corrects a grammatical error in section 523(e).
Section 1210. Effect of discharge
Section 1210 makes technical amendments to correct errors in section 524(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code caused by section 257(o)(2) of Public Law 99-554 and section 501(d)(14)(A) of Public Law 103-394. 74
[Footnote]
[Footnote 74: For a description of these errors, see the appropriate footnote and amendment notes in the United States Code.]
Section 1211. Protection against discriminatory treatment
Section 1211 conforms a reference to its antecedent reference in section 525(c) of the Bankruptcy Code. The omission of `student' before `grant' in the second place it appears in section 525(c) made possible the interpretation that a broader limitation on lender discretion was intended, so that no loan could be denied because of a prior bankruptcy if the lending institution was in the business of making student loans. Section 1211 is intended to make clear that lenders involved in making government guaranteed or insured student loans are not barred by this Bankruptcy Code provision from denying other types of loans based on an applicant's bankruptcy history; only student loans and grants, therefore, cannot be denied under section 525(c) because of a prior bankruptcy.
Section 1212. Property of the estate
Production payments are royalties tied to the production of a certain volume or value of oil or gas, determined without regard to production costs. They typically would be paid by an oil or gas operator to the owner of the underlying property on which the oil or gas is found. Under section 541(b)(4)(B)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code, added by the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1994, production payments are generally excluded from the debtor's estate, provided they could be included only by virtue of section 542 of the Bankruptcy Code, which relates generally to the obligation of those holding property which belongs in the estate to turn it over to the trustee. Section 1212 adds to this proviso a reference to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, which authorizes the trustee to assume or reject an executory contract or unexpired lease. It thereby clarifies the original Congressional intent to generally exclude production payments from the debtor's estate.
Section 1213. Preferences
Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code authorizes a trustee to avoid a preferential payment made to a creditor by a debtor within 90 days of filing, whether the creditor is an insider or an outsider. Because of the concern that a corporate insider (such as an officer or directors who is a creditor of his or her own corporation has an unfair advantage over outside creditors, section 547 also authorizes a trustee to avoid a preferential payment made to an insider creditor between 90 days and 1 year before filing. Several recent cases, including DePrizio, 75
[Footnote] allowed the trustee to `reach-back' and avoid a transfer to a noninsider creditor which fell within the 90-day to 1-year time frame if an insider benefitted from the transfer in some way. This had the effect of discouraging lenders from obtaining loan guarantees, lest transfers to the lender be vulnerable to recapture by reason of the debtor's insider relationship with the loan guarantor. Section 202 of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1994 addressed the DePrizio problem by inserting a new section 550(c) into the Bankruptcy Code to prevent avoidance or recovery from a noninsider creditor during the 90-day to 1-year period even though the transfer to the noninsider benefitted an insider creditor. The 1994 amendments, however, failed to make a corresponding amendment to section 547, which deals with the avoidance of preferential transfers. As a result, a trustee could still utilize section 547 to avoid a preferential lien given to a noninsider bank, more than 90 days but less than 1 year before bankruptcy, if the transfer benefitted an insider guarantor of the debtor's debt. Accordingly, section 1213 makes a perfecting amendment to section 547 to provide that if the trustee avoids a transfer given by the debtor to a noninsider for the benefit of an insider creditor between 90 days and 1 year before filing, that avoidance is valid only with respect to the insider creditor. Thus both the previous amendment to section 550 and the perfecting amendment to section 547 protect the noninsider from the avoiding powers of the trustee exercised with respect to transfers made during the 90-day to 1 year pre-filing period.
[Footnote 75: Levit v. Ingersoll Rand Fin. Corp., 874 F.2d 1186 (7th Cir. 1989); see, e.g., Ray v. City Bank and Trust Co. (In re C-L Cartage Co.), 899 F.2d 1490 (6th Cir. 1990); Manufacturers Hanover Leasing Corp. v. Lowrey (In re Robinson Bros. Drilling, Inc.), 892 F.2d 850 (10th Cir. 1989).]
Section 1214. Postpetition transactions
Section 1214 amends section 549(c) of the Bankruptcy Code to clarify its application to an interest in real property. This amendment should be construed in conjunction with section 1201 of the Act.
Section 1215. Disposition of property of the estate
Section 1215 of the bill amends section 726(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to strike an erroneous reference to a nonexistent section. 76
[Footnote]
[Footnote 76: For a description of the error, see the appropriate footnote and amendment notes in the United States Code.]
Section 1216. General provisions
Section 1216 amends section 901(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to correct an omission in a list of sections applicable to cases under chapter 9 of title 11 of the United States Code.
Section 1217. Abandonment of railroad line
Section 1217 amends section 1170(e)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to reflect the fact that section 11347 of title 49 of the United States Code was repealed by section 102(a) of Public Law 104-88 and that provisions comparable to section 11347 appear in section 11326(a) of title 49 of the United States Code.
Section 1218. Contents of plan
Section 1218 amends section 1172(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to reflect the fact that section 11347 of title 49 of the United States Code was repealed by section 102(a) of Public Law 104-88 and that provisions comparable to section 11347 appear in section 11326(a) of title 49 of the United States Code.
Section 1219. Discharge under chapter 12
Section 1219 amends section 1228 of the Bankruptcy Code, dealing with discharge under chapter 12, to correct erroneous references.
Section 1220. Bankruptcy cases and proceedings
Section 1220 amends section 1334(d) of title 28 of the United States Code to correct erroneous references. 77
[Footnote]
[Footnote 77: For a description of the errors, see the appropriate footnote and amendment notes in the United States Code.]
Section 1221. Knowing disregard of bankruptcy law or rule
This section amends section 156(a) of title 18 of the United States Code to make stylistic changes and correct a reference to the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 1222. Transfers made by nonprofit charitable corporations
Section 1222 amends section 363(d) of the Bankruptcy Code to restrict the authority of a trustee to use, sell, or lease property by a nonprofit corporation or trust. First, the use, sell or lease must be in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law and to the extent it is not inconsistent with any relief granted under certain specified provisions of section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code concerning the applicability of the automatic stay. Second, section 1222 imposes similar restrictions with regard to plan confirmation requirements for chapter 11 cases. Third, it amends section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that any property of a bankruptcy estate in which the debtor is a nonprofit corporation (as described in certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code) may not be transferred to an entity that is not a corporation, but only under the same conditions that would apply if the debtor was not in bankruptcy. The amendments made by this section apply to cases pending on the date of enactment or to cases filed after such date. Section 1222 provides that a court may not confirm a plan without considering whether this provision would substantially affect the rights of a party in interest who first acquired rights with respect to the debtor postpetition. Nothing in this provision may be construed to require the court to remand or refer any proceeding, issue, or controversy to any other court or to require the approval of any other court for the transfer of property.
Section 1223. Protection of valid purchase money security interests
Section 1223 extends the applicable perfection period for a security interest in property of the debtor in section 547(c)(3)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code from 20 to 30 days.
Section 1224. Bankruptcy judgeships
The substantial increase in bankruptcy case filings clearly creates a need for additional bankruptcy judgeships. In the 105th Congress, the House responded to this need by passing H.R. 1596, which would have created additional permanent and temporary bankruptcy judgeships and extended an existing temporary position. Section 1224 generally incorporates H.R. 1596 as it passed the House with provisions extending five existing temporary judgeships.
Section 1225. Compensating trustees
Section 1225 amends section 1326 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that if a chapter 7 trustee has been allowed compensation as a result of the conversion or dismissal of the debtor's prior case pursuant to section 707(b) and some portion of that compensation remains unpaid, the amount of any such unpaid compensation must be repaid in the debtor's subsequent chapter 13 case. This payment must be prorated over the term of the plan and paid on a monthly basis. The amount of the monthly payment may not to exceed the greater of $25 or the amount payable to unsecured nonpriority creditors as provided by the plan, multiplied by 5 percent and the result divided by the number of months of the plan.
Section 1226. Amendment to section 362 of title 11, United States Code
Section 1226 amends section 362(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to except from the automatic stay the creation or perfection of a statutory lien for an ad valorem property tax or for a special tax or special assessment on real property (whether or not ad valorem) that is imposed by a governmental unit, if such tax or assessment becomes due after the filing of the petition.
Section 1227. Judicial education
Section 1227 requires the Director of the Federal Judicial Center, in consultation with the Director of the Executive Office for United States Trustees, to develop materials and conduct training as may be useful to the courts in implementing this Act, including the needs-based reforms under section 707(b) (as amended by this Act) and amendments pertaining to reaffirmation agreements.
Section 1228. Reclamation
Section 1228(a) amends section 546 of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that the rights of a trustee under sections 544(a), 545, 547, and 549 are subject to the right of a seller of goods to reclaim goods sold in the ordinary course of business to the debtor if (1) the debtor received these goods while insolvent, and (2) written demand for reclamation of the goods is made not later than 45 days after their receipt by the debtor or within 20 days after the commencement of the bankruptcy case. This provision specifies, however, that it is subject to sections 546(d) and 507(c) as well as the prior rights of holders of security interests in such goods or the proceeds thereof. If the seller fails to provide the notice described in this provision, such seller may still assert the rights specified in section 503(b)(7).
Section 1228(b) amends section 503(b) to provide that the value of any goods received by a debtor not later than 20 days after the commencement of a bankruptcy case in which the goods have been sold to the debtor in the ordinary course of the debtor's business is an allowed administrative expense.
Section 1229. Providing requested tax documents to the court
Section 1229(a) provides that the court may not grant a discharge to an individual in a case under chapter 7 unless requested tax documents have been provided to the court. Section 1229(b) similarly provides that the court may not confirm a chapter 11 or 13 plan unless requested tax documents have been filed with the court. Section 1229(c) directs the court to destroy documents submitted in support of a bankruptcy claim not sooner than 3 years after the date of the conclusion of a bankruptcy case filed by an individual debtor under chapter 7, 11 or 13. In the event of a pending audit or enforcement action, the court may extend the time for destruction of such requested tax documents.
Section 1230. Encouraging creditworthiness
Section 1230(a) expresses the sense of the Congress that lenders may sometimes offer credit to consumers indiscriminately and that resulting consumer debt may be a major contributing factor leading to consumer insolvency.
Section 1230(b) directs the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) to study certain consumer credit industry solicitation and credit granting practices as well as the effect of such practices on consumer debt and insolvency. The specified practices involve the solicitation and extension of credit on an indiscriminate basis that encourages consumers to accumulate additional debt and where the lender fails to ensure that the consumer borrower is capable of repaying the debt.
Section 1230(c) requires the study described in subsection (b) to be prepared within 12 months from the date of the Act's enactment. This provision authorizes the Board to issue regulations requiring additional disclosures to consumers and permits it to undertake any other actions consistent with its statutory authority, which are necessary to ensure responsible industry practices and to prevent resulting consumer debt and insolvency.
Section 1231. Property no longer subject to redemption
Section 1231 amends section 541(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to provide that, under certain circumstances, an interest of the debtor in tangible personal property (other than securities, or written or printed evidences of indebtedness or title) that the debtor pledged or sold as collateral for a loan or advance of money given by a person licensed under law to make such loan or advance is not property of the estate. Subject to subchapter III of chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, the provision applies where (a) the property is in the possession of the pledgee or transferee; (b) the debtor has no obligation to repay the money, redeem the collateral, or buy back the property at a stipulated price; and (c) neither the debtor nor the trustee have exercised any right to redeem provided under the contract or State law in a timely manner as provided under State law and section 108(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 1232. Trustees
Section 1232 establishes a series of procedural protections for chapter 7 and chapter 13 trustees concerning final agency decisions relating to trustee appointments and future case assignments. Section 1232(a) amends section 586(d) of title 28 of the United States Code to allow a chapter 7 or chapter 13 trustee to obtain judicial review of such decisions by commencing an action in the United States district court after the trustee exhausts all available administrative remedies. Unless the trustee elects an administrative hearing on the record, the trustee is deemed to have exhausted all administrative remedies under this provision if the agency fails to make a final agency decision within 90 days after the trustee requests an administrative remedy. Section 1232(a) requires the Attorney General to promulgate procedures to implement this provision. It further provides that the agency's decision must be affirmed by the district court unless it is unreasonable and without cause based on the administrative record before the agency.
Section 1232(b) amends section 586(e) of title 28 of the United States Code to permit a chapter 13 trustee to obtain judicial review of certain final agency actions relating to claims for actual, necessary expenses under section 586(e). The trustee may commence an action in the United States district court where the trustee resides. The agency's decision must be affirmed by the district court unless it is unreasonable and without cause based on the administrative record before the agency. It directs the Attorney General to prescribe procedures to implement this provision.
Section 1233. Bankruptcy forms
Section 1233 amends section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code to require the bankruptcy rules promulgated under this provision to prescribe a form for the statement specified under section 707(b)(2)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and to provide general rules on the content of such statement.
Section 1234. Expedited appeals of bankruptcy cases to courts of appeals
Currently, appeals from decisions rendered by the bankruptcy court are either heard by the district court or a bankruptcy appellate panel. In addition to the time and cost factors attendant to the present appellate system, decisions rendered by a district court as an appellate court are not binding and lack stare decisis value.
To address these problems, section 1234(a) amends section 158(d) of title 28 of the United States Code to deem a judgment, decision, order, or decree of a bankruptcy judge to be a judgment, decision, order, or decree of the district court entered 31 days after an appeal of such judgment, decision, order or decree is filed with the district court, unless certain factors apply. These factors are (a) the district court issues a decision on the appeal within 30 days after such appeal is filed or enters an order extending the 30-day period for cause upon motion of a party or by the court sua sponte; or (b) all parties to the appeal file written consent that the district court may retain such appeal until it enters a decision. For purposes of this provision, section 1234(a) provides that an appeal is considered filed with the district court on the date on which the notice of appeal is filed, except in a case where a party has made an election that the appeal be heard by the district court. If the appellant so elects, then the appeal is considered filed with the district court on the date such election is made.
Section 1234(a) provides that the courts of appeals shall have jurisdiction of appeals from (1) all final judgments, decisions, orders, and decrees of district courts entered under section 158(a); (2) all final judgments, decisions, orders, and decrees of bankruptcy appellate panels entered under section 158(b); (3) all judgments, decisions, orders, and decrees of district courts entered under section 158(d) (as amended by this Act) to the extent they are reviewable by a district court pursuant to section 158(a). Section 1234(a) further provides that the court of appeals may use its discretion, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Supreme Court, to exercise jurisdiction over an appeal from an interlocutory judgment, decision, order, or decree under section 158(e)(3) (as added by this Act).
Section 1234(b) makes technical and conforming amendments to implement this provision.
Section 1235. Exemptions
Section 1235 makes a conforming amendment to section 522(g)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
TITLE XIII--CONSUMER CREDIT DISCLOSURE
Section 1301. Enhanced disclosures under an open end credit plan
Section 1301(a) amends section 127(b) of the Truth in Lending Act to mandate the inclusion of certain specified disclosures in billing statements with respect to various open end credit plans. In general, these statements must contain an example of the time it would take to repay a stated balance at a specified interest rate. In addition, they must warn the borrower that making only the minimum payment will increase the amount of interest that must be paid and the time it takes to repay the balance. Further, a toll-free telephone number must be provided where the borrower can obtain an estimate of the time it would take to repay the balance if only minimum payments are made. With respect to a creditor whose compliance with title 15 of the United States Code is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the billing statement must advise the borrower to contact the FTC at a toll-free telephone number to obtain an estimate of the time it would take to repay the borrower's balance. Section 1401(a) permits the creditor to substitute an example based on a higher interest rate. As necessary, the provision requires the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (`Board'), to periodically recalculate by rule the interest rate and repayment periods specified in Section 1401(a). With respect to the toll-free telephone number, section 1401(a) permits a third party to establish and maintain it. Under certain circumstances, the toll-free number may connect callers to an automated device.
For a period not to exceed 24 months from the effective date of the Act, the Board is required to establish and maintain a toll-free telephone number (or provide a toll-free telephone number established and maintained by a third party) for use by creditors that are depository institutions (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), including a Federal or State credit union (as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act), with total assets not exceeding $250 million. Not later than 6 months prior to the expiration of the 24-month period, the Board must submit a report on this program to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
In addition, section 1301(a) requires the Board to establish a detailed table illustrating the approximate number of months that it would take to repay an outstanding balance if a consumer pays only the required minimum month payments and if no other advances are made. The table should reflect a significant number of different annual percentage rates, and account balances, minimum payment amounts. The Board must also promulgate regulations providing instructional guidance regarding the manner in which the information contained in the tables should be used to respond to a request by an obligor under this provision. Section 1401(a) provides that the disclosure requirements of this provision are inapplicable to any charge card account where the primary purpose of which is to require payment of charges in full each month.
Section 1301(b)(1) requires the Board to promulgate regulations implementing section 1301(a)'s amendments to section127. Section 1301(b)(2) specifies that the effective date of the amendments under subsection (a) and the regulations required under this provision shall not take effect until the later of 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act or 12 months after the publication of final regulations by the Board.
Section 1301(c) authorizes the Board to conduct a study to determine the types of information available to potential borrowers from consumer credit lending institutions regarding factors qualifying potential borrowers for credit, repayment requirements, and the consequences of default. The provision specifies the factors that should be considered. The findings of such study must be submitted to Congress and include recommendations for legislative initiatives, based on the Board's findings.
Section 1302. Enhanced disclosure for credit extensions secured by a dwelling
Section 1302(a)(1) amends section 127A(a)(13) of the Truth in Lending Act to require a statement in any case in which the extension of credit exceeds the fair market value of a dwelling specifying that the interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes.
Section 1302(a)(2) amends section 147(b) of the Truth in Lending Act to require an advertisement relating to an extension of credit that may exceed the fair market value of a dwelling and such advertisement is disseminated in paper form to the public or through the Internet (as opposed to dissemination by radio or television) to include a specified statement. The statement must disclose that the interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes and that the consumer should consult a tax advisor for further information regarding the deductibility of interest and charges.
With respect to non-open end credit extensions, section 1302(b)(1) amends section 128 of the Truth in Lending Act to require that a consumer receive a specified statement at the time he or she applies for credit with respect to a consumer credit transaction secured by the consumer's principal dwelling and where the credit extension may exceed the fair market value of the dwelling must contain a specified statement. The statement must disclose that the interest on the portion of the credit extension that exceeds the dwelling's fair market value is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes and that the consumer should consult a tax advisor for further information regarding the deductibility of interest and charges.
Section 1302(b)(2) requires certain advertisements disseminated in paper form to the public or through the Internet that relate to a consumer credit transaction secured by a consumer's principal dwelling where the extension of credit may exceed the dwelling's fair market value to contain specified statements. These statements advise that the interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes and that the consumer should consult a tax advisor for further information regarding the deductibility of interest and charges.
Section 1302(c)(1) requires the Board to promulgate regulations implementing the amendments effectuated by section 1402. Section 1302(c)(2) provides that the these regulations shall not take effect until the later of 12 months following the Act's enactment date or 12 months after the date of publication of such final regulations by the Board.
Section 1303. Disclosures related to `introductory rates'
Section 1303(a) amends section 127(c) of the Truth in Lending Act by adding a provision add further requirements for applications, solicitations and related materials that are subject to section 127(c)(1). With respect to an application or solicitation to open a credit card account and all promotional materials accompanying such application or solicitation involving an `introductory rate' offer, such materials must do the following if they offer a temporary annual percentage rate of interest:
- (1) Ěuse the term `introductory' in immediate proximity to each listing of the temporary annual percentage interest rate applicable to such account;
- (2) Ěif the annual percentage interest rate that will apply after the end of the temporary rate period will be a fixed rate, the time period in which the introductory period will end and the annual percentage rate that will apply after the end of the introductory period must be clearly and conspicuously stated in a prominent location closely proximate to the first listing of the temporary annual percentage rate;
- (3) Ěif the annual percentage rate that will apply after the end of the temporary rate period will vary in accordance with an index, the time period in which the introductory period will end and the rate that will apply after that, based on an annual percentage rate that was in effect 60 days before the date of mailing of the application or solicitation must be clearly and conspicuously stated in a prominent location closely proximate to the first listing of the temporary annual percentage rate.
The second and third provisions described above do not apply with respect to any listing of a temporary annual percentage rate on an envelope or other enclosure in which an application or solicitation to open a credit card account is mailed.
With respect to an application or solicitation to open a credit card account for which disclosure is required pursuant to section 127(c)(1), section 1303(a) specifies that certain statements be made if the rate of interest is revocable under any circumstance or upon any event. The statements must be clearly and conspicuously appear in a prominent manner on or with the application or solicitation. The disclosures include a general description of the circumstances that may result in the revocation of the temporary annual percentage rate and an explanation of the type of interest rate that will apply upon revocation of the temporary rate.
To implement this provision, section 1303(b) amends section 127(c) to define various relevant terms and requires the Board to promulgate regulations. The provision does not become effective until the earlier of 12 months after the Act's enactment date or 12 months after the date of public of such final regulations.
Section 1304. Internet-based credit card solicitations
Section 1304(a) amends section 127(c) of the Truth in Lending Act to require any solicitation to open a credit card account for an open end consumer credit plan through the Internet or other interactive computer service to clearly and conspicuously include the disclosures required under section 127(c)(1)(A) and (B). It also specifies that the disclosure required pursuant to section 127(c)(1)(A) be readily accessible to consumers in close proximity to the solicitation and be updated regularly to reflect current policies, terms, and fee amounts applicable to the credit card account. Section 1304(a) defines terms relevant to the Internet.
Section 1304(b) requires the Board to promulgate regulations implementing this provision. It also provides that the amendments effectuated by section 1404 do not take effect until the later of 12 months after the Act's enactment date or 12 months after the date of publication of such regulations.
Section 1305. Disclosures related to late payment deadlines and penalties
Section 1305(a) amends section 127(b) of the Truth in Lending Act to provide that if a late payment fee is to be imposed due to the obligor's failure to make payment on or before a required payment due date, the billing statement must specify the date on which that payment is due (or if different the earliest date on which a late payment fee may be charged) and the amount of the late payment fee to be imposed if payment is made after such date.
Section 1305(b) requires the Board to promulgate regulations implementing this provision. The amendments effectuated by this provision and the regulations promulgated thereunder shall not take effect until the later of 12 months after the Act's enactment date or 12 months after the date of publication of the regulations.
Section 1306. Prohibition on certain actions for failure to incur finance charges
Section 1306(a) amends section 127 to add a provision prohibiting a creditor of an open end consumer credit plan from terminating an account prior to its expiration date solely because the consumer has not incurred finance charges on the account. The provision does not prevent the creditor from terminating such account for inactivity for three or more consecutive months.
Section 1306(b) requires the Board to promulgate regulations implementing the amendments effectuated by section 1306(a) and provides that they do not become effective until the later of 12 months after the Act's enactment date or 12 months after the date of publication of such final regulations.
Section 1307. Dual use credit card
Section 1307(a) provides that the Board may conduct a study and submit a report to Congress containing its analysis of consumer protections under existing law to limit the liability of consumers for unauthorized use of a debit card or similar access device. The report must include recommendations for legislative initiatives, if any, based on its findings.
Section 1307(b) provides that the Board, in preparing its report, may include analysis of section 909 of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to the extent this provision is in effect at the time of the report and the implementing regulations. In addition, the analysis may pertain to whether any voluntary industry rules have enhanced or may enhance the level of protection afforded consumers in connection with such unauthorized use liability and whether amendments to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act or implementing regulations are necessary to further address adequate protection for consumers concerning unauthorized use liability.
Section 1308. Study of bankruptcy impact of credit extended to dependent students
Section 1308 directs the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve to study the impact that the extension of credit to dependents (defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) who are enrolled in postsecondary educational institutions has on the rate of bankruptcy cases filed. The report must be submitted to the Senate and House of Representatives no later than 1 year from the Act's enactment date.
Section 1309. Clarification of clear and conspicuous
Section 1309(a) requires the Board (in consultation with other Federal banking agencies, the National Credit Union Administration Board, and the Federal Trade Commission) to promulgate regulations not later than 6 months after the Act's enactment date to provide guidance on the meaning of the term `clear and conspicuous' as it is used in section 127(b)(11)(A), (B) and (C) and section 127(c)(6)(A)(ii) and (iii) of the Truth in Lending Act.
Section 1309(b) provides that regulations promulgated under section 1309(a) shall include examples of clear and conspicuous model disclosures for the purposes of disclosures required under the Truth in Lending Act provisions set forth therein.
Section 1309(c) requires the Board, in promulgating regulations under this provision, to ensure that the clear and conspicuous standard required for disclosures made under the Truth in Lending Act provisions set forth in section 1309(a) can be implemented in a manner that results in disclosures which are reasonably understandable and designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in the notice.
Section 1310. Enforcement of certain foreign judgements barred
Section 1310(a) provides that notwithstanding any other provision of law or contract, a court within the United States shall not recognize or enforce any judgment rendered in a foreign court if, by clear and convincing evidence, the court in which recognition or enforcement of the judgment is sought determines that the judgment gives effect to any purported right or interest derived, directly or indirectly, from any fraudulent misrepresentation and fraudulent omission that occurred in the United States during the period beginning on January 1, 1975, and ending on December 31, 1993.
Section 1310(b) provides that section 1310(a) shall not prevent recognition or enforcement of a judgment rendered in a foreign court if the foreign tribunal rendering judgment giving effect to the right or interest concerned determines that no fraudulent misrepresentation or fraudulent omission described in section 1310(a) occurred.
TITLE XIV. GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE; APPLICATION OF AMENDMENTS
Section 1401. Effective date; application of amendments
Section 1401(a) states that the Act shall take effect 180 days after the date of enactment, unless otherwise specified in this Act.
Section 1401(b) provides that the amendments made by this Act shall not apply with respect to cases commenced under the Bankruptcy Code before the Act's effective date, unless other specified in this Act.
CHANGES IN EXISTING LAW MADE BY THE BILL, AS REPORTED
- In compliance with clause 3(e) of rule XIII of the Rules of the House of Representatives, changes in existing law made by the bill, as reported, are shown as follows (existing law proposed to be omitted is enclosed in black brackets, new matter is printed in italic, existing law in which no change is proposed is shown in roman):
TITLE 11, UNITED STATES CODE
TITLE 11--BANKRUPTCY
| Chap. | Sec. |
| 1. | |
| General Provisions | |
| 101 | |
| * * * * * * * | |
| 15. | |
| Ancillary and Other Cross-Border Cases | |
| 1501 |
CHAPTER 1--GENERAL PROVISIONS
| Sec. |
| 101. Definitions. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 111. Credit counseling services; financial management instructional courses. |
Sec. 101. Definitions
- [Struck out->]
[ In this title-- ][<-Struck out] In this title the following definitions shall apply:- (1) The term `accountant' means accountant authorized under applicable law to practice public accounting, and includes professional accounting association, corporation, or partnership, if so authorized [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (2) The term `affiliate' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (D) entity that operates the business or substantially all of the property of the debtor under a lease or operating agreement [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (3) The term `assisted person' means any person whose debts consist primarily of consumer debts and whose non-exempt assets are less than $150,000.
- (4) The term `attorney' means attorney, professional law association, corporation, or partnership, authorized under applicable law to practice law [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (4A) The term `bankruptcy assistance' means any goods or services sold or otherwise provided to an assisted person with the express or implied purpose of providing information, advice, counsel, document preparation, or filing, or attendance at a creditors' meeting or appearing in a proceeding on behalf of another or providing legal representation with respect to a case or proceeding under this title.
- (5) The term `claim' means--
- (A) * * *
- (B) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured, or unsecured [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (6) The term `commodity broker' means futures commission merchant, foreign futures commission merchant, clearing organization, leverage transaction merchant, or commodity options dealer, as defined in section 761 of this title, with respect to which there is a customer, as defined in section 761 of this title [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (7) The term `community claim' means claim that arose before the commencement of the case concerning the debtor for which property of the kind specified in section 541(a)(2) of this title is liable, whether or not there is any such property at the time of the commencement of the case [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (8) The term `consumer debt' means debt incurred by an individual primarily for a personal, family, or household purpose [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (9) The term `corporation'--
- (A) * * *
- (B) does not include limited partnership [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (10) The term `creditor' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) entity that has a community claim [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (10A) The term `current monthly income'--
- (A) means the average monthly income from all sources which the debtor, or in a joint case, the debtor and the debtor's spouse, receive without regard to whether the income is taxable income, derived during the 6-month period preceding the date of determination; and
- (B) includes any amount paid by any entity other than the debtor (or, in a joint case, the debtor and the debtor's spouse), on a regular basis to the household expenses of the debtor or the debtor's dependents (and, in a joint case, the debtor's spouse if not otherwise a dependent), but excludes benefits received under the Social Security Act and payments to victims of war crimes or crimes against humanity on account of their status as victims of such crimes.
- (11) The term `custodian' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) trustee, receiver, or agent under applicable law, or under a contract, that is appointed or authorized to take charge of property of the debtor for the purpose of enforcing a lien against such property, or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of the debtor's creditors [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (12) The term `debt' means liability on a claim [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- [Struck out->]
[ (12A) `debt for child support' means a debt of a kind specified in section 523(a)(5) of this title for maintenance or support of a child of the debtor; ][<-Struck out]- (12A) The term `debt relief agency' means any person who provides any bankruptcy assistance to an assisted person in return for the payment of money or other valuable consideration, or who is a bankruptcy petition preparer under section 110, but does not include--
- (A) any person that is an officer, director, employee or agent of that person;
- (B) a nonprofit organization which is exempt from taxation under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
- (C) a creditor of the person, to the extent that the creditor is assisting the person to restructure any debt owed by the person to the creditor;
- (D) a depository institution (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act) or any Federal credit union or State credit union (as those terms are defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act), or any affiliate or subsidiary of such a depository institution or credit union; or
- (E) an author, publisher, distributor, or seller of works subject to copyright protection under title 17, when acting in such capacity.
- (13) The term `debtor' means person or municipality concerning which a case under this title has been commenced [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (13A) The term `debtor's principal residence'--
- (A) means a residential structure, including incidental property, without regard to whether that structure is attached to real property; and
- (B) includes an individual condominium or cooperative unit, a mobile or manufactured home, or trailer.
- [Struck out->]
[ (14) `disinterested person' means person that-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) is not a creditor, an equity security holder, or an insider; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) is not and was not an investment banker for any outstanding security of the debtor; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (C) has not been, within three years before the date of the filing of the petition, an investment banker for a security of the debtor, or an attorney for such an investment banker in connection with the offer, sale, or issuance of a security of the debtor; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (D) is not and was not, within two years before the date of the filing of the petition, a director, officer, or employee of the debtor or of an investment banker specified in subparagraph (B) or (C) of this paragraph; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (E) does not have an interest materially adverse to the interest of the estate or of any class of creditors or equity security holders, by reason of any direct or indirect relationship to, connection with, or interest in, the debtor or an investment banker specified in subparagraph (B) or (C) of this paragraph, or for any other reason; ][<-Struck out]- (14) The term `disinterested person' means a person that--
- (A) is not a creditor, an equity security holder, or an insider;
- (B) is not and was not, within 2 years before the date of the filing of the petition, a director, officer, or employee of the debtor; and
- (C) does not have an interest materially adverse to the interest of the estate or of any class of creditors or equity security holders, by reason of any direct or indirect relationship to, connection with, or interest in, the debtor, or for any other reason.
- (14A) The term `domestic support obligation' means a debt that accrues before or after the entry of an order for relief under this title, including interest that accrues on that debt as provided under applicable nonbankruptcy law notwithstanding any other provision of this title, that is--
- (A) owed to or recoverable by--
- (i) a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor or such child's parent, legal guardian, or responsible relative; or
- (ii) a governmental unit;
- (B) in the nature of alimony, maintenance, or support (including assistance provided by a governmental unit) of such spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor or such child's parent, without regard to whether such debt is expressly so designated;
- (C) established or subject to establishment before or after entry of an order for relief under this title, by reason of applicable provisions of--
- (i) a separation agreement, divorce decree, or property settlement agreement;
- (ii) an order of a court of record; or
- (iii) a determination made in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law by a governmental unit; and
- (D) not assigned to a nongovernmental entity, unless that obligation is assigned voluntarily by the spouse, former spouse, child, or parent, legal guardian, or responsible relative of the child for the purpose of collecting the debt.
- (15) The term `entity' includes person, estate, trust, governmental unit, and United States trustee [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (16) The term `equity security' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) warrant or right, other than a right to convert, to purchase, sell, or subscribe to a share, security, or interest of a kind specified in subparagraph (A) or (B) of this paragraph [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (17) The term `equity security holder' means holder of an equity security of the debtor [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (18) The term `family farmer' means--
- (A) * * *
- (B) corporation or partnership in which more than 50 percent of the outstanding stock or equity is held by one family, or by one family and the relatives of the members of such family, and such family or such relatives conduct the farming operation, and
- (i) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (iii) if such corporation issues stock, such stock is not publicly traded [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (19) The term `family farmer with regular annual income' means family farmer whose annual income is sufficiently stable and regular to enable such family farmer to make payments under a plan under chapter 12 of this title [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (20) The term `farmer' means (except when such term appears in the term `family farmer') person that received more than 80 percent of such person's gross income during the taxable year of such person immediately preceding the taxable year of such person during which the case under this title concerning such person was commenced from a farming operation owned or operated by such person [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (21) The term `farming operation' includes farming, tillage of the soil, dairy farming, ranching, production or raising of crops, poultry, or livestock, and production of poultry or livestock products in an unmanufactured state [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (21A) The term `farmout agreement' means a written agreement in which--
- (A) * * *
- (B) such other entity (either directly or through its agents or its assigns), as consideration, agrees to perform drilling, reworking, recompleting, testing, or similar or related operations, to develop or produce liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons on the property [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (21B) The term `Federal depository institutions regulatory agency' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (D) with respect to any insured depository institution for which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has been appointed conservator or receiver, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (22) The term the term `financial institution'--
- (A) * * *
- (B) includes any person described in subparagraph (A) which operates, or operates as, a multilateral clearing organization pursuant to section 409 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (22A) The term `financial participant' means an entity that, at the time it enters into a securities contract, commodity contract, or forward contract, or at the time of the filing of the petition, has one or more agreements or transactions described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6) of section 561(a) with the debtor or any other entity (other than an affiliate) of a total gross dollar value of not less than $1,000,000,000 in notional or actual principal amount outstanding on any day during the previous 15-month period, or has gross mark-to-market positions of not less than $100,000,000 (aggregated across counterparties) in one or more such agreements or transactions with the debtor or any other entity (other than an affiliate) on any day during the previous 15-month period.
- [Struck out->]
[ (23) `foreign proceeding' means proceeding, whether judicial or administrative and whether or not under bankruptcy law, in a foreign country in which the debtor's domicile, residence, principal place of business, or principal assets were located at the commencement of such proceeding, for the purpose of liquidating an estate, adjusting debts by composition, extension, or discharge, or effecting a reorganization; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (24) `foreign representative' means duly selected trustee, administrator, or other representative of an estate in a foreign proceeding; ][<-Struck out]- (23) The term `foreign proceeding' means a collective judicial or administrative proceeding in a foreign country, including an interim proceeding, under a law relating to insolvency or adjustment of debt in which proceeding the assets and affairs of the debtor are subject to control or supervision by a foreign court, for the purpose of reorganization or liquidation.
- (24) The term `foreign representative' means a person or body, including a person or body appointed on an interim basis, authorized in a foreign proceeding to administer the reorganization or the liquidation of the debtor's assets or affairs or to act as a representative of the foreign proceeding.
- (25) The term `forward contract' [Struck out->]
[ means a contract ][<-Struck out] means--- (A) a contract (other than a commodity contract) for the purchase, sale, or transfer of a commodity, as defined in section 761(8) of this title, or any similar good, article, service, right, or interest which is presently or in the future becomes the subject of dealing in the forward contract trade, or product or byproduct thereof, with a maturity date more than two days after the date the contract is entered into, including, but not limited to, a repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, consignment, lease, swap, hedge transaction, deposit, loan, option, allocated transaction, unallocated transaction [Struck out->]
[ , or any combination thereof or option thereon; ][<-Struck out] , or any other similar agreement;- (B) any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in subparagraphs (A) and (C);
- (C) any option to enter into an agreement or transaction referred to in subparagraph (A) or (B);
- (D) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether such master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a forward contract under this paragraph, except that such master agreement shall be considered to be a forward contract under this paragraph only with respect to each agreement or transaction under such master agreement that is referred to in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C); or
- (E) any security agreement or arrangement, or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D), but not to exceed the actual value of such contract on the date of the filing of the petition.
- [Struck out->]
[ (26) `forward contract merchant' means a person whose business consists in whole or in part of entering into forward contracts as or with merchants in a commodity, as defined in section 761(8) of this title, or any similar good, article, service, right, or interest which is presently or in the future becomes the subject of dealing in the forward contract trade; ][<-Struck out]- (26) The term `forward contract merchant' means a Federal reserve bank, or an entity, the business of which consists in whole or in part of entering into forward contracts as or with merchants or in a commodity, as defined or in section 761 or any similar good, article, service, right, or interest which is presently or in the future becomes the subject of dealing in the forward contract trade.
- (27) The term `governmental unit' means United States; State; Commonwealth; District; Territory; municipality; foreign state; department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States (but not a United States trustee while serving as a trustee in a case under this title), a State, a Commonwealth, a District, a Territory, a municipality, or a foreign state; or other foreign or domestic government [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (27A) The term `health care business'--
- (A) means any public or private entity (without regard to whether that entity is organized for profit or not for profit) that is primarily engaged in offering to the general public facilities and services for--
- (i) the diagnosis or treatment of injury, deformity, or disease; and
- (ii) surgical, drug treatment, psychiatric, or obstetric care; and
- (B) includes--
- (i) any--
- (I) general or specialized hospital;
- (II) ancillary ambulatory, emergency, or surgical treatment facility;
- (III) hospice;
- (IV) home health agency; and
- (V) other health care institution that is similar to an entity referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), or (IV); and
- (ii) any long-term care facility, including any--
- (I) skilled nursing facility;
- (II) intermediate care facility;
- (III) assisted living facility;
- (IV) home for the aged;
- (V) domiciliary care facility; and
- (VI) health care institution that is related to a facility referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), (IV), or (V), if that institution is primarily engaged in offering room, board, laundry, or personal assistance with activities of daily living and incidentals to activities of daily living.
- (27B) The term `incidental property' means, with respect to a debtor's principal residence--
- (A) property commonly conveyed with a principal residence in the area where the real estate is located;
- (B) all easements, rights, appurtenances, fixtures, rents, royalties, mineral rights, oil or gas rights or profits, water rights, escrow funds, or insurance proceeds; and
- (C) all replacements or additions.
- (28) The term `indenture' means mortgage, deed of trust, or indenture, under which there is outstanding a security, other than a voting-trust certificate, constituting a claim against the debtor, a claim secured by a lien on any of the debtor's property, or an equity security of the debtor [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (29) The term `indenture trustee' means trustee under an indenture [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (30) The term `individual with regular income' means individual whose income is sufficiently stable and regular to enable such individual to make payments under a plan under chapter 13 of this title, other than a stockbroker or a commodity broker [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (31) The term `insider' includes--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (F) managing agent of the debtor [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (32) The term `insolvent' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) with reference to a municipality, financial condition such that the municipality is--
- (i) generally not paying its debts as they become due unless such debts are the subject of a bona fide dispute; or
- (ii) unable to pay its debts as they become due [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (33) The term `institution-affiliated party'--
- (A) * * *
- (B) with respect to an insured credit union, has the meaning given it in section 206(r) of the Federal Credit Union Act [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (34) The term `insured credit union' has the meaning given it in section 101(7) of the Federal Credit Union Act [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (35) The term `insured depository institution'--
- (A) has the meaning given it in section 3(c)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; and
- (B) includes an insured credit union (except in the case of [Struck out->]
[ paragraphs (21B) and (33)(A) ][<-Struck out] paragraphs (23) and (35) of this subsection) [Struck out->][ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (35A) The term `intellectual property' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (F) mask work protected under chapter 9 of title 17;
- to the extent protected by applicable nonbankruptcy law [Struck out->]
[ ; and ][<-Struck out] .- (36) The term `judicial lien' means lien obtained by judgment, levy, sequestration, or other legal or equitable process or proceeding [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (37) The term `lien' means charge against or interest in property to secure payment of a debt or performance of an obligation [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (38) The term `margin payment' means, for purposes of the forward contract provisions of this title, payment or deposit of cash, a security or other property, that is commonly known in the forward contract trade as original margin, initial margin, maintenance margin, or variation margin, including mark-to-market payments, or variation payments [Struck out->]
[ ; and ][<-Struck out] .- (38A) The term `master netting agreement'--
- (A) means an agreement providing for the exercise of rights, including rights of netting, setoff, liquidation, termination, acceleration, or closeout, under or in connection with one or more contracts that are described in any one or more of paragraphs (1) through (5) of section 561(a), or any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more of the foregoing; and
- (B) if the agreement contains provisions relating to agreements or transactions that are not contracts described in paragraphs (1) through (5) of section 561(a), shall be deemed to be a master netting agreement only with respect to those agreements or transactions that are described in any one or more of paragraphs (1) through (5) of section 561(a);
- (38B) The term `master netting agreement participant' means an entity that, at any time before the filing of the petition, is a party to an outstanding master netting agreement with the debtor;
- (39) The term `mask work' has the meaning given it in section 901(a)(2) of title 17.
- (40) The term `municipality' means political subdivision or public agency or instrumentality of a State [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (40A) The term `patient' means any person who obtains or receives services from a health care business.
- (40B) The term `patient records' means any written document relating to a patient or a record recorded in a magnetic, optical, or other form of electronic medium.
- (41) The term `person' includes individual, partnership, and corporation, but does not include governmental unit, except that a governmental unit that--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) is the legal or beneficial owner of an asset of--
- (i) an employee pension benefit plan that is a governmental plan, as defined in section 414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; or
- (ii) an eligible deferred compensation plan, as defined in section 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
- shall be considered, for purposes of section 1102 of this title, to be a person with respect to such asset or such benefit [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (42) The term `petition' means petition filed under section 301, 302, 303, or 304 of this title, as the case may be, commencing a case under this title [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (42A) The term `production payment' means a term overriding royalty satisfiable in cash or in kind--
- (A) contingent on the production of a liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon from particular real property; and
- (B) from a specified volume, or a specified value, from the liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon produced from such property, and determined without regard to production costs [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (43) The term `purchaser' means transferee of a voluntary transfer, and includes immediate or mediate transferee of such a transferee [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (44) The term `railroad' means common carrier by railroad engaged in the transportation of individuals or property or owner of trackage facilities leased by such a common carrier [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (45) The term `relative' means individual related by affinity or consanguinity within the third degree as determined by the common law, or individual in a step or adoptive relationship within such third degree [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (46) The term `repo participant' means an entity that, [Struck out->]
[ on any day during the period beginning 90 days before the date of ][<-Struck out] at any time before the filing of the petition, has an outstanding repurchase agreement with the debtor [Struck out->][ ; ][<-Struck out] .- [Struck out->]
[ (47) `repurchase agreement' (which definition also applies to a reverse repurchase agreement) means an agreement, including related terms, which provides for the transfer of certificates of deposit, eligible bankers' acceptances, or securities that are direct obligations of, or that are fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States or any agency of the United States against the transfer of funds by the transferee of such certificates of deposit, eligible bankers' acceptances, or securities with a simultaneous agreement by such transferee to transfer to the transferor thereof certificates of deposit, eligible bankers' acceptances, or securities as described above, at a date certain not later than one year after such transfers or on demand, against the transfer of funds; ][<-Struck out]- (47) The term `repurchase agreement' (which definition also applies to a reverse repurchase agreement)--
- (A) means--
- (i) an agreement, including related terms, which provides for the transfer of one or more certificates of deposit, mortgage related securities (as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), mortgage loans, interests in mortgage related securities or mortgage loans, eligible bankers' acceptances, qualified foreign government securities (defined as a security that is a direct obligation of, or that is fully guaranteed by, the central government of a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development), or securities that are direct obligations of, or that are fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency of the United States against the transfer of funds by the transferee of such certificates of deposit, eligible bankers' acceptances, securities, loans, or interests, with a simultaneous agreement by such transferee to transfer to the transferor thereof certificates of deposit, eligible bankers' acceptance, securities, loans, or interests of the kind described in this clause, at a date certain not later than 1 year after such transfer or on demand, against the transfer of funds;
- (ii) any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in clauses (i) and (iii);
- (iii) an option to enter into an agreement or transaction referred to in clause (i) or (ii);
- (iv) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in clause (i), (ii), or (iii), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether such master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a repurchase agreement under this paragraph, except that such master agreement shall be considered to be a repurchase agreement under this paragraph only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in clause (i), (ii), or (iii); or
- (v) any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv), but not to exceed the actual value of such contract on the date of the filing of the petition; and
- (B) does not include a repurchase obligation under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan.
- (48) The term `securities clearing agency' means person that is registered as a clearing agency under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or exempt from such registration under such section pursuant to an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or whose business is confined to the performance of functions of a clearing agency with respect to exempted securities, as defined in section 3(a)(12) of such Act for the purposes of such section 17A [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (48A) The term `securities self regulatory organization' means either a securities association registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 15A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-3) or a national securities exchange registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f).
- (49) The term `security'--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (B) does not include--
- (i) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (vii) debt or evidence of indebtedness for goods sold and delivered or services rendered [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (50) The term `security agreement' means agreement that creates or provides for a security interest [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (51) The term `security interest' means lien created by an agreement [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (51A) The term `settlement payment' means, for purposes of the forward contract provisions of this title, a preliminary settlement payment, a partial settlement payment, an interim settlement payment, a settlement payment on account, a final settlement payment, a net settlement payment, or any other similar payment commonly used in the forward contract trade [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (51B) The term `single asset real estate' means real property constituting a single property or project, other than residential real property with fewer than 4 residential units, which generates substantially all of the gross income of a debtor who is not a family farmer and on which no substantial business is being conducted by a debtor other than the business of operating the real property and activities incidental [Struck out->]
[ thereto having aggregate noncontingent, liquidated secured debts in an amount no more than $4,000,000; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (51C) `small business' means a person engaged in commercial or business activities (but does not include a person whose primary activity is the business of owning or operating real property and activities incidental thereto) whose aggregate noncontingent liquidated secured and unsecured debts as of the date of the petition do not exceed $2,000,000; ][<-Struck out]- (51C) The term `small business case' means a case filed under chapter 11 of this title in which the debtor is a small business debtor.
- (51D) The term `small business debtor'--
- (A) subject to subparagraph (B), means a person engaged in commercial or business activities (including any affiliate of such person that is also a debtor under this title and excluding a person whose primary activity is the business of owning or operating real property or activities incidental thereto) that has aggregate noncontingent, liquidated secured and unsecured debts as of the date of the petition or the order for relief in an amount not more than $3,000,000 (excluding debts owed to 1 or more affiliates or insiders) for a case in which the United States trustee has not appointed under section 1102(a)(1) a committee of unsecured creditors or where the court has determined that the committee of unsecured creditors is not sufficiently active and representative to provide effective oversight of the debtor; and
- (B) does not include any member of a group of affiliated debtors that has aggregate noncontingent liquidated secured and unsecured debts in an amount greater than $3,000,000 (excluding debt owed to 1 or more affiliates or insiders).
- (52) The term `State' includes the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, except for the purpose of defining who may be a debtor under chapter 9 of this title [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (53) The term `statutory lien' means lien arising solely by force of a statute on specified circumstances or conditions, or lien of distress for rent, whether or not statutory, but does not include security interest or judicial lien, whether or not such interest or lien is provided by or is dependent on a statute and whether or not such interest or lien is made fully effective by statute [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (53A) The term `stockbroker' means person--
- (A) * * *
- (B) that is engaged in the business of effecting transactions in securities--
- (i) * * *
- (ii) with members of the general public, from or for such person's own account [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- [Struck out->]
[ (53B) `swap agreement' means-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) an agreement (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference therein) which is a rate swap agreement, basis swap, forward rate agreement, commodity swap, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange agreement, spot foreign exchange agreement, rate cap agreement, rate floor agreement, rate collar agreement, currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement, currency option, any other similar agreement (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing); ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) any combination of the foregoing; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (C) a master agreement for any of the foregoing together with all supplements; ][<-Struck out]- (53B) The term `swap agreement'--
- (A) means--
- (i) any agreement, including the terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement, which is an interest rate swap, option, future, or forward agreement, including--
- (I) a rate floor, rate cap, rate collar, cross-currency rate swap, and basis swap;
- (II) a spot, same day-tomorrow, tomorrow-next, forward, or other foreign exchange or precious metals agreement;
- (III) a currency swap, option, future, or forward agreement;
- (IV) an equity index or an equity swap, option, future, or forward agreement;
- (V) a debt index or a debt swap, option, future, or forward agreement;
- (VI) a credit spread or a credit swap, option, future, or forward agreement;
- (VII) a commodity index or a commodity swap, option, future, or forward agreement; or
- (VIII) a weather swap, weather derivative, or weather option;
- (ii) any agreement or transaction similar to any other agreement or transaction referred to in this paragraph that--
- (I) is presently, or in the future becomes, regularly entered into in the swap market (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference therein); and
- (II) is a forward, swap, future, or option on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities, or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, or economic indices or measures of economic risk or value;
- (iii) any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in this subparagraph;
- (iv) any option to enter into an agreement or transaction referred to in this subparagraph;
- (v) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, and without regard to whether the master agreement contains an agreement or transaction that is not a swap agreement under this paragraph, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a swap agreement under this paragraph only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv); or
- (vi) any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreements or transactions referred to in clause (i) through (v), but not to exceed the actual value of such contract on the date of the filing of the petition; and
- (B) is applicable for purposes of this title only, and shall not be construed or applied so as to challenge or affect the characterization, definition, or treatment of any swap agreement under any other statute, regulation, or rule, including the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, the Commodity Exchange Act, and the regulations prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
- (53C) The term `swap participant' means an entity that, at any time before the filing of the petition, has an outstanding swap a greement with the debtor [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (56A) The term `term overriding royalty' means an interest in liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons in place or to be produced from particular real property that entitles the owner thereof to a share of production, or the value thereof, for a term limited by time, quantity, or value realized [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- (53D) The term `timeshare plan' means and shall include that interest purchased in any arrangement, plan, scheme, or similar device, but not including exchange programs, whether by membership, agreement, tenancy in common, sale, lease, deed, rental agreement, license, right to use agreement, or by any other means, whereby a purchaser, in exchange for consideration, receives a right to use accommodations, facilities, or recreational sites, whether improved or unimproved, for a specific period of time less than a full year during any given year, but not necessarily for consecutive years, and which extends for a period of more than three years. A `timeshare interest' is that interest purchased in a timeshare plan which grants the purchaser the right to use and occupy accommodations, facilities, or recreational sites, whether improved or unimproved, pursuant to a timeshare plan [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- [Struck out->]
[ (54) `transfer' means every mode, direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, voluntary or involuntary, of disposing of or parting with property or with an interest in property, including retention of title as a security interest and foreclosure of the debtor's equity of redemption; ][<-Struck out]- (54) The term `transfer' means--
- (A) the creation of a lien;
- (B) the retention of title as a security interest;
- (C) the foreclosure of a debtor's equity of redemption; or
- (D) each mode, direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, voluntary or involuntary, of disposing of or parting with--
- (i) property; or
- (ii) an interest in property.
- (54A) The term the term `uninsured State member bank' means a State member bank (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act) the deposits of which are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation [Struck out->]
[ ; and ][<-Struck out] .- (55) The term `United States', when used in a geographical sense, includes all locations where the judicial jurisdiction of the United States extends, including territories and possessions of the United States [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .* * * * * * *
Sec. 103. Applicability of chapters
- (a) Except as provided in section 1161 of this title, chapters 1, 3, and 5 of this title apply in a case under chapter 7, 11, 12, or 13 of this title, and this chapter, sections 307, 362(l), 555 through 557, and 559 through 562 apply in a case under chapter 15.
* * * * * * *
- (j) Chapter 15 applies only in a case under such chapter, except that--
- (1) sections 1505, 1513, and 1514 apply in all cases under this title; and
- (2) section 1509 applies whether or not a case under this title is pending.
Sec. 104. Adjustment of dollar amounts
- (a) * * *
- (b)(1) On April 1, 1998, and at each 3-year interval ending on April 1 thereafter, each dollar amount in effect under sections 101(3), 109(e), 303(b), 507(a), 522(d), 522(f)(3), 522(n), 522(p), and 523(a)(2)(C) immediately before such April 1 shall be adjusted--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (2) Not later than March 1, 1998, and at each 3-year interval ending on March 1 thereafter, the Judicial Conference of the United States shall publish in the Federal Register the dollar amounts that will become effective on such April 1 under sections 109(e), 303(b), 507(a), 522(d), 522(f)(3), and 523(a)(2)(C) of this title.
* * * * * * *
- (4) The dollar amount in section 101(18) shall be adjusted at the same times and in the same manner as the dollar amounts in paragraph (1) of this subsection, beginning with the adjustment to be made on April 1, 2004.
Sec. 105. Power of court
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (d) The court, on its own motion or on the request of a party in interest [Struck out->]
[ , may ][<-Struck out] --- [Struck out->]
[ (1) hold a status conference regarding any case or proceeding under this title after notice to the parties in interest; and ][<-Struck out]- (1) shall hold such status conferences as are necessary to further the expeditious and economical resolution of the case; and
* * * * * * *
Sec. 108. Extension of time
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) Except as provided in section 524 of this title, if applicable nonbankruptcy law, an order entered in a nonbankruptcy proceeding, or an agreement fixes a period for commencing or continuing a civil action in a court other than a bankruptcy court on a claim against the debtor, or against an individual with respect to which such individual is protected under section 1201 or 1301 of this title, and such period has not expired before the date of the filing of the petition, then such period does not expire until the later of--
- (1) * * *
- (2) 30 days after notice of the termination or expiration of the stay under section 362, [Struck out->]
[ 922, or ][<-Struck out] 922, 1201, or 1301 of this title, as the case may be, with respect to such claim.Sec. 109. Who may be a debtor
- (a) * * *
- (b) A person may be a debtor under chapter 7 of this title only if such person is not--
- (1) * * *
- (2) a domestic insurance company, bank, savings bank, cooperative bank, savings and loan association, building and loan association, homestead association, a small business investment company licensed by the Small Business Administration under [Struck out->]
[ subsection (c) or (d) of ][<-Struck out] section 301 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, credit union, or industrial bank or similar institution which is an insured bank as defined in section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or- [Struck out->]
[ (3) a foreign insurance company, bank, savings bank, cooperative bank, savings and loan association, building and loan association, homestead association, or credit union, engaged in such business in the United States. ][<-Struck out]- (3)(A) a foreign insurance company, engaged in such business in the United States; or
- (B) a foreign bank, savings bank, cooperative bank, savings and loan association, building and loan association, or credit union, that has a branch or agency (as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101) in the United States.
* * * * * * *
- (h)(1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), and notwithstanding any other provision of this section, an individual may not be a debtor under this title unless that individual has, during the 180-day period preceding the date of filing of the petition of that individual, received from an approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency described in section 111(a) an individual or group briefing (including a briefing conducted by telephone or on the Internet) that outlined the opportunities for available credit counseling and assisted that individual in performing a related budget analysis.
- (2)(A) Paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to a debtor who resides in a district for which the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator of the bankruptcy court of that district determines that the approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agencies for that district are not reasonably able to provide adequate services to the additional individuals who would otherwise seek credit counseling from that agency by reason of the requirements of paragraph (1).
- (B) Each United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator that makes a determination described in subparagraph (A) shall review that determination not later than 1 year after the date of that determination, and not less frequently than every year thereafter. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a nonprofit budget and credit counseling service may be disapproved by the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator at any time.
- (3)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the requirements of paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to a debtor who submits to the court a certification that--
- (i) describes exigent circumstances that merit a waiver of the requirements of paragraph (1);
- (ii) states that the debtor requested credit counseling services from an approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency, but was unable to obtain the services referred to in paragraph (1) during the 5-day period beginning on the date on which the debtor made that request; and
- (iii) is satisfactory to the court.
- (B) With respect to a debtor, an exemption under subparagraph (A) shall cease to apply to that debtor on the date on which the debtor meets the requirements of paragraph (1), but in no case may the exemption apply to that debtor after the date that is 30 days after the debtor files a petition, except that the court, for cause, may order an additional 15 days.
Sec. 110. Penalty for persons who negligently or fraudulently prepare bankruptcy petitions
- (a) In this section--
- (1) `bankruptcy petition preparer' means [Struck out->]
[ a person, other than an attorney or an employee of an attorney ][<-Struck out] the attorney for the debtor or an employee of such attorney under the direct supervision of such attorney, who prepares for compensation a document for filing; and* * * * * * *
- (b)(1) A bankruptcy petition preparer who prepares a document for filing shall sign the document and print on the document the preparer's name and address. If a bankruptcy petition preparer is not an individual, then an officer, principal, responsible person, or partner of the preparer shall be required to--
- (A) sign the document for filing; and
- (B) print on the document the name and address of that officer, principal, responsible person or partner.
- [Struck out->]
[ (2) A bankruptcy petition preparer who fails to comply with paragraph (1) may be fined not more than $500 for each such failure unless the failure is due to reasonable cause. ][<-Struck out]- (2)(A) Before preparing any document for filing or accepting any fees from a debtor, the bankruptcy petition preparer shall provide to the debtor a written notice to debtors concerning bankruptcy petition preparers, which shall be on an official form issued by the Judicial Conference of the United States.
- (B) The notice under subparagraph (A)--
- (i) shall inform the debtor in simple language that a bankruptcy petition preparer is not an attorney and may not practice law or give legal advice;
- (ii) may contain a description of examples of legal advice that a bankruptcy petition preparer is not authorized to give, in addition to any advice that the preparer may not give by reason of subsection (e)(2); and
- (iii) shall--
- (I) be signed by--
- (aa) the debtor; and
- (bb) the bankruptcy petition preparer, under penalty of perjury; and
- (II) be filed with any document for filing.
- (c)(1) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (2) For purposes ][<-Struck out] (2)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), for purposes of this section, the identifying number of a bankruptcy petition preparer shall be the Social Security account number of each individual who prepared the document or assisted in its preparation.- (B) If a bankruptcy petition preparer is not an individual, the identifying number of the bankruptcy petition preparer shall be the Social Security account number of the officer, principal, responsible person, or partner of the preparer.
- [Struck out->]
[ (3) A bankruptcy petition preparer who fails to comply with paragraph (1) may be fined not more than $500 for each such failure unless the failure is due to reasonable cause. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (d)(1) ][<-Struck out] (d) A bankruptcy petition preparer shall, not later than the time at which a document for filing is presented for the debtor's signature, furnish to the debtor a copy of the document.- [Struck out->]
[ (2) A bankruptcy petition preparer who fails to comply with paragraph (1) may be fined not more than $500 for each such failure unless the failure is due to reasonable cause. ][<-Struck out]- (e)(1) A bankruptcy petition preparer shall not execute any document on behalf of a debtor.
- [Struck out->]
[ (2) A bankruptcy petition preparer may be fined not more than $500 for each document executed in violation of paragraph (1). ][<-Struck out]- (2)(A) A bankruptcy petition preparer may not offer a potential bankruptcy debtor any legal advice, including any legal advice described in subparagraph (B).
- (B) The legal advice referred to in subparagraph (A) includes advising the debtor--
- (i) whether--
- (I) to file a petition under this title; or
- (II) commencing a case under chapter 7, 11, 12, or 13 is appropriate;
- (ii) whether the debtor's debts will be eliminated or discharged in a case under this title;
- (iii) whether the debtor will be able to retain the debtor's home, car, or other property after commencing a case under this title;
- (iv) concerning--
- (I) the tax consequences of a case brought under this title; or
- (II) the dischargeability of tax claims;
- (v) whether the debtor may or should promise to repay debts to a creditor or enter into a reaffirmation agreement with a creditor to reaffirm a debt;
- (vi) concerning how to characterize the nature of the debtor's interests in property or the debtor's debts; or
- (vii) concerning bankruptcy procedures and rights.
- [Struck out->]
[ (f)(1) ][<-Struck out] (f) A bankruptcy petition preparer shall not use the word `legal' or any similar term in any advertisements, or advertise under any category that includes the word `legal' or any similar term.- [Struck out->]
[ (2) A bankruptcy petition preparer shall be fined not more than $500 for each violation of paragraph (1). ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (g)(1) ][<-Struck out] (g) A bankruptcy petition preparer shall not collect or receive any payment from the debtor or on behalf of the debtor for the court fees in connection with filing the petition.- [Struck out->]
[ (2) A bankruptcy petition preparer shall be fined not more than $500 for each violation of paragraph (1). ][<-Struck out]- (h)(1) The Supreme Court may promulgate rules under section 2075 of title 28, or the Judicial Conference of the United States may prescribe guidelines, for setting a maximum allowable fee chargeable by a bankruptcy petition preparer. A bankruptcy petition preparer shall notify the debtor of any such maximum amount before preparing any document for filing for a debtor or accepting any fee from the debtor.
- [Struck out->]
[ (1) ][<-Struck out] (2) Within 10 days after the date of the filing of a petition, a bankruptcy petition preparer shall file a declaration under penalty of perjury by the bankruptcy petition preparer shall be filed together with the petition, disclosing any fee received from or on behalf of the debtor within 12 months immediately prior to the filing of the case, and any unpaid fee charged to the debtor. If rules or guidelines setting a maximum fee for services have been promulgated or prescribed under paragraph (1), the declaration under this paragraph shall include a certification that the bankruptcy petition preparer complied with the notification requirement under paragraph (1).- [Struck out->]
[ (2) The court shall disallow and order the immediate turnover to the bankruptcy trustee of any fee referred to in paragraph (1) found to be in excess of the value of services rendered for the documents prepared. An individual debtor may exempt any funds so recovered under section 522(b). ][<-Struck out]- (3)(A) The court shall disallow and order the immediate turnover to the bankruptcy trustee any fee referred to in paragraph (2) found to be in excess of the value of any services--
- (i) rendered by the preparer during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of filing of the petition; or
- (ii) found to be in violation of any rule or guideline promulgated or prescribed under paragraph (1).
- (B) All fees charged by a bankruptcy petition preparer may be forfeited in any case in which the bankruptcy petition preparer fails to comply with this subsection or subsection (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), or (g).
- (C) An individual may exempt any funds recovered under this paragraph under section 522(b).
- [Struck out->]
[ (3) ][<-Struck out] (4) The debtor, the trustee, a creditor, [Struck out->][ or the United States trustee ][<-Struck out] the United States trustee, the bankruptcy administrator, or the court, on the initiative of the court, may file a motion for an order under paragraph (2).- [Struck out->]
[ (4) ][<-Struck out] (5) A bankruptcy petition preparer shall be fined not more than $500 for each failure to comply with a court order to turn over funds within 30 days of service of such order.- [Struck out->]
[ (i)(1) If a bankruptcy case or related proceeding is dismissed because of the failure to file bankruptcy papers, including papers specified in section 521(1) of this title, the negligence or intentional disregard of this title or the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure by a bankruptcy petition preparer, or if a bankruptcy petition preparer violates this section or commits any fraudulent, unfair, or deceptive act, the bankruptcy court shall certify that fact to the district court, and the district court, on motion of the debtor, the trustee, or a creditor and after a hearing, shall order the bankruptcy petition preparer to pay to the debtor-- ][<-Struck out]- (i)(1) If a bankruptcy petition preparer violates this section or commits any act that the court finds to be fraudulent, unfair, or deceptive, on motion of the debtor, trustee, United States trustee, or bankruptcy administrator, and after the court holds a hearing with respect to that violation or act, the court shall order the bankruptcy petition preparer to pay to the debtor--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (j)(1) * * *
- (2)(A) In an action under paragraph (1), if the court finds that--
- (i) a bankruptcy petition preparer has--
- (I) engaged in conduct in violation of this section or of any provision of this title [Struck out->]
[ a violation of which subjects a person to criminal penalty ][<-Struck out] ;* * * * * * *
- (B) If the court finds that a bankruptcy petition preparer has continually engaged in conduct described in subclause (I), (II), or (III) of clause (i) and that an injunction prohibiting such conduct would not be sufficient to prevent such person's interference with the proper administration of this title, [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out] has not paid a penalty imposed under this section, or failed to disgorge all fees ordered by the court the court may enjoin the person from acting as a bankruptcy petition preparer.- (3) The court, as part of its contempt power, may enjoin a bankruptcy petition preparer that has failed to comply with a previous order issued under this section. The injunction under this paragraph may be issued upon motion of the court, the trustee, the United States trustee, or the bankruptcy administrator.
- [Struck out->]
[ (3) ][<-Struck out] (4) The court shall award to a debtor, trustee, or creditor that brings a successful action under this subsection reasonable [Struck out->][ attorney's ][<-Struck out] attorneys' fees and costs of the action, to be paid by the bankruptcy petition preparer.* * * * * * *
- (l)(1) A bankruptcy petition preparer who fails to comply with any provision of subsection (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h) may be fined not more than $500 for each such failure.
- (2) The court shall triple the amount of a fine assessed under paragraph (1) in any case in which the court finds that a bankruptcy petition preparer--
- (A) advised the debtor to exclude assets or income that should have been included on applicable schedules;
- (B) advised the debtor to use a false Social Security account number;
- (C) failed to inform the debtor that the debtor was filing for relief under this title; or
- (D) prepared a document for filing in a manner that failed to disclose the identity of the preparer.
- (3) The debtor, the trustee, a creditor, the United States trustee, or the bankruptcy administrator may file a motion for an order imposing a fine on the bankruptcy petition preparer for each violation of this section.
- (4)(A) Fines imposed under this subsection in judicial districts served by United States trustees shall be paid to the United States trustee, who shall deposit an amount equal to such fines in a special account of the United States Trustee System Fund referred to in section 586(e)(2) of title 28. Amounts deposited under this subparagraph shall be available to fund the enforcement of this section on a national basis.
- (B) Fines imposed under this subsection in judicial districts served by bankruptcy administrators shall be deposited as offsetting receipts to the fund established under section 1931 of title 28, and shall remain available until expended to reimburse any appropriation for the amount paid out of such appropriation for expenses of the operation and maintenance of the courts of the United States.
Sec. 111. Credit counseling services; financial management instructional courses
- (a) The clerk of each district shall maintain a publicly available list of--
- (1) credit counseling agencies that provide 1 or more programs described in section 109(h) currently approved by the United States trustee or the bankruptcy administrator for the district, as applicable; and
- (2) instructional courses concerning personal financial management currently approved by the United States trustee or the bankruptcy administrator for the district, as applicable.
- (b) The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall only approve a credit counseling agency or instructional course concerning personal financial management as follows:
- (1) The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall have thoroughly reviewed the qualifications of the credit counseling agency or of the provider of the instructional course under the standards set forth in this section, and the programs or instructional courses which will be offered by such agency or provider, and may require an agency or provider of an instructional course which has sought approval to provide information with respect to such review.
- (2) The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall have determined that the credit counseling agency or course of instruction fully satisfies the applicable standards set forth in this section.
- (3) When an agency or course of instruction is initially approved, such approval shall be for a probationary period not to exceed 6 months. An agency or course of instruction is initially approved if it did not appear on the approved list for the district under subsection (a) immediately prior to approval.
- (4) At the conclusion of the probationary period under paragraph (3), the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator may only approve for an additional 1-year period, and for successive 1-year periods thereafter, any agency or course of instruction which has demonstrated during the probationary or subsequent period that such agency or course of instruction--
- (A) has met the standards set forth under this section during such period; and
- (B) can satisfy such standards in the future.
- (5) Not later than 30 days after any final decision under paragraph (4), that occurs either after the expiration of the initial probationary period, or after any 2-year period thereafter, an interested person may seek judicial review of such decision in the appropriate United States District Court.
- (c)(1) The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall only approve a credit counseling agency that demonstrates that it will provide qualified counselors, maintain adequate provision for safekeeping and payment of client funds, provide adequate counseling with respect to client credit problems, and deal responsibly and effectively with other matters as relate to the quality, effectiveness, and financial security of such programs.
- (2) To be approved by the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator, a credit counseling agency shall, at a minimum--
- (A) be a nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency, the majority of the board of directors of which--
- (i) are not employed by the agency; and
- (ii) will not directly or indirectly benefit financially from the outcome of a credit counseling session;
- (B) if a fee is charged for counseling services, charge a reasonable fee, and provide services without regard to ability to pay the fee;
- (C) provide for safekeeping and payment of client funds, including an annual audit of the trust accounts and appropriate employee bonding;
- (D) provide full disclosures to clients, including funding sources, counselor qualifications, possible impact on credit reports, and any costs of such program that will be paid by the debtor and how such costs will be paid;
- (E) provide adequate counseling with respect to client credit problems that includes an analysis of their current situation, what brought them to that financial status, and how they can develop a plan to handle the problem without incurring negative amortization of their debts;
- (F) provide trained counselors who receive no commissions or bonuses based on the counseling session outcome, and who have adequate experience, and have been adequately trained to provide counseling services to individuals in financial difficulty, including the matters described in subparagraph (E);
- (G) demonstrate adequate experience and background in providing credit counseling; and
- (H) have adequate financial resources to provide continuing support services for budgeting plans over the life of any repayment plan.
- (d) The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall only approve an instructional course concerning personal financial management--
- (1) for an initial probationary period under subsection (b)(3) if the course will provide at a minimum--
- (A) trained personnel with adequate experience and training in providing effective instruction and services;
- (B) learning materials and teaching methodologies designed to assist debtors in understanding personal financial management and that are consistent with stated objectives directly related to the goals of such course of instruction;
- (C) adequate facilities situated in reasonably convenient locations at which such course of instruction is offered, except that such facilities may include the provision of such course of instruction or program by telephone or through the Internet, if the course of instruction or program is effective; and
- (D) the preparation and retention of reasonable records (which shall include the debtor's bankruptcy case number) to permit evaluation of the effectiveness of such course of instruction or program, including any evaluation of satisfaction of course of instruction or program requirements for each debtor attending such course of instruction or program, which shall be available for inspection and evaluation by the Executive Office for United States Trustees, the United States trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or chief bankruptcy judge for the district in which such course of instruction or program is offered; and
- (2) for any 1-year period if the provider thereof has demonstrated that the course meets the standards of paragraph (1) and, in addition--
- (A) has been effective in assisting a substantial number of debtors to understand personal financial management; and
- (B) is otherwise likely to increase substantially debtor understanding of personal financial management.
- (e) The District Court may, at any time, investigate the qualifications of a credit counseling agency referred to in subsection (a), and request production of documents to ensure the integrity and effectiveness of such credit counseling agencies. The District Court may, at any time, remove from the approved list under subsection (a) a credit counseling agency upon finding such agency does not meet the qualifications of subsection (b).
- (f) The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall notify the clerk that a credit counseling agency or an instructional course is no longer approved, in which case the clerk shall remove it from the list maintained under subsection (a).
- (g)(1) No credit counseling service may provide to a credit reporting agency information concerning whether an individual debtor has received or sought instruction concerning personal financial management from the credit counseling service.
- (2) A credit counseling service that willfully or negligently fails to comply with any requirement under this title with respect to a debtor shall be liable for damages in an amount equal to the sum of--
- (A) any actual damages sustained by the debtor as a result of the violation; and
- (B) any court costs or reasonable attorneys' fees (as determined by the court) incurred in an action to recover those damages.
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 3--CASE ADMINISTRATION
| SUBCHAPTER I--COMMENCEMENT OF A CASE |
| Sec. |
| 301. Voluntary cases. |
| * * * * * * * |
[Struck out->][ 304. Cases ancillary to foreign proceedings. ][<-Struck out] |
| * * * * * * * |
| 308. Debtor reporting requirements. |
| * * * * * * * |
| SUBCHAPTER II--OFFICERS |
| 321. Eligibility to serve as trustee. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 332. Appointment of ombudsman. |
| * * * * * * * |
| SUBCHAPTER III--ADMINISTRATION |
| 341. Meetings of creditors and equity security holders. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 351. Disposal of patient records. |
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER I--COMMENCEMENT OF A CASE
Sec. 301. Voluntary cases
- (a) A voluntary case under a chapter of this title is commenced by the filing with the bankruptcy court of a petition under such chapter by an entity that may be a debtor under such chapter. [Struck out->]
[ The commencement of a voluntary case under a chapter of this title constitutes an order for relief under such chapter. ][<-Struck out]- (b) The commencement of a voluntary case under a chapter of this title constitutes an order for relief under such chapter.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 303. Involuntary cases
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (k) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, an involuntary case may be commenced against a foreign bank that is not engaged in such business in the United States only under chapter 7 of this title and only if a foreign proceeding concerning such bank is pending. ][<-Struck out] [Struck out->][ Sec. 304. Cases ancillary to foreign proceedings ][<-Struck out]
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) A case ancillary to a foreign proceeding is commenced by the filing with the bankruptcy court of a petition under this section by a foreign representative. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (b) Subject to the provisions of subsection (c) of this section, if a party in interest does not timely controvert the petition, or after trial, the court may-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) enjoin the commencement or continuation of-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) any action against-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (i) a debtor with respect to property involved in such foreign proceeding; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) such property; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) the enforcement of any judgment against the debtor with respect to such property, or any act or the commencement or continuation of any judicial proceeding to create or enforce a lien against the property of such estate; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) order turnover of the property of such estate, or the proceeds of such property, to such foreign representative; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) order other appropriate relief. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (c) In determining whether to grant relief under subsection (b) of this section, the court shall be guided by what will best assure an economical and expeditious administration of such estate, consistent with-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) just treatment of all holders of claims against or interests in such estate; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) protection of claim holders in the United States against prejudice and inconvenience in the processing of claims in such foreign proceeding; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) prevention of preferential or fraudulent dispositions of property of such estate; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (4) distribution of proceeds of such estate substantially in accordance with the order prescribed by this title; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (5) comity; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (6) if appropriate, the provision of an opportunity for a fresh start for the individual that such foreign proceeding concerns. ][<-Struck out]Sec. 305. Abstention
- (a) The court, after notice and a hearing, may dismiss a case under this title, or may suspend all proceedings in a case under this title, at any time if--
- [Struck out->]
[ (2)(A) there is pending a foreign proceeding; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) the factors specified in section 304(c) of this title warrant such dismissal or suspension. ][<-Struck out]- (2)(A) a petition under section 1515 of this title for recognition of a foreign proceeding has been granted; and
- (B) the purposes of chapter 15 of this title would be best served by such dismissal or suspension.
* * * * * * *
- (c) An order under subsection (a) of this section dismissing a case or suspending all proceedings in a case, or a decision not so to dismiss or suspend, is not reviewable by appeal or otherwise by the court of appeals under [Struck out->]
[ section 158(d) ][<-Struck out] subsection (e) or (f) of section 158, 1291, or 1292 of title 28 or by the Supreme Court of the United States under section 1254 of title 28.Sec. 306. Limited appearance
- An appearance in a bankruptcy court by a foreign representative in connection with a petition or request under section 303 [Struck out->]
[ , 304, ][<-Struck out] or 305 of this title does not submit such foreign representative to the jurisdiction of any court in the United States for any other purpose, but the bankruptcy court may condition any order under section 303 [Struck out->][ , 304, ][<-Struck out] or 305 of this title on compliance by such foreign representative with the orders of such bankruptcy court.* * * * * * *
Sec. 308. Debtor reporting requirements
- (a) For purposes of this section, the term `profitability' means, with respect to a debtor, the amount of money that the debtor has earned or lost during current and recent fiscal periods.
- (b) A small business debtor shall file periodic financial and other reports containing information including--
- (1) the debtor's profitability;
- (2) reasonable approximations of the debtor's projected cash receipts and cash disbursements over a reasonable period;
- (3) comparisons of actual cash receipts and disbursements with projections in prior reports;
- (4)(A) whether the debtor is--
- (i) in compliance in all material respects with postpetition requirements imposed by this title and the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure; and
- (ii) timely filing tax returns and other required government filings and paying taxes and other administrative claims when due;
- (B) if the debtor is not in compliance with the requirements referred to in subparagraph (A)(i) or filing tax returns and other required government filings and making the payments referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii), what the failures are and how, at what cost, and when the debtor intends to remedy such failures; and
- (C) such other matters as are in the best interests of the debtor and creditors, and in the public interest in fair and efficient procedures under chapter 11 of this title.
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER II--OFFICERS
* * * * * * *
Sec. 328. Limitation on compensation of professional persons
- (a) The trustee, or a committee appointed under section 1102 of this title, with the court's approval, may employ or authorize the employment of a professional person under section 327 or 1103 of this title, as the case may be, on any reasonable terms and conditions of employment, including on a retainer, on an hourly basis, on a fixed or percentage fee basis, or on a contingent fee basis. Notwithstanding such terms and conditions, the court may allow compensation different from the compensation provided under such terms and conditions after the conclusion of such employment, if such terms and conditions prove to have been improvident in light of developments not capable of being anticipated at the time of the fixing of such terms and conditions.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 330. Compensation of officers
- (a)(1) After notice to the parties in interest and the United States Trustee and a hearing, and subject to sections 326, 328, and 329, the court may award to a trustee, an examiner, an ombudsman appointed under section 331, or a professional person employed under section 327 or 1103--
- (A) reasonable compensation for actual, necessary services rendered by the trustee, examiner, ombudsman, professional person, or attorney and by any paraprofessional person employed by any such person; and
* * * * * * *
- (3) [Struck out->]
[ (A) In ][<-Struck out] In determining the amount of reasonable compensation to be awarded to an examiner, trustee under chapter 11, or professional person, the court shall consider the nature, the extent, and the value of such services, taking into account all relevant factors, including--- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (D) whether the services were performed within a reasonable amount of time commensurate with the complexity, importance, and nature of the problem, issue, or task addressed; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (E) with respect to a professional person, whether the person is board certified or otherwise has demonstrated skill and experience in the bankruptcy field; and
- [Struck out->]
[ (E) ][<-Struck out] (F) whether the compensation is reasonable based on the customary compensation charged by comparably skilled practitioners in cases other than cases under this title.* * * * * * *
- (7) In determining the amount of reasonable compensation to be awarded to a trustee, the court shall treat such compensation as a commission, based on section 326 of this title.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 332. Appointment of ombudsman
- (a) IN GENERAL-
- (1) AUTHORITY TO APPOINT- Not later than 30 days after a case is commenced by a health care business under chapter 7, 9, or 11, the court shall order the appointment of an ombudsman to monitor the quality of patient care to represent the interests of the patients of the health care business, unless the court finds that the appointment of the ombudsman is not necessary for the protection of patients under the specific facts of the case.
- (2) QUALIFICATIONS- If the court orders the appointment of an ombudsman, the United States trustee shall appoint 1 disinterested person, other than the United States trustee, to serve as an ombudsman, including a person who is serving as a State Long-Term Care Ombudsman appointed under title III or VII of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3021 et seq., 3058 et seq.).
- (b) DUTIES- An ombudsman appointed under subsection (a) shall--
- (1) monitor the quality of patient care, to the extent necessary under the circumstances, including interviewing patients and physicians;
- (2) not later than 60 days after the date of appointment, and not less frequently than every 60 days thereafter, report to the court, at a hearing or in writing, regarding the quality of patient care at the health care business involved; and
- (3) if the ombudsman determines that the quality of patient care is declining significantly or is otherwise being materially compromised, notify the court by motion or written report, with notice to appropriate parties in interest, immediately upon making that determination.
- (c) CONFIDENTIALITY- An ombudsman shall maintain any information obtained by the ombudsman under this section that relates to patients (including information relating to patient records) as confidential information. The ombudsman may not review confidential patient records, unless the court provides prior approval, with restrictions on the ombudsman to protect the confidentiality of patient records.
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER III--ADMINISTRATION
Sec. 341. Meetings of creditors and equity security holders
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) The court may not preside at, and may not attend, any meeting under this section including any final meeting of creditors. Notwithstanding any local court rule, provision of a State constitution, any other Federal or State law that is not a bankruptcy law, or other requirement that representation at the meeting of creditors under subsection (a) be by an attorney, a creditor holding a consumer debt or any representative of the creditor (which may include an entity or an employee of an entity and may be a representative for more than 1 creditor) shall be permitted to appear at and participate in the meeting of creditors in a case under chapter 7 or 13, either alone or in conjunction with an attorney for the creditor. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require any creditor to be represented by an attorney at any meeting of creditors.
* * * * * * *
- (e) Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b), the court, on the request of a party in interest and after notice and a hearing, for cause may order that the United States trustee not convene a meeting of creditors or equity security holders if the debtor has filed a plan as to which the debtor solicited acceptances prior to the commencement of the case.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 342. Notice
- (a) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (b) Prior to the commencement of a case under this title by an individual whose debts are primarily consumer debts, the clerk shall give written notice to such individual that indicates each chapter of this title under which such individual may proceed. ][<-Struck out]- (b) Before the commencement of a case under this title by an individual whose debts are primarily consumer debts, the clerk shall give to such individual written notice containing--
- (1) a brief description of--
- (A) chapters 7, 11, 12, and 13 and the general purpose, benefits, and costs of proceeding under each of those chapters; and
- (B) the types of services available from credit counseling agencies; and
- (2) statements specifying that--
- (A) a person who knowingly and fraudulently conceals assets or makes a false oath or statement under penalty of perjury in connection with a bankruptcy case shall be subject to fine, imprisonment, or both; and
- (B) all information supplied by a debtor in connection with a bankruptcy case is subject to examination by the Attorney General.
- (c)(1) If notice is required to be given by the debtor to a creditor under this title, any rule, any applicable law, or any order of the court, such notice shall contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the debtor [Struck out->]
[ , but the failure of such notice to contain such information shall not invalidate the legal effect of such notice ][<-Struck out] .- (2) If, within the 90 days prior to the date of the filing of a petition in a voluntary case, the creditor supplied the debtor in at least 2 communications sent to the debtor with the current account number of the debtor and the address at which the creditor wishes to receive correspondence, then the debtor shall send any notice required under this title to the address provided by the creditor and such notice shall include the account number. In the event the creditor would be in violation of applicable nonbankruptcy law by sending any such communication within such 90-day period and if the creditor supplied the debtor in the last 2 communications with the current account number of the debtor and the address at which the creditor wishes to receive correspondence, then the debtor shall send any notice required under this title to the address provided by the creditor and such notice shall include the account number.
- (d) In an individual case under chapter 7 in which the presumption of abuse is triggered under section 707(b), the clerk shall give written notice to all creditors not later than 10 days after the date of the filing of the petition that the presumption of abuse has been triggered.
- (e) At any time, a creditor, in a case of an individual debtor under chapter 7 or 13, may file with the court and serve on the debtor a notice of the address to be used to notify the creditor in that case. Five days after receipt of such notice, if the court or the debtor is required to give the creditor notice, such notice shall be given at that address.
- (f) An entity may file with the court a notice stating its address for notice in cases under chapters 7 and 13. After 30 days following the filing of such notice, any notice in any case filed under chapter 7 or 13 given by the court shall be to that address unless specific notice is given under subsection (e) with respect to a particular case.
- (g)(1) Notice given to a creditor other than as provided in this section shall not be effective notice until that notice has been brought to the attention of the creditor. If the creditor designates a person or department to be responsible for receiving notices concerning bankruptcy cases and establishes reasonable procedures so that bankruptcy notices received by the creditor are to be delivered to such department or person, notice shall not be considered to have been brought to the attention of the creditor until received by such person or department.
- (2) No sanction under section 362(k) or any other sanction that a court may impose on account of violations of the stay under section 362(a) or failure to comply with section 542 or 543 may be imposed on any action of the creditor unless the action takes place after the creditor has received notice of the commencement of the case effective under this section.
* * * * * * *
[Struck out->][ Sec. 346. Special tax provisions ][<-Struck out]
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this section, subsections (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this section apply notwithstanding any State or local law imposing a tax, but subject to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (b)(1) In a case under chapter 7, 12, or 11 of this title concerning an individual, any income of the estate may be taxed under a State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income only to the estate, and may not be taxed to such individual. Except as provided in section 728 of this title, if such individual is a partner in a partnership, any gain or loss resulting from a distribution of property from such partnership, or any distributive share of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of such individual that is distributed, or considered distributed, from such partnership, after the commencement of the case is gain, loss, income, deduction, or credit, as the case may be, of the estate. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section and in section 728 of this title, any income of the estate in such a case, and any State or local tax on or measured by such income, shall be computed in the same manner as the income and the tax of an estate. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) The estate in such a case shall use the same accounting method as the debtor used immediately before the commencement of the case. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (c)(1) The commencement of a case under this title concerning a corporation or a partnership does not effect a change in the status of such corporation or partnership for the purposes of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income. Except as otherwise provided in this section and in section 728 of this title, any income of the estate in such case may be taxed only as though such case had not been commenced. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) In such a case, except as provided in section 728 of this title, the trustee shall make any tax return otherwise required by State or local law to be filed by or on behalf of such corporation or partnership in the same manner and form as such corporation or partnership, as the case may be, is required to make such return. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (d) In a case under chapter 13 of this title, any income of the estate or the debtor may be taxed under a State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income only to the debtor, and may not be taxed to the estate. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (e) A claim allowed under section 502(f) or 503 of this title, other than a claim for a tax that is not otherwise deductible or a capital expenditure that is not otherwise deductible, is deductible by the entity to which income of the estate is taxed unless such claim was deducted by another entity, and a deduction for such a claim is deemed to be a deduction attributable to a business. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (f) The trustee shall withhold from any payment of claims for wages, salaries, commissions, dividends, interest, or other payments, or collect, any amount required to be withheld or collected under applicable State or local tax law, and shall pay such withheld or collected amount to the appropriate governmental unit at the time and in the manner required by such tax law, and with the same priority as the claim from which such amount was withheld was paid. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (g)(1) Neither gain nor loss shall be recognized on a transfer-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) by operation of law, of property to the estate; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) other than a sale, of property from the estate to the debtor; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (C) in a case under chapter 11 or 12 of this title concerning a corporation, of property from the estate to a corporation that is an affiliate participating in a joint plan with the debtor, or that is a successor to the debtor under the plan, except that gain or loss may be recognized to the same extent that such transfer results in the recognition of gain or loss under section 371 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) The transferee of a transfer of a kind specified in this subsection shall take the property transferred with the same character, and with the transferor's basis, as adjusted under subsection (j)(5) of this section, and holding period. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (h) Notwithstanding sections 728(a) and 1146(a) of this title, for the purpose of determining the number of taxable periods during which the debtor or the estate may use a loss carryover or a loss carryback, the taxable period of the debtor during which the case is commenced is deemed not to have been terminated by such commencement. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (i)(1) In a case under chapter 7, 12, or 11 of this title concerning an individual, the estate shall succeed to the debtor's tax attributes, including-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) any investment credit carryover; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) any recovery exclusion; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (C) any loss carryover; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (D) any foreign tax credit carryover; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (E) any capital loss carryover; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (F) any claim of right. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) After such a case is closed or dismissed, the debtor shall succeed to any tax attribute to which the estate succeeded under paragraph (1) of this subsection but that was not utilized by the estate. The debtor may utilize such tax attributes as though any applicable time limitations on such utilization by the debtor were suspended during the time during which the case was pending. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) In such a case, the estate may carry back any loss of the estate to a taxable period of the debtor that ended before the order for relief under such chapter the same as the debtor could have carried back such loss had the debtor incurred such loss and the case under this title had not been commenced, but the debtor may not carry back any loss of the debtor from a taxable period that ends after such order to any taxable period of the debtor that ended before such order until after the case is closed. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (j)(1) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, income is not realized by the estate, the debtor, or a successor to the debtor by reason of forgiveness or discharge of indebtedness in a case under this title. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) For the purposes of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, a deduction with respect to a liability may not be allowed for any taxable period during or after which such liability is forgiven or discharged under this title. In this paragraph, `a deduction with respect to a liability' includes a capital loss incurred on the disposition of a capital asset with respect to a liability that was incurred in connection with the acquisition of such asset. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) Except as provided in paragraph (4) of this subsection, for the purpose of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, any net operating loss of an individual or corporate debtor, including a net operating loss carryover to such debtor, shall be reduced by the amount of indebtedness forgiven or discharged in a case under this title, except to the extent that such forgiveness or discharge resulted in a disallowance under paragraph (2) of this subsection. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (4) A reduction of a net operating loss or a net operating loss carryover under paragraph (3) of this subsection or of basis under paragraph (5) of this subsection is not required to the extent that the indebtedness of an individual or corporate debtor forgiven or discharged-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) consisted of items of a deductible nature that were not deducted by such debtor; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) resulted in an expired net operating loss carryover or other deduction that-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (i) did not offset income for any taxable period; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) did not contribute to a net operating loss in or a net operating loss carryover to the taxable period during or after which such indebtedness was discharged. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (5) For the purposes of a State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, the basis of the debtor's property or of property transferred to an entity required to use the debtor's basis in whole or in part shall be reduced by the lesser of-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A)(i) the amount by which the indebtedness of the debtor has been forgiven or discharged in a case under this title; minus ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) the total amount of adjustments made under paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) the amount by which the total basis of the debtor's assets that were property of the estate before such forgiveness or discharge exceeds the debtor's total liabilities that were liabilities both before and after such forgiveness or discharge. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (6) Notwithstanding paragraph (5) of this subsection, basis is not required to be reduced to the extent that the debtor elects to treat as taxable income, of the taxable period in which indebtedness is forgiven or discharged, the amount of indebtedness forgiven or discharged that otherwise would be applied in reduction of basis under paragraph (5) of this subsection. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (7) For the purposes of this subsection, indebtedness with respect to which an equity security, other than an interest of a limited partner in a limited partnership, is issued to the creditor to whom such indebtedness was owed, or that is forgiven as a contribution to capital by an equity security holder other than a limited partner in the debtor, is not forgiven or discharged in a case under this title-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) to any extent that such indebtedness did not consist of items of a deductible nature; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) if the issuance of such equity security has the same consequences under a law imposing a tax on or measured by income to such creditor as a payment in cash to such creditor in an amount equal to the fair market value of such equity security, then to the lesser of-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (i) the extent that such issuance has the same such consequences; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) the extent of such fair market value. ][<-Struck out]Sec. 346. Special provisions related to the treatment of state and local taxes
- (a) Whenever the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 provides that a separate taxable estate or entity is created in a case concerning a debtor under this title, and the income, gain, loss, deductions, and credits of such estate shall be taxed to or claimed by the estate, a separate taxable estate is also created for purposes of any State and local law imposing a tax on or measured by income and such income, gain, loss, deductions, and credits shall be taxed to or claimed by the estate and may not be taxed to or claimed by the debtor. The preceding sentence shall not apply if the case is dismissed. The trustee shall make tax returns of income required under any such State or local law.
- (b) Whenever the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 provides that no separate taxable estate shall be created in a case concerning a debtor under this title, and the income, gain, loss, deductions, and credits of an estate shall be taxed to or claimed by the debtor, such income, gain, loss, deductions, and credits shall be taxed to or claimed by the debtor under a State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income and may not be taxed to or claimed by the estate. The trustee shall make such tax returns of income of corporations and of partnerships as are required under any State or local law, but with respect to partnerships, shall make said returns only to the extent such returns are also required to be made under such Code. The estate shall be liable for any tax imposed on such corporation or partnership, but not for any tax imposed on partners or members.
- (c) With respect to a partnership or any entity treated as a partnership under a State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income that is a debtor in a case under this title, any gain or loss resulting from a distribution of property from such partnership, or any distributive share of any income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of a partner or member that is distributed, or considered distributed, from such partnership, after the commencement of the case, is gain, loss, income, deduction, or credit, as the case may be, of the partner or member, and if such partner or member is a debtor in a case under this title, shall be subject to tax in accordance with subsection (a) or (b).
- (d) For purposes of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, the taxable period of a debtor in a case under this title shall terminate only if and to the extent that the taxable period of such debtor terminates under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
- (e) The estate in any case described in subsection (a) shall use the same accounting method as the debtor used immediately before the commencement of the case, if such method of accounting complies with applicable nonbankruptcy tax law.
- (f) For purposes of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, a transfer of property from the debtor to the estate or from the estate to the debtor shall not be treated as a disposition for purposes of any provision assigning tax consequences to a disposition, except to the extent that such transfer is treated as a disposition under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
- (g) Whenever a tax is imposed pursuant to a State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income pursuant to subsection (a) or (b), such tax shall be imposed at rates generally applicable to the same types of entities under such State or local law.
- (h) The trustee shall withhold from any payment of claims for wages, salaries, commissions, dividends, interest, or other payments, or collect, any amount required to be withheld or collected under applicable State or local tax law, and shall pay such withheld or collected amount to the appropriate governmental unit at the time and in the manner required by such tax law, and with the same priority as the claim from which such amount was withheld or collected was paid.
- (i)(1) To the extent that any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income provides for the carryover of any tax attribute from one taxable period to a subsequent taxable period, the estate shall succeed to such tax attribute in any case in which such estate is subject to tax under subsection (a).
- (2) After such a case is closed or dismissed, the debtor shall succeed to any tax attribute to which the estate succeeded under paragraph (1) to the extent consistent with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
- (3) The estate may carry back any loss or tax attribute to a taxable period of the debtor that ended before the order for relief under this title to the extent that--
- (A) applicable State or local tax law provides for a carryback in the case of the debtor; and
- (B) the same or a similar tax attribute may be carried back by the estate to such a taxable period of the debtor under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
- (j)(1) For purposes of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, income is not realized by the estate, the debtor, or a successor to the debtor by reason of discharge of indebtedness in a case under this title, except to the extent, if any, that such income is subject to tax under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
- (2) Whenever the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 provides that the amount excluded from gross income in respect of the discharge of indebtedness in a case under this title shall be applied to reduce the tax attributes of the debtor or the estate, a similar reduction shall be made under any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income to the extent such State or local law recognizes such attributes. Such State or local law may also provide for the reduction of other attributes to the extent that the full amount of income from the discharge of indebtedness has not been applied.
- (k)(1) Except as provided in this section and section 505, the time and manner of filing tax returns and the items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of any taxpayer shall be determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law.
- (2) For Federal tax purposes, the provisions of this section are subject to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and other applicable Federal nonbankruptcy law.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 348. Effect of conversion
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (f)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), when a case under chapter 13 of this title is converted to a case under another chapter under this title--
- (A) property of the estate in the converted case shall consist of property of the estate, as of the date of filing of the petition, that remains in the possession of or is under the control of the debtor on the date of conversion; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (B) valuations of property and of allowed secured claims in the chapter 13 case shall apply [Struck out->]
[ in the converted case, with allowed secured claims ][<-Struck out] only in a case converted to a case under chapter 11 or 12, but not in a case converted to a case under chapter 7, with allowed secured claims in cases under chapters 11 and 12 reduced to the extent that they have been paid in accordance with the chapter 13 plan [Struck out->][ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (C) with respect to cases converted from chapter 13--
- (i) the claim of any creditor holding security as of the date of the petition shall continue to be secured by that security unless the full amount of such claim determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law has been paid in full as of the date of conversion, notwithstanding any valuation or determination of the amount of an allowed secured claim made for the purposes of the chapter 13 proceeding; and
- (ii) unless a prebankruptcy default has been fully cured under the plan at the time of conversion, in any proceeding under this title or otherwise, the default shall have the effect given under applicable nonbankruptcy law.
- (2) If the debtor converts a case under chapter 13 of this title to a case under another chapter under this title in bad faith, the property of the estate in the converted case shall consist of the property of the estate as of the date of conversion.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 351. Disposal of patient records
- If a health care business commences a case under chapter 7, 9, or 11, and the trustee does not have a sufficient amount of funds to pay for the storage of patient records in the manner required under applicable Federal or State law, the following requirements shall apply:
- (1) The trustee shall--
- (A) promptly publish notice, in 1 or more appropriate newspapers, that if patient records are not claimed by the patient or an insurance provider (if applicable law permits the insurance provider to make that claim) by the date that is 365 days after the date of that notification, the trustee will destroy the patient records; and
- (B) during the first 180 days of the 365-day period described in subparagraph (A), promptly attempt to notify directly each patient that is the subject of the patient records and appropriate insurance carrier concerning the patient records by mailing to the last known address of that patient, or a family member or contact person for that patient, and to the appropriate insurance carrier an appropriate notice regarding the claiming or disposing of patient records.
- (2) If, after providing the notification under paragraph (1), patient records are not claimed during the 365-day period described under that paragraph, the trustee shall mail, by certified mail, at the end of such 365-day period a written request to each appropriate Federal agency to request permission from that agency to deposit the patient records with that agency, except that no Federal agency is required to accept patient records under this paragraph.
- (3) If, following the 365-day period described in paragraph (2) and after providing the notification under paragraph (1), patient records are not claimed by a patient or insurance provider, or request is not granted by a Federal agency to deposit such records with that agency, the trustee shall destroy those records by--
- (A) if the records are written, shredding or burning the records; or
- (B) if the records are magnetic, optical, or other electronic records, by otherwise destroying those records so that those records cannot be retrieved.
SUBCHAPTER IV--ADMINISTRATIVE POWERS
* * * * * * *
Sec. 362. Automatic stay
- (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, a petition filed under section 301, 302, or 303 of this title, or an application filed under section 5(a)(3) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, operates as a stay, applicable to all entities, of--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (8) the commencement or continuation of a proceeding before the United States Tax Court concerning [Struck out->]
[ the debtor ][<-Struck out] a corporate debtor's tax liability for a taxable period the bankruptcy court may determine or concerning an individual debtor's tax liability for a taxable period ending before the order for relief under this title.- (b) The filing of a petition under section 301, 302, or 303 of this title, or of an application under section 5(a)(3) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, does not operate as a stay--
- (1) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (2) under subsection (a) of this section-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) of the commencement or continuation of an action or proceeding for-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (i) the establishment of paternity; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) the establishment or modification of an order for alimony, maintenance, or support; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) of the collection of alimony, maintenance, or support from property that is not property of the estate; ][<-Struck out]- (2) under subsection (a)--
- (A) of the commencement or continuation of a civil action or proceeding--
- (i) for the establishment of paternity;
- (ii) for the establishment or modification of an order for domestic support obligations;
- (iii) concerning child custody or visitation;
- (iv) for the dissolution of a marriage, except to the extent that such proceeding seeks to determine the division of property that is property of the estate; or
- (v) regarding domestic violence;
- (B) the collection of a domestic support obligation from property that is not property of the estate;
- (C) with respect to the withholding of income that is property of the estate or property of the debtor for payment of a domestic support obligation under a judicial or administrative order;
- (D) the withholding, suspension, or restriction of drivers' licenses, professional and occupational licenses, and recreational licenses under State law, as specified in section 466(a)(16) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 666(a)(16));
- (E) the reporting of overdue support owed by a parent to any consumer reporting agency as specified in section 466(a)(7) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 666(a)(7));
- (F) the interception of tax refunds, as specified in sections 464 and 466(a)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 664 and 666(a)(3)) or under an analogous State law; or
- (G) the enforcement of medical obligations as specified under title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
* * * * * * *
- (6) under subsection (a) of this section, of the setoff by a commodity broker, forward contract merchant, stockbroker, [Struck out->]
[ financial institutions, ][<-Struck out] financial institution, financial participant, or securities clearing agency of any mutual debt and claim under or in connection with commodity contracts, as defined in section 761 of this title, forward contracts, or securities contracts, as defined in section 741 of this title, that constitutes the setoff of a claim against the debtor for a margin payment, as defined in section 101, 741, or 761 of this title, or settlement payment, as defined in section 101 or 741 of this title, arising out of commodity contracts, forward contracts, or securities contracts against cash, securities, or other property held by, pledged to, and under the control of, or due from such commodity broker, forward contract merchant, stockbroker, [Struck out->][ financial institutions, ][<-Struck out] financial institution, financial participant, or securities clearing agency to margin, guarantee, secure, or settle commodity contracts, forward contracts, or securities contracts;- (7) under subsection (a) of this section, of the setoff by a repo participant, of any mutual debt and claim under or in connection with repurchase agreements that constitutes the setoff of a claim against the debtor for a margin payment, as defined in section 741 or 761 of this title, or settlement payment, as defined in section 741 of this title, arising out of repurchase agreements against cash, securities, or other property held by, pledged to, and under the control of, or due from such repo participant to margin, guarantee, secure or settle repurchase agreements;
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (17) under subsection (a) of this section, of the setoff by a swap participant, of any mutual debt and claim under or in connection with any swap agreement that constitutes the setoff of a claim against the debtor for any payment due from the debtor under or in connection with any swap agreement against any payment due to the debtor from the swap participant under or in connection with any swap agreement or against cash, securities, or other property of the debtor held by or due from such swap participant to guarantee, secure or settle any swap agreement; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (18) under subsection (a) of the creation or perfection of a statutory lien for an ad valorem property tax imposed by the District of Columbia, or a political subdivision of a State, if such tax comes due after the filing of the petition. ][<-Struck out]- (17) under subsection (a), of the setoff by a swap participant of a mutual debt and claim under or in connection with one or more swap agreements that constitutes the setoff of a claim against the debtor for any payment or other transfer of property due from the debtor under or in connection with any swap agreement against any payment due to the debtor from the swap participant under or in connection with any swap agreement or against cash, securities, or other property held by, pledged to, and under the control of, or due from such swap participant to margin, guarantee, secure, or settle any swap agreement;
- (18) under subsection (a) of the creation or perfection of a statutory lien for an ad valorem property tax, or a special tax or special assessment on real property whether or not ad valorem, imposed by a governmental unit, if such tax or assessment comes due after the filing of the petition;
- (19) under subsection (a), of withholding of income from a debtor's wages and collection of amounts withheld, under the debtor's agreement authorizing that withholding and collection for the benefit of a pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, or other plan established under section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, that is sponsored by the employer of the debtor, or an affiliate, successor, or predecessor of such employer--
- (A) to the extent that the amounts withheld and collected are used solely for payments relating to a loan from a plan that satisfies the requirements of section 408(b)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or is subject to section 72(p) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; or
- (B) in the case of a loan from a thrift savings plan described in subchapter III of chapter 84 of title 5, that satisfies the requirements of section 8433(g) of such title;
- (20) under subsection (a), of any act to enforce any lien against or security interest in real property following the entry of an order under section 362(d)(4) as to that property in any prior bankruptcy case for a period of 2 years after entry of such an order, except that the debtor, in a subsequent case, may move the court for relief from such order based upon changed circumstances or for other good cause shown, after notice and a hearing;
- (21) under subsection (a), of any act to enforce any lien against or security interest in real property--
- (A) if the debtor is ineligible under section 109(g) to be a debtor in a bankruptcy case; or
- (B) if the bankruptcy case was filed in violation of a bankruptcy court order in a prior bankruptcy case prohibiting the debtor from being a debtor in another bankruptcy case;
- (22) under subsection (a)(3), of the continuation of any eviction, unlawful detainer action, or similar proceeding by a lessor against a debtor involving residential real property in which the debtor resides as a tenant under a rental agreement;
- (23) under subsection (a)(3), of the commencement of any eviction, unlawful detainer action, or similar proceeding by a lessor against a debtor involving residential real property in which the debtor resides as a tenant under a rental agreement that has terminated under the lease agreement or applicable State law;
- (24) under subsection (a)(3), of eviction actions based on endangerment to property or person or the use of illegal drugs;
- (25) under subsection (a) of any transfer that is not avoidable under section 544 and that is not avoidable under section 549;
- (26) under subsection (a), of--
- (A) the commencement or continuation of an investigation or action by a securities self regulatory organization to enforce such organization's regulatory power;
- (B) the enforcement of an order or decision, other than for monetary sanctions, obtained in an action by the securities self regulatory organization to enforce such organization's regulatory power; or
- (C) any act taken by the securities self regulatory organization to delist, delete, or refuse to permit quotation of any stock that does not meet applicable regulatory requirements;
- (27) under subsection (a), of the setoff under applicable nonbankruptcy law of an income tax refund, by a governmental unit, with respect to a taxable period that ended before the order for relief against an income tax liability for a taxable period that also ended before the order for relief, except that in any case in which the setoff of an income tax refund is not permitted under applicable nonbankruptcy law because of a pending action to determine the amount or legality of a tax liability, the governmental unit may hold the refund pending the resolution of the action, unless the court, upon motion of the trustee and after notice and hearing, grants the taxing authority adequate protection (within the meaning of section 361) for the secured claim of that authority in the setoff under section 506(a);
- (28) under subsection (a), of the setoff by a master netting agreement participant of a mutual debt and claim under or in connection with one or more master netting agreements or any contract or agreement subject to such agreements that constitutes the setoff of a claim against the debtor for any payment or other transfer of property due from the debtor under or in connection with such agreements or any contract or agreement subject to such agreements against any payment due to the debtor from such master netting agreement participant under or in connection with such agreements or any contract or agreement subject to such agreements or against cash, securities, or other property held by, pledged to, and under the control of, or due from such master netting agreement participant to margin, guarantee, secure, or settle such agreements or any contract or agreement subject to such agreements, to the extent that such participant is eligible to exercise such offset rights under paragraph (6), (7), or (17) for each individual contract covered by the master netting agreement in issue; or
- (29) under subsection (a), of the exclusion by the Secretary of Health and Human Services of the debtor from participation in the medicare program or any other Federal health care program (as defined in section 1128B(f) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7b(f)) pursuant to title XI of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1301 et seq.) or title XVIII of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.).
- The provisions of paragraphs (12) and (13) of this subsection shall apply with respect to any such petition filed on or before December 31, 1989. Nothing in paragraph (19) may be construed to provide that any loan made under a governmental plan under section 414(d), or a contract or account under section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 constitutes a claim or a debt under this title.
- (c) Except as provided in subsections (d), [Struck out->]
[ (e), and (f) ][<-Struck out] (e), (f), and (h) of this section--- (1) the stay of an act against property of the estate under subsection (a) of this section continues until such property is no longer property of the estate; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (2) the stay of any other act under subsection (a) of this section continues until the earliest of--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) if the case is a case under chapter 7 of this title concerning an individual or a case under chapter 9, 11, 12, or 13 of this title, the time a discharge is granted or denied [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ;- (3) if a single or joint case is filed by or against an individual debtor under chapter 7, 11, or 13, and if a single or joint case of the debtor was pending within the preceding 1-year period but was dismissed, other than a case refiled under a chapter other than chapter 7 after dismissal under section 707(b)--
- (A) the stay under subsection (a) with respect to any action taken with respect to a debt or property securing such debt or with respect to any lease shall terminate with respect to the debtor on the 30th day after the filing of the later case;
- (B) upon motion by a party in interest for continuation of the automatic stay and upon notice and a hearing, the court may extend the stay in particular cases as to any or all creditors (subject to such conditions or limitations as the court may then impose) after notice and a hearing completed before the expiration of the 30-day period only if the party in interest demonstrates that the filing of the later case is in good faith as to the creditors to be stayed; and
- (C) for purposes of subparagraph (B), a case is presumptively filed not in good faith (but such presumption may be rebutted by clear and convincing evidence to the contrary)--
- (i) as to all creditors, if--
- (I) more than 1 previous case under any of chapter 7, 11, or 13 in which the individual was a debtor was pending within the preceding 1-year period;
- (II) a previous case under any of chapter 7, 11, or 13 in which the individual was a debtor was dismissed within such 1-year period, after the debtor failed to--
(aa) file or amend the petition or other documents as required by this title or the court without substantial excuse (but mere inadvertence or negligence shall not be a substantial excuse unless the dismissal was caused by the negligence of the debtor's attorney);
(bb) provide adequate protection as ordered by the court; or
(cc) perform the terms of a plan confirmed by the court; or
- (III) there has not been a substantial change in the financial or personal affairs of the debtor since the dismissal of the next most previous case under chapter 7, 11, or 13 or any other reason to conclude that the later case will be concluded--
(aa) if a case under chapter 7, with a discharge; or
(bb) if a case under chapter 11 or 13, with a confirmed plan which will be fully performed; and
- (ii) as to any creditor that commenced an action under subsection (d) in a previous case in which the individual was a debtor if, as of the date of dismissal of such case, that action was still pending or had been resolved by terminating, conditioning, or limiting the stay as to actions of such creditor; and
- (4)(A)(i) if a single or joint case is filed by or against an individual debtor under this title, and if 2 or more single or joint cases of the debtor were pending within the previous year but were dismissed, other than a case refiled under section 707(b), the stay under subsection (a) shall not go into effect upon the filing of the later case; and
- (ii) on request of a party in interest, the court shall promptly enter an order confirming that no stay is in effect;
- (B) if, within 30 days after the filing of the later case, a party in interest requests the court may order the stay to take effect in the case as to any or all creditors (subject to such conditions or limitations as the court may impose), after notice and hearing, only if the party in interest demonstrates that the filing of the later case is in good faith as to the creditors to be stayed;
- (C) a stay imposed under subparagraph (B) shall be effective on the date of entry of the order allowing the stay to go into effect; and
- (D) for purposes of subparagraph (B), a case is presumptively not filed in good faith (but such presumption may be rebutted by clear and convincing evidence to the contrary)--
- (i) as to all creditors if--
- (I) 2 or more previous cases under this title in which the individual was a debtor were pending within the 1-year period;
- (II) a previous case under this title in which the individual was a debtor was dismissed within the time period stated in this paragraph after the debtor failed to file or amend the petition or other documents as required by this title or the court without substantial excuse (but mere inadvertence or negligence shall not be substantial excuse unless the dismissal was caused by the negligence of the debtor's attorney), failed to pay adequate protection as ordered by the court, or failed to perform the terms of a plan confirmed by the court; or
- (III) there has not been a substantial change in the financial or personal affairs of the debtor since the dismissal of the next most previous case under this title, or any other reason to conclude that the later case will not be concluded, if a case under chapter 7, with a discharge, and if a case under chapter 11 or 13, with a confirmed plan that will be fully performed; or
- (ii) as to any creditor that commenced an action under subsection (d) in a previous case in which the individual was a debtor if, as of the date of dismissal of such case, such action was still pending or had been resolved by terminating, conditioning, or limiting the stay as to action of such creditor.
- (d) On request of a party in interest and after notice and a hearing, the court shall grant relief from the stay provided under subsection (a) of this section, such as by terminating, annulling, modifying, or conditioning such stay--
- (1) * * *
- (2) with respect to a stay of an act against property under subsection (a) of this section, if--
- (A) the debtor does not have an equity in such property; and
- (B) such property is not necessary to an effective reorganization; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (3) with respect to a stay of an act against single asset real estate under subsection (a), by a creditor whose claim is secured by an interest in such real estate, unless, not later than the date that is 90 days after the entry of the order for relief (or such later date as the court may determine for cause by order entered within that 90-day period) or 30 days after the court determines that the debtor is subject to this paragraph, whichever is later--
- (A) the debtor has filed a plan of reorganization that has a reasonable possibility of being confirmed within a reasonable time; or
- [Struck out->]
[ (B) the debtor has commenced monthly payments to each creditor whose claim is secured by such real estate (other than a claim secured by a judgment lien or by an unmatured statutory lien), which payments are in an amount equal to interest at a current fair market rate on the value of the creditor's interest in the real estate. ][<-Struck out]- (B) the debtor has commenced monthly payments that--
- (i) may, in the debtor's sole discretion, notwithstanding section 363(c)(2), be made from rents or other income generated before or after the commencement of the case by or from the property to each creditor whose claim is secured by such real estate (other than a claim secured by a judgment lien or by an unmatured statutory lien); and
- (ii) are in an amount equal to interest at the then applicable nondefault contract rate of interest on the value of the creditor's interest in the real estate; or
- (4) with respect to a stay of an act against real property under subsection (a), by a creditor whose claim is secured by an interest in such real estate, if the court finds that the filing of the bankruptcy petition was part of a scheme to delay, hinder, and defraud creditors that involved either--
- (A) transfer of all or part ownership of, or other interest in, the real property without the consent of the secured creditor or court approval; or
- (B) multiple bankruptcy filings affecting the real property.
- If recorded in compliance with applicable State laws governing notices of interests or liens in real property, an order entered under this subsection shall be binding in any other case under this title purporting to affect the real property filed not later than 2 years after the date of entry of such order by the court, except that a debtor in a subsequent case may move for relief from such order based upon changed circumstances or for good cause shown, after notice and a hearing. Any Federal, State, or local governmental unit that accepts notices of interests or liens in real property shall accept any certified copy of an order described in this subsection for indexing and recording.
- (e)(1) Thirty days after a request under subsection (d) of this section for relief from the stay of any act against property of the estate under subsection (a) of this section, such stay is terminated with respect to the party in interest making such request, unless the court, after notice and a hearing, orders such stay continued in effect pending the conclusion of, or as a result of, a final hearing and determination under subsection (d) of this section. A hearing under this subsection may be a preliminary hearing, or may be consolidated with the final hearing under subsection (d) of this section. The court shall order such stay continued in effect pending the conclusion of the final hearing under subsection (d) of this section if there is a reasonable likelihood that the party opposing relief from such stay will prevail at the conclusion of such final hearing. If the hearing under this subsection is a preliminary hearing, then such final hearing shall be concluded not later than thirty days after the conclusion of such preliminary hearing, unless the 30-day period is extended with the consent of the parties in interest or for a specific time which the court finds is required by compelling circumstances.
- (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), in the case of an individual filing under chapter 7, 11, or 13, the stay under subsection (a) shall terminate on the date that is 60 days after a request is made by a party in interest under subsection (d), unless--
- (A) a final decision is rendered by the court during the 60-day period beginning on the date of the request; or
- (B) that 60-day period is extended--
- (i) by agreement of all parties in interest; or
- (ii) by the court for such specific period of time as the court finds is required for good cause, as described in findings made by the court.
* * * * * * *
- (h)(1) In an individual case under chapter 7, 11, or 13, the stay provided by subsection (a) is terminated with respect to personal property of the estate or of the debtor securing in whole or in part a claim, or subject to an unexpired lease, and such personal property shall no longer be property of the estate if the debtor fails within the applicable time set by section 521(a)(2) of this title--
- (A) to file timely any statement of intention required under section 521(a)(2) of this title with respect to that property or to indicate in that statement that the debtor will either surrender the property or retain it and, if retaining it, either redeem the property pursuant to section 722 of this title, reaffirm the debt it secures pursuant to section 524(c) of this title, or assume the unexpired lease pursuant to section 365(p) of this title if the trustee does not do so, as applicable; and
- (B) to take timely the action specified in that statement of intention, as it may be amended before expiration of the period for taking action, unless the statement of intention specifies reaffirmation and the creditor refuses to reaffirm on the original contract terms.
- (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply if the court determines, on the motion of the trustee filed before the expiration of the applicable time set by section 521(a)(2), after notice and a hearing, that such property is of consequential value or benefit to the estate, and orders appropriate adequate protection of the creditor's interest, and orders the debtor to deliver any collateral in the debtor's possession to the trustee. If the court does not so determine, the stay provided by subsection (a) shall terminate upon the conclusion of the proceeding on the motion.
- (i) If a case commenced under chapter 7, 11, or 13 is dismissed due to the creation of a debt repayment plan, for purposes of subsection (c)(3), any subsequent case commenced by the debtor under any such chapter shall not be presumed to be filed not in good faith.
- (j) On request of a party in interest, the court shall issue an order under subsection (c) confirming that the automatic stay has been terminated.
- [Struck out->]
[ (h) An ][<-Struck out] (k)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), an individual injured by any willful violation of a stay provided by this section shall recover actual damages, including costs and attorneys' fees, and, in appropriate circumstances, may recover punitive damages.- (2) If such violation is based on an action taken by an entity in the good faith belief that subsection (h) applies to the debtor, the recovery under paragraph (1) of this subsection against such entity shall be limited to actual damages.
- (l)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, the provisions of subsection (a) do not apply in a case in which the debtor--
- (A) is a debtor in a small business case pending at the time the petition is filed;
- (B) was a debtor in a small business case that was dismissed for any reason by an order that became final in the 2-year period ending on the date of the order for relief entered with respect to the petition;
- (C) was a debtor in a small business case in which a plan was confirmed in the 2-year period ending on the date of the order for relief entered with respect to the petition; or
- (D) is an entity that has succeeded to substantially all of the assets or business of a small business debtor described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C).
- (2) This subsection does not apply--
- (A) to an involuntary case involving no collusion by the debtor with creditors; or
- (B) to the filing of a petition if--
- (i) the debtor proves by a preponderance of the evidence that the filing of that petition resulted from circumstances beyond the control of the debtor not foreseeable at the time the case then pending was filed; and
- (ii) it is more likely than not that the court will confirm a feasible plan, but not a liquidating plan, within a reasonable period of time.
- (l) LIMITATION- The exercise of rights not subject to the stay arising under subsection (a) pursuant to paragraph (6), (7), (17), or (28) of subsection (b) shall not be stayed by any order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding under this title.
Sec. 363. Use, sale, or lease of property
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (d) The trustee may use, sell, or lease property under subsection (b) or (c) of this section [Struck out->]
[ only to the extent not inconsistent with any relief granted under section 362(c), 362(d), 362(e), or 362(f) of this title. ][<-Struck out] only--- (1) in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law that governs the transfer of property by a corporation or trust that is not a moneyed, business, or commercial corporation or trust; and
- (2) to the extent not inconsistent with any relief granted under subsection (c), (d), (e), or (f) of section 362.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 365. Executory contracts and unexpired leases
- (a) * * *
- (b)(1) If there has been a default in an executory contract or unexpired lease of the debtor, the trustee may not assume such contract or lease unless, at the time of assumption of such contract or lease, the trustee--
- (A) cures, or provides adequate assurance that the trustee will promptly cure, such default [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] other than a default that is a breach of a provision relating to the satisfaction of any provision (other than a penalty rate or penalty provision) relating to a default arising from any failure to perform nonmonetary obligations under an unexpired lease of real property, if it is impossible for the trustee to cure such default by performing nonmonetary acts at and after the time of assumption, except that if such default arises from a failure to operate in accordance with a nonresidential real property lease, then such default shall be cured by performance at and after the time of assumption in accordance with such lease, and pecuniary losses resulting from such default shall be compensated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(l);* * * * * * *
- (2) Paragraph (1) of this subsection does not apply to a default that is a breach of a provision relating to--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (D) the satisfaction of any penalty rate or penalty provision relating to a default arising from any failure by the debtor to perform nonmonetary obligations under the executory contract or unexpired lease.
* * * * * * *
- (c) The trustee may not assume or assign any executory contract or unexpired lease of the debtor, whether or not such contract or lease prohibits or restricts assignment of rights or delegation of duties, if--
- (1) * * *
- (2) such contract is a contract to make a loan, or extend other debt financing or financial accommodations, to or for the benefit of the debtor, or to issue a security of the debtor; or
- (3) such lease is of nonresidential real property and has been terminated under applicable nonbankruptcy law prior to the order for relief [Struck out->]
[ ; or ][<-Struck out] .- [Struck out->]
[ (4) such lease is of nonresidential real property under which the debtor is the lessee of an aircraft terminal or aircraft gate at an airport at which the debtor is the lessee under one or more additional nonresidential leases of an aircraft terminal or aircraft gate and the trustee, in connection with such assumption or assignment, does not assume all such leases or does not assume and assign all of such leases to the same person, except that the trustee may assume or assign less than all of such leases with the airport operator's written consent. ][<-Struck out]- (d)(1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (4) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), in a case under any chapter of this title, if the trustee does not assume or reject an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property under which the debtor is the lessee within 60 days after the date of the order for relief, or within such additional time as the court, for cause, within such 60-day period, fixes, then such lease is deemed rejected, and the trustee shall immediately surrender such nonresidential real property to the lessor. ][<-Struck out]- (4)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), in any case under any chapter of this title, an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property under which the debtor is the lessee shall be deemed rejected, and the trustee shall immediately surrender that nonresidential real property to the lessor, if the trustee does not assume or reject the unexpired lease by the earlier of--
- (i) the date that is 120 days after the date of the order for relief; or
- (ii) the date of the entry of an order confirming a plan.
- (B)(i) The court may extend the period determined under subparagraph (A), prior to the expiration of the 120-day period, for 90 days upon motion of the trustee or lessor for cause.
- (ii) If the court grants an extension under clause (i), the court may grant a subsequent extension only upon prior written consent of the lessor in each instance.
- [Struck out->]
[ (5) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (4) of this subsection, in a case under any chapter of this title, if the trustee does not assume or reject an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property under which the debtor is an affected air carrier that is the lessee of an aircraft terminal or aircraft gate before the occurrence of a termination event, then (unless the court orders the trustee to assume such unexpired leases within 5 days after the termination event), at the option of the airport operator, such lease is deemed rejected 5 days after the occurrence of a termination event and the trustee shall immediately surrender possession of the premises to the airport operator; except that the lease shall not be deemed to be rejected unless the airport operator first waives the right to damages related to the rejection. In the event that the lease is deemed to be rejected under this paragraph, the airport operator shall provide the affected air carrier adequate opportunity after the surrender of the premises to remove the fixtures and equipment installed by the affected air carrier. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (6) For the purpose of paragraph (5) of this subsection and paragraph (f)(1) of this section, the occurrence of a termination event means, with respect to a debtor which is an affected air carrier that is the lessee of an aircraft terminal or aircraft gate-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) the entry under section 301 or 302 of this title of an order for relief under chapter 7 of this title; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) the conversion of a case under any chapter of this title to a case under chapter 7 of this title; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (C) the granting of relief from the stay provided under section 362(a) of this title with respect to aircraft, aircraft engines, propellers, appliances, or spare parts, as defined in section 40102(a) of title 49, except for property of the debtor found by the court not to be necessary to an effective reorganization. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (7) Any order entered by the court pursuant to paragraph (4) extending the period within which the trustee of an affected air carrier must assume or reject an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property shall be without prejudice to-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) the right of the trustee to seek further extensions within such additional time period granted by the court pursuant to paragraph (4); and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) the right of any lessor or any other party in interest to request, at any time, a shortening or termination of the period within which the trustee must assume or reject an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (8) The burden of proof for establishing cause for an extension by an affected air carrier under paragraph (4) or the maintenance of a previously granted extension under paragraph (7)(A) and (B) shall at all times remain with the trustee. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (9) For purposes of determining cause under paragraph (7) with respect to an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property between the debtor that is an affected air carrier and an airport operator under which such debtor is the lessee of an airport terminal or an airport gate, the court shall consider, among other relevant factors, whether substantial harm will result to the airport operator or airline passengers as a result of the extension or the maintenance of a previously granted extension. In making the determination of substantial harm, the court shall consider, among other relevant factors, the level of actual use of the terminals or gates which are the subject of the lease, the public interest in actual use of such terminals or gates, the existence of competing demands for the use of such terminals or gates, the effect of the court's extension or termination of the period of time to assume or reject the lease on such debtor's ability to successfully reorganize under chapter 11 of this title, and whether the trustee of the affected air carrier is capable of continuing to comply with its obligations under section 365(d)(3) of this title. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (10) ][<-Struck out] (5) The trustee shall timely perform all of the obligations of the debtor, except those specified in section 365(b)(2), first arising from or after 60 days after the order for relief in a case under chapter 11 of this title under an unexpired lease of personal property (other than personal property leased to an individual primarily for personal, family, or household purposes), until such lease is assumed or rejected notwithstanding section 503(b)(1) of this title, unless the court, after notice and a hearing and based on the equities of the case, orders otherwise with respect to the obligations or timely performance thereof. This subsection shall not be deemed to affect the trustee's obligations under the provisions of subsection (b) or (f). Acceptance of any such performance does not constitute waiver or relinquishment of the lessor's rights under such lease or under this title.* * * * * * *
- (f)(1) Except as provided in [Struck out->]
[ subsection ][<-Struck out] subsections (b) and (c) of this section, notwithstanding a provision in an executory contract or unexpired lease of the debtor, or in applicable law, that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment of such contract or lease, the trustee may assign such contract or lease under paragraph (2) of this subsection [Struck out->][ ; except that the trustee may not assign an unexpired lease of nonresidential real property under which the debtor is an affected air carrier that is the lessee of an aircraft terminal or aircraft gate if there has occurred a termination event. ][<-Struck out] .* * * * * * *
- (p)(1) If a lease of personal property is rejected or not timely assumed by the trustee under subsection (d), the leased property is no longer property of the estate and the stay under section 362(a) is automatically terminated.
- (2)(A) In the case of an individual under chapter 7, the debtor may notify the creditor in writing that the debtor desires to assume the lease. Upon being so notified, the creditor may, at its option, notify the debtor that it is willing to have the lease assumed by the debtor and may condition such assumption on cure of any outstanding default on terms set by the contract.
- (B) If, not later than 30 days after notice is provided under subparagraph (A), the debtor notifies the lessor in writing that the lease is assumed, the liability under the lease will be assumed by the debtor and not by the estate.
- (C) The stay under section 362 and the injunction under section 524(a)(2) shall not be violated by notification of the debtor and negotiation of cure under this subsection.
- (3) In a case under chapter 11 in which the debtor is an individual and in a case under chapter 13, if the debtor is the lessee with respect to personal property and the lease is not assumed in the plan confirmed by the court, the lease is deemed rejected as of the conclusion of the hearing on confirmation. If the lease is rejected, the stay under section 362 and any stay under section 1301 is automatically terminated with respect to the property subject to the lease.
Sec. 366. Utility service
- (a) Except as provided in [Struck out->]
[ subsection (b) ][<-Struck out] subsections (b) and (c) of this section, a utility may not alter, refuse, or discontinue service to, or discriminate against, the trustee or the debtor solely on the basis of the commencement of a case under this title or that a debt owed by the debtor to such utility for service rendered before the order for relief was not paid when due.* * * * * * *
- (c)(1)(A) For purposes of this subsection, the term `assurance of payment' means--
- (i) a cash deposit;
- (ii) a letter of credit;
- (iii) a certificate of deposit;
- (iv) a surety bond;
- (v) a prepayment of utility consumption; or
- (vi) another form of security that is mutually agreed on between the utility and the debtor or the trustee.
- (B) For purposes of this subsection an administrative expense priority shall not constitute an assurance of payment.
- (2) Subject to paragraphs (3) through (5), with respect to a case filed under chapter 11, a utility referred to in subsection (a) may alter, refuse, or discontinue utility service, if during the 30-day period beginning on the date of filing of the petition, the utility does not receive from the debtor or the trustee adequate assurance of payment for utility service that is satisfactory to the utility.
- (3)(A) On request of a party in interest and after notice and a hearing, the court may order modification of the amount of an assurance of payment under paragraph (2).
- (B) In making a determination under this paragraph whether an assurance of payment is adequate, the court may not consider--
- (i) the absence of security before the date of filing of the petition;
- (ii) the payment by the debtor of charges for utility service in a timely manner before the date of filing of the petition; or
- (iii) the availability of an administrative expense priority.
- (4) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, with respect to a case subject to this subsection, a utility may recover or set off against a security deposit provided to the utility by the debtor before the date of filing of the petition without notice or order of the court.
CHAPTER 5--CREDITORS, THE DEBTOR, AND THE ESTATE
| SUBCHAPTER I--CREDITORS AND CLAIMS |
| Sec. |
| 501. Filing of proofs of claims or interests. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 511. Rate of interest on tax claims. |
| SUBCHAPTER II--DEBTOR'S DUTIES AND BENEFITS |
| 521. Debtor's duties. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 526. Debt relief enforcement. |
| 527. Disclosures. |
| 528. Debtor's bill of rights. |
| SUBCHAPTER III--THE ESTATE |
| 541. Property of the estate. |
| * * * * * * * |
[Struck out->][ 555. Contractual right to liquidate a securities contract. ][<-Struck out] |
[Struck out->][ 556. Contractual right to liquidate a commodity contract or forward contract. ][<-Struck out] |
| 555. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a securities contract. |
| 556. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a commodities contract or forward contract. |
| * * * * * * * |
[Struck out->][ 559. Contractual right to liquidate a repurchase agreement. ][<-Struck out] |
[Struck out->][ 560. Contractual right to terminate a swap agreement. ][<-Struck out] |
| 559. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a repurchase agreement. |
| 560. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a swap agreement. |
| 561. Contractual right to terminate, liquidate, accelerate, or offset under a master netting agreement and across contracts. |
| 562. Damage measure in connection with swap agreements, securities contracts, forward contracts, commodity contracts, repurchase agreements, or master netting agreements. |
SUBCHAPTER I--CREDITORS AND CLAIMS
Sec. 501. Filing of proofs of claims or interests
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (e) A claim arising from the liability of a debtor for fuel use tax assessed consistent with the requirements of section 31705 of title 49 may be filed by the base jurisdiction designated pursuant to the International Fuel Tax Agreement and, if so filed, shall be allowed as a single claim.
Sec. 502. Allowance of claims or interests
- (a) * * *
- (b) Except as provided in subsections (e)(2), (f), (g), (h) and (i) of this section, if such objection to a claim is made, the court, after notice and a hearing, shall determine the amount of such claim in lawful currency of the United States as of the date of the filing of the petition, and shall allow such claim in such amount, except to the extent that--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (9) proof of such claim is not timely filed, except to the extent tardily filed as permitted under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 726(a) of this title or under the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, except that a claim of a governmental unit shall be timely filed if it is filed before 180 days after the date of the order for relief or such later time as the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure may provide, and except that in a case under chapter 13, a claim of a governmental unit for a tax with respect to a return filed under section 1308 shall be timely if the claim is filed on or before the date that is 60 days after the date on which such return was filed as required.
* * * * * * *
- (g)(1) A claim arising from the rejection, under section 365 of this title or under a plan under chapter 9, 11, 12, or 13 of this title, of an executory contract or unexpired lease of the debtor that has not been assumed shall be determined, and shall be allowed under subsection (a), (b), or (c) of this section or disallowed under subsection (d) or (e) of this section, the same as if such claim had arisen before the date of the filing of the petition.
- (2) A claim for damages calculated in accordance with section 562 of this title shall be allowed under subsection (a), (b), or (c), or disallowed under subsection (d) or (e), as if such claim had arisen before the date of the filing of the petition.
* * * * * * *
- (k)(1) The court, on the motion of the debtor and after a hearing, may reduce a claim filed under this section based in whole on unsecured consumer debts by not more than 20 percent of the claim, if--
- (A) the claim was filed by a creditor who unreasonably refused to negotiate a reasonable alternative repayment schedule proposed by an approved credit counseling agency described in section 111 acting on behalf of the debtor;
- (B) the offer of the debtor under subparagraph (A)--
- (i) was made at least 60 days before the filing of the petition; and
- (ii) provided for payment of at least 60 percent of the amount of the debt over a period not to exceed the repayment period of the loan, or a reasonable extension thereof; and
- (C) no part of the debt under the alternative repayment schedule is nondischargeable.
- (2) The debtor shall have the burden of proving, by clear and convincing evidence, that--
- (A) the creditor unreasonably refused to consider the debtor's proposal; and
- (B) the proposed alternative repayment schedule was made prior to expiration of the 60-day period specified in paragraph (1)(B)(i).
Sec. 503. Allowance of administrative expenses
- (a) * * *
- (b) After notice and a hearing, there shall be allowed administrative expenses, other than claims allowed under section 502(f) of this title, including--
- (1)(A) * * *
- (B) any tax--
- (i) incurred by the estate, whether secured or unsecured, including property taxes for which liability is in rem, in personam, or both, except a tax of a kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of this title; or
- (ii) attributable to an excessive allowance of a tentative carryback adjustment that the estate received, whether the taxable year to which such adjustment relates ended before or after the commencement of the case; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (C) any fine, penalty, or reduction in credit relating to a tax of a kind specified in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph; and
- (D) notwithstanding the requirements of subsection (a), a governmental unit shall not be required to file a request for the payment of an expense described in subparagraph (B) or (C), as a condition of its being an allowed administrative expense;
* * * * * * *
- (4) reasonable compensation for professional services rendered by an attorney or an accountant of an entity whose expense is allowable under subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E) of paragraph (3) of this subsection, based on the time, the nature, the extent, and the value of such services, and the cost of comparable services other than in a case under this title, and reimbursement for actual, necessary expenses incurred by such attorney or accountant;
- (5) reasonable compensation for services rendered by an indenture trustee in making a substantial contribution in a case under chapter 9 or 11 of this title, based on the time, the nature, the extent, and the value of such services, and the cost of comparable services other than in a case under this title; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (6) the fees and mileage payable under chapter 119 of title 28 [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ;- (7) with respect to a nonresidential real property lease previously assumed under section 365, and subsequently rejected, a sum equal to all monetary obligations due, excluding those arising from or relating to a failure to operate or penalty provisions, for the period of 2 years following the later of the rejection date or the date of actual turnover of the premises, without reduction or setoff for any reason whatsoever except for sums actually received or to be received from a nondebtor, and the claim for remaining sums due for the balance of the term of the lease shall be a claim under section 502(b)(6);
- (8) the actual, necessary costs and expenses of closing a health care business incurred by a trustee or by a Federal agency (as that term is defined in section 551(1) of title 5) or a department or agency of a State or political subdivision thereof, including any cost or expense incurred--
- (A) in disposing of patient records in accordance with section 351; or
- (B) in connection with transferring patients from the health care business that is in the process of being closed to another health care business;
- (9) with respect to a nonresidential real property lease previously assumed under section 365, and subsequently rejected, a sum equal to all monetary obligations due, excluding those arising from or related to a failure to operate or penalty provisions, for the period of 2 years following the later of the rejection date or date of actual turnover of the premises, without reduction or setoff for any reason whatsoever except for sums actually received or to be received from a nondebtor, and the claim for remaining sums due for the balance of the term of the lease shall be a claim under section 502(b)(6); and
- (10) the value of any goods received by the debtor not later than 20 days after the date of commencement of a case under this title in which the goods have been sold to the debtor in the ordinary course of such debtor's business.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 504. Sharing of compensation
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) This section shall not apply with respect to sharing, or agreeing to share, compensation with a bona fide public service attorney referral program that operates in accordance with non-Federal law regulating attorney referral services and with rules of professional responsibility applicable to attorney acceptance of referrals.
Sec. 505. Determination of tax liability
- (a)(1) * * *
- (2) The court may not so determine--
- (A) the amount or legality of a tax, fine, penalty, or addition to tax if such amount or legality was contested before and adjudicated by a judicial or administrative tribunal of competent jurisdiction before the commencement of the case under this title; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (B) any right of the estate to a tax refund, before the earlier of--
- (i) 120 days after the trustee properly requests such refund from the governmental unit from which such refund is claimed; or
- (ii) a determination by such governmental unit of such request [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; or- (C) the amount or legality of any amount arising in connection with an ad valorem tax on real or personal property of the estate, if the applicable period for contesting or redetermining that amount under any law (other than a bankruptcy law) has expired.
- (b)(1)(A) The clerk of each district shall maintain a listing under which a Federal, State, or local governmental unit responsible for the collection of taxes within the district may--
- (i) designate an address for service of requests under this subsection; and
- (ii) describe where further information concerning additional requirements for filing such requests may be found.
- (B) If a governmental unit referred to in subparagraph (A) does not designate an address and provide that address to the clerk under that subparagraph, any request made under this subsection may be served at the address for the filing of a tax return or protest with the appropriate taxing authority of that governmental unit.
- [Struck out->]
[ (b) ][<-Struck out] (2) A trustee may request a determination of any unpaid liability of the estate for any tax incurred during the administration of the case by submitting a tax return for such tax and a request for such a determination to the governmental unit charged with responsibility for collection or determination of such tax at the address and in the manner designated in paragraph (1). Unless such return is fraudulent, or contains a material misrepresentation, the estate, the trustee, the debtor, and any successor to the debtor are discharged from any liability for such tax--- [Struck out->]
[ (1) ][<-Struck out] (A) upon payment of the tax shown on such return, if--- [Struck out->]
[ (A) ][<-Struck out] (i) such governmental unit does not notify the trustee, within 60 days after such request, that such return has been selected for examination; or- [Struck out->]
[ (B) ][<-Struck out] (ii) such governmental unit does not complete such an examination and notify the trustee of any tax due, within 180 days after such request or within such additional time as the court, for cause, permits;- [Struck out->]
[ (2) ][<-Struck out] (B) upon payment of the tax determined by the court, after notice and a hearing, after completion by such governmental unit of such examination; or- [Struck out->]
[ (3) ][<-Struck out] (C) upon payment of the tax determined by such governmental unit to be due.* * * * * * *
Sec. 506. Determination of secured status
- (a)(1) An allowed claim of a creditor secured by a lien on property in which the estate has an interest, or that is subject to setoff under section 553 of this title, is a secured claim to the extent of the value of such creditor's interest in the estate's interest in such property, or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as the case may be, and is an unsecured claim to the extent that the value of such creditor's interest or the amount so subject to setoff is less than the amount of such allowed claim. Such value shall be determined in light of the purpose of the valuation and of the proposed disposition or use of such property, and in conjunction with any hearing on such disposition or use or on a plan affecting such creditor's interest.
- (2) In the case of an individual debtor under chapters 7 and 13, such value with respect to personal property securing an allowed claim shall be determined based on the replacement value of such property as of the date of filing the petition without deduction for costs of sale or marketing. With respect to property acquired for personal, family, or household purpose, replacement value shall mean the price a retail merchant would charge for property of that kind considering the age and condition of the property at the time value is determined.
- (b) To the extent that an allowed secured claim is secured by property the value of which, after any recovery under subsection (c) of this section, is greater than the amount of such claim, there shall be allowed to the holder of such claim, interest on such claim, and any reasonable fees, costs, or charges provided for under the agreement or State statute under which such claim arose.
- (c) The trustee may recover from property securing an allowed secured claim the reasonable, necessary costs and expenses of preserving, or disposing of, such property to the extent of any benefit to the holder of such claim, including the payment of all ad valorem property taxes with respect to the property.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 507. Priorities
- (a) The following expenses and claims have priority in the following order:
- (1) First:
- (A) Allowed unsecured claims for domestic support obligations that, as of the date of the filing of the petition, are owed to or recoverable by a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor, or the parent, legal guardian, or responsible relative of such child, without regard to whether the claim is filed by such person or is filed by a governmental unit on behalf of that person, on the condition that funds received under this paragraph by a governmental unit under this title after the date of filing of the petition shall be applied and distributed in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law.
- (B) Subject to claims under subparagraph (A), allowed unsecured claims for domestic support obligations that, as of the date the petition was filed are assigned by a spouse, former spouse, child of the debtor, or such child's parent, legal guardian, or responsible relative to a governmental unit (unless such obligation is assigned voluntarily by the spouse, former spouse, child, parent, legal guardian, or responsible relative of the child for the purpose of collecting the debt) or are owed directly to or recoverable by a government unit under applicable nonbankruptcy law, on the condition that funds received under this paragraph by a governmental unit under this title after the date of filing of the petition be applied and distributed in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law.
- [Struck out->]
[ (1) First ][<-Struck out] (2) Second, administrative expenses allowed under section 503(b) of this title, and any fees and charges assessed against the estate under chapter 123 of title 28.- [Struck out->]
[ (2) Second ][<-Struck out] (3) Third, unsecured claims allowed under section 502(f) of this title.- [Struck out->]
[ (3) Third ][<-Struck out] (4) Fourth, allowed unsecured claims, but only to the extent of $4,000 for each individual or corporation, as the case may be, earned within 90 days before the date of the filing of the petition or the date of the cessation of the debtor's business, whichever occurs first, for--- (A) wages, salaries, or commissions, including vacation, severance, and sick leave pay earned by an individual; or
- (B) sales commissions earned by an individual or by a corporation with only 1 employee, acting as an independent contractor in the sale of goods or services for the debtor in the ordinary course of the debtor's business if, and only if, during the 12 months preceding that date, at least 75 percent of the amount that the individual or corporation earned by acting as an independent contractor in the sale of goods or services was earned from the debtor [Struck out->]
[ ; ][<-Struck out] .- [Struck out->]
[ (4) Fourth ][<-Struck out] (5) Fifth, allowed unsecured claims for contributions to an employee benefit plan--- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (5) Fifth ][<-Struck out] (6) Sixth, allowed unsecured claims of persons--- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (6) Sixth ][<-Struck out] (7) Seventh, allowed unsecured claims of individuals, to the extent of $1,800 for each such individual, arising from the deposit, before the commencement of the case, of money in connection with the purchase, lease, or rental of property, or the purchase of services, for the personal, family, or household use of such individuals, that were not delivered or provided.- [Struck out->]
[ (7) Seventh, allowed claims for debts to a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor, for alimony to, maintenance for, or support of such spouse or child, in connection with a separation agreement, divorce decree or other order of a court of record, determination made in accordance with State or territorial law by a governmental unit, or property settlement agreement, but not to the extent that such debt-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) is assigned to another entity, voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) includes a liability designated as alimony, maintenance, or support, unless such liability is actually in the nature of alimony, maintenance or support. ][<-Struck out]- (8) Eighth, allowed unsecured claims of governmental units, only to the extent that such claims are for--
- (A) a tax on or measured by income or gross receipts for a taxable year ending on or before the date of filing of the petition--
- (i) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) assessed within 240 days, plus any time plus 30 days during which an offer in compromise with respect to such tax that was made within 240 days after such assessment was pending, before the date of the filing of the petition; or ][<-Struck out]- (ii) assessed within 240 days before the date of the filing of the petition, exclusive of--
- (I) any time during which an offer in compromise with respect to that tax was pending or in effect during that 240-day period, plus 30 days; and
- (II) any time during which a stay of proceedings against collections was in effect in a prior case under this title during that 240-day period; plus 90 days.
* * * * * * *
- (B) a property tax [Struck out->]
[ assessed ][<-Struck out] incurred before the commencement of the case and last payable without penalty after one year before the date of the filing of the petition;* * * * * * *
- An otherwise applicable time period specified in this paragraph shall be suspended for (i) any period during which a governmental unit is prohibited under applicable nonbankruptcy law from collecting a tax as a result of a request by the debtor for a hearing and an appeal of any collection action taken or proposed against the debtor, plus 90 days; plus (ii) any time during which the stay of proceedings was in effect in a prior case under this title or during which collection was precluded by the existence of 1 or more confirmed plans under this title, plus 90 days.
* * * * * * *
- (10) Tenth, allowed claims for death or personal injuries resulting from the operation of a motor vehicle or vessel if such operation was unlawful because the debtor was intoxicated from using alcohol, a drug, or another substance.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 508. Effect of distribution other than under this title
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) If a creditor receives, in a foreign proceeding, payment of, or a transfer of property on account of, a claim that is allowed under this title, such creditor may not receive any payment under this title on account of such claim until each of the other holders of claims on account of which such holders are entitled to share equally with such creditor under this title has received payment under this title equal in value to the consideration received by such creditor in such foreign proceeding. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (b) ][<-Struck out] If a creditor of a partnership debtor receives, from a general partner that is not a debtor in a case under chapter 7 of this title, payment of, or a transfer of property on account of, a claim that is allowed under this title and that is not secured by a lien on property of such partner, such creditor may not receive any payment under this title on account of such claim until each of the other holders of claims on account of which such holders are entitled to share equally with such creditor under this title has received payment under this title equal in value to the consideration received by such creditor from such general partner.* * * * * * *
Sec. 511. Rate of interest on tax claims
- (a) If any provision of this title requires the payment of interest on a tax claim or on an administrative expense tax, or the payment of interest to enable a creditor to receive the present value of the allowed amount of a tax claim, the rate of interest shall be the rate determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law.
- (b) In the case of taxes paid under a confirmed plan under this title, the rate of interest shall be determined as of the calendar month in which the plan is confirmed.
SUBCHAPTER II--DEBTOR'S DUTIES AND BENEFITS
Sec. 521. Debtor's duties
- (a) The debtor shall--
- [Struck out->]
[ (1) file a list of creditors, and unless the court orders otherwise, a schedule of assets and liabilities, a schedule of current income and current expenditures, and a statement of the debtor's financial affairs; ][<-Struck out]- (1) file--
- (A) a list of creditors; and
- (B) unless the court orders otherwise--
- (i) a schedule of assets and liabilities;
- (ii) a schedule of current income and current expenditures;
- (iii) a statement of the debtor's financial affairs and, if applicable, a certificate--
- (I) of an attorney whose name is on the petition as the attorney for the debtor or any bankruptcy petition preparer signing the petition under section 110(b)(1) indicating that such attorney or bankruptcy petition preparer delivered to the debtor any notice required by section 342(b); or
- (II) if no attorney for the debtor is indicated and no bankruptcy petition preparer signed the petition, of the debtor that such notice was obtained and read by the debtor;
- (iv) copies of all payment advices or other evidence of payment, if any, received by the debtor from any employer of the debtor in the period 60 days before the filing of the petition;
- (v) a statement of the amount of monthly net income, itemized to show how the amount is calculated; and
- (vi) a statement disclosing any reasonably anticipated increase in income or expenditures over the 12-month period following the date of filing;
- (2) if an individual debtor's schedule of assets and liabilities includes [Struck out->]
[ consumer ][<-Struck out] debts which are secured by property of the estate--- (A) * * *
- (B) within [Struck out->]
[ forty-five days after the filing of a notice of intent under this section ][<-Struck out] 30 days after the first date set for the meeting of creditors under section 341(a) of this title, or within such additional time as the court, for cause, within such [Struck out->][ forty-five day ][<-Struck out] 30-day period fixes, the debtor shall perform his intention with respect to such property, as specified by subparagraph (A) of this paragraph; and- (C) nothing in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph shall alter the debtor's or the trustee's rights with regard to such property under this title, except as provided in section 362(h) of this title;
- (3) if a trustee is serving in the case or an auditor appointed under section 586(f) of title 28, cooperate with the trustee as necessary to enable the trustee to perform the trustee's duties under this title;
- (4) if a trustee is serving in the case or an auditor appointed under section 586(f) of title 28, surrender to the trustee all property of the estate and any recorded information, including books, documents, records, and papers, relating to property of the estate, whether or not immunity is granted under section 344 of this title [Struck out->]
[ , and ][<-Struck out] ;- (5) appear at the hearing required under section 524(d) of this title [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (6) in an individual case under chapter 7 of this title, not retain possession of personal property as to which a creditor has an allowed claim for the purchase price secured in whole or in part by an interest in that personal property unless, in the case of an individual debtor, the debtor, not later than 45 days after the first meeting of creditors under section 341(a), either--
- (A) enters into an agreement with the creditor pursuant to section 524(c) of this title with respect to the claim secured by such property; or
- (B) redeems such property from the security interest pursuant to section 722 of this title.
- If the debtor fails to so act within the 45-day period referred to in paragraph (6), the stay under section 362(a) of this title is terminated with respect to the personal property of the estate or of the debtor which is affected, such property shall no longer be property of the estate, and the creditor may take whatever action as to such property as is permitted by applicable nonbankruptcy law, unless the court determines on the motion of the trustee brought before the expiration of such 45-day period, and after notice and a hearing, that such property is of consequential value or benefit to the estate, orders appropriate adequate protection of the creditor's interest, and orders the debtor to deliver any collateral in the debtor's possession to the trustee.
- (b) In addition to the requirements under subsection (a), an individual debtor shall file with the court--
- (1) a certificate from the approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency that provided the debtor services under section 109(h) describing the services provided to the debtor; and
- (2) a copy of the debt repayment plan, if any, developed under section 109(h) through the approved nonprofit budget and credit counseling agency referred to in paragraph (1).
- (c) In addition to meeting the requirements under subsection (a), a debtor shall file with the court a record of any interest that a debtor has in an education individual retirement account (as defined in section 530(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) or under a qualified State tuition program (as defined in section 529(b)(1) of such Code).
- (d) If the debtor fails timely to take the action specified in subsection (a)(6) of this section, or in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 362(h) of this title, with respect to property which a lessor or bailor owns and has leased, rented, or bailed to the debtor or as to which a creditor holds a security interest not otherwise voidable under section 522(f), 544, 545, 547, 548, or 549 of this title, nothing in this title shall prevent or limit the operation of a provision in the underlying lease or agreement which has the effect of placing the debtor in default under such lease or agreement by reason of the occurrence, pendency, or existence of a proceeding under this title or the insolvency of the debtor. Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to justify limiting such a provision in any other circumstance.
- (e)(1) At any time, a creditor, in the case of an individual under chapter 7 or 13, may file with the court notice that the creditor requests the petition, schedules, and a statement of affairs filed by the debtor in the case, and the court shall make those documents available to the creditor who requests those documents.
- (2)(A) The debtor shall provide either a tax return or transcript at the election of the debtor, for the latest taxable period prior to filing for which a tax return has been or should have been filed, to the trustee, not later than 7 days before the date first set for the first meeting of creditors, or the case shall be dismissed, unless the debtor demonstrates that the failure to file a return as required is due to circumstances beyond the control of the debtor.
- (B) If a creditor has requested a tax return or transcript referred to in subparagraph (A), the debtor shall provide such tax return or transcript to the requesting creditor at the time the debtor provides the tax return or transcript to the trustee, or the case shall be dismissed, unless the debtor demonstrates that the debtor is unable to provide such information due to circumstances beyond the control of the debtor.
- (3)(A) At any time, a creditor in a case under chapter 13 may file with the court notice that the creditor requests the plan filed by the debtor in the case.
- (B) The court shall make such plan available to the creditor who request such plan--
- (i) at a reasonable cost; and
- (ii) not later than 5 days after such request.
- (f) An individual debtor in a case under chapter 7, 11, or 13 shall file with the court at the request of any party in interest--
- (1) at the time filed with the taxing authority, all tax returns required under applicable law, including any schedules or attachments, with respect to the period from the commencement of the case until such time as the case is closed;
- (2) at the time filed with the taxing authority, all tax returns required under applicable law, including any schedules or attachments, that were not filed with the taxing authority when the schedules under subsection (a)(1) were filed with respect to the period that is 3 years before the order of relief;
- (3) any amendments to any of the tax returns, including schedules or attachments, described in paragraph (1) or (2); and
- (4) in a case under chapter 13, a statement subject to the penalties of perjury by the debtor of the debtor's income and expenditures in the preceding tax year and monthly income, that shows how the amounts are calculated--
- (A) beginning on the date that is the later of 90 days after the close of the debtor's tax year or 1 year after the order for relief, unless a plan has been confirmed; and
- (B) thereafter, on or before the date that is 45 days before each anniversary of the confirmation of the plan until the case is closed.
- (g)(1) A statement referred to in subsection (f)(4) shall disclose--
- (A) the amount and sources of income of the debtor;
- (B) the identity of any person responsible with the debtor for the support of any dependent of the debtor; and
- (C) the identity of any person who contributed, and the amount contributed, to the household in which the debtor resides.
- (2) The tax returns, amendments, and statement of income and expenditures described in subsection (e)(2)(A) and subsection (f) shall be available to the United States trustee, any bankruptcy administrator, any trustee, and any party in interest for inspection and copying, subject to the requirements of subsection (h).
- (h)(1) Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001, the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts shall establish procedures for safeguarding the confidentiality of any tax information required to be provided under this section.
- (2) The procedures under paragraph (1) shall include restrictions on creditor access to tax information that is required to be provided under this section.
- (3) Not later than 1 year and 180 days after the date of enactment of the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001, the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts shall prepare and submit to Congress a report that--
- (A) assesses the effectiveness of the procedures under paragraph (1); and
- (B) if appropriate, includes proposed legislation to--
- (i) further protect the confidentiality of tax information; and
- (ii) provide penalties for the improper use by any person of the tax information required to be provided under this section.
- (i) If requested by the United States trustee or a trustee serving in the case, the debtor shall provide--
- (1) a document that establishes the identity of the debtor, including a driver's license, passport, or other document that contains a photograph of the debtor; and
- (2) such other personal identifying information relating to the debtor that establishes the identity of the debtor.
- (j)(1) Notwithstanding section 707(a), and subject to paragraph (2), if an individual debtor in a voluntary case under chapter 7 or 13 fails to file all of the information required under subsection (a)(1) within 45 days after the filing of the petition commencing the case, the case shall be automatically dismissed effective on the 46th day after the filing of the petition.
- (2) With respect to a case described in paragraph (1), any party in interest may request the court to enter an order dismissing the case. If requested, the court shall enter an order of dismissal not later than 5 days after such request.
- (3) Upon request of the debtor made within 45 days after the filing of the petition commencing a case described in paragraph (1), the court may allow the debtor an additional period of not to exceed 45 days to file the information required under subsection (a)(1) if the court finds justification for extending the period for the filing.
- (k)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, if the debtor fails to file a tax return that becomes due after the commencement of the case or to properly obtain an extension of the due date for filing such return, the taxing authority may request that the court enter an order converting or dismissing the case.
- (2) If the debtor does not file the required return or obtain the extension referred to in paragraph (1) within 90 days after a request is filed by the taxing authority under that paragraph, the court shall convert or dismiss the case, whichever is in the best interests of creditors and the estate.
Sec. 522. Exemptions
- (a) * * *
- (b)(1) Notwithstanding section 541 of this title, an individual debtor may exempt from property of the estate the property listed in either paragraph [Struck out->]
[ (1) ][<-Struck out] (2) or, in the alternative, paragraph [Struck out->][ (2) ][<-Struck out] (3) of this subsection. In joint cases filed under section 302 of this title and individual cases filed under section 301 or 303 of this title by or against debtors who are husband and wife, and whose estates are ordered to be jointly administered under Rule 1015(b) of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, one debtor may not elect to exempt property listed in paragraph [Struck out->][ (1) ][<-Struck out] (2) and the other debtor elect to exempt property listed in paragraph [Struck out->][ (2) ][<-Struck out] (3) of this subsection. If the parties cannot agree on the alternative to be elected, they shall be deemed to elect paragraph [Struck out->][ (1) ][<-Struck out] (2), where such election is permitted under the law of the jurisdiction where the case is filed. [Struck out->][ Such property is-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) property that is specified under subsection (d) of this section, unless the State law that is applicable to the debtor under paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection specifically does not so authorize; or, in the alternative, ][<-Struck out]- (2) Property listed in this paragraph is property that is specified under subsection (d), unless the State law that is applicable to the debtor under paragraph (3)(A) specifically does not so authorize.
- [Struck out->]
[ (2)(A) ][<-Struck out] (3) Property listed in this paragraph is--- (A) subject to subsections (o) and (p), any property that is exempt under Federal law, other than subsection (d) of this section, or State or local law that is applicable on the date of the filing of the petition at the place in which the debtor's domicile has been located for the [Struck out->]
[ 180 ][<-Struck out] 730 days immediately preceding the date of the filing of the petition [Struck out->][ , or for a longer portion of such 180-day period than in any other place ][<-Struck out] or if the debtor's domicile has not been located at a single State for such 730-day period, the place in which the debtor's domicile was located for 180 days immediately preceding the 730-day period or for a longer portion of such 180-day period than in any other place; [Struck out->][ and ][<-Struck out]- (B) any interest in property in which the debtor had, immediately before the commencement of the case, an interest as a tenant by the entirety or joint tenant to the extent that such interest as a tenant by the entirety or joint tenant is exempt from process under applicable nonbankruptcy law [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (C) retirement funds to the extent that those funds are in a fund or account that is exempt from taxation under section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
- (4) For purposes of paragraph (3)(C) and subsection (d)(12), the following shall apply:
- (A) If the retirement funds are in a retirement fund that has received a favorable determination under section 7805 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and that determination is in effect as of the date of the commencement of the case under section 301, 302, or 303 of this title, those funds shall be presumed to be exempt from the estate.
- (B) If the retirement funds are in a retirement fund that has not received a favorable determination under such section 7805, those funds are exempt from the estate if the debtor demonstrates that--
- (i) no prior determination to the contrary has been made by a court or the Internal Revenue Service; and
- (ii)(I) the retirement fund is in substantial compliance with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; or
- (II) the retirement fund fails to be in substantial compliance with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the debtor is not materially responsible for that failure.
- (C) A direct transfer of retirement funds from 1 fund or account that is exempt from taxation under section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, under section 401(a)(31) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or otherwise, shall not cease to qualify for exemption under paragraph (3)(C) or subsection (d)(12) by reason of that direct transfer.
- (D)(i) Any distribution that qualifies as an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of section 402(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or that is described in clause (ii) shall not cease to qualify for exemption under paragraph (3)(C) or subsection (d)(12) by reason of that distribution.
- (ii) A distribution described in this clause is an amount that--
- (I) has been distributed from a fund or account that is exempt from taxation under section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and
- (II) to the extent allowed by law, is deposited in such a fund or account not later than 60 days after the distribution of that amount.
- (c) Unless the case is dismissed, property exempted under this section is not liable during or after the case for any debt of the debtor that arose, or that is determined under section 502 of this title as if such debt had arisen, before the commencement of the case, except--
- [Struck out->]
[ (1) a debt of a kind specified in section 523(a)(1) or 523(a)(5) of this title; ][<-Struck out]- (1) a debt of a kind specified in paragraph (1) or (5) of section 523(a) (in which case, notwithstanding any provision of applicable nonbankruptcy law to the contrary, such property shall be liable for a debt of a kind specified in section 523(a)(5));
* * * * * * *
- (d) The following property may be exempted under subsection [Struck out->]
[ (b)(1) ][<-Struck out] (b)(2) of this section:- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (12) Retirement funds to the extent that those funds are in a fund or account that is exempt from taxation under section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
* * * * * * *
- (f)(1) Notwithstanding any waiver of exemptions but subject to paragraph (3), the debtor may avoid the fixing of a lien on an interest of the debtor in property to the extent that such lien impairs an exemption to which the debtor would have been entitled under subsection (b) of this section, if such lien is--
- (A) a judicial lien, other than a judicial lien that secures a debt [Struck out->]
[ -- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (i) to a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor, for alimony to, maintenance for, or support of such spouse or child, in connection with a separation agreement, divorce decree or other order of a court of record, determination made in accordance with State or territorial law by a governmental unit, or property settlement agreement; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) to the extent that such debt-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (I) is not assigned to another entity, voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (II) includes a liability designated as alimony, maintenance, or support, unless such liability is actually in the nature of alimony, maintenance or support.; or ][<-Struck out] of a kind that is specified in section 523(a)(5); or* * * * * * *
- (4)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), for purposes of paragraph (1)(B), the term `household goods' means--
- (i) clothing;
- (ii) furniture;
- (iii) appliances;
- (iv) 1 radio;
- (v) 1 television;
- (vi) 1 VCR;
- (vii) linens;
- (viii) china;
- (ix) crockery;
- (x) kitchenware;
- (xi) educational materials and educational equipment primarily for the use of minor dependent children of the debtor, but only 1 personal computer only if used primarily for the education or entertainment of such minor children;
- (xii) medical equipment and supplies;
- (xiii) furniture exclusively for the use of minor children, or elderly or disabled dependents of the debtor; and
- (xiv) personal effects (including the toys and hobby equipment of minor dependent children and wedding rings) of the debtor and the dependents of the debtor.
- (B) The term `household goods' does not include--
- (i) works of art (unless by or of the debtor or the dependents of the debtor);
- (ii) electronic entertainment equipment (except 1 television, 1 radio, and 1 VCR);
- (iii) items acquired as antiques;
- (iv) jewelry (except wedding rings); and
- (v) a computer (except as otherwise provided for in this section), motor vehicle (including a tractor or lawn tractor), boat, or a motorized recreational device, conveyance, vehicle, watercraft, or aircraft.
- (g) Notwithstanding sections 550 and 551 of this title, the debtor may exempt under subsection (b) of this section property that the trustee recovers under section 510(c)(2), 542, 543, 550, 551, or 553 of this title, to the extent that the debtor could have exempted such property under subsection (b) of this section if such property had not been transferred, if--
- (1) * * *
- (2) the debtor could have avoided such transfer under subsection [Struck out->]
[ (f)(2) ][<-Struck out] (f)(1)(B) of this section.* * * * * * *
- (n) For assets in individual retirement accounts described in section 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, other than a simplified employee pension under section 408(k) of that Code or a simple retirement account under section 408(p) of that Code, the aggregate value of such assets exempted under this section, without regard to amounts attributable to rollover contributions under section 402(c), 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(a)(5), and 403(b)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and earnings thereon, shall not exceed $1,000,000 (which amount shall be adjusted as provided in section 104 of this title) in a case filed by an individual debtor, except that such amount may be increased if the interests of justice so require.
- (o) For purposes of subsection (b)(3)(A), and notwithstanding subsection (a), the value of an interest in--
- (1) real or personal property that the debtor or a dependent of the debtor uses as a residence;
- (2) a cooperative that owns property that the debtor or a dependent of the debtor uses as a residence; or
- (3) a burial plot for the debtor or a dependent of the debtor;
- shall be reduced to the extent that such value is attributable to any portion of any property that the debtor disposed of in the 7-year period ending on the date of the filing of the petition with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud a creditor and that the debtor could not exempt, or that portion that the debtor could not exempt, under subsection (b), if on such date the debtor had held the property so disposed of.
- (p)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection and sections 544 and 548 of this title, as a result of electing under subsection (b)(3)(A) to exempt property under State or local law, a debtor may not exempt any amount of interest that was acquired by the debtor during the 2-year period preceding the filing of the petition which exceeds in the aggregate $100,000 in value in--
- (A) real or personal property that the debtor or a dependent of the debtor uses as a residence;
- (B) a cooperative that owns property that the debtor or a dependent of the debtor uses as a residence; or
- (C) a burial plot for the debtor or a dependent of the debtor.
- (2)(A) The limitation under paragraph (1) shall not apply to an exemption claimed under subsection (b)(3)(A) by a family farmer for the principal residence of that farmer.
- (B) For purposes of paragraph (1), any amount of such interest does not include any interest transferred from a debtor's previous principal residence (which was acquired prior to the beginning of the 2-year period) into the debtor's current principal residence, where the debtor's previous and current residences are located in the same State.
Sec. 523. Exceptions to discharge
- (a) A discharge under section 727, 1141, 1228(a), 1228(b), or 1328(b) of this title does not discharge an individual debtor from any debt--
- (1) for a tax or a customs duty--
- (A) * * *
- (B) with respect to which a return, or equivalent report or notice, if required--
- (i) was not filed or given; or
- (ii) was filed or given after the date on which such return, report, or notice was last due, under applicable law or under any extension, and after two years before the date of the filing of the petition; or
* * * * * * *
- (2) for money, property, services, or an extension, renewal, or refinancing of credit, to the extent obtained by--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (C) for purposes of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, consumer debts owed to a single creditor and aggregating more than $1,000 for `luxury goods or services' incurred by an individual debtor on or within 60 days before the order for relief under this title, or cash advances aggregating more than $1,000 that are extensions of consumer credit under an open end credit plan obtained by an individual debtor on or within 60 days before the order for relief under this title, are presumed to be nondischargeable; `luxury goods or services' do not include goods or services reasonably acquired for the support or maintenance of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor; an extension of consumer credit under an open end credit plan is to be defined for purposes of this subparagraph as it is defined in the Consumer Credit Protection Act; ][<-Struck out]- (C)(i) for purposes of subparagraph (A)--
- (I) consumer debts owed to a single creditor and aggregating more than $250 for luxury goods or services incurred by an individual debtor on or within 90 days before the order for relief under this title are presumed to be nondischargeable; and
- (II) cash advances aggregating more than $750 that are extensions of consumer credit under an open end credit plan obtained by an individual debtor on or within 70 days before the order for relief under this title, are presumed to be nondischargeable; and
- (ii) for purposes of this subparagraph--
- (I) the term `extension of credit under an open end credit plan' means an extension of credit under an open end credit plan, within the meaning of the Consumer Credit Protection Act (15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.);
- (II) the term `open end credit plan' has the meaning given that term under section 103 of Consumer Credit Protection Act (15 U.S.C. 1602); and
- (III) the term `luxury goods or services' does not include goods or services reasonably necessary for the support or maintenance of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor.
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (5) to a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor, for alimony to, maintenance for, or support of such spouse or child, in connection with a separation agreement, divorce decree or other order of a court of record, determination made in accordance with State or territorial law by a governmental unit, or property settlement agreement, but not to the extent that-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) such debt is assigned to another entity, voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise (other than debts assigned pursuant to section 408(a)(3) of the Social Security Act, or any such debt which has been assigned to the Federal Government or to a State or any political subdivision of such State); or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) such debt includes a liability designated as alimony, maintenance, or support, unless such liability is actually in the nature of alimony, maintenance, or support; ][<-Struck out]- (5) for a domestic support obligation;
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (8) for an educational benefit overpayment or loan made, insured or guaranteed by a governmental unit, or made under any program funded in whole or in part by a governmental unit or nonprofit institution, or for an obligation to repay funds received as an educational benefit, scholarship or stipend, unless excepting such debt from discharge under this paragraph will impose an undue hardship on the debtor and the debtor's dependents; ][<-Struck out]- (8) unless excepting such debt from discharge under this paragraph would impose an undue hardship on the debtor and the debtor's dependents, for--
- (A)(i) an educational benefit overpayment or loan made, insured, or guaranteed by a governmental unit, or made under any program funded in whole or in part by a governmental unit or nonprofit institution; or
- (ii) an obligation to repay funds received as an educational benefit, scholarship, or stipend; or
- (B) any other educational loan that is a qualified education loan, as that term is defined in section 221(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, incurred by an individual debtor;
- (9) for death or personal injury caused by the debtor's no, operation of a motor vehicle, vessel, or aircraft if such operation was unlawful because the debtor was intoxicated from using alcohol, a drug, or another substance;
* * * * * * *
- (14A) incurred to pay a tax to a governmental unit, other than the United States, that would be nondischargeable under paragraph (1);
- (15) not of the kind described in paragraph (5) that is incurred by the debtor in the course of a divorce or separation or in connection with a separation agreement, divorce decree or other order of a court of record, a determination made in accordance with State or territorial law by a governmental unit unless--
- (A) the debtor does not have the ability to pay such debt from income or property of the debtor not reasonably necessary to be expended for the maintenance or support of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor and, if the debtor is engaged in a business, for the payment of expenditures necessary for the continuation, preservation, and operation of such business; or
- (B) discharging such debt would result in a benefit to the debtor that outweighs the detrimental consequences to a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor;
- (16) for a fee or assessment that becomes due and payable after the order for relief to a membership association with respect to the debtor's interest in a [Struck out->]
[ dwelling ][<-Struck out] unit that has condominium [Struck out->][ ownership or ][<-Struck out] ownership, in a share of a cooperative [Struck out->][ housing ][<-Struck out] corporation, [Struck out->][ but only if such fee or assessment is payable for a period during which-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) the debtor physically occupied a dwelling unit in the condominium or cooperative project; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) the debtor rented the dwelling unit to a tenant and received payments from the tenant for such period ][<-Struck out] or a lot in a homeowners association, for as long as the debtor or the trustee has a legal, equitable, or possessory ownership interest in such unit, such corporation, or such lot,,- but nothing in this paragraph shall except from discharge the debt of a debtor for a membership association fee or assessment for a period arising before entry of the order for relief in a pending or subsequent bankruptcy case;
- (17) for a fee imposed [Struck out->]
[ by a court ][<-Struck out] on a prisoner by any court for the filing of a case, motion, complaint, or appeal, or for other costs and expenses assessed with respect to such filing, regardless of an assertion of poverty by the debtor under [Struck out->][ section 1915(b) or (f) ][<-Struck out] subsection (b) or (f)(2) of section 1915 of title 28 (or a similar non-Federal law), or the debtor's status as a prisoner, as defined in section 1915(h) of title 28 (or a similar non-Federal law); or- [Struck out->]
[ (18) owed under State law to a State or municipality that is-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) in the nature of support, and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) enforceable under part D of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.). ][<-Struck out]- (18) owed to a pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, or other plan established under section 401, 403, 408, 408A, 414, 457, or 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, under--
- (A) a loan permitted under section 408(b)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or subject to section 72(p) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; or
- (B) a loan from the thrift savings plan described in subchapter III of chapter 84 of title 5, that satisfies the requirements of section 8433(g) of such title.
- Nothing in paragraph (18) may be construed to provide that any loan made under a governmental plan under section 414(d), or a contract or account under section 403(b), of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 constitutes a claim or a debt under this title.
- For purposes of this subsection, the term `return' means a return that satisfies the requirements of applicable nonbankruptcy law (including applicable filing requirements). Such term includes a return prepared pursuant to section 6020(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or similar State or local law, or a written stipulation to a judgment or a final order entered by a nonbankruptcy tribunal, but does not include a return made pursuant to section 6020(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a similar State or local law.
* * * * * * *
- (c)(1) Except as provided in subsection (a)(3)(B) of this section, the debtor shall be discharged from a debt of a kind specified in paragraph (2), (4), [Struck out->]
[ (6), or (15) ][<-Struck out] or (6) of subsection (a) of this section, unless, on request of the creditor to whom such debt is owed, and after notice and a hearing, the court determines such debt to be excepted from discharge under paragraph (2), (4), [Struck out->][ (6), or (15) ][<-Struck out] or (6), as the case may be, of subsection (a) of this section.* * * * * * *
- (e) Any institution-affiliated party of [Struck out->]
[ a ][<-Struck out] an insured depository institution shall be considered to be acting in a fiduciary capacity with respect to the purposes of subsection (a)(4) or (11).- [Struck out->]
[ (15) not of the kind described in paragraph (5) that is incurred by the debtor in the course of a divorce or separation or in connection with a separation agreement, divorce decree or other order of a court of record, a determination made in accordance with State or territorial law by a governmental unit unless-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) the debtor does not have the ability to pay such debt from income or property of the debtor not reasonably necessary to be expended for the maintenance or support of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor and, if the debtor is engaged in a business, for the payment of expenditures necessary for the continuation, preservation, and operation of such business; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) discharging such debt would result in a benefit to the debtor that outweighs the detrimental consequences to a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor; ][<-Struck out]Sec. 524. Effect of discharge
- (a) A discharge in a case under this title--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (3) operates as an injunction against the commencement or continuation of an action, the employment of process, or an act, to collect or recover from, or offset against, property of the debtor of the kind specified in section 541(a)(2) of this title that is acquired after the commencement of the case, on account of any allowable community claim, except a community claim that is excepted from discharge under [Struck out->]
[ section 523, 1228(a)(1), or 1328(a)(1) of this title, or that ][<-Struck out] section 523, 1228(a)(1), or 1328(a)(1), or that would be so excepted, determined in accordance with the provisions of sections 523(c) and 523(d) of this title, in a case concerning the debtor's spouse commenced on the date of the filing of the petition in the case concerning the debtor, whether or not discharge of the debt based on such community claim is waived.* * * * * * *
- (c) An agreement between a holder of a claim and the debtor, the consideration for which, in whole or in part, is based on a debt that is dischargeable in a case under this title is enforceable only to any extent enforceable under applicable nonbankruptcy law, whether or not discharge of such debt is waived, only if--
- (1) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (2)(A) such agreement contains a clear and conspicuous statement which advises the debtor that the agreement may be rescinded at any time prior to discharge or within sixty days after such agreement is filed with the court, whichever occurs later, by giving notice of rescission to the holder of such claim; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) such agreement contains a clear and conspicuous statement which advises the debtor that such agreement is not required under this title, under nonbankruptcy law, or under any agreement not in accordance with the provisions of this subsection; ][<-Struck out]- (2) the debtor received the disclosures described in subsection (k) at or before the time at which the debtor signed the agreement;
* * * * * * *
- (i) The willful failure of a creditor to credit payments received under a plan confirmed under this title (including a plan of reorganization confirmed under chapter 11 of this title), unless the plan is dismissed, in default, or the creditor has not received payments required to be made under the plan in the manner required by the plan (including crediting the amounts required under the plan), shall constitute a violation of an injunction under subsection (a)(2) if the act of the creditor to collect and failure to credit payments in the manner required by the plan caused material injury to the debtor.
- (j) Subsection (a)(2) does not operate as an injunction against an act by a creditor that is the holder of a secured claim, if--
- (1) such creditor retains a security interest in real property that is the principal residence of the debtor;
- (2) such act is in the ordinary course of business between the creditor and the debtor; and
- (3) such act is limited to seeking or obtaining periodic payments associated with a valid security interest in lieu of pursuit of in rem relief to enforce the lien.
- (k)(1) The disclosures required under subsection (c)(2) shall consist of the disclosure statement described in paragraph (3), completed as required in that paragraph, together with the agreement, statement, declaration, motion and order described, respectively, in paragraphs (4) through (8), and shall be the only disclosures required in connection with the reaffirmation.
- (2) Disclosures made under paragraph (1) shall be made clearly and conspicuously and in writing. The terms `Amount Reaffirmed' and `Annual Percentage Rate' shall be disclosed more conspicuously than other terms, data or information provided in connection with this disclosure, except that the phrases `Before agreeing to reaffirm a debt, review these important disclosures' and `Summary of Reaffirmation Agreement' may be equally conspicuous. Disclosures may be made in a different order and may use terminology different from that set forth in paragraphs (2) through (8), except that the terms `Amount Reaffirmed' and `Annual Percentage Rate' must be used where indicated.
- (3) The disclosure statement required under this paragraph shall consist of the following:
- (A) The statement: `Part A: Before agreeing to reaffirm a debt, review these important disclosures:';
- (B) Under the heading `Summary of Reaffirmation Agreement', the statement: `This Summary is made pursuant to the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code';
- (C) The `Amount Reaffirmed', using that term, which shall be--
- (i) the total amount which the debtor agrees to reaffirm, and
- (ii) the total of any other fees or cost accrued as of the date of the disclosure statement.
- (D) In conjunction with the disclosure of the `Amount Reaffirmed', the statements--
- (i) `The amount of debt you have agreed to reaffirm'; and
- (ii) `Your credit agreement may obligate you to pay additional amounts which may come due after the date of this disclosure. Consult your credit agreement.'.
- (E) The `Annual Percentage Rate', using that term, which shall be disclosed as--
- (i) if, at the time the petition is filed, the debt is open end credit as defined under the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.), then--
- (I) the annual percentage rate determined under paragraphs (5) and (6) of section 127(b) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1637(b)(5) and (6)), as applicable, as disclosed to the debtor in the most recent periodic statement prior to the agreement or, if no such periodic statement has been provided the debtor during the prior 6 months, the annual percentage rate as it would have been so disclosed at the time the disclosure statement is given the debtor, or to the extent this annual percentage rate is not readily available or not applicable, then
- (II) the simple interest rate applicable to the amount reaffirmed as of the date the disclosure statement is given to the debtor, or if different simple interest rates apply to different balances, the simple interest rate applicable to each such balance, identifying the amount of each such balance included in the amount reaffirmed, or
- (III) if the entity making the disclosure elects, to disclose the annual percentage rate under subclause (I) and the simple interest rate under subclause (II);
- (ii) if, at the time the petition is filed, the debt is closed end credit as defined under the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.), then--
- (I) the annual percentage rate under section 128(a)(4) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1638(a)(4)), as disclosed to the debtor in the most recent disclosure statement given the debtor prior to the reaffirmation agreement with respect to the debt, or, if no such disclosure statement was provided the debtor, the annual percentage rate as it would have been so disclosed at the time the disclosure statement is given the debtor, or to the extent this annual percentage rate is not readily available or not applicable, then
- (II) the simple interest rate applicable to the amount reaffirmed as of the date the disclosure statement is given the debtor, or if different simple interest rates apply to different balances, the simple interest rate applicable to each such balance, identifying the amount of such balance included in the amount reaffirmed, or
- (III) if the entity making the disclosure elects, to disclose the annual percentage rate under (I) and the simple interest rate under (II).
- (F) If the underlying debt transaction was disclosed as a variable rate transaction on the most recent disclosure given under the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.), by stating `The interest rate on your loan may be a variable interest rate which changes from time to time, so that the annual percentage rate disclosed here may be higher or lower.'.
- (G) If the debt is secured by a security interest which has not been waived in whole or in part or determined to be void by a final order of the court at the time of the disclosure, by disclosing that a security interest or lien in goods or property is asserted over some or all of the obligations you are reaffirming and listing the items and their original purchase price that are subject to the asserted security interest, or if not a purchase-money security interest then listing by items or types and the original amount of the loan.
- (H) At the election of the creditor, a statement of the repayment schedule using 1 or a combination of the following--
- (i) by making the statement: `Your first payment in the amount of $XXX is due on XXX but the future payment amount may be different. Consult your reaffirmation or credit agreement, as applicable.', and stating the amount of the first payment and the due date of that payment in the places provided;
- (ii) by making the statement: `Your payment schedule will be:', and describing the repayment schedule with the number, amount and due dates or period of payments scheduled to repay the obligations reaffirmed to the extent then known by the disclosing party; or
- (iii) by describing the debtor's repayment obligations with reasonable specificity to the extent then known by the disclosing party.
- (I) The following statement: `Note: When this disclosure refers to what a creditor `may' do, it does not use the word `may' to give the creditor specific permission. The word `may' is used to tell you what might occur if the law permits the creditor to take the action. If you have questions about your reaffirmation or what the law requires, talk to the attorney who helped you negotiate this agreement. If you don't have an attorney helping you, the judge will explain the effect of your reaffirmation when the reaffirmation hearing is held.'.
- (J)(i) The following additional statements:
- `Reaffirming a debt is a serious financial decision. The law requires you to take certain steps to make sure the decision is in your best interest. If these steps are not completed, the reaffirmation agreement is not effective, even though you have signed it.
- `1. Read the disclosures in this Part A carefully. Consider the decision to reaffirm carefully. Then, if you want to reaffirm, sign the reaffirmation agreement in Part B (or you may use a separate agreement you and your creditor agree on).
- `2. Complete and sign Part D and be sure you can afford to make the payments you are agreeing to make and have received a copy of the disclosure statement and a completed and signed reaffirmation agreement.
- `3. If you were represented by an attorney during the negotiation of the reaffirmation agreement, the attorney must have signed the certification in Part C.
- `4. If you were not represented by an attorney during the negotiation of the reaffirmation agreement, you must have completed and signed Part E.
- `5. The original of this disclosure must be filed with the court by you or your creditor. If a separate reaffirmation agreement (other than the one in Part B) has been signed, it must be attached.
- `6. If you were represented by an attorney during the negotiation of the reaffirmation agreement, your reaffirmation agreement becomes effective upon filing with the court unless the reaffirmation is presumed to be an undue hardship as explained in Part D.
- `7. If you were not represented by an attorney during the negotiation of the reaffirmation agreement, it will not be effective unless the court approves it. The court will notify you of the hearing on your reaffirmation agreement. You must attend this hearing in bankruptcy court where the judge will review your agreement. The bankruptcy court must approve the agreement as consistent with your best interests, except that no court approval is required if the agreement is for a consumer debt secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, security deed or other lien on your real property, like your home.
- `Your right to rescind a reaffirmation. You may rescind (cancel) your reaffirmation at any time before the bankruptcy court enters a discharge order or within 60 days after the agreement is filed with the court, whichever is longer. To rescind or cancel, you must notify the creditor that the agreement is canceled.
- `What are your obligations if you reaffirm the debt? A reaffirmed debt remains your personal legal obligation. It is not discharged in your bankruptcy. That means that if you default on your reaffirmed debt after your bankruptcy is over, your creditor may be able to take your property or your wages. Otherwise, your obligations will be determined by the reaffirmation agreement which may have changed the terms of the original agreement. For example, if you are reaffirming an open end credit agreement, the creditor may be permitted by that agreement or applicable law to change the terms of the agreement in the future under certain conditions.
- `Are you required to enter into a reaffirmation agreement by any law? No, you are not required to reaffirm a debt by any law. Only agree to reaffirm a debt if it is in your best interest. Be sure you can afford the payments you agree to make.
- `What if your creditor has a security interest or lien? Your bankruptcy discharge does not eliminate any lien on your property. A `lien' is often referred to as a security interest, deed of trust, mortgage or security deed. Even if you do not reaffirm and your personal liability on the debt is discharged, because of the lien your creditor may still have the right to take the security property if you do not pay the debt or default on it. If the lien is on an item of personal property that is exempt under your State's law or that the trustee has abandoned, you may be able to redeem the item rather than reaffirm the debt. To redeem, you make a single payment to the creditor equal to the current value of the security property, as agreed by the parties or determined by the court.'.
- (ii) In the case of a reaffirmation under subsection (m)(2), numbered paragraph 6 in the disclosures required by clause (i) of this subparagraph shall read as follows:
- `6. If you were represented by an attorney during the negotiation of the reaffirmation agreement, your reaffirmation agreement becomes effective upon filing with the court.'.
- (4) The form of reaffirmation agreement required under this paragraph shall consist of the following:
- `Part B: Reaffirmation Agreement. I/we agree to reaffirm the obligations arising under the credit agreement described below.
- `Brief description of credit agreement:
- `Description of any changes to the credit agreement made as part of this reaffirmation agreement:
- `Signature: Date:
- `Borrower:
- `Co-borrower, if also reaffirming:
- `Accepted by creditor:
- `Date of creditor acceptance:'.
- (5)(A) The declaration shall consist of the following:
- `Part C: Certification by Debtor's Attorney (If Any).
- `I hereby certify that (1) this agreement represents a fully informed and voluntary agreement by the debtor(s); (2) this agreement does not impose an undue hardship on the debtor or any dependent of the debtor; and (3) I have fully advised the debtor of the legal effect and consequences of this agreement and any default under this agreement.
- `Signature of Debtor's Attorney: Date:'.
- (B) In the case of reaffirmations in which a presumption of undue hardship has been established, the certification shall state that in the opinion of the attorney, the debtor is able to make the payment.
- (C) In the case of a reaffirmation agreement under subsection (m)(2), subparagraph (B) is not applicable.
- (6)(A) The statement in support of reaffirmation agreement, which the debtor shall sign and date prior to filing with the court, shall consist of the following:
- `Part D: Debtor's Statement in Support of Reaffirmation Agreement.
- `1. I believe this agreement will not impose an undue hardship on my dependents or me. I can afford to make the payments on the reaffirmed debt because my monthly income (take home pay plus any other income received) is $XXX, and my actual current monthly expenses including monthly payments on post-bankruptcy debt and other reaffirmation agreements total $XXX, leaving $XXX to make the required payments on this reaffirmed debt. I understand that if my income less my monthly expenses does not leave enough to make the payments, this reaffirmation agreement is presumed to be an undue hardship on me and must be reviewed by the court. However, this presumption may be overcome if I explain to the satisfaction of the court how I can afford to make the payments here: XXX.
- `2. I received a copy of the Reaffirmation Disclosure Statement in Part A and a completed and signed reaffirmation agreement.'.
- (B) Where the debtor is represented by counsel and is reaffirming a debt owed to a creditor defined in section 19(b)(1)(A)(iv) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)(iv)), the statement of support of the reaffirmation agreement, which the debtor shall sign and date prior to filing with the court, shall consist of the following:
- `I believe this agreement is in my financial interest. I can afford to make the payments on the reaffirmed debt. I received a copy of the Reaffirmation Disclosure Statement in Part A and a completed and signed reaffirmation agreement.'
- (7) The motion, which may be used if approval of the agreement by the court is required in order for it to be effective and shall be signed and dated by the moving party, shall consist of the following:
- `Part E: Motion for Court Approval (To be completed only where debtor is not represented by an attorney.). I (we), the debtor, affirm the following to be true and correct:
- `I am not represented by an attorney in connection with this reaffirmation agreement.
- `I believe this agreement is in my best interest based on the income and expenses I have disclosed in my Statement in Support of this reaffirmation agreement above, and because (provide any additional relevant reasons the court should consider):
- `Therefore, I ask the court for an order approving this reaffirmation agreement.'.
- (8) The court order, which may be used to approve a reaffirmation, shall consist of the following:
- `Court Order: The court grants the debtor's motion and approves the reaffirmation agreement described above.'.
- (9) Subsection (a)(2) does not operate as an injunction against an act by a creditor that is the holder of a secured claim, if--
- (A) such creditor retains a security interest in real property that is the debtor's principal residence;
- (B) such act is in the ordinary course of business between the creditor and the debtor; and
- (C) such act is limited to seeking or obtaining periodic payments associated with a valid security interest in lieu of pursuit of in rem relief to enforce the lien.
- (l) Notwithstanding any other provision of this title:
- (1) A creditor may accept payments from a debtor before and after the filing of a reaffirmation agreement with the court.
- (2) A creditor may accept payments from a debtor under a reaffirmation agreement which the creditor believes in good faith to be effective.
- (3) The requirements of subsections (c)(2) and (k) shall be satisfied if disclosures required under those subsections are given in good faith.
- (m)(1) Until 60 days after a reaffirmation agreement is filed with the court (or such additional period as the court, after notice and hearing and for cause, orders before the expiration of such period), it shall be presumed that the reaffirmation agreement is an undue hardship on the debtor if the debtor's monthly income less the debtor's monthly expenses as shown on the debtor's completed and signed statement in support of the reaffirmation agreement required under subsection (k)(6)(A) is less than the scheduled payments on the reaffirmed debt. This presumption shall be reviewed by the court. The presumption may be rebutted in writing by the debtor if the statement includes an explanation which identifies additional sources of funds to make the payments as agreed upon under the terms of the reaffirmation agreement. If the presumption is not rebutted to the satisfaction of the court, the court may disapprove the agreement. No agreement shall be disapproved without notice and hearing to the debtor and creditor and such hearing shall be concluded before the entry of the debtor's discharge.
- (2) This subsection does not apply to reaffirmation agreements where the creditor is a credit union, as defined in section 19(b)(1)(A)(iv) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)(iv)).
Sec. 525. Protection against discriminatory treatment
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c)(1) A governmental unit that operates a student grant or loan program and a person engaged in a business that includes the making of loans guaranteed or insured under a student loan program may not deny a student grant, loan, loan guarantee, or loan insurance to a person that is or has been a debtor under this title or a bankrupt or debtor under the Bankruptcy Act, or another person with whom the debtor or bankrupt has been associated, because the debtor or bankrupt is or has been a debtor under this title or a bankrupt or debtor under the Bankruptcy Act, has been insolvent before the commencement of a case under this title or during the pendency of the case but before the debtor is granted or denied a discharge, or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the case under this title or that was discharged under the Bankruptcy Act.
- (2) In this section, `student loan program' means [Struck out->]
[ the program operated under part B, D, or E of ][<-Struck out] any program operated under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 or a similar program operated under State or local law.Sec. 526. Restrictions on debt relief agencies
- (a) A debt relief agency shall not--
- (1) fail to perform any service that such agency informed an assisted person or prospective assisted person it would provide in connection with a case or proceeding under this title;
- (2) make any statement, or counsel or advise any assisted person or prospective assisted person to make a statement in a document filed in a case or proceeding under this title, that is untrue and misleading, or that upon the exercise of reasonable care, should have been known by such agency to be untrue or misleading;
- (3) misrepresent to any assisted person or prospective assisted person, directly or indirectly, affirmatively or by material omission, with respect to--
- (i) the services that such agency will provide to such person; or
- (ii) the benefits and risks that may result if such person becomes a debtor in a case under this title; or
- (4) advise an assisted person or prospective assisted person to incur more debt in contemplation of such person filing a case under this title or to pay an attorney or bankruptcy petition preparer fee or charge for services performed as part of preparing for or representing a debtor in a case under this title.
- (b) Any waiver by any assisted person of any protection or right provided under this section shall not be enforceable against the debtor by any Federal or State court or any other person, but may be enforced against a debt relief agency.
- (c)(1) Any contract for bankruptcy assistance between a debt relief agency and an assisted person that does not comply with the material requirements of this section, section 527, or section 528 shall be void and may not be enforced by any Federal or State court or by any other person, other than such assisted person.
- (2) Any debt relief agency shall be liable to an assisted person in the amount of any fees or charges in connection with providing bankruptcy assistance to such person that such debt relief agency has received, for actual damages, and for reasonable attorneys' fees and costs if such agency is found, after notice and hearing, to have--
- (A) intentionally or negligently failed to comply with any provision of this section, section 527, or section 528 with respect to a case or proceeding under this title for such assisted person;
- (B) provided bankruptcy assistance to an assisted person in a case or proceeding under this title that is dismissed or converted to a case under another chapter of this title because of such agency's intentional or negligent failure to file any required document including those specified in section 521; or
- (C) intentionally or negligently disregarded the material requirements of this title or the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure applicable to such agency.
- (3) In addition to such other remedies as are provided under State law, whenever the chief law enforcement officer of a State, or an official or agency designated by a State, has reason to believe that any person has violated or is violating this section, the State--
- (A) may bring an action to enjoin such violation;
- (B) may bring an action on behalf of its residents to recover the actual damages of assisted persons arising from such violation, including any liability under paragraph (2); and
- (C) in the case of any successful action under subparagraph (A) or (B), shall be awarded the costs of the action and reasonable attorney fees as determined by the court.
- (4) The United States District Court for any district located in the State shall have concurrent jurisdiction of any action under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (3).
- (5) Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal law and in addition to any other remedy provided under Federal or State law, if the court, on its own motion or on motion of the United States trustee or the debtor, finds that a person intentionally violated this section, or engaged in a clear and consistent pattern or practice of violating this section, the court may--
- (A) enjoin the violation of such section; or
- (B) impose an appropriate civil penalty against such person.
- (d) No provision of this section, section 527, or section 528 shall--
- (1) annul, alter, affect, or exempt any person subject to such sections from complying with any law of any State except to the extent that such law is inconsistent with those sections, and then only to the extent of the inconsistency; or
- (2) be deemed to limit or curtail the authority or ability--
- (A) of a State or subdivision or instrumentality thereof, to determine and enforce qualifications for the practice of law under the laws of that State; or
- (B) of a Federal court to determine and enforce the qualifications for the practice of law before that court.
Sec. 527. Disclosures
- (a) A debt relief agency providing bankruptcy assistance to an assisted person shall provide--
- (1) the written notice required under section 342(b)(1) of this title; and
- (2) to the extent not covered in the written notice described in paragraph (1), and not later than 3 business days after the first date on which a debt relief agency first offers to provide any bankruptcy assistance services to an assisted person, a clear and conspicuous written notice advising assisted persons that--
- (A) all information that the assisted person is required to provide with a petition and thereafter during a case under this title is required to be complete, accurate, and truthful;
- (B) all assets and all liabilities are required to be completely and accurately disclosed in the documents filed to commence the case, and the replacement value of each asset as defined in section 506 of this title must be stated in those documents where requested after reasonable inquiry to establish such value;
- (C) current monthly income, the amounts specified in section 707(b)(2), and, in a case under chapter 13, disposable income (determined in accordance with section 707(b)(2)), are required to be stated after reasonable inquiry; and
- (D) information that an assisted person provides during their case may be audited pursuant to this title, and that failure to provide such information may result in dismissal of the proceeding under this title or other sanction including, in some instances, criminal sanctions.
- (b) A debt relief agency providing bankruptcy assistance to an assisted person shall provide each assisted person at the same time as the notices required under subsection (a)(1) with the following statement, to the extent applicable, or one substantially similar. The statement shall be clear and conspicuous and shall be in a single document separate from other documents or notices provided to the assisted person:
- `IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BANKRUPTCY ASSISTANCE SERVICES FROM AN ATTORNEY OR BANKRUPTCY PETITION PREPARER.
- `If you decide to seek bankruptcy relief, you can represent yourself, you can hire an attorney to represent you, or you can get help in some localities from a bankruptcy petition preparer who is not an attorney. THE LAW REQUIRES AN ATTORNEY OR BANKRUPTCY PETITION PREPARER TO GIVE YOU A WRITTEN CONTRACT SPECIFYING WHAT THE ATTORNEY OR BANKRUPTCY PETITION PREPARER WILL DO FOR YOU AND HOW MUCH IT WILL COST. Ask to see the contract before you hire anyone.
- `The following information helps you understand what must be done in a routine bankruptcy case to help you evaluate how much service you need. Although bankruptcy can be complex, many cases are routine.
- `Before filing a bankruptcy case, either you or your attorney should analyze your eligibility for different forms of debt relief made available by the Bankruptcy Code and which form of relief is most likely to be beneficial for you. Be sure you understand the relief you can obtain and its limitations. To file a bankruptcy case, documents called a Petition, Schedules and Statement of Financial Affairs, as well as in some cases a Statement of Intention need to be prepared correctly and filed with the bankruptcy court. You will have to pay a filing fee to the bankruptcy court. Once your case starts, you will have to attend the required first meeting of creditors where you may be questioned by a court official called a `trustee' and by creditors.
- `If you choose to file a chapter 7 case, you may be asked by a creditor to reaffirm a debt. You may want help deciding whether to do so and a creditor is not permitted to coerce you into reaffirming your debts.
- `If you choose to file a chapter 13 case in which you repay your creditors what you can afford over 3 to 5 years, you may also want help with preparing your chapter 13 plan and with the confirmation hearing on your plan which will be before a bankruptcy judge.
- `If you select another type of relief under the Bankruptcy Code other than chapter 7 or chapter 13, you will want to find out what needs to be done from someone familiar with that type of relief.
- `Your bankruptcy case may also involve litigation. You are generally permitted to represent yourself in litigation in bankruptcy court, but only attorneys, not bankruptcy petition preparers, can give you legal advice.'.
- (c) Except to the extent the debt relief agency provides the required information itself after reasonably diligent inquiry of the assisted person or others so as to obtain such information reasonably accurately for inclusion on the petition, schedules or statement of financial affairs, a debt relief agency providing bankruptcy assistance to an assisted person, to the extent permitted by nonbankruptcy law, shall provide each assisted person at the time required for the notice required under subsection (a)(1) reasonably sufficient information (which shall be provided in a clear and conspicuous writing) to the assisted person on how to provide all the information the assisted person is required to provide under this title pursuant to section 521, including--
- (1) how to value assets at replacement value, determine current monthly income, the amounts specified in section 707(b)(2)) and, in a chapter 13 case, how to determine disposable income in accordance with section 707(b)(2) and related calculations;
- (2) how to complete the list of creditors, including how to determine what amount is owed and what address for the creditor should be shown; and
- (3) how to determine what property is exempt and how to value exempt property at replacement value as defined in section 506 of this title.
- (d) A debt relief agency shall maintain a copy of the notices required under subsection (a) of this section for 2 years after the date on which the notice is given the assisted person.
Sec. 528. Requirements for debt relief agencies
- (a) A debt relief agency shall--
- (1) not later than 5 business days after the first date such agency provides any bankruptcy assistance services to an assisted person, but prior to such assisted person's petition under this title being filed, execute a written contract with such assisted person that explains clearly and conspicuously--
- (A) the services such agency will provide to such assisted person; and
- (B) the fees or charges for such services, and the terms of payment;
- (2) provide the assisted person with a copy of the fully executed and completed contract;
- (3) clearly and conspicuously disclose in any advertisement of bankruptcy assistance services or of the benefits of bankruptcy directed to the general public (whether in general media, seminars or specific mailings, telephonic or electronic messages, or otherwise) that the services or benefits are with respect to bankruptcy relief under this title; and
- (4) clearly and conspicuously using the following statement: `We are a debt relief agency. We help people file for bankruptcy relief under the Bankruptcy Code.' or a substantially similar statement.
- (b)(1) An advertisement of bankruptcy assistance services or of the benefits of bankruptcy directed to the general public includes--
- (A) descriptions of bankruptcy assistance in connection with a chapter 13 plan whether or not chapter 13 is specifically mentioned in such advertisement; and
- (B) statements such as `federally supervised repayment plan' or `Federal debt restructuring help' or other similar statements that could lead a reasonable consumer to believe that debt counseling was being offered when in fact the services were directed to providing bankruptcy assistance with a chapter 13 plan or other form of bankruptcy relief under this title.
- (2) An advertisement, directed to the general public, indicating that the debt relief agency provides assistance with respect to credit defaults, mortgage foreclosures, eviction proceedings, excessive debt, debt collection pressure, or inability to pay any consumer debt shall--
- (A) disclose clearly and conspicuously in such advertisement that the assistance may involve bankruptcy relief under this title; and
- (B) include the following statement: `We are a debt relief agency. We help people file for bankruptcy relief under the Bankruptcy Code,' or a substantially similar statement.
SUBCHAPTER III--THE ESTATE
Sec. 541. Property of the estate
- (a) * * *
- (b) Property of the estate does not include--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (4) any interest of the debtor in liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons to the extent that--
- (A) * * *
- (B)(i) the debtor has transferred such interest pursuant to a written conveyance of a production payment to an entity that does not participate in the operation of the property from which such production payment is transferred; and
- (ii) but for the operation of this paragraph, the estate could include the interest referred to in clause (i) only by virtue of section 365 or 542 of this title; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (5) funds placed in an education individual retirement account (as defined in section 530(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) not later than 365 days before the date of filing of the petition, but--
- (A) only if the designated beneficiary of such account was a son, daughter, stepson, stepdaughter, grandchild, or step-grandchild of the debtor for the taxable year for which funds were placed in such account;
- (B) only to the extent that such funds--
- (i) are not pledged or promised to any entity in connection with any extension of credit; and
- (ii) are not excess contributions (as described in section 4973(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986); and
- (C) in the case of funds placed in all such accounts having the same designated beneficiary not earlier than 720 days nor later than 365 days before such date, only so much of such funds as does not exceed $5,000;
- (6) funds used to purchase a tuition credit or certificate or contributed to an account in accordance with section 529(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 under a qualified State tuition program (as defined in section 529(b)(1) of such Code) not later than 365 days before the date of filing of the petition, but--
- (A) only if the designated beneficiary of the amounts paid or contributed to such tuition program was a son, daughter, stepson, stepdaughter, grandchild, or step-grandchild of the debtor for the taxable year for which funds were paid or contributed;
- (B) with respect to the aggregate amount paid or contributed to such program having the same designated beneficiary, only so much of such amount as does not exceed the total contributions permitted under section 529(b)(7) of such Code with respect to such beneficiary, as adjusted beginning on the date of the filing of the petition by the annual increase or decrease (rounded to the nearest tenth of 1 percent) in the education expenditure category of the Consumer Price Index prepared by the Department of Labor; and
- (C) in the case of funds paid or contributed to such program having the same designated beneficiary not earlier than 720 days nor later than 365 days before such date, only so much of such funds as does not exceed $5,000;
- (7) any amount--
- (A) withheld by an employer from the wages of employees for payment as contributions to--
- (i) an employee benefit plan subject to title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) or under an employee benefit plan which is a governmental plan under section 414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a deferred compensation plan under section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a tax-deferred annuity under section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except that amount shall not constitute disposable income, as defined in section 1325(b)(2) of this title; or
- (ii) a health insurance plan regulated by State law whether or not subject to such title; or
- (B) received by the employer from employees for payment as contributions to--
- (i) an employee benefit plan subject to title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) or under an employee benefit plan which is a governmental plan under section 414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a deferred compensation plan under section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a tax-deferred annuity under section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except that amount shall not constitute disposable income, as defined in section 1325(b)(2) of this title; or
- (ii) a health insurance plan regulated by State law whether or not subject to such title;
- (8) any eligible asset (or proceeds thereof), to the extent that such eligible asset was transferred by the debtor, before the date of commencement of the case, to an eligible entity in connection with an asset-backed securitization, except to the extent such asset (or proceeds or value thereof) may be recovered by the trustee under section 550 by virtue of avoidance under section 548(a);
- (9) subject to subchapter III of chapter 5, any interest of the debtor in property where the debtor pledged or sold tangible personal property (other than securities or written or printed evidences of indebtedness or title) as collateral for a loan or advance of money given by a person licensed under law to make such loans or advances, where--
- (A) the tangible personal property is in the possession of the pledgee or transferee;
- (B) the debtor has no obligation to repay the money, redeem the collateral, or buy back the property at a stipulated price; and
- (C) neither the debtor nor the trustee have exercised any right to redeem provided under the contract or State law, in a timely manner as provided under State law and section 108(b) of this title; or
- [Struck out->]
[ (5) ][<-Struck out] (10) any interest in cash or cash equivalents that constitute proceeds of a sale by the debtor of a money order that is made--- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (e) In determining whether any of the relationships specified in paragraph (5)(A) or (6)(A) of subsection (b) exists, a legally adopted child of an individual (and a child who is a member of an individual's household, if placed with such individual by an authorized placement agency for legal adoption by such individual), or a foster child of an individual (if such child has as the child's principal place of abode the home of the debtor and is a member of the debtor's household) shall be treated as a child of such individual by blood.
- (f) For purposes of this section--
- (1) the term `asset-backed securitization' means a transaction in which eligible assets transferred to an eligible entity are used as the source of payment on securities, including, without limitation, all securities issued by governmental units, at least one class or tranche of which was rated investment grade by one or more nationally recognized securities rating organizations, when the securities were initially issued by an issuer;
- (2) the term `eligible asset' means--
- (A) financial assets (including interests therein and proceeds thereof), either fixed or revolving, whether or not the same are in existence as of the date of the transfer, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, consumer receivables, trade receivables, assets of governmental units, including payment obligations relating to taxes, receipts, fines, tickets, and other sources of revenue, and lease receivables, that, by their terms, convert into cash within a finite time period, plus any residual interest in property subject to receivables included in such financial assets plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to security holders;
- (B) cash; and
- (C) securities, including without limitation, all securities issued by governmental units;
- (3) the term `eligible entity' means--
- (A) an issuer; or
- (B) a trust, corporation, partnership, governmental unit, limited liability company (including a single member limited liability company), or other entity engaged exclusively in the business of acquiring and transferring eligible assets directly or indirectly to an issuer and taking actions ancillary thereto;
- (4) the term `issuer' means a trust, corporation, partnership, or other entity engaged exclusively in the business of acquiring and holding eligible assets, issuing securities backed by eligible assets, and taking actions ancillary thereto; and
- (5) the term `transferred' means the debtor, under a written agreement, represented and warranted that eligible assets were sold, contributed, or otherwise conveyed with the intention of removing them from the estate of the debtor pursuant to subsection (b)(8) (whether or not reference is made to this title or any section hereof), irrespective and without limitation of--
- (A) whether the debtor directly or indirectly obtained or held an interest in the issuer or in any securities issued by the issuer;
- (B) whether the debtor had an obligation to repurchase or to service or supervise the servicing of all or any portion of such eligible assets; or
- (C) the characterization of such sale, contribution, or other conveyance for tax, accounting, regulatory reporting, or other purposes.
- (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, property that is held by a debtor that is a corporation described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code may be transferred to an entity that is not such a corporation, but only under the same conditions as would apply if the debtor had not filed a case under this title.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 545. Statutory liens
- The trustee may avoid the fixing of a statutory lien on property of the debtor to the extent that such lien--
- (1) * * *
- (2) is not perfected or enforceable at the time of the commencement of the case against a bona fide purchaser that purchases such property at the time of the commencement of the case, whether or not such a purchaser exists, except in any case in which a purchaser is a purchaser described in section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or in any other similar provision of State or local law;
* * * * * * *
Sec. 546. Limitations on avoiding powers
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (c) Except as provided in subsection (d) of this section, the rights and powers of a trustee under sections 544(a), 545, 547, and 549 of this title are subject to any statutory or common-law right of a seller of goods that has sold goods to the debtor, in the ordinary course of such seller's business, to reclaim such goods if the debtor has received such goods while insolvent, but-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) such a seller may not reclaim any such goods unless such seller demands in writing reclamation of such goods-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) before 10 days after receipt of such goods by the debtor; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) if such 10-day period expires after the commencement of the case, before 20 days after receipt of such goods by the debtor; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) the court may deny reclamation to a seller with such a right of reclamation that has made such a demand only if the court-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) grants the claim of such a seller priority as a claim of a kind specified in section 503(b) of this title; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) secures such claim by a lien. ][<-Struck out]- (c)(1) Except as provided in subsection (d) of this section and subsection (c) of section 507, and subject to the prior rights of holders of security interests in such goods or the proceeds thereof, the rights and powers of the trustee under sections 544(a), 545, 547, and 549 are subject to the right of a seller of goods that has sold goods to the debtor, in the ordinary course of such seller's business, to reclaim such goods if the debtor has received such goods while insolvent, not later than 45 days after the date of the commencement of a case under this title, but such seller may not reclaim such goods unless such seller demands in writing reclamation of such goods--
- (A) not later than 45 days after the date of receipt of such goods by the debtor; or
- (B) not later than 20 days after the date of commencement of the case, if the 45-day period expires after the commencement of the case.
- (2) If a seller of goods fails to provide notice in the manner described in paragraph (1), the seller still may assert the rights contained in section 503(b)(7).
* * * * * * *
- (e) Notwithstanding sections 544, 545, 547, 548(a)(1)(B), and 548(b) of this title, the trustee may not avoid a transfer that is a margin payment, as defined in section 101, 741, or 761 of this title, or settlement payment, as defined in section 101 or 741 of this title, made by or to a commodity broker, forward contract merchant, stockbroker, financial institution, financial participant, or securities clearing agency, that is made before the commencement of the case, except under section 548(a)(1)(A) of this title.
* * * * * * *
- (g) Notwithstanding sections 544, 545, 547, 548(a)(1)(B) and 548(b) of this title, the trustee may not avoid a transfer [Struck out->]
[ under a swap agreement ][<-Struck out] , made by or to a swap participant, [Struck out->][ in connection with a swap agreement ][<-Struck out] under or in connection with any swap agreement and that is made before the commencement of the case, except under section 548(a)(1)(A) of this title.- [Struck out->]
[ (g) ][<-Struck out] (i) Notwithstanding the rights and powers of a trustee under sections 544(a), 545, 547, 549, and 553, if the court determines on a motion by the trustee made not later than 120 days after the date of the order for relief in a case under chapter 11 of this title and after notice and a hearing, that a return is in the best interests of the estate, the debtor, with the consent of a creditor, may return goods shipped to the debtor by the creditor before the commencement of the case, and the creditor may offset the purchase price of such goods against any claim of the creditor against the debtor that arose before the commencement of the case.- (j)(1) Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 545, the trustee may not avoid a warehouseman's lien for storage, transportation, or other costs incidental to the storage and handling of goods.
- (2) The prohibition under paragraph (1) shall be applied in a manner consistent with any applicable State statute that is similar to section 7-209 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect on the date of enactment of the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001, or any successor thereto.
- (k) Notwithstanding sections 544, 545, 547, 548(a)(1)(B), and 548(b) the trustee may not avoid a transfer made by or to a master netting agreement participant under or in connection with any master netting agreement or any individual contract covered thereby that is made before the commencement of the case, except under section 548(a)(1)(A) and except to the extent that the trustee could otherwise avoid such a transfer made under an individual contract covered by such master netting agreement.
Sec. 547. Preferences
- (a) * * *
- (b) Except as provided in [Struck out->]
[ subsection (c) ][<-Struck out] subsections (c) and (i) of this section, the trustee may avoid any transfer of an interest of the debtor in property--- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) The trustee may not avoid under this section a transfer--
- (1) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (2) to the extent that such transfer was-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) in payment of a debt incurred by the debtor in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the debtor and the transferee; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the debtor and the transferee; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (C) made according to ordinary business terms; ][<-Struck out]- (2) to the extent that such transfer was in payment of a debt incurred by the debtor in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the debtor and the transferee, and such transfer was--
- (A) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the debtor and the transferee; or
- (B) made according to ordinary business terms;
- (3) that creates a security interest in property acquired by the debtor--
- (A) * * *
- (B) that is perfected on or before [Struck out->]
[ 20 ][<-Struck out] 30 days after the debtor receives possession of such property;* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (7) to the extent such transfer was a bona fide payment of a debt to a spouse, former spouse, or child of the debtor, for alimony to, maintenance for, or support of such spouse or child, in connection with a separation agreement, divorce decree or other order of a court of record, determination made in accordance with State or territorial law by a governmental unit, or property settlement agreement, but not to the extent that such debt-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) is assigned to another entity, voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) includes a liability designated as alimony, maintenance, or support, unless such liability is actually in the nature of alimony, maintenance or support; or ][<-Struck out]- (7) to the extent such transfer was a bona fide payment of a debt for a domestic support obligation;
- (8) if, in a case filed by an individual debtor whose debts are primarily consumer debts, the aggregate value of all property that constitutes or is affected by such transfer is less than $600 [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; or- (9) if, in a case filed by a debtor whose debts are not primarily consumer debts, the aggregate value of all property that constitutes or is affected by such transfer is less than $5,000.
* * * * * * *
- (e)(1) * * *
- (2) For the purposes of this section, except as provided in paragraph (3) of this subsection, a transfer is made--
- (A) at the time such transfer takes effect between the transferor and the transferee, if such transfer is perfected at, or within [Struck out->]
[ 10 ][<-Struck out] 30 days after, such time, except as provided in subsection (c)(3)(B);- (B) at the time such transfer is perfected, if such transfer is perfected after such [Struck out->]
[ 10 ][<-Struck out] 30 days; or- (C) immediately before the date of the filing of the petition, if such transfer is not perfected at the later of--
- (i) * * *
- (ii) [Struck out->]
[ 10 ][<-Struck out] 30 days after such transfer takes effect between the transferor and the transferee.* * * * * * *
- (h) The trustee may not avoid a transfer if such transfer was made as a part of an alternative repayment plan between the debtor and any creditor of the debtor created by an approved credit counseling agency.
- (i) If the trustee avoids under subsection (b) a transfer made between 90 days and 1 year before the date of the filing of the petition, by the debtor to an entity that is not an insider for the benefit of a creditor that is an insider, such transfer shall be considered to be avoided under this section only with respect to the creditor that is an insider.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 548. Fraudulent transfers and obligations
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (d)(1) * * *
- (2) In this section--
- (A) * * *
- (B) a commodity broker, forward contract merchant, stockbroker, financial institution, financial participant, or securities clearing agency that receives a margin payment, as defined in section 101, 741, or 761 of this title, or settlement payment, as defined in section 101 or 741 of this title, takes for value to the extent of such payment;
- (C) a repo participant that receives a margin payment, as defined in section 741 or 761 of this title, or settlement payment, as defined in section 741 of this title, in connection with a repurchase agreement, takes for value to the extent of such payment; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (D) a swap participant that receives a transfer in connection with a swap agreement takes for value to the extent of such transfer [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (E) a master netting agreement participant that receives a transfer in connection with a master netting agreement or any individual contract covered thereby takes for value to the extent of such transfer, except that, with respect to a transfer under any individual contract covered thereby, to the extent that such master netting agreement participant otherwise did not take (or is otherwise not deemed to have taken) such transfer for value.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 549. Postpetition transactions
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) The trustee may not avoid under subsection (a) of this section a transfer of an interest in real property to a good faith purchaser without knowledge of the commencement of the case and for present fair equivalent value unless a copy or notice of the petition was filed, where a transfer of an interest in such real property may be recorded to perfect such transfer, before such transfer is so perfected that a bona fide purchaser of such real property, against whom applicable law permits such transfer to be perfected, could not acquire an interest that is superior to [Struck out->]
[ the interest ][<-Struck out] such interest of such good faith purchaser. A good faith purchaser without knowledge of the commencement of the case and for less than present fair equivalent value has a lien on the property transferred to the extent of any present value given, unless a copy or notice of the petition was so filed before such transfer was so perfected.* * * * * * *
Sec. 552. Postpetition effect of security interest
- (a) * * *
- (b)(1) Except as provided in sections 363, 506(c), 522, 544, 545, 547, and 548 of this title, if the debtor and an entity entered into a security agreement before the commencement of the case and if the security interest created by such security agreement extends to property of the debtor acquired before the commencement of the case and to proceeds, [Struck out->]
[ product ][<-Struck out] products, offspring, or profits of such property, then such security interest extends to such proceeds, [Struck out->][ product ][<-Struck out] products, offspring, or profits acquired by the estate after the commencement of the case to the extent provided by such security agreement and by applicable nonbankruptcy law, except to any extent that the court, after notice and a hearing and based on the equities of the case, orders otherwise.* * * * * * *
Sec. 553. Setoff
- (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section and in sections 362 and 363 of this title, this title does not affect any right of a creditor to offset a mutual debt owing by such creditor to the debtor that arose before the commencement of the case under this title against a claim of such creditor against the debtor that arose before the commencement of the case, except to the extent that--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (3) the debt owed to the debtor by such creditor was incurred by such creditor--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) for the purpose of obtaining a right of setoff against the debtor (except for a setoff of a kind described in section 362(b)(6), 362(b)(7), 362(b)(17), 362(b)(28), 555, 556, 559, 560, or 561 of this title).
- (b)(1) Except with respect to a setoff of a kind described in section 362(b)(6), 362(b)(7), [Struck out->]
[ 362(b)(14), ][<-Struck out] 362(b)(17), 362(b)(28), 555, 556, 559, 560, 561 365(h), 546(h), or 365(i)(2) of this title, if a creditor offsets a mutual debt owing to the debtor against a claim against the debtor on or within 90 days before the date of the filing of the petition, then the trustee may recover from such creditor the amount so offset to the extent that any insufficiency on the date of such setoff is less than the insufficiency on the later of--- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
[Struck out->][ Sec. 555. Contractual right to liquidate a securities contract ][<-Struck out]
Sec. 555. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a securities contract
- The exercise of a contractual right of a stockbroker, financial institution, financial participant, or securities clearing agency to cause the liquidation, termination, or acceleration of a securities contract, as defined in section 741 of this title, because of a condition of the kind specified in section 365(e)(1) of this title shall not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by operation of any provision of this title or by order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding under this title unless such order is authorized under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or any statute administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission. As used in this section, the term `contractual right' includes a right set forth in a rule or bylaw of a national securities exchange, a national securities association, or a securities clearing agency, a right set forth in a bylaw of a clearing organization or contract market or in a resolution of the governing board thereof, and a right, whether or not in writing, arising under common law, under law merchant, or by reason of normal business practice.
[Struck out->][ Sec. 556. Contractual right to liquidate a commodities contract or forward contract ][<-Struck out]
Sec. 556. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a commodities contract or forward contract
- The contractual right of a commodity broker, financial participant, or forward contract merchant to cause the liquidation, termination, or acceleration of a commodity contract, as defined in section 761 of this title, or forward contract because of a condition of the kind specified in section 365(e)(1) of this title, and the right to a variation or maintenance margin payment received from a trustee with respect to open commodity contracts or forward contracts, shall not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by operation of any provision of this title or by the order of a court in any proceeding under this title. As used in this section, the term `contractual right' includes a right set forth in a rule or bylaw of a clearing organization or contract market or in a resolution of the governing board thereof and a right, whether or not evidenced in writing, arising under common law, under law merchant or by reason of normal business practice.
* * * * * * *
[Struck out->][ Sec. 559. Contractual right to liquidate a repurchase agreement ][<-Struck out]
Sec. 559. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a repurchase agreement
- The exercise of a contractual right of a repo participant to cause the liquidation, termination, or acceleration of a repurchase agreement because of a condition of the kind specified in section 365(e)(1) of this title shall not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by operation of any provision of this title or by order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding under this title, unless, where the debtor is a stockbroker or securities clearing agency, such order is authorized under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or any statute administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the event that a repo participant liquidates one or more repurchase agreements with a debtor and under the terms of one or more such agreements has agreed to deliver assets subject to repurchase agreements to the debtor, any excess of the market prices received on liquidation of such assets (or if any such assets are not disposed of on the date of liquidation of such repurchase agreements, at the prices available at the time of liquidation of such repurchase agreements from a generally recognized source or the most recent closing bid quotation from such a source) over the sum of the stated repurchase prices and all expenses in connection with the liquidation of such repurchase agreements shall be deemed property of the estate, subject to the available rights of setoff. As used in this section, the term `contractual right' includes a right set forth in a rule or bylaw, applicable to each party to the repurchase agreement, of a national securities exchange, a national securities association, or a securities clearing agency, and a right, whether or not evidenced in writing, arising under common law, under law merchant or by reason of normal business practice.
[Struck out->][ Sec. 560. Contractual right to terminate a swap agreement ][<-Struck out]
Sec. 560. Contractual right to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a swap agreement
- The exercise of any contractual right of any swap participant to cause the [Struck out->]
[ termination of a swap agreement ][<-Struck out] liquidation, termination, or acceleration of one or more swap agreements because of a condition of the kind specified in section 365(e)(1) of this title or to offset or net out any termination values or payment amounts arising under or [Struck out->][ in connection with any swap agreement ][<-Struck out] in connection with the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of one or more swap agreements shall not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by operation of any provision of this title or by order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding under this title. As used in this section, the term `contractual right' includes a right, whether or not evidenced in writing, arising under common law, under law merchant, or by reason of normal business practice.Sec. 561. Contractual right to terminate, liquidate, accelerate, or offset under a master netting agreement and across contracts
- (a) IN GENERAL- Subject to subsection (b), the exercise of any contractual right, because of a condition of the kind specified in section 365(e)(1), to cause the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of or to offset or net termination values, payment amounts, or other transfer obligations arising under or in connection with one or more (or the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of one or more)--
- (1) securities contracts, as defined in section 741(7);
- (2) commodity contracts, as defined in section 761(4);
- (3) forward contracts;
- (4) repurchase agreements;
- (5) swap agreements; or
- (6) master netting agreements,
- shall not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by operation of any provision of this title or by any order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding under this title.
- (b) EXCEPTION-
- (1) IN GENERAL- A party may exercise a contractual right described in subsection (a) to terminate, liquidate, or accelerate only to the extent that such party could exercise such a right under section 555, 556, 559, or 560 for each individual contract covered by the master netting agreement in issue.
- (2) COMMODITY BROKERS- If a debtor is a commodity broker subject to subchapter IV of chapter 7--
- (A) a party may not net or offset an obligation to the debtor arising under, or in connection with, a commodity contract against any claim arising under, or in connection with, other instruments, contracts, or agreements listed in subsection (a) except to the extent that the party has positive net equity in the commodity accounts at the debtor, as calculated under that subchapter IV; and
- (B) another commodity broker may not net or offset an obligation to the debtor arising under, or in connection with, a commodity contract entered into or held on behalf of a customer of the debtor against any claim arising under, or in connection with, other instruments, contracts, or agreements listed in subsection (a).
- (3) CONSTRUCTION- No provision of subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (2) shall prohibit the offset of claims and obligations that arise under--
- (A) a cross-margining agreement that has been approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or submitted to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under section 5(a)(12)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act and has been approved; or
- (B) any other netting agreement between a clearing organization, as defined in section 761, and another entity that has been approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
- (c) DEFINITION- As used in this section, the term `contractual right' includes a right set forth in a rule or bylaw of a national securities exchange, a national securities association, or a securities clearing agency, a right set forth in a bylaw of a clearing organization or contract market or in a resolution of the governing board thereof, and a right, whether or not evidenced in writing, arising under common law, under law merchant, or by reason of normal business practice.
- (d) CASES ANCILLARY TO FOREIGN PROCEEDINGS- Any provisions of this title relating to securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, swap agreements, or master netting agreements shall apply in a case under chapter 15 of this title, so that enforcement of contractual provisions of such contracts and agreements in accordance with their terms will not be stayed or otherwise limited by operation of any provision of this title or by order of a court in any case under this title, and to limit avoidance powers to the same extent as in a proceeding under chapter 7 or 11 of this title (such enforcement not to be limited based on the presence or absence of assets of the debtor in the United States).
Sec. 562. Damage measure in connection with swap agreements, securities contracts, forward contracts, commodity contracts, repurchase agreements, or master netting agreements
- If the trustee rejects a swap agreement, securities contract (as defined in section 741), forward contract, commodity contract (as defined in section 761), repurchase agreement, or master netting agreement pursuant to section 365(a), or if a forward contract merchant, stockbroker, financial institution, securities clearing agency, repo participant, financial participant, master netting agreement participant, or swap participant liquidates, terminates, or accelerates such contract or agreement, damages shall be measured as of the earlier of--
- (1) the date of such rejection; or
- (2) the date of such liquidation, termination, or acceleration.
CHAPTER 7--LIQUIDATION
| SUBCHAPTER I--OFFICERS AND ADMINISTRATION |
| Sec. |
| 701. Interim trustee. |
| * * * * * * * |
[Struck out->][ 707. Dismissal. ][<-Struck out] |
| 707. Dismissal of a case or conversion to a case under chapter 11 or 13. |
| * * * * * * * |
| SUBCHAPTER III--STOCKBROKER LIQUIDATION |
| 741. Definitions for this subchapter. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 753. Stockbroker liquidation and forward contract merchants, commodity brokers, stockbrokers, financial institutions, securities clearing agencies, swap participants, repo participants, and master netting agreement participants. |
| SUBCHAPTER IV--COMMODITY BROKER LIQUIDATION |
| 761. Definitions for this subchapter. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 767. Commodity broker liquidation and forward contract merchants, commodity brokers, stockbrokers, financial institutions, securities clearing agencies, swap participants, repo participants, and master netting agreement participants. |
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER I--OFFICERS AND ADMINISTRATION
* * * * * * *
Sec. 704. Duties of trustee
- (a) The trustee shall--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (8) if the business of the debtor is authorized to be operated, file with the court, with the United States trustee, and with any governmental unit charged with responsibility for collection or determination of any tax arising out of such operation, periodic reports and summaries of the operation of such business, including a statement of receipts and disbursements, and such other information as the United States trustee or the court requires; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (9) make a final report and file a final account of the administration of the estate with the court and with the United States trustee [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ;- (10) if, with respect to an individual debtor, there is a claim for a domestic support obligation, provide the applicable notification specified in subsection (c); and
- (11) use all reasonable and best efforts to transfer patients from a health care business that is in the process of being closed to an appropriate health care business that--
- (A) is in the vicinity of the health care business that is closing;
- (B) provides the patient with services that are substantially similar to those provided by the health care business that is in the process of being closed; and
- (C) maintains a reasonable quality of care.
- (b)(1) With respect to an individual debtor under this chapter--
- (A) the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall review all materials filed by the debtor and, not later than 10 days after the date of the first meeting of creditors, file with the court a statement as to whether the debtor's case would be presumed to be an abuse under section 707(b); and
- (B) not later than 5 days after receiving a statement under subparagraph (A), the court shall provide a copy of the statement to all creditors.
- (2) The United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator shall, not later than 30 days after the date of filing a statement under paragraph (1), either file a motion to dismiss or convert under section 707(b) or file a statement setting forth the reasons the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator does not believe that such a motion would be appropriate, if the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator determines that the debtor's case should be presumed to be an abuse under section 707(b) and the product of the debtor's current monthly income, multiplied by 12 is not less than--
- (A) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (B) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2 or more individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census.
- (3) In any case in which a motion to dismiss or convert, or a statement is required to be filed by this subsection, the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator may decline to file a motion to dismiss or convert pursuant to section 704(b)(2) if the product of the debtor's current monthly income multiplied by 12 exceeds 100 percent, but does not exceed 150 percent of--
- (A)(i) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (ii) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2 or more individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census; and
- (B) the product of the debtor's current monthly income, reduced by the amounts determined under section 707(b)(2)(A)(ii) (except for the amount calculated under the other necessary expenses standard issued by the Internal Revenue Service) and clauses (iii) and (iv) of section 707(b)(2)(A), multiplied by 60 is less than the lesser of--
- (i) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims in the case or $6,000, whichever is greater; or
- (ii) $10,000.
- (c)(1) In any case described in subsection (a)(10), the trustee shall--
- (A)(i) notify in writing the holder of the claim of the right of that holder to use the services of a State child support enforcement agency established under sections 464 and 466 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 664, 666) for the State in which the holder resides for assistance in collecting child support during and after the bankruptcy procedures;
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the address and telephone number of the child support enforcement agency; and
- (iii) include in the notice an explanation of the rights of the holder of the claim to payment of the claim under this chapter; and
- (B)(i) notify in writing the State child support agency of the State in which the holder of the claim resides of the claim;
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the name, address, and telephone number of the holder of the claim; and
- (iii) at such time as the debtor is granted a discharge under section 727, notify the holder of that claim and the State child support agency of the State in which that holder resides of--
- (I) the granting of the discharge;
- (II) the last recent known address of the debtor;
- (III) the last recent known name and address of the debtor's employer; and
- (IV) with respect to the debtor's case, the name of each creditor that holds a claim that--
- (aa) is not discharged under paragraph (2), (4), or (14A) of section 523(a); or
- (bb) was reaffirmed by the debtor under section 524(c).
- (2)(A) A holder of a claim or a State child support agency may request from a creditor described in paragraph (1)(B)(iii)(IV) the last known address of the debtor.
- (B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a creditor that makes a disclosure of a last known address of a debtor in connection with a request made under subparagraph (A) shall not be liable to the debtor or any other person by reason of making that disclosure.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 706. Conversion
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) The court may not convert a case under this chapter to a case under chapter 12 or 13 of this title unless the debtor requests or consents to such conversion.
* * * * * * *
[Struck out->][ Sec. 707. Dismissal ][<-Struck out]
Sec. 707. Dismissal of a case or conversion to a case under chapter 11 or 13
- (a) * * *
- (b)(1) After notice and a hearing, the court, on its own motion or on a motion by the United States trustee, [Struck out->]
[ but not at the request or suggestion of ][<-Struck out] trustee, bankruptcy administrator, or any party in interest, may dismiss a case filed by an individual debtor under this chapter whose debts are primarily consumer debts, or, with the debtor's consent, convert such a case to a case under chapter 11 or 13 of this title, if it finds that the granting of relief would be [Struck out->][ a substantial abuse ][<-Struck out] an abuse of the provisions of this chapter. [Struck out->][ There shall be a presumption in favor of granting the relief requested by the debtor. ][<-Struck out] In making a determination whether to dismiss a case under this section, the court may not take into consideration whether a debtor has made, or continues to make, charitable contributions (that meet the definition of `charitable contribution' under section 548(d)(3)) to any qualified religious or charitable entity or organization (as that term is defined in section 548(d)(4)).- (2)(A)(i) In considering under paragraph (1) whether the granting of relief would be an abuse of the provisions of this chapter, the court shall presume abuse exists if the debtor's current monthly income reduced by the amounts determined under clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv), and multiplied by 60 is not less than the lesser of--
- (I) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims in the case, or $6,000, whichever is greater; or
- (II) $10,000.
- (ii)(I) The debtor's monthly expenses shall be the debtor's applicable monthly expense amounts specified under the National Standards and Local Standards, and the debtor's actual monthly expenses for the categories specified as Other Necessary Expenses issued by the Internal Revenue Service for the area in which the debtor resides, as in effect on the date of the entry of the order for relief, for the debtor, the dependents of the debtor, and the spouse of the debtor in a joint case, if the spouse is not otherwise a dependent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause, the monthly expenses of the debtor shall not include any payments for debts. In addition, the debtor's monthly expenses shall include the debtor's reasonably necessary expenses incurred to maintain the safety of the debtor and the family of the debtor from family violence as identified under section 309 of the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act (42 U.S.C. 10408), or other applicable Federal law. The expenses included in the debtor's monthly expenses described in the preceding sentence shall be kept confidential by the court. In addition, if it is demonstrated that it is reasonable and necessary, the debtor's monthly expenses may also include an additional allowance for food and clothing of up to 5 percent of the food and clothing categories as specified by the National Standards issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
- (II) In addition, the debtor's monthly expenses may include, if applicable, the continuation of actual expenses paid by the debtor that are reasonable and necessary for care and support of an elderly, chronically ill, or disabled household member or member of the debtor's immediate family (including parents, grandparents, and siblings of the debtor, the dependents of the debtor, and the spouse of the debtor in a joint case) who is not a dependent and who is unable to pay for such reasonable and necessary expenses.
- (III) In addition, for a debtor eligible for chapter 13, the debtor's monthly expenses may include the actual administrative expenses of administering a chapter 13 plan for the district in which the debtor resides, up to an amount of 10 percent of the projected plan payments, as determined under schedules issued by the Executive Office for United States Trustees.
- (IV) In addition, the debtor's monthly expenses may include the actual expenses for each dependent child under the age of 18 years up to $1,500 per year per child to attend a private elementary or secondary school, if the debtor provides documentation of such expenses and a detailed explanation of why such expenses are reasonable and necessary.
- (iii) The debtor's average monthly payments on account of secured debts shall be calculated as--
- (I) the sum of--
- (aa) the total of all amounts scheduled as contractually due to secured creditors in each month of the 60 months following the date of the petition; and
- (bb) any additional payments to secured creditors necessary for the debtor, in filing a plan under chapter 13 of this title, to maintain possession of the debtor's primary residence, motor vehicle, or other property necessary for the support of the debtor and the debtor's dependents, that serves as collateral for secured debts; divided by
- (II) 60.
- (iv) The debtor's expenses for payment of all priority claims (including priority child support and alimony claims) shall be calculated as--
- (I) the total amount of debts entitled to priority; divided by
- (II) 60.
- (B)(i) In any proceeding brought under this subsection, the presumption of abuse may only be rebutted by demonstrating special circumstances that justify additional expenses or adjustments of current monthly income for which there is no reasonable alternative.
- (ii) In order to establish special circumstances, the debtor shall be required to--
- (I) itemize each additional expense or adjustment of income; and
- (II) provide--
- (aa) documentation for such expense or adjustment to income; and
- (bb) a detailed explanation of the special circumstances that make such expenses or adjustment to income necessary and reasonable.
- (iii) The debtor shall attest under oath to the accuracy of any information provided to demonstrate that additional expenses or adjustments to income are required.
- (iv) The presumption of abuse may only be rebutted if the additional expenses or adjustments to income referred to in clause (i) cause the product of the debtor's current monthly income reduced by the amounts determined under clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of subparagraph (A) when multiplied by 60 to be less than the lesser of--
- (I) 25 percent of the debtor's nonpriority unsecured claims, or $6,000, whichever is greater; or
- (II) $10,000.
- (C) As part of the schedule of current income and expenditures required under section 521, the debtor shall include a statement of the debtor's current monthly income, and the calculations that determine whether a presumption arises under subparagraph (A)(i), that shows how each such amount is calculated.
- (3) In considering under paragraph (1) whether the granting of relief would be an abuse of the provisions of this chapter in a case in which the presumption in subparagraph (A)(i) of such paragraph does not apply or has been rebutted, the court shall consider--
- (A) whether the debtor filed the petition in bad faith; or
- (B) the totality of the circumstances (including whether the debtor seeks to reject a personal services contract and the financial need for such rejection as sought by the debtor) of the debtor's financial situation demonstrates abuse.
- (4)(A) The court shall order the counsel for the debtor to reimburse the trustee for all reasonable costs in prosecuting a motion brought under section 707(b), including reasonable attorneys' fees, if--
- (i) a trustee appointed under section 586(a)(1) of title 28 or from a panel of private trustees maintained by the bankruptcy administrator brings a motion for dismissal or conversion under this subsection; and
- (ii) the court--
- (I) grants that motion; and
- (II) finds that the action of the counsel for the debtor in filing under this chapter violated rule 9011 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure.
- (B) If the court finds that the attorney for the debtor violated rule 9011 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, at a minimum, the court shall order--
- (i) the assessment of an appropriate civil penalty against the counsel for the debtor; and
- (ii) the payment of the civil penalty to the trustee, the United States trustee, or the bankruptcy administrator.
- (C) In the case of a petition, pleading, or written motion, the signature of an attorney shall constitute a certification that the attorney has--
- (i) performed a reasonable investigation into the circumstances that gave rise to the petition, pleading, or written motion; and
- (ii) determined that the petition, pleading, or written motion--
- (I) is well grounded in fact; and
- (II) is warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law and does not constitute an abuse under paragraph (1).
- (D) The signature of an attorney on the petition shall constitute a certification that the attorney has no knowledge after an inquiry that the information in the schedules filed with such petition is incorrect.
- (5)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B) and subject to paragraph (6), the court may award a debtor all reasonable costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) in contesting a motion brought by a party in interest (other than a trustee, United States trustee, or bankruptcy administrator) under this subsection if--
- (i) the court does not grant the motion; and
- (ii) the court finds that--
- (I) the position of the party that brought the motion violated rule 9011 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure; or
- (II) the party brought the motion solely for the purpose of coercing a debtor into waiving a right guaranteed to the debtor under this title.
- (B) A small business that has a claim of an aggregate amount less than $1,000 shall not be subject to subparagraph (A)(ii)(I).
- (C) For purposes of this paragraph--
- (i) the term `small business' means an unincorporated business, partnership, corporation, association, or organization that--
- (I) has less than 25 full-time employees as determined on the date the motion is filed; and
- (II) is engaged in commercial or business activity; and
- (ii) the number of employees of a wholly owned subsidiary of a corporation includes the employees of--
- (I) a parent corporation; and
- (II) any other subsidiary corporation of the parent corporation.
- (6) Only the judge, United States trustee, or bankruptcy administrator may bring a motion under section 707(b), if the current monthly income of the debtor, or in a joint case, the debtor and the debtor's spouse, as of the date of the order for relief, when multiplied by 12, is equal to or less than--
- (A) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census;
- (B) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2, 3, or 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (C) in the case of a debtor in a household exceeding 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of 4 or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census, plus $525 per month for each individual in excess of 4.
- (7) No judge, United States trustee, panel trustee, bankruptcy administrator or other party in interest may bring a motion under paragraph (2), if the current monthly income of the debtor and the debtor's spouse combined, as of the date of the order for relief when multiplied by 12, is equal to or less than--
- (A) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census;
- (B) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2, 3, or 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (C) in the case of a debtor in a household exceeding 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of 4 or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census, plus $525 per month for each individual in excess of 4.
- (c)(1) In this subsection--
- (A) the term `crime of violence' has the meaning given that term in section 16 of title 18; and
- (B) the term `drug trafficking crime' has the meaning given that term in section 924(c)(2) of title 18.
- (2) Except as provided in paragraph (3), after notice and a hearing, the court, on a motion by the victim of a crime of violence or a drug trafficking crime, may when it is in the best interest of the victims dismiss a voluntary case filed by an individual debtor under this chapter if that individual was convicted of that crime.
- (3) The court may not dismiss a case under paragraph (2) if the debtor establishes by a preponderance of the evidence that the filing of a case under this chapter is necessary to satisfy a claim for a domestic support obligation.
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER II--COLLECTION, LIQUIDATION, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE ESTATE
* * * * * * *
Sec. 722. Redemption
- An individual debtor may, whether or not the debtor has waived the right to redeem under this section, redeem tangible personal property intended primarily for personal, family, or household use, from a lien securing a dischargeable consumer debt, if such property is exempted under section 522 of this title or has been abandoned under section 554 of this title, by paying the holder of such lien the amount of the allowed secured claim of such holder that is secured by such lien in full at the time of redemption.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 724. Treatment of certain liens
- (a) The trustee may avoid a lien that secures a claim of a kind specified in section 726(a)(4) of this title.
- (b) Property in which the estate has an interest and that is subject to a lien that is not avoidable under this title (other than to the extent that there is a properly perfected unavoidable tax lien arising in connection with an ad valorem tax on real or personal property of the estate) and that secures an allowed claim for a tax, or proceeds of such property, shall be distributed--
- (1) first, to any holder of an allowed claim secured by a lien on such property that is not avoidable under this title and that is senior to such tax lien;
- (2) second, to any holder of a claim of a kind specified in section 507(a)(1) (except that such expenses, other than claims for wages, salaries, or commissions which arise after the filing of a petition, shall be limited to expenses incurred under chapter 7 of this title and shall not include expenses incurred under chapter 11 of this title), 507(a)(2), 507(a)(3), 507(a)(4), 507(a)(5), 507(a)(6), or 507(a)(7) of this title, to the extent of the amount of such allowed tax claim that is secured by such tax lien;
* * * * * * *
- (e) Before subordinating a tax lien on real or personal property of the estate, the trustee shall--
- (1) exhaust the unencumbered assets of the estate; and
- (2) in a manner consistent with section 506(c), recover from property securing an allowed secured claim the reasonable, necessary costs and expenses of preserving or disposing of that property.
- (f) Notwithstanding the exclusion of ad valorem tax liens under this section and subject to the requirements of subsection (e), the following may be paid from property of the estate which secures a tax lien, or the proceeds of such property:
- (1) Claims for wages, salaries, and commissions that are entitled to priority under section 507(a)(4).
- (2) Claims for contributions to an employee benefit plan entitled to priority under section 507(a)(5).
* * * * * * *
Sec. 726. Distribution of property of the estate
- (a) Except as provided in section 510 of this title, property of the estate shall be distributed--
- (1) first, in payment of claims of the kind specified in, and in the order specified in, section 507 of this title, proof of which is timely filed under section 501 of this title or tardily filed [Struck out->]
[ before the date on which the trustee commences distribution under this section; ][<-Struck out] on or before the earlier of--- (A) the date that is 10 days after the mailing to creditors of the summary of the trustee's final report; or
- (B) the date on which the trustee commences final distribution under this section;
* * * * * * *
- (b) Payment on claims of a kind specified in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), or (8) of section 507(a) of this title, or in paragraph (2), (3), (4), or (5) of subsection (a) of this section, shall be made pro rata among claims of the kind specified in each such particular paragraph, except that in a case that has been converted to this chapter under section [Struck out->]
[ 1009, ][<-Struck out] 1112, 1208, or 1307 of this title, a claim allowed under section 503(b) of this title incurred under this chapter after such conversion has priority over a claim allowed under section 503(b) of this title incurred under any other chapter of this title or under this chapter before such conversion and over any expenses of a custodian superseded under section 543 of this title.* * * * * * *
Sec. 727. Discharge
- (a) The court shall grant the debtor a discharge, unless--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (8) the debtor has been granted a discharge under this section, under section 1141 of this title, or under section 14, 371, or 476 of the Bankruptcy Act, in a case commenced within [Struck out->]
[ six ][<-Struck out] 8 years before the date of the filing of the petition;- (9) the debtor has been granted a discharge under section 1228 or 1328 of this title, or under section 660 or 661 of the Bankruptcy Act, in a case commenced within six years before the date of the filing of the petition, unless payments under the plan in such case totaled at least--
- (A) 100 percent of the allowed unsecured claims in such case;
- (B)(i) 70 percent of such claims; and
- (ii) the plan was proposed by the debtor in good faith, and was the debtor's best effort; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (10) the court approves a written waiver of discharge executed by the debtor after the order for relief under this chapter [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; or- (11) after the filing of the petition, the debtor failed to complete an instructional course concerning personal financial management described in section 111.
- (12)(A) Paragraph (11) shall not apply with respect to a debtor who resides in a district for which the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator of that district determines that the approved instructional courses are not adequate to service the additional individuals required to complete such instructional courses under this section.
- (B) Each United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator that makes a determination described in subparagraph (A) shall review that determination not later than 1 year after the date of that determination, and not less frequently than every year thereafter.
* * * * * * *
- (d) On request of the trustee, a creditor, or the United States trustee, and after notice and a hearing, the court shall revoke a discharge granted under subsection (a) of this section if--
- (1) * * *
- (2) the debtor acquired property that is property of the estate, or became entitled to acquire property that would be property of the estate, and knowingly and fraudulently failed to report the acquisition of or entitlement to such property, or to deliver or surrender such property to the trustee; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (3) the debtor committed an act specified in subsection (a)(6) of this section [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; or- (4) the debtor has failed to explain satisfactorily--
- (A) a material misstatement in an audit referred to in section 586(f) of title 28; or
- (B) a failure to make available for inspection all necessary accounts, papers, documents, financial records, files, and all other papers, things, or property belonging to the debtor that are requested for an audit referred to in section 586(f) of title 28.
[Struck out->][ Sec. 728. Special tax provisions ][<-Struck out]
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) For the purposes of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, the taxable period of a debtor that is an individual shall terminate on the date of the order for relief under this chapter, unless the case was converted under section 1112 or 1208 of this title. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (b) Notwithstanding any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, the trustee shall make tax returns of income for the estate of an individual debtor in a case under this chapter or for a debtor that is a corporation in a case under this chapter only if such estate or corporation has net taxable income for the entire period after the order for relief under this chapter during which the case is pending. If such entity has such income, or if the debtor is a partnership, then the trustee shall make and file a return of income for each taxable period during which the case was pending after the order for relief under this chapter. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (c) If there are pending a case under this chapter concerning a partnership and a case under this chapter concerning a partner in such partnership, a governmental unit's claim for any unpaid liability of such partner for a State or local tax on or measured by income, to the extent that such liability arose from the inclusion in such partner's taxable income of earnings of such partnership that were not withdrawn by such partner, is a claim only against such partnership. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (d) Notwithstanding section 541 of this title, if there are pending a case under this chapter concerning a partnership and a case under this chapter concerning a partner in such partnership, then any State or local tax refund or reduction of tax of such partner that would have otherwise been property of the estate of such partner under section 541 of this title-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) is property of the estate of such partnership to the extent that such tax refund or reduction of tax is fairly apportionable to losses sustained by such partnership and not reimbursed by such partner; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) is otherwise property of the estate of such partner. ][<-Struck out]SUBCHAPTER III--STOCKBROKER LIQUIDATION
Sec. 741. Definitions for this subchapter
- In this subchapter--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (7) `securities contract' means contract for the purchase, sale, or loan of a security, including an option for the purchase or sale of a security, certificate of deposit, or group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any option entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currencies, or the guarantee of any settlement of cash or securities by or to a securities clearing agency; ][<-Struck out]- (7) `securities contract'--
- (A) means--
- (i) a contract for the purchase, sale, or loan of a security, a certificate of deposit, a mortgage loan or any interest in a mortgage loan, a group or index of securities, certificates of deposit, or mortgage loans or interests therein (including an interest therein or based on the value thereof), or option on any of the foregoing, including an option to purchase or sell any such security, certificate of deposit, loan, interest, group or index, or option;
- (ii) any option entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currencies;
- (iii) the guarantee by or to any securities clearing agency of a settlement of cash, securities, certificates of deposit, mortgage loans or interests therein, group or index of securities, or mortgage loans or interests therein (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or option on any of the foregoing, including an option to purchase or sell any such security, certificate of deposit, loan, interest, group or index, or option;
- (iv) any margin loan;
- (v) any other agreement or transaction that is similar to an agreement or transaction referred to in this subparagraph;
- (vi) any combination of the agreements or transactions referred to in this subparagraph;
- (vii) any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in this subparagraph;
- (viii) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), or (vii), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a securities contract under this subparagraph, except that such master agreement shall be considered to be a securities contract under this subparagraph only with respect to each agreement or transaction under such master agreement that is referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), or (vii); or
- (ix) any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement, related to any agreement or transaction referred to in this subparagraph, but not to exceed the actual value of such contract on the date of the filing of the petition; and
- (B) does not include any purchase, sale, or repurchase obligation under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 753. Stockbroker liquidation and forward contract merchants, commodity brokers, stockbrokers, financial institutions, securities clearing agencies, swap participants, repo participants, and master netting agreement participants
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, the exercise of rights by a forward contract merchant, commodity broker, stockbroker, financial institution, securities clearing agency, swap participant, repo participant, financial participant, or master netting agreement participant under this title shall not affect the priority of any unsecured claim it may have after the exercise of such rights.
SUBCHAPTER IV--COMMODITY BROKER LIQUIDATION
Sec. 761. Definitions for this subchapter
- In this subchapter--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (4) `commodity contract' means--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (D) with respect to a clearing organization, contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade that is cleared by such clearing organization, or commodity option traded on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade that is cleared by such clearing organization; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]* * * * * * *
- (F) any other agreement or transaction that is similar to an agreement or transaction referred to in this paragraph;
- (G) any combination of the agreements or transactions referred to in this paragraph;
- (H) any option to enter into an agreement or transaction referred to in this paragraph;
- (I) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H), together with all supplements to such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a commodity contract under this paragraph, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a commodity contract under this paragraph only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H); or
- (J) any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in this paragraph, but not to exceed the actual value of such contract on the date of the filing of the petition;
* * * * * * *
Sec. 767. Commodity broker liquidation and forward contract merchants, commodity brokers, stockbrokers, financial institutions, financial participants, securities clearing agencies, swap participants, repo participants, and master netting agreement participants
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, the exercise of rights by a forward contract merchant, commodity broker, stockbroker, financial institution, financial participant, securities clearing agency, swap participant, repo participant, or master netting agreement participant under this title shall not affect the priority of any unsecured claim it may have after the exercise of such rights.
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 9--ADJUSTMENT OF DEBTS OF A MUNICIPALITY
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER I--GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sec. 901. Applicability of other sections of this title
- (a) Sections 301, 344, 347(b), 349, 350(b), 361, 362, 364(c), 364(d), 364(e), 364(f), 365, 366, 501, 502, 503, 504, 506, 507(a)(1), 509, 510, 524(a)(1), 524(a)(2), 544, 545, 546, 547, 548, 549(a), 549(c), 549(d), 550, 551, 552, 553, 555, 556, 557, 559, 560, 561, 562, 1102, 1103, 1109, 1111(b), 1122, 1123(a)(1), 1123(a)(2), 1123(a)(3), 1123(a)(4), 1123(a)(5), 1123(b), 1123(d), 1124, 1125, 1126(a), 1126(b), 1126(c), 1126(e), 1126(f), 1126(g), 1127(d), 1128, 1129(a)(2), 1129(a)(3), 1129(a)(6), 1129(a)(8), 1129(a)(10), 1129(b)(1), 1129(b)(2)(A), 1129(b)(2)(B), 1142(b), 1143, 1144, and 1145 of this title apply in a case under this chapter.
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER II--ADMINISTRATION
Sec. 921. Petition and proceedings relating to petition
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (d) If the petition is not dismissed under subsection (c) of this section, the court shall order relief under this chapter notwithstanding section 301(b).
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 11--REORGANIZATION
| SUBCHAPTER I--OFFICERS AND ADMINISTRATION |
| Sec. |
| 1101. Definitions for this chapter. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 1115. Property of the estate. |
| 1116. Duties of trustee or debtor in possession in small business cases. |
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1102. Creditors' and equity security holders' committees
- (a)(1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (3) On request of a party in interest in a case in which the debtor is a small business debtor and for cause, the court may order that a committee of creditors not be appointed.
- (4) On request of a party in interest and after notice and a hearing, the court may order the United States trustee to change the membership of a committee appointed under this subsection, if the court determines that the change is necessary to ensure adequate representation of creditors or equity security holders. The court may order the United States trustee to increase the number of members of a committee to include a creditor that is a small business concern (as described in section 3(a)(1) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632(a)(1))), if the court determines that the creditor holds claims (of the kind represented by the committee) the aggregate amount of which, in comparison to the annual gross revenue of that creditor, is disproportionately large.
- (b)(1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (3) A committee appointed under subsection (a) shall--
- (A) provide access to information for creditors who--
- (i) hold claims of the kind represented by that committee; and
- (ii) are not appointed to the committee;
- (B) solicit and receive comments from the creditors described in subparagraph (A); and
- (C) be subject to a court order that compels any additional report or disclosure to be made to the creditors described in subparagraph (A).
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1104. Appointment of trustee or examiner
- (a) At any time after the commencement of the case but before confirmation of a plan, on request of a party in interest or the United States trustee, and after notice and a hearing, the court shall order the appointment of a trustee--
- (1) for cause, including fraud, dishonesty, incompetence, or gross mismanagement of the affairs of the debtor by current management, either before or after the commencement of the case, or similar cause, but not including the number of holders of securities of the debtor or the amount of assets or liabilities of the debtor; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (2) if such appointment is in the interests of creditors, any equity security holders, and other interests of the estate, without regard to the number of holders of securities of the debtor or the amount of assets or liabilities of the debtor [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; or- (3) if grounds exist to convert or dismiss the case under section 1112, but the court determines that the appointment of a trustee or an examiner is in the best interests of creditors and the estate.
- (b)(1) Except as provided in section 1163 of this title, on the request of a party in interest made not later than 30 days after the court orders the appointment of a trustee under subsection (a), the United States trustee shall convene a meeting of creditors for the purpose of electing one disinterested person to serve as trustee in the case. The election of a trustee shall be conducted in the manner provided in subsections (a), (b), and (c) of section 702 of this title.
- (2)(A) If an eligible, disinterested trustee is elected at a meeting of creditors under paragraph (1), the United States trustee shall file a report certifying that election.
- (B) Upon the filing of a report under subparagraph (A)--
- (i) the trustee elected under paragraph (1) shall be considered to have been selected and appointed for purposes of this section; and
- (ii) the service of any trustee appointed under subsection (d) shall terminate.
- (C) In the case of any dispute arising out of an election described in subparagraph (A), the court shall resolve the dispute.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1106. Duties of trustee and examiner
- (a) A trustee shall--
- (1) perform the duties of a trustee specified in [Struck out->]
[ sections 704(2), 704(5), 704(7), 704(8), and 704(9) ][<-Struck out] paragraphs (2), (5), (7), (8), (9), and (11) of section 704(a) of this title;* * * * * * *
- (6) for any year for which the debtor has not filed a tax return required by law, furnish, without personal liability, such information as may be required by the governmental unit with which such tax return was to be filed, in light of the condition of the debtor's books and records and the availability of such information; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (7) after confirmation of a plan, file such reports as are necessary or as the court orders [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (8) if, with respect to an individual debtor, there is a claim for a domestic support obligation, provide the applicable notification specified in subsection (c).
* * * * * * *
- (c)(1) In any case described in subsection (a)(7), the trustee shall--
- (A)(i) notify in writing the holder of the claim of the right of that holder to use the services of a State child support enforcement agency established under sections 464 and 466 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 664, 666) for the State in which the holder resides; and
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the address and telephone number of the child support enforcement agency; and
- (B)(i) notify, in writing, the State child support agency (of the State in which the holder of the claim resides) of the claim;
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the name, address, and telephone number of the holder of the claim; and
- (iii) at such time as the debtor is granted a discharge under section 1141, notify the holder of the claim and the State child support agency of the State in which that holder resides of--
- (I) the granting of the discharge;
- (II) the last recent known address of the debtor;
- (III) the last recent known name and address of the debtor's employer; and
- (IV) with respect to the debtor's case, the name of each creditor that holds a claim that--
- (aa) is not discharged under paragraph (2), (3), or (14) of section 523(a); or
- (bb) was reaffirmed by the debtor under section 524(c).
- (2)(A) A holder of a claim or a State child support agency may request from a creditor described in paragraph (1)(B)(iii)(IV) the last known address of the debtor.
- (B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a creditor that makes a disclosure of a last known address of a debtor in connection with a request made under subparagraph (A) shall not be liable to the debtor or any other person by reason of making that disclosure.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1112. Conversion or dismissal
- (a) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (b) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, on request of a party in interest or the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator, and after notice and a hearing, the court may convert a case under this chapter to a case under chapter 7 of this title or may dismiss a case under this chapter, whichever is in the best interest of creditors and the estate, for cause, including-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) continuing loss to or diminution of the estate and absence of a reasonable likelihood of rehabilitation; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) inability to effectuate a plan; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) unreasonable delay by the debtor that is prejudicial to creditors; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (4) failure to propose a plan under section 1121 of this title within any time fixed by the court; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (5) denial of confirmation of every proposed plan and denial of a request made for additional time for filing another plan or a modification of a plan; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (6) revocation of an order of confirmation under section 1144 of this title, and denial of confirmation of another plan or a modified plan under section 1129 of this title; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (7) inability to effectuate substantial consummation of a confirmed plan; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (8) material default by the debtor with respect to a confirmed plan; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (9) termination of a plan by reason of the occurrence of a condition specified in the plan; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (10) nonpayment of any fees or charges required under chapter 123 of title 28. ][<-Struck out]- (b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, subsection (c) of this section, and section 1104(a)(3), on request of a party in interest, and after notice and a hearing, the court shall convert a case under this chapter to a case under chapter 7 or dismiss a case under this chapter, whichever is in the best interest of creditors and the estate, if the movant establishes cause.
- (2) The relief provided in paragraph (1) shall not be granted if the debtor or another party in interest objects and establishes by a preponderance of the evidence that--
- (A) a plan with a reasonable possibility of being confirmed will be filed within a reasonable period of time; and
- (B) the grounds include an act or omission of the debtor--
- (i) for which there exists a reasonable justification for the act or omission; and
- (ii) that will be cured within a reasonable period of time fixed by the court.
- (3) The court shall commence the hearing on any motion under this subsection not later than 30 days after filing of the motion, and shall decide the motion not later than 15 days after commencement of the hearing, unless the movant expressly consents to a continuance for a specific period of time or compelling circumstances prevent the court from meeting the time limits established by this paragraph.
- (4) For purposes of this subsection, the term `cause' includes--
- (A) substantial or continuing loss to or diminution of the estate;
- (B) gross mismanagement of the estate;
- (C) failure to maintain appropriate insurance that poses a risk to the estate or to the public;
- (D) unauthorized use of cash collateral harmful to 1 or more creditors;
- (E) failure to comply with an order of the court;
- (F) repeated failure timely to satisfy any filing or reporting requirement established by this title or by any rule applicable to a case under this chapter;
- (G) failure to attend the meeting of creditors convened under section 341(a) or an examination ordered under rule 2004 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure;
- (H) failure timely to provide information or attend meetings reasonably requested by the United States trustee or the bankruptcy administrator;
- (I) failure timely to pay taxes due after the date of the order for relief or to file tax returns due after the order for relief;
- (J) failure to file a disclosure statement, or to file or confirm a plan, within the time fixed by this title or by order of the court;
- (K) failure to pay any fees or charges required under chapter 123 of title 28;
- (L) revocation of an order of confirmation under section 1144;
- (M) inability to effectuate substantial consummation of a confirmed plan;
- (N) material default by the debtor with respect to a confirmed plan;
- (O) termination of a confirmed plan by reason of the occurrence of a condition specified in the plan; and
- (P) failure of the debtor to pay any domestic support obligation that first becomes payable after the date on which the petition is filed.
- (5) The court shall commence the hearing on any motion under this subsection not later than 30 days after filing of the motion, and shall decide the motion not later than 15 days after commencement of the hearing, unless the movant expressly consents to a continuance for a specific period of time or compelling circumstances prevent the court from meeting the time limits established by this paragraph.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1115. Property of the estate
- (a) In a case concerning an individual debtor, property of the estate includes, in addition to the property specified in section 541--
- (1) all property of the kind specified in section 541 that the debtor acquires after the commencement of the case but before the case is closed, dismissed, or converted to a case under chapter 7, 12, or 13, whichever occurs first; and
- (2) earnings from services performed by the debtor after the commencement of the case but before the case is closed, dismissed, or converted to a case under chapter 7, 12, or 13, whichever occurs first.
- (b) Except as provided in section 1104 or a confirmed plan or order confirming a plan, the debtor shall remain in possession of all property of the estate.
Sec. 1116. Duties of trustee or debtor in possession in small business cases
- In a small business case, a trustee or the debtor in possession, in addition to the duties provided in this title and as otherwise required by law, shall--
- (1) append to the voluntary petition or, in an involuntary case, file not later than 7 days after the date of the order for relief--
- (A) its most recent balance sheet, statement of operations, cash-flow statement, Federal income tax return; or
- (B) a statement made under penalty of perjury that no balance sheet, statement of operations, or cash-flow statement has been prepared and no Federal tax return has been filed;
- (2) attend, through its senior management personnel and counsel, meetings scheduled by the court or the United States trustee, including initial debtor interviews, scheduling conferences, and meetings of creditors convened under section 341 unless the court waives that requirement after notice and hearing, upon a finding of extraordinary and compelling circumstances;
- (3) timely file all schedules and statements of financial affairs, unless the court, after notice and a hearing, grants an extension, which shall not extend such time period to a date later than 30 days after the date of the order for relief, absent extraordinary and compelling circumstances;
- (4) file all postpetition financial and other reports required by the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure or by local rule of the district court;
- (5) subject to section 363(c)(2), maintain insurance customary and appropriate to the industry;
- (6)(A) timely file tax returns and other required government filings; and
- (B) subject to section 363(c)(2), timely pay all administrative expense tax claims, except those being contested by appropriate proceedings being diligently prosecuted; and
- (7) allow the United States trustee, or a designated representative of the United States trustee, to inspect the debtor's business premises, books, and records at reasonable times, after reasonable prior written notice, unless notice is waived by the debtor.
SUBCHAPTER II--THE PLAN
Sec. 1121. Who may file a plan
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (d) [Struck out->]
[ On ][<-Struck out] (1) Subject to paragraph (2), on request of a party in interest made within the respective periods specified in subsections (b) and (c) of this section and after notice and a hearing, the court may for cause reduce or increase the 120-day period or the 180-day period referred to in this section.- (2)(A) The 120-day period specified in paragraph (1) may not be extended beyond a date that is 18 months after the date of the order for relief under this chapter.
- (B) The 180-day period specified in paragraph (1) may not be extended beyond a date that is 20 months after the date of the order for relief under this chapter.
- [Struck out->]
[ (e) In a case in which the debtor is a small business and elects to be considered a small business-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) only the debtor may file a plan until after 100 days after the date of the order for relief under this chapter; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) all plans shall be filed within 160 days after the date of the order for relief; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) on request of a party in interest made within the respective periods specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) and after notice and a hearing, the court may-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) reduce the 100-day period or the 160-day period specified in paragraph (1) or (2) for cause; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) increase the 100-day period specified in paragraph (1) if the debtor shows that the need for an increase is caused by circumstances for which the debtor should not be held accountable. ][<-Struck out]- (e) In a small business case--
- (1) only the debtor may file a plan until after 180 days after the date of the order for relief, unless that period is--
- (A) extended as provided by this subsection, after notice and hearing; or
- (B) the court, for cause, orders otherwise;
- (2) the plan, and any necessary disclosure statement, shall be filed not later than 300 days after the date of the order for relief; and
- (3) the time periods specified in paragraphs (1) and (2), and the time fixed in section 1129(e), within which the plan shall be confirmed, may be extended only if--
- (A) the debtor, after providing notice to parties in interest (including the United States trustee), demonstrates by a preponderance of the evidence that it is more likely than not that the court will confirm a plan within a reasonable period of time;
- (B) a new deadline is imposed at the time the extension is granted; and
- (C) the order extending time is signed before the existing deadline has expired.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1123. Contents of plan
- (a) Notwithstanding any otherwise applicable nonbankruptcy law, a plan shall--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (6) provide for the inclusion in the charter of the debtor, if the debtor is a corporation, or of any corporation referred to in paragraph (5)(B) or (5)(C) of this subsection, of a provision prohibiting the issuance of nonvoting equity securities, and providing, as to the several classes of securities possessing voting power, an appropriate distribution of such power among such classes, including, in the case of any class of equity securities having a preference over another class of equity securities with respect to dividends, adequate provisions for the election of directors representing such preferred class in the event of default in the payment of such dividends; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (7) contain only provisions that are consistent with the interests of creditors and equity security holders and with public policy with respect to the manner of selection of any officer, director, or trustee under the plan and any successor to such officer, director, or trustee [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (8) in a case concerning an individual, provide for the payment to creditors through the plan of all or such portion of earnings from personal services performed by the debtor after the commencement of the case or other future income of the debtor as is necessary for the execution of the plan.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1124. Impairment of claims or interests
- Except as provided in section 1123(a)(4) of this title, a class of claims or interests is impaired under a plan unless, with respect to each claim or interest of such class, the plan--
- (1) * * *
- (2) notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law that entitles the holder of such claim or interest to demand or receive accelerated payment of such claim or interest after the occurrence of a default--
- (A) cures any such default that occurred before or after the commencement of the case under this title, other than a default of a kind specified in section 365(b)(2) of this title or of a kind that section 365(b)(2) of this title expressly does not require to be cured;
* * * * * * *
- (C) compensates the holder of such claim or interest for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable reliance by such holder on such contractual provision or such applicable law; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (D) if such claim or such interest arises from any failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation, other than a default arising from failure to operate a non-residential real property lease subject to section 365(b)(1)(A), compensates the holder of such claim or such interest (other than the debtor or an insider) for any actual pecuniary loss incurred by such holder as a result of such failure; and
- [Struck out->]
[ (D) ][<-Struck out] (E) does not otherwise alter the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which such claim or interest entitles the holder of such claim or interest.* * * * * * *
Sec. 1125. Postpetition disclosure and solicitation
- (a) In this section--
- (1) `adequate information' means information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, as far as is reasonably practicable in light of the nature and history of the debtor and the condition of the debtor's books and records, including a discussion of the potential material Federal tax consequences of the plan to the debtor, any successor to the debtor, and a hypothetical investor typical of the holders of claims or interests in the case, that would enable [Struck out->]
[ a hypothetical reasonable investor typical of holders of claims or interests ][<-Struck out] such a hypothetical investor of the relevant class to make an informed judgment about the plan, but adequate information need not include such information about any other possible or proposed plan and in determining whether a disclosure statement provides adequate information, the court shall consider the complexity of the case, the benefit of additional information to creditors and other parties in interest, and the cost of providing additional information; and* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (f) Notwithstanding subsection (b), in a case in which the debtor has elected under section 1121(e) to be considered a small business-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (1) the court may conditionally approve a disclosure statement subject to final approval after notice and a hearing; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) acceptances and rejections of a plan may be solicited based on a conditionally approved disclosure statement as long as the debtor provides adequate information to each holder of a claim or interest that is solicited, but a conditionally approved disclosure statement shall be mailed at least 10 days prior to the date of the hearing on confirmation of the plan; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) a hearing on the disclosure statement may be combined with a hearing on confirmation of a plan. ][<-Struck out]- (f) Notwithstanding subsection (b), in a small business case--
- (1) the court may determine that the plan itself provides adequate information and that a separate disclosure statement is not necessary;
- (2) the court may approve a disclosure statement submitted on standard forms approved by the court or adopted under section 2075 of title 28; and
- (3)(A) the court may conditionally approve a disclosure statement subject to final approval after notice and a hearing;
- (B) acceptances and rejections of a plan may be solicited based on a conditionally approved disclosure statement if the debtor provides adequate information to each holder of a claim or interest that is solicited, but a conditionally approved disclosure statement shall be mailed not later than 20 days before the date of the hearing on confirmation of the plan; and
- (C) the hearing on the disclosure statement may be combined with the hearing on confirmation of a plan.
- (g) Notwithstanding subsection (b), an acceptance or rejection of the plan may be solicited from a holder of a claim or interest if such solicitation complies with applicable nonbankruptcy law and if such holder was solicited before the commencement of the case in a manner complying with applicable nonbankruptcy law.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1127. Modification of plan
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (e) In a case concerning an individual, the plan may be modified at any time after confirmation of the plan but before the completion of payments under the plan, whether or not the plan has been substantially consummated, upon request of the debtor, the trustee, the United States trustee, or the holder of an allowed unsecured claim, to--
- (1) increase or reduce the amount of payments on claims of a particular class provided for by the plan;
- (2) extend or reduce the time period for such payments; or
- (3) alter the amount of the distribution to a creditor whose claim is provided for by the plan to the extent necessary to take account of any payment of such claim made other than under the plan.
- (f)(1) Sections 1121 through 1128 of this title and the requirements of section 1129 of this title apply to any modification under subsection (a).
- (2) The plan, as modified, shall become the plan only after there has been disclosure under section 1125, as the court may direct, notice and a hearing, and such modification is approved.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1129. Confirmation of plan
- (a) The court shall confirm a plan only if all of the following requirements are met:
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (9) Except to the extent that the holder of a particular claim has agreed to a different treatment of such claim, the plan provides that--
- (A) * * *
- (B) with respect to a class of claims of a kind specified in section 507(a)(3), 507(a)(4), 507(a)(5), 507(a)(6), or 507(a)(7) of this title, each holder of a claim of such class will receive--
- (i) * * *
- (ii) if such class has not accepted the plan, cash on the effective date of the plan equal to the allowed amount of such claim; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (C) with respect to a claim of a kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of this title, the holder of such claim will receive on account of such claim [Struck out->]
[ deferred cash payments, over a period not exceeding six years after the date of assessment of such claim, of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of such claim. ][<-Struck out] regular installment payments in cash--- (i) of a total value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of such claim;
- (ii) over a period ending not later than 5 years after the date of the entry of the order for relief under section 301, 302, or 303; and
- (iii) in a manner not less favorable than the most favored nonpriority unsecured claim provided for in the plan (other than cash payments made to a class of creditors under section 1122(b)); and
- (D) with respect to a secured claim which would otherwise meet the description of an unsecured claim of a governmental unit under section 507(a)(8), but for the secured status of that claim, the holder of that claim will receive on account of that claim, cash payments, in the same manner and over the same period, as prescribed in subparagraph (C).
* * * * * * *
- (14) If the debtor is required by a judicial or administrative order or statute to pay a domestic support obligation, the debtor has paid all amounts payable under such order or statute for such obligation that first become payable after the date on which the petition is filed.
- (15) In a case concerning an individual in which the holder of an allowed unsecured claim objects to the confirmation of the plan--
- (A) the value of the property to be distributed under the plan on account of such claim is, as of the effective date of the plan, not less than the amount of such claim; or
- (B) the value of the property to be distributed under the plan is not less than the debtor's projected disposable income (as that term is defined in section 1325(b)(2)) to be received during the 5-year period beginning on the date that the first payment is due under the plan, or during the term of the plan, whichever is longer.
- (16) All transfers of property of the plan shall be made in accordance with any applicable provisions of nonbankruptcy law that govern the transfer of property by a corporation or trust that is not a moneyed, business, or commercial corporation or trust.
- (b)(1) * * *
- (2) For the purpose of this subsection, the condition that a plan be fair and equitable with respect to a class includes the following requirements:
- (A) * * *
- (B) With respect to a class of unsecured claims--
- (i) * * *
- (ii) the holder of any claim or interest that is junior to the claims of such class will not receive or retain under the plan on account of such junior claim or interest any property, except that in a case concerning an individual, the debtor may retain property included in the estate under section 1115, subject to the requirements of subsection (a)(14).
* * * * * * *
- (e) In a small business case, the plan shall be confirmed not later than 175 days after the date of the order for relief, unless such 175-day period is extended as provided in section 1121(e)(3).
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER III--POSTCONFIRMATION MATTERS
Sec. 1141. Effect of confirmation
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (d)(1) * * *
- (2) [Struck out->]
[ The confirmation of a plan does not discharge an individual debtor ][<-Struck out] A discharge under this chapter does not discharge a debtor from any debt excepted from discharge under section 523 of this title.* * * * * * *
- (5) In a case concerning an individual--
- (A) except as otherwise ordered for cause shown, the discharge is not effective until completion of all payments under the plan; and
- (B) at any time after the confirmation of the plan and after notice and a hearing, the court may grant a discharge to a debtor that has not completed payments under the plan only if--
- (i) for each allowed unsecured claim, the value, as of the effective date of the plan, of property actually distributed under the plan on account of that claim is not less than the amount that would have been paid on such claim if the estate of the debtor had been liquidated under chapter 7 of this title on such date; and
- (ii) modification of the plan under 1127 of this title is not practicable.
- (6) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the confirmation of a plan does not discharge a debtor that is a corporation from any debt described in section 523(a)(2) or for a tax or customs duty with respect to which the debtor--
- (A) made a fraudulent return; or
- (B) willfully attempted in any manner to evade or defeat that tax or duty.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1146. Special tax provisions
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) For the purposes of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, the taxable period of a debtor that is an individual shall terminate on the date of the order for relief under this chapter, unless the case was converted under section 706 of this title. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (b) The trustee shall make a State or local tax return of income for the estate of an individual debtor in a case under this chapter for each taxable period after the order for relief under this chapter during which the case is pending. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (c) ][<-Struck out] (a) The issuance, transfer, or exchange of a security, or the making or delivery of an instrument of transfer under a plan confirmed under section 1129 of this title, may not be taxed under any law imposing a stamp tax or similar tax.- [Struck out->]
[ (d) ][<-Struck out] (b) The court may authorize the proponent of a plan to request a determination, limited to questions of law, by a State or local governmental unit charged with responsibility for collection or determination of a tax on or measured by income, of the tax effects, under section 346 of this title and under the law imposing such tax, of the plan. In the event of an actual controversy, the court may declare such effects after the earlier of--- (1) the date on which such governmental unit responds to the request under this subsection; or
- (2) 270 days after such request.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1170. Abandonment of railroad line
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (e)(1) In authorizing any abandonment of a railroad line under this section, the court shall require the rail carrier to provide a fair arrangement at least as protective of the interests of employees as that established under section [Struck out->]
[ 11347 ][<-Struck out] 11326(a) of title 49.* * * * * * *
Sec. 1172. Contents of plan
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c)(1) In approving an application under subsection (b) of this section, the Board shall require the rail carrier to provide a fair arrangement at least as protective of the interests of employees as that established under section [Struck out->]
[ 11347 ][<-Struck out] 11326(a) of title 49.* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 12--ADJUSTMENT OF DEBTS OF A FAMILY FARMER WITH REGULAR ANNUAL INCOME
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER I--OFFICERS, ADMINISTRATION, AND THE ESTATE
Sec. 1202. Trustee
- (a) * * *
- (b) The trustee shall--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (4) ensure that the debtor commences making timely payments required by a confirmed plan; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (5) if the debtor ceases to be a debtor in possession, perform the duties specified in sections 704(8), 1106(a)(1), 1106(a)(2), 1106(a)(6), 1106(a)(7), and 1203 [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (6) if, with respect to an individual debtor, there is a claim for a domestic support obligation, provide the applicable notification specified in subsection (c).
- (c)(1) In any case described in subsection (b)(6), the trustee shall--
- (A)(i) notify in writing the holder of the claim of the right of that holder to use the services of a State child support enforcement agency established under sections 464 and 466 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 664, 666) for the State in which the holder resides; and
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the address and telephone number of the child support enforcement agency; and
- (B)(i) notify, in writing, the State child support agency (of the State in which the holder of the claim resides) of the claim;
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the name, address, and telephone number of the holder of the claim; and
- (iii) at such time as the debtor is granted a discharge under section 1228, notify the holder of the claim and the State child support agency of the State in which that holder resides of--
- (I) the granting of the discharge;
- (II) the last recent known address of the debtor;
- (III) the last recent known name and address of the debtor's employer; and
- (IV) with respect to the debtor's case, the name of each creditor that holds a claim that--
- (aa) is not discharged under paragraph (2), (4), or (14) of section 523(a); or
- (bb) was reaffirmed by the debtor under section 524(c).
- (2)(A) A holder of a claim or a State child support agency may request from a creditor described in paragraph (1)(B)(iii)(IV) the last known address of the debtor.
- (B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a creditor that makes a disclosure of a last known address of a debtor in connection with a request made under subparagraph (A) shall not be liable to the debtor or any other person by reason of making that disclosure.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1208. Conversion or dismissal
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) On request of a party in interest, and after notice and a hearing, the court may dismiss a case under this chapter for cause, including--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (8) termination of a confirmed plan by reason of the occurrence of a condition specified in the plan; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (9) continuing loss to or diminution of the estate and absence of a reasonable likelihood of rehabilitation [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (10) failure of the debtor to pay any domestic support obligation that first becomes payable after the date on which the petition is filed.
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER II--THE PLAN
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1222. Contents of plan
- (a) The plan shall--
- (1) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (2) provide for the full payment, in deferred cash payments, of all claims entitled to priority under section 507 of this title, unless the holder of a particular claim agrees to a different treatment of such claim; and ][<-Struck out]- (2) provide for the full payment, in deferred cash payments, of all claims entitled to priority under section 507, unless--
- (A) the claim is a claim owed to a governmental unit that arises as a result of the sale, transfer, exchange, or other disposition of any farm asset used in the debtor's farming operation, in which case the claim shall be treated as an unsecured claim that is not entitled to priority under section 507, but the debt shall be treated in such manner only if the debtor receives a discharge; or
- (B) the holder of a particular claim agrees to a different treatment of that claim;
- (3) if the plan classifies claims and interests, provide the same treatment for each claim or interest within a particular class unless the holder of a particular claim or interest agrees to less favorable treatment [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (4) notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a plan may provide for less than full payment of all amounts owed for a claim entitled to priority under section 507(a)(1)(B) only if the plan provides that all of the debtor's projected disposable income for a 5-year period, beginning on the date that the first payment is due under the plan, will be applied to make payments under the plan.
- (b) Subject to subsections (a) and (c) of this section, the plan may--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (11) provide for the payment of interest accruing after the date of the filing of the petition on unsecured claims that are nondischargeable under section 1328(a), except that such interest may be paid only to the extent that the debtor has disposable income available to pay such interest after making provision for full payment of all allowed claims;
- [Struck out->]
[ (11) ][<-Struck out] (12) include any other appropriate provision not inconsistent with this title.* * * * * * *
Sec. 1225. Confirmation of plan
- (a) Except as provided in subsection (b), the court shall confirm a plan if--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (5) with respect to each allowed secured claim provided for by the plan--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) the debtor surrenders the property securing such claim to such holder; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (6) the debtor will be able to make all payments under the plan and to comply with the plan [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (7) if the debtor is required by a judicial or administrative order or statute to pay a domestic support obligation, the debtor has paid all amounts payable under such order for such obligation that first become payable after the date on which the petition is filed.
- (b)(1) * * *
- (2) For purposes of this subsection, `disposable income' means income which is received by the debtor and which is not reasonably necessary to be expended--
- (A) for the maintenance or support of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor or for a domestic support obligation that first becomes payable after the date on which the petition is filed; or
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1228. Discharge
- (a) As soon as practicable after completion by the debtor of all payments under the plan, and in the case of a debtor who is required by a judicial or administrative order to pay a domestic support obligation, after such debtor certifies that all amounts payable under such order or statute that are due on or before the date of the certification (including amounts due before the petition was filed, but only to the extent provided for in the plan) have been paid, other than payments to holders of allowed claims provided for under section 1222(b)(5) or [Struck out->]
[ 1222(b)(10) ][<-Struck out] 1222(b)(9) of this title, unless the court approves a written waiver of discharge executed by the debtor after the order for relief under this chapter, the court shall grant the debtor a discharge of all debts provided for by the plan allowed under section 503 of this title or disallowed under section 502 of this title, except any debt--- (1) provided for under section 1222(b)(5) or [Struck out->]
[ 1222(b)(10) ][<-Struck out] 1222(b)(9) of this title; or- (2) of the kind specified in section 523(a) of this title.
* * * * * * *
- (c) A discharge granted under subsection (b) of this section discharges the debtor from all unsecured debts provided for by the plan or disallowed under section 502 of this title, except any debt--
- (1) provided for under section 1222(b)(5) or [Struck out->]
[ 1222(b)(10) ][<-Struck out] 1222(b)(9) of this title; or- (2) of a kind specified in section 523(a) of this title.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1231. Special tax provisions
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) For the purpose of any State or local law imposing a tax on or measured by income, the taxable period of a debtor that is an individual shall terminate on the date of the order for relief under this chapter, unless the case was converted under section 706 of this title. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (b) The trustee shall make a State or local tax return of income for the estate of an individual debtor in a case under this chapter for each taxable period after the order for relief under this chapter during which the case is pending. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (c) ][<-Struck out] (a) The issuance, transfer, or exchange of a security, or the making or delivery of an instrument of transfer under a plan confirmed under section 1225 of this title, may not be taxed under any law imposing a stamp tax or similar tax.- [Struck out->]
[ (d) ][<-Struck out] (b) The court may authorize the proponent of a plan to request a determination, limited to questions of law, by [Struck out->][ a State or local governmental unit ][<-Struck out] any governmental unit charged with responsibility for collection or determination of a tax on or measured by income, of the tax effects, under section 346 of this title and under the law imposing such tax, of the plan. In the event of an actual controversy, the court may declare such effects after the earlier of--- (1) the date on which such governmental unit responds to the request under this subsection; or
- (2) 270 days after such request.
CHAPTER 13--ADJUSTMENT OF DEBTS OF AN INDIVIDUAL WITH REGULAR INCOME
| SUBCHAPTER I--OFFICERS, ADMINISTRATION, AND THE ESTATE |
| Sec. |
| 1301. Stay of action against codebtor. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 1308. Filing of prepetition tax returns. |
* * * * * * *
SUBCHAPTER I--OFFICERS, ADMINISTRATION, AND THE ESTATE
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1302. Trustee
- (a) * * *
- (b) The trustee shall--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (4) advise, other than on legal matters, and assist the debtor in performance under the plan; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (5) ensure that the debtor commences making timely payments under section 1326 of this title [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (6) if, with respect to an individual debtor, there is a claim for a domestic support obligation, provide the applicable notification specified in subsection (d).
* * * * * * *
- (d)(1) In any case described in subsection (b)(6), the trustee shall--
- (A)(i) notify in writing the holder of the claim of the right of that holder to use the services of a State child support enforcement agency established under sections 464 and 466 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 664, 666) for the State in which the holder resides; and
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the address and telephone number of the child support enforcement agency; and
- (B)(i) notify in writing the State child support agency of the State in which the holder of the claim resides of the claim;
- (ii) include in the notice under this paragraph the name, address, and telephone number of the holder of the claim; and
- (iii) at such time as the debtor is granted a discharge under section 1328, notify the holder of the claim and the State child support agency of the State in which that holder resides of--
- (I) the granting of the discharge;
- (II) the last recent known address of the debtor;
- (III) the last recent known name and address of the debtor's employer; and
- (IV) with respect to the debtor's case, the name of each creditor that holds a claim that--
- (aa) is not discharged under paragraph (2), (4), or (14) of section 523(a); or
- (bb) was reaffirmed by the debtor under section 524(c).
- (2)(A) A holder of a claim or a State child support agency may request from a creditor described in paragraph (1)(B)(iii)(IV) the last known address of the debtor.
- (B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a creditor that makes a disclosure of a last known address of a debtor in connection with a request made under subparagraph (A) shall not be liable to the debtor or any other person by reason of making that disclosure.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1307. Conversion or dismissal
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) Except as provided in subsection (e) of this section, on request of a party in interest or the United States trustee and after notice and a hearing, the court may convert a case under this chapter to a case under chapter 7 of this title, or may dismiss a case under this chapter, whichever is in the best interests of creditors and the estate, for cause, including--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (9) only on request of the United States trustee, failure of the debtor to file, within fifteen days, or such additional time as the court may allow, after the filing of the petition commencing such case, the information required by paragraph (1) of section 521; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out]- (10) only on request of the United States trustee, failure to timely file the information required by paragraph (2) of section 521 [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; or- (11) failure of the debtor to pay any domestic support obligation that first becomes payable after the date on which the petition is filed.
- (e) Upon the failure of the debtor to file a tax return under section 1308, on request of a party in interest or the United States trustee and after notice and a hearing, the court shall dismiss a case or convert a case under this chapter to a case under chapter 7 of this title, whichever is in the best interest of the creditors and the estate.
- [Struck out->]
[ (e) ][<-Struck out] (f) The court may not convert a case under this chapter to a case under chapter 7, 11, or 12 of this title if the debtor is a farmer, unless the debtor requests such conversion.- [Struck out->]
[ (f) ][<-Struck out] (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a case may not be converted to a case under another chapter of this title unless the debtor may be a debtor under such chapter.Sec. 1308. Filing of prepetition tax returns
- (a) Not later than the day before the date on which the meeting of the creditors is first scheduled to be held under section 341(a), if the debtor was required to file a tax return under applicable nonbankruptcy law, the debtor shall file with appropriate tax authorities all tax returns for all taxable periods ending during the 4-year period ending on the date of the filing of the petition.
- (b)(1) Subject to paragraph (2), if the tax returns required by subsection (a) have not been filed by the date on which the meeting of creditors is first scheduled to be held under section 341(a), the trustee may hold open that meeting for a reasonable period of time to allow the debtor an additional period of time to file any unfiled returns, but such additional period of time shall not extend beyond--
- (A) for any return that is past due as of the date of the filing of the petition, the date that is 120 days after the date of that meeting; or
- (B) for any return that is not past due as of the date of the filing of the petition, the later of--
- (i) the date that is 120 days after the date of that meeting; or
- (ii) the date on which the return is due under the last automatic extension of time for filing that return to which the debtor is entitled, and for which request is timely made, in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law.
- (2) Upon notice and hearing, and order entered before the tolling of any applicable filing period determined under this subsection, if the debtor demonstrates by a preponderance of the evidence that the failure to file a return as required under this subsection is attributable to circumstances beyond the control of the debtor, the court may extend the filing period established by the trustee under this subsection for--
- (A) a period of not more than 30 days for returns described in paragraph (1); and
- (B) a period not to extend after the applicable extended due date for a return described in paragraph (2).
- (c) For purposes of this section, the term `return' includes a return prepared pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of section 6020 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a similar State or local law, or a written stipulation to a judgment or a final order entered by a nonbankruptcy tribunal.
SUBCHAPTER II--THE PLAN
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1322. Contents of plan
- (a) The plan shall--
- (1) * * *
- (2) provide for the full payment, in deferred cash payments, of all claims entitled to priority under section 507 of this title, unless the holder of a particular claim agrees to a different treatment of such claim; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (3) if the plan classifies claims, provide the same treatment for each claim within a particular class [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (4) notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a plan may provide for less than full payment of all amounts owed for a claim entitled to priority under section 507(a)(1)(B) only if the plan provides that all of the debtor's projected disposable income for a 5-year period beginning on the date that the first payment is due under the plan will be applied to make payments under the plan.
- (b) Subject to subsections (a) and (c) of this section, the plan may--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (9) provide for the vesting of property of the estate, on confirmation of the plan or at a later time, in the debtor or in any other entity; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (10) provide for the payment of interest accruing after the date of the filing of the petition on unsecured claims that are nondischargeable under section 1328(a), except that such interest may be paid only to the extent that the debtor has disposable income available to pay such interest after making provision for full payment of all allowed claims; and
- [Struck out->]
[ (10) ][<-Struck out] (11) include any other appropriate provision not inconsistent with this title.* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (d) The plan may not provide for payments over a period that is longer than three years, unless the court, for cause, approves a longer period, but the court may not approve a period that is longer than five years. ][<-Struck out]- (d)(1) If the current monthly income of the debtor and the debtor's spouse combined, when multiplied by 12, is not less than--
- (A) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census;
- (B) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2, 3, or 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (C) in the case of a debtor in a household exceeding 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of 4 or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census, plus $525 per month for each individual in excess of 4,
- the plan may not provide for payments over a period that is longer than 5 years.
- (2) If the current monthly income of the debtor and the debtor's spouse combined, when multiplied by 12, is less than--
- (A) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census;
- (B) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2, 3, or 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (C) in the case of a debtor in a household exceeding 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of 4 or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census, plus $525 per month for each individual in excess of 4,
- the plan may not provide for payments over a period that is longer than 3 years, unless the court, for cause, approves a longer period, but the court may not approve a period that is longer than 5 years.
* * * * * * *
- (f) A plan may not materially alter the terms of a loan described in section 362(b)(19) and any amounts required to repay such loan shall not constitute `disposable income' under section 1325.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1324. Confirmation hearing
- [Struck out->]
[ After ][<-Struck out] (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) and after notice, the court shall hold a hearing on confirmation of the plan. A party in interest may object to confirmation of the plan.- (b) The hearing on confirmation of the plan may be held not earlier than 20 days and not later than 45 days after the date of the meeting of creditors under section 341(a).
Sec. 1325. Confirmation of plan
- (a) Except as provided in subsection (b), the court shall confirm a plan if--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (5) with respect to each allowed secured claim provided for by the plan--
- (A) the holder of such claim has accepted the plan;
- (B) [Struck out->]
[ (i) the plan provides that the holder of such claim retain the lien securing such claim; and ][<-Struck out]- (i) the plan provides that--
- (I) the holder of such claim retain the lien securing such claim until the earlier of--
- (aa) the payment of the underlying debt determined under nonbankruptcy law; or
- (bb) discharge under section 1328; and
- (II) if the case under this chapter is dismissed or converted without completion of the plan, such lien shall also be retained by such holder to the extent recognized by applicable nonbankruptcy law;
- (ii) the value, as of the effective date of the plan, of property to be distributed under the plan on account of such claim is not less than the allowed amount of such claim; [Struck out->]
[ or ][<-Struck out] and- (iii) if--
- (I) property to be distributed pursuant to this subsection is in the form of periodic payments, such payments shall be in equal monthly amounts; and
- (II) the holder of the claim is secured by personal property, the amount of such payments shall not be less than an amount sufficient to provide to the holder of such claim adequate protection during the period of the plan; or
- (C) the debtor surrenders the property securing such claim to such holder; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (6) the debtor will be able to make all payments under the plan and to comply with the plan [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ;- (7) the action of the debtor in filing the petition was in good faith;
- (8) the debtor is required by a judicial or administrative order or statute to pay a domestic support obligation, the debtor has paid all amounts payable under such order or statute for such obligation that first becomes payable after the date on which the petition is filed; and
- (9) the debtor has filed all applicable Federal, State, and local tax returns as required by section 1308.
- For purposes of paragraph (5), section 506 shall not apply to a claim described in that paragraph if the creditor has a purchase money security interest securing the debt that is the subject of the claim, the debt was incurred within the 5-year period preceding the filing of the petition, and the collateral for that debt consists of a motor vehicle (as defined in section 30102 of title 49) acquired for the personal use of the debtor, or if collateral for that debt consists of any other thing of value, if the debt was incurred during the 1-year period preceding that filing.
- (b)(1) If the trustee or the holder of an allowed unsecured claim objects to the confirmation of the plan, then the court may not approve the plan unless, as of the effective date of the plan--
- (A) the value of the property to be distributed under the plan on account of such claim is not less than the amount of such claim; or
- (B) the plan provides that all of the debtor's projected disposable income to be received in the [Struck out->]
[ three-year period ][<-Struck out] applicable commitment period beginning on the date that the first payment is due under the plan will be applied to make payments to unsecured creditors under the plan.- [Struck out->]
[ (2) For purposes of this subsection, `disposable income' means income which is received by the debtor and which is not reasonably necessary to be expended-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) for the maintenance or support of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor, including charitable contributions (that meet the definition of `charitable contribution' under section 548(d)(3)) to a qualified religious or charitable entity or organization (as that term is defined in section 548(d)(4)) in an amount not to exceed 15 percent of the gross income of the debtor for the year in which the contributions are made; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) if the debtor is engaged in business, for the payment of expenditures necessary for the continuation, preservation, and operation of such business. ][<-Struck out]- (2) For purposes of this subsection, the term `disposable income' means current monthly income received by the debtor (other than child support payments, foster care payments, or disability payments for a dependent child made in accordance with applicable nonbankruptcy law to the extent reasonably necessary to be expended for such child) less amounts reasonably necessary to be expended--
- (A) for the maintenance or support of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor or for a domestic support obligation that first becomes payable after the date on which the petition is filed or for a domestic support obligation that first becomes payable after the date the petition is filed and for charitable contributions (that meet the definition of `charitable contribution' under section 548(d)(3) to a qualified religious or charitable entity or organization (as that term is defined in section 548(d)(4)) in an amount not to exceed 15 percent of gross income of the debtor for the year in which the contributions are made; and
- (B) if the debtor is engaged in business, for the payment of expenditures necessary for the continuation, preservation, and operation of such business.
- (3) Amounts reasonably necessary to be expended under paragraph (2) shall be determined in accordance with subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 707(b)(2), if the debtor has current monthly income, when multiplied by 12, greater than--
- (A) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census;
- (B) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2, 3, or 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (C) in the case of a debtor in a household exceeding 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of 4 or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census, plus $525 per month for each individual in excess of 4.
- (4) For purposes of this subsection, the `applicable commitment period'--
- (A) subject to subparagraph (B), shall be--
- (i) 3 years; or
- (ii) not less than 5 years, if the current monthly income of the debtor and the debtor's spouse combined, when multiplied by 12, is not less than--
- (I) in the case of a debtor in a household of 1 person, the median family income of the applicable State for 1 earner last reported by the Bureau of the Census;
- (II) in the case of a debtor in a household of 2, 3, or 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of the same number or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census; or
- (III) in the case of a debtor in a household exceeding 4 individuals, the highest median family income of the applicable State for a family of 4 or fewer individuals last reported by the Bureau of the Census, plus $525 per month for each individual in excess of 4; and
- (B) may be less than 3 or 5 years, whichever is applicable under subparagraph (A), but only if the plan provides for payment in full of all allowed unsecured claims over a shorter period.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1326. Payments
- [Struck out->]
[ (a)(1) Unless the court orders otherwise, the debtor shall commence making the payments proposed by a plan within 30 days after the plan is filed. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) A payment made under this subsection shall be retained by the trustee until confirmation or denial of confirmation of a plan. If a plan is confirmed, the trustee shall distribute any such payment in accordance with the plan as soon as practicable. If a plan is not confirmed, the trustee shall return any such payment to the debtor, after deducting any unpaid claim allowed under section 503(b) of this title. ][<-Struck out]- (a)(1) Unless the court orders otherwise, the debtor shall commence making payments not later than 30 days after the date of the filing of the plan or the order for relief, whichever is earlier, in the amount--
- (A) proposed by the plan to the trustee;
- (B) scheduled in a lease of personal property directly to the lessor for that portion of the obligation that becomes due after the order for relief, reducing the payments under subparagraph (A) by the amount so paid and providing the trustee with evidence of such payment, including the amount and date of payment; and
- (C) that provides adequate protection directly to a creditor holding an allowed claim secured by personal property to the extent the claim is attributable to the purchase of such property by the debtor for that portion of the obligation that becomes due after the order for relief, reducing the payments under subparagraph (A) by the amount so paid and providing the trustee with evidence of such payment, including the amount and date of payment.
- (2) A payment made under paragraph (1)(A) shall be retained by the trustee until confirmation or denial of confirmation. If a plan is confirmed, the trustee shall distribute any such payment in accordance with the plan as soon as is practicable. If a plan is not confirmed, the trustee shall return any such payments not previously paid and not yet due and owing to creditors pursuant to paragraph (3) to the debtor, after deducting any unpaid claim allowed under section 503(b).
- (3) Subject to section 363, the court may, upon notice and a hearing, modify, increase, or reduce the payments required under this subsection pending confirmation of a plan.
- (4) Not later than 60 days after the date of filing of a case under this chapter, a debtor retaining possession of personal property subject to a lease or securing a claim attributable in whole or in part to the purchase price of such property shall provide the lessor or secured creditor reasonable evidence of the maintenance of any required insurance coverage with respect to the use or ownership of such property and continue to do so for so long as the debtor retains possession of such property.
- (b) Before or at the time of each payment to creditors under the plan, there shall be paid--
- (1) any unpaid claim of the kind specified in section 507(a)(1) of this title; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (2) if a standing trustee appointed under section 586(b) of title 28 is serving in the case, the percentage fee fixed for such standing trustee under section 586(e)(1)(B) of title 28 [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (3) if a chapter 7 trustee has been allowed compensation due to the conversion or dismissal of the debtor's prior case pursuant to section 707(b), and some portion of that compensation remains unpaid in a case converted to this chapter or in the case dismissed under section 707(b) and refiled under this chapter, the amount of any such unpaid compensation, which shall be paid monthly--
- (A) by prorating such amount over the remaining duration of the plan; and
- (B) by monthly payments not to exceed the greater of--
- (i) $25; or
- (ii) the amount payable to unsecured nonpriority creditors, as provided by the plan, multiplied by 5 percent, and the result divided by the number of months in the plan.
* * * * * * *
- (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this title--
- (1) compensation referred to in subsection (b)(3) is payable and may be collected by the trustee under that paragraph, even if such amount has been discharged in a prior proceeding under this title; and
- (2) such compensation is payable in a case under this chapter only to the extent permitted by subsection (b)(3).
Sec. 1328. Discharge
- (a) As soon as practicable after completion by the debtor of all payments under the plan, and in the case of a debtor who is required by a judicial or administrative order to pay a domestic support obligation, after such debtor certifies that all amounts payable under such order or statute that are due on or before the date of the certification (including amounts due before the petition was filed, but only to the extent provided for in the plan) have been paid, unless the court approves a written waiver of discharge executed by the debtor after the order for relief under this chapter, the court shall grant the debtor a discharge of all debts provided for by the plan or disallowed under section 502 of this title, except any debt--
- [Struck out->]
[ (1) provided for under section 1322(b)(5) of this title; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (2) of the kind specified in paragraph (5), (8), or (9) of section 523(a) of this title; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (3) for restitution, or a criminal fine, included in a sentence on the debtor's conviction of a crime. ][<-Struck out]- (1) provided for under section 1322(b)(5);
- (2) of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8)(C) or in paragraph (1)(B), (1)(C), (2), (3), (4), (5), (8), or (9) of section 523(a);
- (3) for restitution, or a criminal fine, included in a sentence on the debtor's conviction of a crime; or
- (4) for restitution, or damages, awarded in a civil action against the debtor as a result of willful or malicious injury by the debtor that caused personal injury to an individual or the death of an individual.
* * * * * * *
- (f) Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b), the court shall not grant a discharge of all debts provided for by the plan or disallowed under section 502 if the debtor has received a discharge in any case filed under this title within 5 years before the order for relief under this chapter.
- (g) The court shall not grant a discharge under this section to a debtor, unless after filing a petition the debtor has completed an instructional course concerning personal financial management described in section 111.
- (h) Subsection (g) shall not apply with respect to a debtor who resides in a district for which the United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator of the bankruptcy court of that district determines that the approved instructional courses are not adequate to service the additional individuals who would be required to complete the instructional course by reason of the requirements of this section.
- (i) Each United States trustee or bankruptcy administrator that makes a determination described in subsection (h) shall review that determination not later than 1 year after the date of that determination, and not less frequently than every year thereafter.
Sec. 1329. Modification of plan after confirmation
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (c) A plan modified under this section may not provide for payments over a period that expires after [Struck out->]
[ three years ][<-Struck out] the applicable commitment period under section 1325(b)(1)(B) after the time that the first payment under the original confirmed plan was due, unless the court, for cause, approves a longer period, but the court may not approve a period that expires after five years after such time.* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 15--ANCILLARY AND OTHER CROSS-BORDER CASES
| Sec. |
| 1501. Purpose and scope of application. |
| SUBCHAPTER I--GENERAL PROVISIONS |
| 1502. Definitions. |
| 1503. International obligations of the United States. |
| 1504. Commencement of ancillary case. |
| 1505. Authorization to act in a foreign country. |
| 1506. Public policy exception. |
| 1507. Additional assistance. |
| 1508. Interpretation. |
| SUBCHAPTER II--ACCESS OF FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES AND CREDITORS TO THE COURT |
| 1509. Right of direct access. |
| 1510. Limited jurisdiction. |
| 1511. Commencement of case under section 301 or 303. |
| 1512. Participation of a foreign representative in a case under this title. |
| 1513. Access of foreign creditors to a case under this title. |
| 1514. Notification to foreign creditors concerning a case under this title. |
| SUBCHAPTER III--RECOGNITION OF A FOREIGN PROCEEDING AND RELIEF |
| 1515. Application for recognition. |
| 1516. Presumptions concerning recognition. |
| 1517. Order granting recognition. |
| 1518. Subsequent information. |
| 1519. Relief that may be granted upon filing petition for recognition. |
| 1520. Effects of recognition of a foreign main proceeding. |
| 1521. Relief that may be granted upon recognition. |
| 1522. Protection of creditors and other interested persons. |
| 1523. Actions to avoid acts detrimental to creditors. |
| 1524. Intervention by a foreign representative. |
| SUBCHAPTER IV--COOPERATION WITH FOREIGN COURTS AND FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES |
| 1525. Cooperation and direct communication between the court and foreign courts or foreign representatives. |
| 1526. Cooperation and direct communication between the trustee and foreign courts or foreign representatives. |
| 1527. Forms of cooperation. |
| SUBCHAPTER V--CONCURRENT PROCEEDINGS |
| 1528. Commencement of a case under this title after recognition of a foreign main proceeding. |
| 1529. Coordination of a case under this title and a foreign proceeding. |
| 1530. Coordination of more than 1 foreign proceeding. |
| 1531. Presumption of insolvency based on recognition of a foreign main proceeding. |
| 1532. Rule of payment in concurrent proceedings. |
Sec. 1501. Purpose and scope of application
- (a) The purpose of this chapter is to incorporate the Model Law on Cross-Border Insolvency so as to provide effective mechanisms for dealing with cases of cross-border insolvency with the objectives of--
- (1) cooperation between--
- (A) United States courts, United States trustees, trustees, examiners, debtors, and debtors in possession; and
- (B) the courts and other competent authorities of foreign countries involved in cross-border insolvency cases;
- (2) greater legal certainty for trade and investment;
- (3) fair and efficient administration of cross-border insolvencies that protects the interests of all creditors, and other interested entities, including the debtor;
- (4) protection and maximization of the value of the debtor's assets; and
- (5) facilitation of the rescue of financially troubled businesses, thereby protecting investment and preserving employment.
- (b) This chapter applies where--
- (1) assistance is sought in the United States by a foreign court or a foreign representative in connection with a foreign proceeding;
- (2) assistance is sought in a foreign country in connection with a case under this title;
- (3) a foreign proceeding and a case under this title with respect to the same debtor are taking place concurrently; or
- (4) creditors or other interested persons in a foreign country have an interest in requesting the commencement of, or participating in, a case or proceeding under this title.
- (c) This chapter does not apply to--
- (1) a proceeding concerning an entity, other than a foreign insurance company, identified by exclusion in section 109(b);
- (2) an individual, or to an individual and such individual's spouse, who have debts within the limits specified in section 109(e) and who are citizens of the United States or aliens lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States; or
- (3) an entity subject to a proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, a stockbroker subject to subchapter III of chapter 7 of this title, or a commodity broker subject to subchapter IV of chapter 7 of this title.
- (d) The court may not grant relief under this chapter with respect to any deposit, escrow, trust fund, or other security required or permitted under any applicable State insurance law or regulation for the benefit of claim holders in the United States.
SUBCHAPTER I--GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sec. 1502. Definitions
- For the purposes of this chapter, the term--
- (1) `debtor' means an entity that is the subject of a foreign proceeding;
- (2) `establishment' means any place of operations where the debtor carries out a nontransitory economic activity;
- (3) `foreign court' means a judicial or other authority competent to control or supervise a foreign proceeding;
- (4) `foreign main proceeding' means a foreign proceeding taking place in the country where the debtor has the center of its main interests;
- (5) `foreign nonmain proceeding' means a foreign proceeding, other than a foreign main proceeding, taking place in a country where the debtor has an establishment;
- (6) `trustee' includes a trustee, a debtor in possession in a case under any chapter of this title, or a debtor under chapter 9 of this title;
- (7) `recognition' means the entry of an order granting recognition of a foreign main proceeding or foreign nonmain proceeding under this chapter; and
- (8) `within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States', when used with reference to property of a debtor, refers to tangible property located within the territory of the United States and intangible property deemed under applicable nonbankruptcy law to be located within that territory, including any property subject to attachment or garnishment that may properly be seized or garnished by an action in a Federal or State court in the United States.
Sec. 1503. International obligations of the United States
- To the extent that this chapter conflicts with an obligation of the United States arising out of any treaty or other form of agreement to which it is a party with one or more other countries, the requirements of the treaty or agreement prevail.
Sec. 1504. Commencement of ancillary case
- A case under this chapter is commenced by the filing of a petition for recognition of a foreign proceeding under section 1515.
Sec. 1505. Authorization to act in a foreign country
- A trustee or another entity (including an examiner) may be authorized by the court to act in a foreign country on behalf of an estate created under section 541. An entity authorized to act under this section may act in any way permitted by the applicable foreign law.
Sec. 1506. Public policy exception
- Nothing in this chapter prevents the court from refusing to take an action governed by this chapter if the action would be manifestly contrary to the public policy of the United States.
Sec. 1507. Additional assistance
- (a) Subject to the specific limitations stated elsewhere in this chapter the court, if recognition is granted, may provide additional assistance to a foreign representative under this title or under other laws of the United States.
- (b) In determining whether to provide additional assistance under this title or under other laws of the United States, the court shall consider whether such additional assistance, consistent with the principles of comity, will reasonably assure--
- (1) just treatment of all holders of claims against or interests in the debtor's property;
- (2) protection of claim holders in the United States against prejudice and inconvenience in the processing of claims in such foreign proceeding;
- (3) prevention of preferential or fraudulent dispositions of property of the debtor;
- (4) distribution of proceeds of the debtor's property substantially in accordance with the order prescribed by this title; and
- (5) if appropriate, the provision of an opportunity for a fresh start for the individual that such foreign proceeding concerns.
Sec. 1508. Interpretation
- In interpreting this chapter, the court shall consider its international origin, and the need to promote an application of this chapter that is consistent with the application of similar statutes adopted by foreign jurisdictions.
SUBCHAPTER II--ACCESS OF FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES AND CREDITORS TO THE COURT
Sec. 1509. Right of direct access
- (a) A foreign representative may commence a case under section 1504 by filing directly with the court a petition for recognition of a foreign proceeding under section 1515.
- (b) If the court grants recognition under section 1515, and subject to any limitations that the court may impose consistent with the policy of this chapter--
- (1) the foreign representative has the capacity to sue and be sued in a court in the United States;
- (2) the foreign representative may apply directly to a court in the United States for appropriate relief in that court; and
- (3) a court in the United States shall grant comity or cooperation to the foreign representative.
- (c) A request for comity or cooperation by a foreign representative in a court in the United States other than the court which granted recognition shall be accompanied by a certified copy of an order granting recognition under section 1517.
- (d) If the court denies recognition under this chapter, the court may issue any appropriate order necessary to prevent the foreign representative from obtaining comity or cooperation from courts in the United States.
- (e) Whether or not the court grants recognition, and subject to sections 306 and 1510, a foreign representative is subject to applicable nonbankruptcy law.
- (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the failure of a foreign representative to commence a case or to obtain recognition under this chapter does not affect any right the foreign representative may have to sue in a court in the United States to collect or recover a claim which is the property of the debtor.
Sec. 1510. Limited jurisdiction
- The sole fact that a foreign representative files a petition under section 1515 does not subject the foreign representative to the jurisdiction of any court in the United States for any other purpose.
Sec. 1511. Commencement of case under section 301 or 303
- (a) Upon recognition, a foreign representative may commence--
- (1) an involuntary case under section 303; or
- (2) a voluntary case under section 301 or 302, if the foreign proceeding is a foreign main proceeding.
- (b) The petition commencing a case under subsection (a) must be accompanied by a certified copy of an order granting recognition. The court where the petition for recognition has been filed must be advised of the foreign representative's intent to commence a case under subsection (a) prior to such commencement.
Sec. 1512. Participation of a foreign representative in a case under this title
- Upon recognition of a foreign proceeding, the foreign representative in the recognized proceeding is entitled to participate as a party in interest in a case regarding the debtor under this title.
Sec. 1513. Access of foreign creditors to a case under this title
- (a) Foreign creditors have the same rights regarding the commencement of, and participation in, a case under this title as domestic creditors.
- (b)(1) Subsection (a) does not change or codify present law as to the priority of claims under section 507 or 726 of this title, except that the claim of a foreign creditor under those sections shall not be given a lower priority than that of general unsecured claims without priority solely because the holder of such claim is a foreign creditor.
- (2)(A) Subsection (a) and paragraph (1) do not change or codify present law as to the allowability of foreign revenue claims or other foreign public law claims in a proceeding under this title.
- (B) Allowance and priority as to a foreign tax claim or other foreign public law claim shall be governed by any applicable tax treaty of the United States, under the conditions and circumstances specified therein.
Sec. 1514. Notification to foreign creditors concerning a case under this title
- (a) Whenever in a case under this title notice is to be given to creditors generally or to any class or category of creditors, such notice shall also be given to the known creditors generally, or to creditors in the notified class or category, that do not have addresses in the United States. The court may order that appropriate steps be taken with a view to notifying any creditor whose address is not yet known.
- (b) Such notification to creditors with foreign addresses described in subsection (a) shall be given individually, unless the court considers that, under the circumstances, some other form of notification would be more appropriate. No letter or other formality is required.
- (c) When a notification of commencement of a case is to be given to foreign creditors, the notification shall--
- (1) indicate the time period for filing proofs of claim and specify the place for their filing;
- (2) indicate whether secured creditors need to file their proofs of claim; and
- (3) contain any other information required to be included in such a notification to creditors under this title and the orders of the court.
- (d) Any rule of procedure or order of the court as to notice or the filing of a claim shall provide such additional time to creditors with foreign addresses as is reasonable under the circumstances.
SUBCHAPTER III--RECOGNITION OF A FOREIGN PROCEEDING AND RELIEF
Sec. 1515. Application for recognition
- (a) A foreign representative applies to the court for recognition of the foreign proceeding in which the foreign representative has been appointed by filing a petition for recognition.
- (b) A petition for recognition shall be accompanied by--
- (1) a certified copy of the decision commencing the foreign proceeding and appointing the foreign representative;
- (2) a certificate from the foreign court affirming the existence of the foreign proceeding and of the appointment of the foreign representative; or
- (3) in the absence of evidence referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2), any other evidence acceptable to the court of the existence of the foreign proceeding and of the appointment of the foreign representative.
- (c) A petition for recognition shall also be accompanied by a statement identifying all foreign proceedings with respect to the debtor that are known to the foreign representative.
- (d) The documents referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b) shall be translated into English. The court may require a translation into English of additional documents.
Sec. 1516. Presumptions concerning recognition
- (a) If the decision or certificate referred to in section 1515(b) indicates that the foreign proceeding is a foreign proceeding (as defined in section 101) and that the person or body is a foreign representative (as defined in section 101), the court is entitled to so presume.
- (b) The court is entitled to presume that documents submitted in support of the petition for recognition are authentic, whether or not they have been legalized.
- (c) In the absence of evidence to the contrary, the debtor's registered office, or habitual residence in the case of an individual, is presumed to be the center of the debtor's main interests.
Sec. 1517. Order granting recognition
- (a) Subject to section 1506, after notice and a hearing, an order recognizing a foreign proceeding shall be entered if--
- (1) the foreign proceeding for which recognition is sought is a foreign main proceeding or foreign nonmain proceeding within the meaning of section 1502;
- (2) the foreign representative applying for recognition is a person or body as defined in section 101; and
- (3) the petition meets the requirements of section 1515.
- (b) The foreign proceeding shall be recognized--
- (1) as a foreign main proceeding if it is taking place in the country where the debtor has the center of its main interests; or
- (2) as a foreign nonmain proceeding if the debtor has an establishment within the meaning of section 1502 in the foreign country where the proceeding is pending.
- (c) A petition for recognition of a foreign proceeding shall be decided upon at the earliest possible time. Entry of an order recognizing a foreign proceeding constitutes recognition under this chapter.
- (d) The provisions of this subchapter do not prevent modification or termination of recognition if it is shown that the grounds for granting it were fully or partially lacking or have ceased to exist, but in considering such action the court shall give due weight to possible prejudice to parties that have relied upon the order granting recognition. The case under this chapter may be closed in the manner prescribed under section 350.
Sec. 1518. Subsequent information
- From the time of filing the petition for recognition of the foreign proceeding, the foreign representative shall file with the court promptly a notice of change of status concerning--
- (1) any substantial change in the status of the foreign proceeding or the status of the foreign representative's appointment; and
- (2) any other foreign proceeding regarding the debtor that becomes known to the foreign representative.
Sec. 1519. Relief that may be granted upon filing petition for recognition
- (a) From the time of filing a petition for recognition until the court rules on the petition, the court may, at the request of the foreign representative, where relief is urgently needed to protect the assets of the debtor or the interests of the creditors, grant relief of a provisional nature, including--
- (1) staying execution against the debtor's assets;
- (2) entrusting the administration or realization of all or part of the debtor's assets located in the United States to the foreign representative or another person authorized by the court, including an examiner, in order to protect and preserve the value of assets that, by their nature or because of other circumstances, are perishable, susceptible to devaluation or otherwise in jeopardy; and
- (3) any relief referred to in paragraph (3), (4), or (7) of section 1521(a).
- (b) Unless extended under section 1521(a)(6), the relief granted under this section terminates when the petition for recognition is granted.
- (c) It is a ground for denial of relief under this section that such relief would interfere with the administration of a foreign main proceeding.
- (d) The court may not enjoin a police or regulatory act of a governmental unit, including a criminal action or proceeding, under this section.
- (e) The standards, procedures, and limitations applicable to an injunction shall apply to relief under this section.
- (f) The exercise of rights not subject to the stay arising under section 362(a) pursuant to paragraph (6), (7), (17), or (28) of section 362(b) or pursuant to section 362(l) shall not be stayed by any order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding under this chapter.
Sec. 1520. Effects of recognition of a foreign main proceeding
- (a) Upon recognition of a foreign proceeding that is a foreign main proceeding--
- (1) sections 361 and 362 apply with respect to the debtor and that property of the debtor that is within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States;
- (2) sections 363, 549, and 552 of this title apply to a transfer of an interest of the debtor in property that is within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States to the same extent that the sections would apply to property of an estate;
- (3) unless the court orders otherwise, the foreign representative may operate the debtor's business and may exercise the rights and powers of a trustee under and to the extent provided by sections 363 and 552; and
- (4) section 552 applies to property of the debtor that is within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States.
- (b) Subsection (a) does not affect the right to commence an individual action or proceeding in a foreign country to the extent necessary to preserve a claim against the debtor.
- (c) Subsection (a) does not affect the right of a foreign representative or an entity to file a petition commencing a case under this title or the right of any party to file claims or take other proper actions in such a case.
Sec. 1521. Relief that may be granted upon recognition
- (a) Upon recognition of a foreign proceeding, whether main or nonmain, where necessary to effectuate the purpose of this chapter and to protect the assets of the
debtor or the interests of the creditors, the court may, at the request of the foreign representative, grant any appropriate relief, including--
- (1) staying the commencement or continuation of an individual action or proceeding concerning the debtor's assets, rights, obligations or liabilities to the extent they have not been stayed under section 1520(a);
- (2) staying execution against the debtor's assets to the extent it has not been stayed under section 1520(a);
- (3) suspending the right to transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of any assets of the debtor to the extent this right has not been suspended under section 1520(a);
- (4) providing for the examination of witnesses, the taking of evidence or the delivery of information concerning the debtor's assets, affairs, rights, obligations or liabilities;
- (5) entrusting the administration or realization of all or part of the debtor's assets within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States to the foreign representative or another person, including an examiner, authorized by the court;
- (6) extending relief granted under section 1519(a); and
- (7) granting any additional relief that may be available to a trustee, except for relief available under sections 522, 544, 545, 547, 548, 550, and 724(a).
- (b) Upon recognition of a foreign proceeding, whether main or nonmain, the court may, at the request of the foreign representative, entrust the distribution of all or part of the debtor's assets located in the United States to the foreign representative or another person, including an examiner, authorized by the court, provided that the court is satisfied that the interests of creditors in the United States are sufficiently protected.
- (c) In granting relief under this section to a representative of a foreign nonmain proceeding, the court must be satisfied that the relief relates to assets that, under the law of the United States, should be administered in the foreign nonmain proceeding or concerns information required in that proceeding.
- (d) The court may not enjoin a police or regulatory act of a governmental unit, including a criminal action or proceeding, under this section.
- (e) The standards, procedures, and limitations applicable to an injunction shall apply to relief under paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (6) of subsection (a).
- (f) The exercise of rights not subject to the stay arising under section 362(a) pursuant to paragraph (6), (7), (17), or (28) of section 362(b) or pursuant to section 362(l) shall not be stayed by any order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding under this chapter.
Sec. 1522. Protection of creditors and other interested persons
- (a) The court may grant relief under section 1519 or 1521, or may modify or terminate relief under subsection (c), only if the interests of the creditors and other interested entities, including the debtor, are sufficiently protected.
- (b) The court may subject relief granted under section 1519 or 1521, or the operation of the debtor's business under section 1520(a)(3) of this title, to conditions it considers appropriate, including the giving of security or the filing of a bond.
- (c) The court may, at the request of the foreign representative or an entity affected by relief granted under section 1519 or 1521, or at its own motion, modify or terminate such relief.
- (d) Section 1104(d) shall apply to the appointment of an examiner under this chapter. Any examiner shall comply with the qualification requirements imposed on a trustee by section 322.
Sec. 1523. Actions to avoid acts detrimental to creditors
- (a) Upon recognition of a foreign proceeding, the foreign representative has standing in a case concerning the debtor pending under another chapter of this title to initiate actions under sections 522, 544, 545, 547, 548, 550, 553, and 724(a).
- (b) When the foreign proceeding is a foreign nonmain proceeding, the court must be satisfied that an action under subsection (a) relates to assets that, under United States law, should be administered in the foreign nonmain proceeding.
Sec. 1524. Intervention by a foreign representative
- Upon recognition of a foreign proceeding, the foreign representative may intervene in any proceedings in a State or Federal court in the United States in which the debtor is a party.
SUBCHAPTER IV--COOPERATION WITH FOREIGN COURTS AND FOREIGN REPRESENTATIVES
Sec. 1525. Cooperation and direct communication between the court and foreign courts or foreign representatives
- (a) Consistent with section 1501, the court shall cooperate to the maximum extent possible with foreign courts or foreign representatives, either directly or through the trustee.
- (b) The court is entitled to communicate directly with, or to request information or assistance directly from, foreign courts or foreign representatives, subject to the rights of parties in interest to notice and participation.
Sec. 1526. Cooperation and direct communication between the trustee and foreign courts or foreign representatives
- (a) Consistent with section 1501, the trustee or other person, including an examiner, authorized by the court, shall, subject to the supervision of the court, cooperate to the maximum extent possible with foreign courts or foreign representatives.
- (b) The trustee or other person, including an examiner, authorized by the court is entitled, subject to the supervision of the court, to communicate directly with foreign courts or foreign representatives.
Sec. 1527. Forms of cooperation
- Cooperation referred to in sections 1525 and 1526 may be implemented by any appropriate means, including--
- (1) appointment of a person or body, including an examiner, to act at the direction of the court;
- (2) communication of information by any means considered appropriate by the court;
- (3) coordination of the administration and supervision of the debtor's assets and affairs;
- (4) approval or implementation of agreements concerning the coordination of proceedings; and
- (5) coordination of concurrent proceedings regarding the same debtor.
SUBCHAPTER V--CONCURRENT PROCEEDINGS
Sec. 1528. Commencement of a case under this title after recognition of a foreign main proceeding
- After recognition of a foreign main proceeding, a case under another chapter of this title may be commenced only if the debtor has assets in the United States. The effects of such case shall be restricted to the assets of the debtor that are within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States and, to the extent necessary to implement cooperation and coordination under sections 1525, 1526, and 1527, to other assets of the debtor that are within the jurisdiction of the court under sections 541(a) of this title, and 1334(e) of title 28, to the extent that such other assets are not subject to the jurisdiction and control of a foreign proceeding that has been recognized under this chapter.
Sec. 1529. Coordination of a case under this title and a foreign proceeding
- If a foreign proceeding and a case under another chapter of this title are taking place concurrently regarding the same debtor, the court shall seek cooperation and coordination under sections 1525, 1526, and 1527, and the following shall apply:
- (1) If the case in the United States is taking place at the time the petition for recognition of the foreign proceeding is filed--
- (A) any relief granted under sections 1519 or 1521 must be consistent with the relief granted in the case in the United States; and
- (B) even if the foreign proceeding is recognized as a foreign main proceeding, section 1520 does not apply.
- (2) If a case in the United States under this title commences after recognition, or after the filing of the petition for recognition, of the foreign proceeding--
- (A) any relief in effect under sections 1519 or 1521 shall be reviewed by the court and shall be modified or terminated if inconsistent with the case in the United States; and
- (B) if the foreign proceeding is a foreign main proceeding, the stay and suspension referred to in section 1520(a) shall be modified or terminated if inconsistent with the relief granted in the case in the United States.
- (3) In granting, extending, or modifying relief granted to a representative of a foreign nonmain proceeding, the court must be satisfied that the relief relates to assets that, under the laws of the United States, should be administered in the foreign nonmain proceeding or concerns information required in that proceeding.
- (4) In achieving cooperation and coordination under sections 1528 and 1529, the court may grant any of the relief authorized under section 305.
Sec. 1530. Coordination of more than 1 foreign proceeding
- In matters referred to in section 1501, with respect to more than 1 foreign proceeding regarding the debtor, the court shall seek cooperation and coordination under sections 1525, 1526, and 1527, and the following shall apply:
- (1) Any relief granted under section 1519 or 1521 to a representative of a foreign nonmain proceeding after recognition of a foreign main proceeding must be consistent with the foreign main proceeding.
- (2) If a foreign main proceeding is recognized after recognition, or after the filing of a petition for recognition, of a foreign nonmain proceeding, any relief in effect under section 1519 or 1521 shall be reviewed by the court and shall be modified or terminated if inconsistent with the foreign main proceeding.
- (3) If, after recognition of a foreign nonmain proceeding, another foreign nonmain proceeding is recognized, the court shall grant, modify, or terminate relief for the purpose of facilitating coordination of the proceedings.
Sec. 1531. Presumption of insolvency based on recognition of a foreign main proceeding
- In the absence of evidence to the contrary, recognition of a foreign main proceeding is, for the purpose of commencing a proceeding under section 303, proof that the debtor is generally not paying its debts as such debts become due.
Sec. 1532. Rule of payment in concurrent proceedings
- Without prejudice to secured claims or rights in rem, a creditor who has received payment with respect to its claim in a foreign proceeding pursuant to a law relating to insolvency may not receive a payment for the same claim in a case under any other chapter of this title regarding the debtor, so long as the payment to other creditors of the same class is proportionately less than the payment the creditor has already received.
-
TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE
* * * * * * *
PART I--CRIMES
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 9--BANKRUPTCY
| Sec. |
| 151. Definition. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 158. Designation of United States attorneys and agents of the Federal Bureau of Investigation to address abusive reaffirmations of debt and materially fraudulent statements in bankruptcy schedules. |
* * * * * * *
Sec. 156. Knowing disregard of bankruptcy law or rule
- (a) DEFINITIONS- In this section--
- (1) the term `bankruptcy petition preparer' means a person, other than the debtor's attorney or an employee of such an attorney, who prepares for compensation a document for filing [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (2) the term `document for filing' means a petition or any other document prepared for filing by a debtor in a United States bankruptcy court or a United States district court in connection with a case under [Struck out->]
[ this title ][<-Struck out] title 11.* * * * * * *
Sec. 158. Designation of United States attorneys and agents of the Federal Bureau of Investigation to address abusive reaffirmations of debt and materially fraudulent statements in bankruptcy schedules
- (a) IN GENERAL- The Attorney General of the United States shall designate the individuals described in subsection (b) to have primary responsibility in carrying out enforcement activities in addressing violations of section 152 or 157 relating to abusive reaffirmations of debt. In addition to addressing the violations referred to in the preceding sentence, the individuals described under subsection (b) shall address violations of section 152 or 157 relating to materially fraudulent statements in bankruptcy schedules that are intentionally false or intentionally misleading.
- (b) UNITED STATES DISTRICT ATTORNEYS AND AGENTS OF THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION--The individuals referred to in subsection (a) are--
- (1) a United States attorney for each judicial district of the United States; and
- (2) an agent of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (within the meaning of section 3107) for each field office of the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
- (c) BANKRUPTCY INVESTIGATIONS- Each United States attorney designated under this section shall, in addition to any other responsibilities, have primary responsibility for carrying out the duties of a United States attorney under section 3057.
- (d) BANKRUPTCY PROCEDURES- The bankruptcy courts shall establish procedures for referring any case which may contain a materially fraudulent statement in a bankruptcy schedule to the individuals designated under this section.
* * * * * * *
-
TITLE 28, UNITED STATES CODE
* * * * * * *
PART I--ORGANIZATION OF COURTS
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 6--BANKRUPTCY JUDGES
| Sec. |
| 151 Designation of bankruptcy courts. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 159. Bankruptcy statistics. |
* * * * * * *
Sec. 152. Appointment of bankruptcy judges
- (a)(1) [Struck out->]
[ The United States court of appeals for the circuit shall appoint bankruptcy judges for the judicial districts established in paragraph (2) in such numbers as are established in such paragraph. ][<-Struck out] Each bankruptcy judge to be appointed for a judicial district, as provided in paragraph (2), shall be appointed by the United States court of appeals for the circuit in which such district is located. Such appointments shall be made after considering the recommendations of the Judicial Conference submitted pursuant to subsection (b). Each bankruptcy judge shall be appointed for a term of fourteen years, subject to the provisions of subsection (e). However, upon the expiration of the term, a bankruptcy judge may, with the approval of the judicial council of the circuit, continue to perform the duties of the office until the earlier of the date which is 180 days after the expiration of the term or the date of the appointment of a successor. Bankruptcy judges shall serve as judicial officers of the United States district court established under Article III of the Constitution.- (2) The bankruptcy judges appointed pursuant to this section shall be appointed for the several judicial districts as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Districts Judges
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alabama:
Northern 5
Middle 2
Southern 2
* * * * * * *
Georgia:
Northern 8
Middle [Struck out->][ 2 ][<-Struck out] 3
Southern 2
[Struck out->][ Middle and Southern ][<-Struck out] 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * * * *
Sec. 157. Procedures
- (a) * * *
- (b)(1) Bankruptcy judges may hear and determine all cases under title 11 and all core proceedings arising under title 11, or arising in a case under title 11, referred under subsection (a) of this section, and may enter appropriate orders and judgments, subject to review under section 158 of this title.
- (2) Core proceedings include, but are not limited to--
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (N) orders approving the sale of property other than property resulting from claims brought by the estate against persons who have not filed claims against the estate; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (O) other proceedings affecting the liquidation of the assets of the estate or the adjustment of the debtor-creditor or the equity security holder relationship, except personal injury tort or wrongful death claims [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (P) recognition of foreign proceedings and other matters under chapter 15 of title 11.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 158. Appeals
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (d) The courts of appeals shall have jurisdiction of appeals from all final decisions, judgments, orders, and decrees entered under subsections (a) and (b) of this section. ][<-Struck out]- (d)(1) In a case in which the appeal is heard by the district court, the judgment, decision, order, or decree of the bankruptcy judge shall be deemed a judgment, decision, order, or decree of the district court entered 31 days after such appeal is filed with the district court, unless not later than 30 days after such appeal is filed with the district court--
- (A) the district court--
- (i) files a decision on the appeal from the judgment, decision, order, or decree of the bankruptcy judge; or
- (ii) enters an order extending such 30-day period for cause upon motion of a party or upon the court's own motion; or
- (B) all parties to the appeal file written consent that the district court may retain such appeal until it enters a decision.
- (2) For the purpose of this subsection, an appeal shall be considered filed with the district court on the date on which the notice of appeal is filed, except that in a case in which the appeal is heard by the district court because a party has made an election under subsection (c)(1)(B), the appeal shall be considered filed with the district court on the date on which such election is made.
- (e) The courts of appeals shall have jurisdiction of appeals from--
- (1) all final judgments, decisions, orders, and decrees of district courts entered under subsection (a);
- (2) all final judgments, decisions, orders, and decrees of bankruptcy appellate panels entered under subsection (b); and
- (3) all judgments, decisions, orders, and decrees of district courts entered under subsection (d) to the extent that such judgments, decisions, orders, and decrees would be reviewable by a district court under subsection (a).
- (f) In accordance with rules prescribed by the Supreme Court of the United States under sections 2072 through 2077, the court of appeals may, in its discretion, exercise jurisdiction over an appeal from an interlocutory judgment, decision, order, or decree under subsection (e)(3).
Sec. 159. Bankruptcy statistics
- (a) The clerk of each district shall collect statistics regarding individual debtors with primarily consumer debts seeking relief under chapters 7, 11, and 13 of title 11. Those statistics shall be on a standardized form prescribed by the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts (referred to in this section as the `Director').
- (b) The Director shall--
- (1) compile the statistics referred to in subsection (a);
- (2) make the statistics available to the public; and
- (3) not later than October 31, 2002, and annually thereafter, prepare, and submit to Congress a report concerning the information collected under subsection (a) that contains an analysis of the information.
- (c) The compilation required under subsection (b) shall--
- (1) be itemized, by chapter, with respect to title 11;
- (2) be presented in the aggregate and for each district; and
- (3) include information concerning--
- (A) the total assets and total liabilities of the debtors described in subsection (a), and in each category of assets and liabilities, as reported in the schedules prescribed pursuant to section 2075 of this title and filed by those debtors;
- (B) the current monthly income, average income, and average expenses of those debtors as reported on the schedules and statements that each such debtor files under sections 521 and 1322 of title 11;
- (C) the aggregate amount of debt discharged in the reporting period, determined as the difference between the total amount of debt and obligations of a debtor reported on the schedules and the amount of such debt reported in categories which are predominantly nondischargeable;
- (D) the average period of time between the filing of the petition and the closing of the case;
- (E) for the reporting period--
- (i) the number of cases in which a reaffirmation was filed; and
- (ii)(I) the total number of reaffirmations filed;
- (II) of those cases in which a reaffirmation was filed, the number of cases in which the debtor was not represented by an attorney; and
- (III) of those cases in which a reaffirmation was filed, the number of cases in which the reaffirmation was approved by the court;
- (F) with respect to cases filed under chapter 13 of title 11, for the reporting period--
- (i)(I) the number of cases in which a final order was entered determining the value of property securing a claim in an amount less than the amount of the claim; and
- (II) the number of final orders determining the value of property securing a claim issued;
- (ii) the number of cases dismissed, the number of cases dismissed for failure to make payments under the plan, the number of cases refiled after dismissal, and the number of cases in which the plan was completed, separately itemized with respect to the number of modifications made before completion of the plan, if any; and
- (iii) the number of cases in which the debtor filed another case during the 6-year period preceding the filing;
- (G) the number of cases in which creditors were fined for misconduct and any amount of punitive damages awarded by the court for creditor misconduct; and
- (H) the number of cases in which sanctions under rule 9011 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure were imposed against debtor's counsel or damages awarded under such Rule.
* * * * * * *
PART II--DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 39--UNITED STATES TRUSTEES
| Sec. |
| 581. United States trustees. |
| * * * * * * * |
| 589b. Bankruptcy data. |
* * * * * * *
Sec. 586. Duties; supervision by Attorney General
- (a) Each United States trustee, within the region for which such United States trustee is appointed, shall--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (3) supervise the administration of cases and trustees in cases under chapter 7, 11, 12, [Struck out->]
[ or 13 ][<-Struck out] 13, or 15, of title 11 by, whenever the United States trustee considers it to be appropriate--- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (G) monitoring the progress of cases under title 11 and taking such actions as the United States trustee deems to be appropriate to prevent undue delay in such progress; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- (H) in small business cases (as defined in section 101 of title 11), performing the additional duties specified in title 11 pertaining to such cases; and
- [Struck out->]
[ (H) ][<-Struck out] (I) monitoring applications filed under section 327 of title 11 and, whenever the United States trustee deems it to be appropriate, filing with the court comments with respect to the approval of such applications;* * * * * * *
- (5) perform the duties prescribed for the United States trustee under title 11 and this title, and such duties consistent with title 11 and this title as the Attorney General may prescribe; [Struck out->]
[ and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (6) make such reports as the Attorney General directs. ][<-Struck out]- (6) make such reports as the Attorney General directs, including the results of audits performed under section 603(a) of the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001; and
- (7) in each of such small business cases--
- (A) conduct an initial debtor interview as soon as practicable after the entry of order for relief but before the first meeting scheduled under section 341(a) of title 11, at which time the United States trustee shall--
- (i) begin to investigate the debtor's viability;
- (ii) inquire about the debtor's business plan;
- (iii) explain the debtor's obligations to file monthly operating reports and other required reports;
- (iv) attempt to develop an agreed scheduling order; and
- (v) inform the debtor of other obligations;
- (B) if determined to be appropriate and advisable, visit the appropriate business premises of the debtor and ascertain the state of the debtor's books and records and verify that the debtor has filed its tax returns; and
- (C) review and monitor diligently the debtor's activities, to identify as promptly as possible whether the debtor will be unable to confirm a plan; and
- (8) in any case in which the United States trustee finds material grounds for any relief under section 1112 of title 11, the United States trustee shall apply promptly after making that finding to the court for relief.
* * * * * * *
- (d)(1) The Attorney General shall prescribe by rule qualifications for membership on the panels established by United States trustees under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and qualifications for appointment under subsection (b) of this section to serve as standing trustee in cases under chapter 12 or 13 of title 11. The Attorney General may not require that an individual be an attorney in order to qualify for appointment under subsection (b) of this section to serve as standing trustee in cases under chapter 12 or 13 of title 11.
- (2) A trustee whose appointment under subsection (a)(1) or under subsection (b) is terminated or who ceases to be assigned to cases filed under title 11, United States Code, may obtain judicial review of the final agency decision by commencing an action in the United States district court for the district for which the panel to which the trustee is appointed under subsection (a)(1), or in the United States district court for the district in which the trustee is appointed under subsection (b) resides, after first exhausting all available administrative remedies, which if the trustee so elects, shall also include an administrative hearing on the record. Unless the trustee elects to have an administrative hearing on the record, the trustee shall be deemed to have exhausted all administrative remedies for purposes of this paragraph if the agency fails to make a final agency decision within 90 days after the trustee requests administrative remedies. The Attorney General shall prescribe procedures to implement this paragraph. The decision of the agency shall be affirmed by the district court unless it is unreasonable and without cause based on the administrative record before the agency.
- (e)(1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (3) After first exhausting all available administrative remedies, an individual appointed under subsection (b) may obtain judicial review of final agency action to deny a claim of actual, necessary expenses under this subsection by commencing an action in the United States district court in the district where the individual resides. The decision of the agency shall be affirmed by the district court unless it is unreasonable and without cause based upon the administrative record before the agency.
- (4) The Attorney General shall prescribe procedures to implement this subsection.
- (f)(1) The United States trustee for each district is authorized to contract with auditors to perform audits in cases designated by the United States trustee, in accordance with the procedures established under section 603(a) of the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001.
- (2)(A) The report of each audit referred to in paragraph (1) shall be filed with the court and transmitted to the United States trustee. Each report shall clearly and conspicuously specify any material misstatement of income or expenditures or of assets identified by the person performing the audit. In any case in which a material misstatement of income or expenditures or of assets has been reported, the clerk of the bankruptcy court shall give notice of the misstatement to the creditors in the case.
- (B) If a material misstatement of income or expenditures or of assets is reported, the United States trustee shall--
- (i) report the material misstatement, if appropriate, to the United States Attorney pursuant to section 3057 of title 18; and
- (ii) if advisable, take appropriate action, including but not limited to commencing an adversary proceeding to revoke the debtor's discharge pursuant to section 727(d) of title 11.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 589a. United States Trustee System Fund
- (a) * * *
- (b) For the purpose of recovering the cost of services of the United States Trustee System, there shall be deposited as offsetting collections to the appropriation `United States Trustee System Fund', to remain available until expended, the following--
- [Struck out->]
[ (1) 27.42 percent of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(1) of this title; ][<-Struck out]- (1)(A) 40.63 percent of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(1)(A) of this title in cases commenced under chapter 7 of title 11; and
- (B) 70.00 percent of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(1)(B) of this title in cases commenced under chapter 13 of title 11;
- (2) [Struck out->]
[ one-half ][<-Struck out] three-fourths of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(3) of this title;- (3) one-half of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(4) of this title;
- (4) [Struck out->]
[ one-half ][<-Struck out] 100 percent of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(5) of this title;* * * * * * *
Sec. 589b. Bankruptcy data
- (a) RULES- The Attorney General shall, within a reasonable time after the effective date of this section, issue rules requiring uniform forms for (and from time to time thereafter to appropriately modify and approve)--
- (1) final reports by trustees in cases under chapters 7, 12, and 13 of title 11; and
- (2) periodic reports by debtors in possession or trustees, as the case may be, in cases under chapter 11 of title 11.
- (b) REPORTS- Each report referred to in subsection (a) shall be designed (and the requirements as to place and manner of filing shall be established) so as to facilitate compilation of data and maximum possible access of the public, both by physical inspection at one or more central filing locations, and by electronic access through the Internet or other appropriate media.
- (c) REQUIRED INFORMATION- The information required to be filed in the reports referred to in subsection (b) shall be that which is in the best interests of debtors and creditors, and in the public interest in reasonable and adequate information to evaluate the efficiency and practicality of the Federal bankruptcy system. In issuing rules proposing the forms referred to in subsection (a), the Attorney General shall strike the best achievable practical balance between--
- (1) the reasonable needs of the public for information about the operational results of the Federal bankruptcy system;
- (2) economy, simplicity, and lack of undue burden on persons with a duty to file reports; and
- (3) appropriate privacy concerns and safeguards.
- (d) FINAL REPORTS- Final reports proposed for adoption by trustees under chapters 7, 12, and 13 of title 11 shall, in addition to such other matters as are required by law or as the Attorney General in the discretion of the Attorney General, shall propose, include with respect to a case under such title--
- (1) information about the length of time the case was pending;
- (2) assets abandoned;
- (3) assets exempted;
- (4) receipts and disbursements of the estate;
- (5) expenses of administration, including for use under section 707(b), actual costs of administering cases under chapter 13 of title 11;
- (6) claims asserted;
- (7) claims allowed; and
- (8) distributions to claimants and claims discharged without payment,
- in each case by appropriate category and, in cases under chapters 12 and 13 of title 11, date of confirmation of the plan, each modification thereto, and defaults by the debtor in performance under the plan.
- (e) PERIODIC REPORTS- Periodic reports proposed for adoption by trustees or debtors in possession under chapter 11 of title 11 shall, in addition to such other matters as are required by law or as the Attorney General, in the discretion of the Attorney General, shall propose, include--
- (1) information about the standard industry classification, published by the Department of Commerce, for the businesses conducted by the debtor;
- (2) length of time the case has been pending;
- (3) number of full-time employees as of the date of the order for relief and at the end of each reporting period since the case was filed;
- (4) cash receipts, cash disbursements and profitability of the debtor for the most recent period and cumulatively since the date of the order for relief;
- (5) compliance with title 11, whether or not tax returns and tax payments since the date of the order for relief have been timely filed and made;
- (6) all professional fees approved by the court in the case for the most recent period and cumulatively since the date of the order for relief (separately reported, for the professional fees incurred by or on behalf of the debtor, between those that would have been incurred absent a bankruptcy case and those not); and
- (7) plans of reorganization filed and confirmed and, with respect thereto, by class, the recoveries of the holders, expressed in aggregate dollar values and, in the case of claims, as a percentage of total claims of the class allowed.
* * * * * * *
PART III--COURT OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 57--GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO COURT OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
* * * * * * *
Sec. 960. Tax liability
- (a) Any officers and agents conducting any business under authority of a United States court shall be subject to all Federal, State and local taxes applicable to such business to the same extent as if it were conducted by an individual or corporation.
- (b) A tax under subsection (a) shall be paid on or before the due date of the tax under applicable nonbankruptcy law, unless--
- (1) the tax is a property tax secured by a lien against property that is abandoned within a reasonable period of time after the lien attaches by the trustee of a bankruptcy estate under section 554 of title 11; or
- (2) payment of the tax is excused under a specific provision of title 11.
- (c) In a case pending under chapter 7 of title 11, payment of a tax may be deferred until final distribution is made under section 726 of title 11, if--
- (1) the tax was not incurred by a trustee duly appointed under chapter 7 of title 11; or
- (2) before the due date of the tax, an order of the court makes a finding of probable insufficiency of funds of the estate to pay in full the administrative expenses allowed under section 503(b) of title 11 that have the same priority in distribution under section 726(b) of title 11 as the priority of that tax.
* * * * * * *
PART IV--JURISDICTION AND VENUE
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 85--DISTRICT COURTS; JURISDICTION
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1334. Bankruptcy cases and proceedings
- (a) * * *
- (b) [Struck out->]
[ Notwithstanding ][<-Struck out] Except as provided in subsection (e)(2), and notwithstanding any Act of Congress that confers exclusive jurisdiction on a court or courts other than the district courts, the district courts shall have original but not exclusive jurisdiction of all civil proceedings arising under title 11, or arising in or related to cases under title 11.- (c)(1) [Struck out->]
[ Nothing in ][<-Struck out] Except with respect to a case under chapter 15 of title 11, nothing in this section prevents a district court in the interest of justice, or in the interest of comity with State courts or respect for State law, from abstaining from hearing a particular proceeding arising under title 11 or arising in or related to a case under title 11.* * * * * * *
- (d) Any decision to abstain or not to abstain [Struck out->]
[ made under this subsection ][<-Struck out] made under subsection (c) (other than a decision not to abstain in a proceeding described in subsection (c)(2)) is not reviewable by appeal or otherwise by the court of appeals under [Struck out->][ section 158(d) ][<-Struck out] subsection (e) or (f) of section 158, 1291, or 1292 of this title or by the Supreme Court of the United States under section 1254 of this title. [Struck out->][ This subsection ][<-Struck out] Subsection (c) and this subsection shall not be construed to limit the applicability of the stay provided for by section 362 of title 11, United States Code, as such section applies to an action affecting the property of the estate in bankruptcy.- [Struck out->]
[ (e) The district court in which a case under title 11 is commenced or is pending shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all of the property, wherever located, of the debtor as of the commencement of such case, and of property of the estate. ][<-Struck out]- (e) The district court in which a case under title 11 is commenced or is pending shall have exclusive jurisdiction--
- (1) of all the property, wherever located, of the debtor as of the date of commencement of such case, and of property of the estate; and
- (2) over all claims or causes of action that involve construction of section 327 of title 11, United States Code, or rules relating to disclosure requirements under section 327.
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 87--DISTRICT COURTS; VENUE
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1409. Venue of proceedings arising under title 11 or arising in or related to cases under title 11
- (a) * * *
- (b) Except as provided in subsection (d) of this section, a trustee in a case under title 11 may commence a proceeding arising in or related to such case to recover a money judgment of or property worth less than $1,000 or a consumer debt of less than $5,000, or a nonconsumer debt against a noninsider of less than $10,000, only in the district court for the district in which the defendant resides.
[Struck out->][ Sec. 1410. Venue of cases ancillary to foreign proceedings ][<-Struck out]
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) A case under section 304 of title 11 to enjoin the commencement or continuation of an action or proceeding in a State or Federal court, or the enforcement of a judgment, may be commenced only in the district court for the district where the State or Federal court sits in which is pending the action or proceeding against which the injunction is sought. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (b) A case under section 304 of title 11 to enjoin the enforcement of a lien against a property, or to require the turnover of property of an estate, may be commenced only in the district court for the district in which such property is found. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (c) A case under section 304 of title 11, other than a case specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this section, may be commenced only in the district court for the district in which is located the principal place of business in the United States, or the principal assets in the United States, of the estate that is the subject of such case. ][<-Struck out]Sec. 1410. Venue of cases ancillary to foreign proceedings
- A case under chapter 15 of title 11 may be commenced in the district court for the district--
- (1) in which the debtor has its principal place of business or principal assets in the United States;
- (2) if the debtor does not have a place of business or assets in the United States, in which there is pending against the debtor an action or proceeding in a Federal or State court; or
- (3) in a case other than those specified in paragraph (1) or (2), in which venue will be consistent with the interests of justice and the convenience of the parties, having regard to the relief sought by the foreign representative.
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 89--DISTRICT COURTS; REMOVAL OF CASES FROM STATE COURTS
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1452. Removal of claims related to bankruptcy cases
- (a) * * *
- (b) The court to which such claim or cause of action is removed may remand such claim or cause of action on any equitable ground. An order entered under this subsection remanding a claim or cause of action, or a decision to not remand, is not reviewable by appeal or otherwise by the court of appeals under [Struck out->]
[ section 158(d) ][<-Struck out] subsection (e) or (f) of section 158, 1291, or 1292 of this title or by the Supreme Court of the United States under section 1254 of this title.* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 123--FEES AND COSTS
* * * * * * *
Sec. 1930. Bankruptcy fees
- (a) [Struck out->]
[ Notwithstanding section 1915 of this title, the ][<-Struck out] The parties commencing a case under title 11 shall pay to the clerk of the district court or the clerk of the bankruptcy court, if one has been certified pursuant to section 156(b) of this title, the following filing fees:- [Struck out->]
[ (1) For a case commenced under chapter 7 or 13 of title 11, $155. ][<-Struck out]- (1) For a case commenced--
- (A) under chapter 7 of title 11, $160; or
- (B) under chapter 13 of title 11, $150.
* * * * * * *
- (f)(1) Under the procedures prescribed by the Judicial Conference of the United States, the district court or the bankruptcy court may waive the filing fee in a case under chapter 7 of title 11 for an individual if the court determines that such debtor has income less than 150 percent of the income official poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, and revised annually in accordance with section 673(2) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981) applicable to a family of the size involved and is unable to pay that fee in installments. For purposes of this paragraph, the term `filing fee' means the filing required by subsection (a), or any other fee prescribed by the Judicial Conference under subsections (b) and (c) that is payable to the clerk upon the commencement of a case under chapter 7.
- (2) The district court or the bankruptcy court may waive for such debtors other fees prescribed under subsections (b) and (c).
- (3) This subsection does not restrict the district court or the bankruptcy court from waiving, in accordance with Judicial Conference policy, fees prescribed under this section for other debtors and creditors.
* * * * * * *
PART V--PROCEDURE
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 131 - RULES OF COURTS
* * * * * * *
Sec. 2075. Bankruptcy rules
- The Supreme Court shall have the power to prescribe by general rules, the forms of process, writs, pleadings, and motions, and the practice and procedure in cases under title 11. Such rules shall not abridge, enlarge, or modify any substantive right. The Supreme Court shall transmit to Congress not later than May 1 of the year in which a rule prescribed under this section is to become effective a copy of the proposed rule. The rule shall take effect no earlier than December 1 of the year in which it is transmitted to Congress unless otherwise provided by law. The bankruptcy rules promulgated under this section shall prescribe a form for the statement required under section 707(b)(2)(C) of title 11 and may provide general rules on the content of such statement.
-
SECTION 406 OF THE JUDICIARY APPROPRIATIONS ACT, 1990
- SEC. 406. (a) * * *
- (b) All fees as shall be hereafter collected for any service not of a kind described in any of the items enumerated as items 1 through 7 and as items 9 through 18, as in effect on November 21, 1989, of the bankruptcy miscellaneous fee schedule prescribed by the Judicial Conference of the United States [Struck out->]
[ pursuant to 28 U.S.C. section 1930(b) and 33.87 per centum of the fees hereafter collected under 28 U.S.C. section 1930(a)(1) and 25 percent of the fees hereafter collected under 28 U.S.C. section 1930(a)(3) shall be deposited as offsetting receipts to the fund established under 28 U.S.C. section 1931 ][<-Struck out] under section 1930(b) of title 28, United States Code, and 31.25 percent of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(1)(A) of that title, 30.00 percent of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(1)(B) of that title, and 25 percent of the fees collected under section 1930(a)(3) of that title shall be deposited as offsetting receipts to the fund established under section 1931 of that title and shall remain available to the Judiciary until expended to reimburse any appropriation for the amount paid out of such appropriation for expenses of the Courts of Appeals, District Courts, and other Judicial Services and the Administrative Office of the United States Courts. The Judicial Conference shall report to the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Senate on a quarterly basis beginning on the first day of each fiscal year regarding the sums deposited in said fund.* * * * * * *
-
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE ACT
* * * * * * *
- SEC. 11. (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (e) PROVISIONS RELATING TO CONTRACTS ENTERED INTO BEFORE APPOINTMENT OF CONSERVATOR OR RECEIVER-
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (8) CERTAIN QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS-
- (A) RIGHTS OF PARTIES TO CONTRACTS- Subject to [Struck out->]
[ paragraph (10) ][<-Struck out] paragraphs (9) and (10) of this subsection and notwithstanding any other provision of this Act (other than subsection (d)(9) of this section and section 13(e)), any other Federal law, or the law of any State, no person shall be stayed or prohibited from exercising--- (i) any right [Struck out->]
[ to cause the termination or liquidation ][<-Struck out] such person has to cause the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of any qualified financial contract with an insured depository institution which arises upon the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for such institution at any time after such appointment;- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) any right under any security arrangement relating to any contract or agreement described in clause (i); or ][<-Struck out]- (ii) any right under any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more qualified financial contracts described in clause (i);
* * * * * * *
- (C) CERTAIN TRANSFERS NOT AVOIDABLE-
- (i) IN GENERAL- Notwithstanding paragraph (11), section 5242 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 91) or any other Federal or State law relating to the avoidance of preferential or fraudulent transfers, the Corporation, whether acting as such or as conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution, may not avoid any transfer of money or other property in connection with any qualified financial contract with an insured depository institution.
* * * * * * *
- (D) CERTAIN CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS DEFINED- For purposes of this subsection--
- (i) QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACT- The term `qualified financial contract' means any securities contract, commodity contract, forward contract, repurchase agreement, swap agreement, and any similar agreement that the Corporation determines by regulation, resolution, or order to be a qualified financial contract for purposes of this paragraph.
- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) SECURITIES CONTRACT- The term `securities contract'-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (I) has the meaning given to such term in section 741 of title 11, United States Code, except that the term `security' (as used in such section) shall be deemed to include any mortgage loan, any mortgage-related security (as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), and any interest in any mortgage loan or mortgage-related security; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (II) does not include any participation in a commercial mortgage loan unless the Corporation determines by regulation, resolution, or order to include any such participation within the meaning of such term. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (iii) COMMODITY CONTRACT- The term `commodity contract' has the meaning given to such term in section 761 of title 11, United States Code. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (iv) FORWARD CONTRACT- The term `forward contract' has the meaning given to such term in section 101 of title 11, United States Code. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (v) REPURCHASE AGREEMENT- The term `repurchase agreement'-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (I) has the meaning given to such term in section 101 of title 11, the United States Code, except that the items (as described in such section) which may be subject to any such agreement shall be deemed to include mortgage-related securities (as such term is defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), any mortgage loan, and any interest in any mortgage loan; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (II) does not include any participation in a commercial mortgage loan unless the Corporation determines by regulation, resolution, or order to include any such participation within the meaning of such term. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (vi) SWAP AGREEMENT- The term `swap agreement'-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (I) means any agreement, including the terms and conditions incorporated by reference in any such agreement, which is a rate swap agreement, basis swap, commodity swap, forward rate agreement, interest rate future, interest rate option purchased, forward foreign exchange agreement, rate cap agreement, rate floor agreement, rate collar agreement, currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement, currency future, or currency option purchased or any other similar agreement, and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (II) includes any combination of such agreements and any option to enter into any such agreement. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (vii) TREATMENT OF MASTER AGREEMENT AS 1 SWAP AGREEMENT- Any master agreement for any agreements described in clause (vi)(I) together with all supplements to such master agreement shall be treated as 1 swap agreement. ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (viii) TRANSFER- The term `transfer' has the meaning given to such term in section 101 of title 11, United States Code. ][<-Struck out]- (ii) SECURITIES CONTRACT- The term `securities contract'--
- (I) means a contract for the purchase, sale, or loan of a security, a certificate of deposit, a mortgage loan, or any interest in a mortgage loan, a group or index of securities, certificates of deposit, or mortgage loans or interests therein (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof) or any option on any of the foregoing, including any option to purchase or sell any such security, certificate of deposit, loan, interest, group or index, or option;
- (II) does not include any purchase, sale, or repurchase obligation under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan unless the Corporation determines by regulation, resolution, or order to include any such agreement within the meaning of such term;
- (III) means any option entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currencies;
- (IV) means the guarantee by or to any securities clearing agency of any settlement of cash, securities, certificates of deposit, mortgage loans or interests therein, group or index of securities, certificates of deposit, or mortgage loans or interests therein (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof) or option on any of the foregoing, including any option to purchase or sell any such security, certificate of deposit, loan, interest, group or index or option;
- (V) means any margin loan;
- (VI) means any other agreement or transaction that is similar to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
- (VII) means any combination of the agreements or transactions referred to in this clause;
- (VIII) means any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
- (IX) means a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), or
(VIII), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a securities contract under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a securities contract under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), or (VIII); and
- (X) means any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause.
- (iii) COMMODITY CONTRACT- The term `commodity contract' means--
- (I) with respect to a futures commission merchant, a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade;
- (II) with respect to a foreign futures commission merchant, a foreign future;
- (III) with respect to a leverage transaction merchant, a leverage transaction;
- (IV) with respect to a clearing organization, a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade that is cleared by such clearing organization, or commodity option traded on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade that is cleared by such clearing organization;
- (V) with respect to a commodity options dealer, a commodity option;
- (VI) any other agreement or transaction that is similar to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
- (VII) any combination of the agreements or transactions referred to in this clause;
- (VIII) any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
- (IX) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), or (VIII), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a commodity contract under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a commodity contract under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), or (VIII); or
- (X) any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause.
- (iv) FORWARD CONTRACT- The term `forward contract' means--
- (I) a contract (other than a commodity contract) for the purchase, sale, or transfer of a commodity or any similar good, article, service, right, or interest which is presently or in the future becomes the subject of dealing in the forward contract trade, or product or byproduct thereof, with a maturity date more than 2 days after the date the contract is entered into, including, a repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, consignment, lease, swap, hedge transaction, deposit, loan, option, allocated transaction, unallocated transaction, or any other similar agreement;
- (II) any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in subclauses (I) and (III);
- (III) any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I) or (II);
- (IV) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclauses (I), (II), or (III), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a forward contract under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a forward contract under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the
master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (II), or (III); or
- (V) any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), or (IV).
- (v) REPURCHASE AGREEMENT- The term `repurchase agreement' (which definition also applies to a reverse repurchase agreement)--
- (I) means an agreement, including related terms, which provides for the transfer of one or more certificates of deposit, mortgage-related securities (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), mortgage loans, interests in mortgage-related securities or mortgage loans, eligible bankers' acceptances, qualified foreign government securities or securities that are direct obligations of, or that are fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency of the United States against the transfer of funds by the transferee of such certificates of deposit, eligible bankers' acceptances, securities, loans, or interests with a simultaneous agreement by such transferee to transfer to the transferor thereof certificates of deposit, eligible bankers' acceptances, securities, loans, or interests as described above, at a date certain not later than 1 year after such transfers or on demand, against the transfer of funds, or any other similar agreement;
- (II) does not include any repurchase obligation under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan unless the Corporation determines by regulation, resolution, or order to include any such participation within the meaning of such term;
- (III) means any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in subclauses (I) and (IV);
- (IV) means any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I) or (III);
- (V) means a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (III), or (IV), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a repurchase agreement under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a repurchase agreement under this subclause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (III), or (IV); and
- (VI) means any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (III), (IV), or (V).
- For purposes of this clause, the term `qualified foreign government security' means a security that is a direct obligation of, or that is fully guaranteed by, the central government of a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (as determined by regulation or order adopted by the appropriate Federal banking authority).
- (vi) SWAP AGREEMENT- The term `swap agreement' means--
- (I) any agreement, including the terms and conditions incorporated by reference in any such agreement, which is an interest rate swap, option, future, or forward agreement, including a rate floor, rate cap, rate collar, cross-currency rate swap, and basis swap; a spot, same day-tomorrow, tomorrow-next, forward, or other foreign exchange or precious metals agreement; a currency swap, option, future, or forward agreement; an equity index or equity swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a debt index or debt swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a credit spread or credit swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a commodity index or commodity swap, option, future, or forward agreement; or a weather swap, weather derivative, or weather option;
- (II) any agreement or transaction similar to any other agreement or transaction referred to in this clause that is presently, or in the future becomes, regularly entered into in the swap market (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement) and that is a forward, swap, future, or option on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, or economic indices or measures of economic risk or value;
- (III) any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in this clause;
- (IV) any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
- (V) a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), or (IV), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement contains an agreement or transaction that is not a swap agreement under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a swap agreement under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), or (IV); and
- (VI) any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreements or transactions referred to in subparagraph (I), (II), (III), (IV), or (V).
- Such term is applicable for purposes of this title only and shall not be construed or applied so as to challenge or affect the characterization, definition, or treatment of any swap agreement under any other statute, regulation, or rule, including the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, the Commodity Exchange Act, and the regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
- (vii) TREATMENT OF MASTER AGREEMENT AS ONE AGREEMENT- Any master agreement for any contract or agreement described in any preceding clause of this subparagraph (or any master agreement for such master agreement or agreements), together with all supplements to such master agreement, shall be treated as a single agreement and a single qualified financial contract. If a master agreement contains provisions relating to agreements or transactions that are not themselves qualified financial contracts, the master agreement shall be deemed to be a qualified financial contract only with respect to those transactions that are themselves qualified financial contracts.
- (viii) TRANSFER- The term `transfer' means every mode, direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, voluntary or involuntary, of disposing of or parting with property or with an interest in property, including retention of title as a security interest and foreclosure of the depository institutions's equity of redemption.
- (E) CERTAIN PROTECTIONS IN EVENT OF APPOINTMENT OF CONSERVATOR- Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act ( [Struck out->]
[ other than paragraph (12) of this subsection, subsection (d)(9) ][<-Struck out] other than subsections (d)(9) and (e)(10) of this section, and section 13(e) of this Act), any other Federal law, or the law of any State, no person shall be stayed or prohibited from exercising--- (i) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) any right under any security arrangement relating to such qualified financial contracts; or ][<-Struck out]- (ii) any right under any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more qualified financial contracts described in clause (i);
* * * * * * *
- (F) CLARIFICATION- No provision of law shall be construed as limiting the right or power of the Corporation, or authorizing any court or agency to limit or delay, in any manner, the right or power of the Corporation to transfer any qualified financial contract in accordance with paragraphs (9) and (10) of this subsection or to disaffirm or repudiate any such contract in accordance with subsection (e)(1) of this section.
- (G) WALKAWAY CLAUSES NOT EFFECTIVE-
- (i) IN GENERAL- Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (E), and sections 403 and 404 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, no walkaway clause shall be enforceable in a qualified financial contract of an insured depository institution in default.
- (ii) WALKAWAY CLAUSE DEFINED- For purposes of this subparagraph, the term `walkaway clause' means a provision in a qualified financial contract that, after calculation of a value of a party's position or an amount due to or from 1 of the parties in accordance with its terms upon termination, liquidation, or acceleration of the qualified financial contract, either does not create a payment obligation of a party or extinguishes a payment obligation of a party in whole or in part solely because of such party's status as a nondefaulting party.
- (H) RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS- The Corporation, in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agencies, may prescribe regulations requiring more detailed recordkeeping with respect to qualified financial contracts (including market valuations) by insured depository institutions.
- [Struck out->]
[ (9) TRANSFER OF QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS- In making any transfer of assets or liabilities of a depository institution in default which includes any qualified financial contract, the conservator or receiver for such depository institution shall either-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (A) transfer to 1 depository institution (other than a depository institution in default)-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (i) all qualified financial contracts between-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (I) any person or any affiliate of such person; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (II) the depository institution in default; ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (ii) all claims of such person or any affiliate of such person against such depository institution under any such contract (other than any claim which, under the terms of any such contract, is subordinated to the claims of general unsecured creditors of such institution); ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (iii) all claims of such depository institution against such person or any affiliate of such person under any such contract; and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (iv) all property securing any claim described in clause (ii) or (iii) under any such contract; or ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (B) transfer none of the financial contracts, claims, or property referred to in subparagraph (A) (with respect to such person and any affiliate of such person). ][<-Struck out]- (9) TRANSFER OF QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS-
- (A) IN GENERAL- In making any transfer of assets or liabilities of a depository institution in default which includes any qualified financial contract, the conservator or receiver for such depository institution shall either--
- (i) transfer to one financial institution, other than a financial institution for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other legal custodian has been appointed or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding--
- (I) all qualified financial contracts between any person or any affiliate of such person and the depository institution in default;
- (II) all claims of such person or any affiliate of such person against such depository institution under any such contract (other than any claim which, under the terms of any such contract, is subordinated to the claims of general unsecured creditors of such institution);
- (III) all claims of such depository institution against such person or any affiliate of such person under any such contract; and
- (IV) all property securing or any other credit enhancement for any contract described in subclause (I) or any claim described in subclause (II) or (III) under any such contract; or
- (ii) transfer none of the qualified financial contracts, claims, property or other credit enhancement referred to in clause (i) (with respect to such person and any affiliate of such person).
- (B) TRANSFER TO FOREIGN BANK, FOREIGN FINANCIAL INSTITUTION, OR BRANCH OR AGENCY OF A FOREIGN BANK OR FINANCIAL INSTITUTION- In transferring any qualified financial contract and related claims and property under subparagraph (A)(i), the conservator or receiver for the depository institution shall not make such transfer to a foreign bank, financial institution organized under the laws of a foreign country, or a branch or agency of a foreign bank or financial institution unless,
under the law applicable to such bank, financial institution, branch or agency, to the qualified financial contracts, and to any netting contract, any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more qualified financial contracts, the contractual rights of the parties to such qualified financial contracts, netting contracts, security agreements or arrangements, or other credit enhancements are enforceable substantially to the same extent as permitted under this section.
- (C) TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS SUBJECT TO THE RULES OF A CLEARING ORGANIZATION- In the event that a conservator or receiver transfers any qualified financial contract and related claims, property, and credit enhancements pursuant to subparagraph (A)(i) and such contract is subject to the rules of a clearing organization, the clearing organization shall not be required to accept the transferee as a member by virtue of the transfer.
- (D) DEFINITION- For purposes of this paragraph, the term `financial institution' means a broker or dealer, a depository institution, a futures commission merchant, or any other institution, as determined by the Corporation by regulation to be a financial institution.
- (10) NOTIFICATION OF TRANSFER-
- (A) IN GENERAL- If--
- (i) the conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution in default makes any transfer of the assets and liabilities of such institution; and
- (ii) the transfer includes any qualified financial contract,
- [Struck out->]
[ the conservator or receiver shall use such conservator's or receiver's best efforts to notify any person who is a party to any such contract of such transfer by 12:00, noon (local time) on the business day following such transfer. ][<-Struck out] the conservator or receiver shall notify any person who is a party to any such contract of such transfer by 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the date of the appointment of the receiver in the case of a receivership, or the business day following such transfer in the case of a conservatorship.- (B) CERTAIN RIGHTS NOT ENFORCEABLE-
- (i) RECEIVERSHIP- A person who is a party to a qualified financial contract with an insured depository institution may not exercise any right that such person has to terminate, liquidate, or net such contract under paragraph (8)(A) of this subsection or section 403 or 404 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, solely by reason of or incidental to the appointment of a receiver for the depository institution (or the insolvency or financial condition of the depository institution for which the receiver has been appointed)--
- (I) until 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the date of the appointment of the receiver; or
- (II) after the person has received notice that the contract has been transferred pursuant to paragraph (9)(A).
- (ii) CONSERVATORSHIP- A person who is a party to a qualified financial contract with an insured depository institution
may not exercise any right that such person has to terminate, liquidate, or net such contract under paragraph (8)(E) of this subsection or sections 403 or 404 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, solely by reason of or incidental to the appointment of a conservator for the depository institution (or the insolvency or financial condition of the depository institution for which the conservator has been appointed).
- (iii) NOTICE- For purposes of this paragraph, the Corporation as receiver or conservator of an insured depository institution shall be deemed to have notified a person who is a party to a qualified financial contract with such depository institution if the Corporation has taken steps reasonably calculated to provide notice to such person by the time specified in subparagraph (A).
- (C) TREATMENT OF BRIDGE BANKS- The following institutions shall not be considered to be a financial institution for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other legal custodian has been appointed or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding for purposes of paragraph (9):
- (i) A bridge bank.
- (ii) A depository institution organized by the Corporation, for which a conservator is appointed either--
- (I) immediately upon the organization of the institution; or
- (II) at the time of a purchase and assumption transaction between the depository institution and the Corporation as receiver for a depository institution in default.
- [Struck out->]
[ (B) ][<-Struck out] (D) BUSINESS DAY DEFINED- For purposes of this paragraph, the term `business day' means any day other than any Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which either the New York Stock Exchange or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed.- (11) DISAFFIRMANCE OR REPUDIATION OF QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS- In exercising the rights of disaffirmance or repudiation of a conservator or receiver with respect to any qualified financial contract to which an insured depository institution is a party, the conservator or receiver for such institution shall either--
- (A) disaffirm or repudiate all qualified financial contracts between--
- (i) any person or any affiliate of such person; and
- (ii) the depository institution in default; or
- (B) disaffirm or repudiate none of the qualified financial contracts referred to in subparagraph (A) (with respect to such person or any affiliate of such person).
- [Struck out->]
[ (11) ][<-Struck out] (12) CERTAIN SECURITY INTERESTS NOT AVOIDABLE- No provision of this subsection shall be construed as permitting the avoidance of any legally enforceable or perfected security interest in any of the assets of any depository institution except where such an interest is taken in contemplation of the institution's insolvency or with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud the institution or the creditors of such institution.- [Struck out->]
[ (12) ][<-Struck out] (13) AUTHORITY TO ENFORCE CONTRACTS-- (A) IN GENERAL- The conservator or receiver may enforce any contract, other than a director's or officer's liability insurance contract or a depository institution bond, entered into by the depository institution notwithstanding any provision of the contract providing for termination, default, acceleration, or exercise of rights upon, or solely by reason of, insolvency or the appointment of or the exercise of rights or powers by a conservator or receiver.
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (13) ][<-Struck out] (14) EXCEPTION FOR FEDERAL RESERVE AND FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANKS- No provision of this subsection shall apply with respect to--- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (14) ][<-Struck out] (15) SELLING CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE-- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (15) ][<-Struck out] (16) CERTAIN CREDIT CARD CUSTOMER LISTS PROTECTED-- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- SEC. 13. (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (e) AGREEMENTS AGAINST INTERESTS OF CORPORATION-
- (1) * * *
- [Struck out->]
[ (2) PUBLIC DEPOSITS- An agreement to provide for the lawful collateralization of deposits of a Federal, State, or local governmental entity or of any depositor referred to in section 11(a)(2) shall not be deemed to be invalid pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) solely because such agreement was not executed contemporaneously with the acquisition of the collateral or with any changes in the collateral made in accordance with such agreement. ][<-Struck out]- (2) EXEMPTIONS FROM CONTEMPORANEOUS EXECUTION REQUIREMENT- An agreement to provide for the lawful collateralization of--
- (A) deposits of, or other credit extension by, a Federal, State, or local governmental entity, or of any depositor referred to in section 11(a)(2), including an agreement to provide collateral in lieu of a surety bond;
- (B) bankruptcy estate funds pursuant to section 345(b)(2) of title 11, United States Code;
- (C) extensions of credit, including any overdraft, from a Federal reserve bank or Federal home loan bank; or
- (D) one or more qualified financial contracts, as defined in section 11(e)(8)(D),
- shall not be deemed invalid pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) solely because such agreement was not executed contemporaneously with the acquisition of the collateral or because of pledges, delivery, or substitution of the collateral made in accordance with such agreement.
* * * * * * *
-
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1991
* * * * * * *
TITLE IV--MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Subtitle A--Payment System Risk Reduction
CHAPTER 1--BILATERAL AND CLEARING ORGANIZATION NETTING
* * * * * * *
SEC. 402. DEFINITIONS.
- For purposes of this chapter--
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (2) CLEARING ORGANIZATION- The term `clearing organization' means a clearinghouse, clearing association, clearing corporation, or similar organization--
- (A) that provides clearing, netting, or settlement services for its members and--
- (i) * * *
- (ii) which is registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or is exempt from such registration by order of the Securities and Exchange Commission; or
- (B) that is registered as a derivatives clearing organization under section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act or that has been granted an exemption under section 4(c)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
* * * * * * *
- (6) DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION- The term `depository institution' means--
- (A) a depository institution as defined in section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act (other than clause (vii));
- (B) an uninsured national bank or an uninsured State bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, if the national bank or State member bank is not eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act;
- [Struck out->]
[ (B) a branch or agency as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978; ][<-Struck out]- (C) a branch or agency of a foreign bank, a foreign bank and any branch or agency of the foreign bank, or the foreign bank that established the branch or agency, as those terms are defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978;
- [Struck out->]
[ (C) ][<-Struck out] (D) a corporation chartered under section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act; or- [Struck out->]
[ (D) ][<-Struck out] (E) a corporation having an agreement or undertaking with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act.* * * * * * *
- (11) MEMBER- The term `member' means a member of or participant in a clearing organization, and includes the clearing organization and any other clearing organization with which such clearing organization has a netting contract.
* * * * * * *
- (14) NETTING CONTRACT-
- (A) IN GENERAL- The term `netting contract'--
- [Struck out->]
[ (i) means a contract or agreement between 2 or more financial institutions or members, that-- ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (I) is governed by the laws of the United States, any State, or any political subdivision of any State, and ][<-Struck out]- [Struck out->]
[ (II) provides for netting present or future payment obligations or payment entitlements (including liquidation or close-out values relating to the obligations or entitlements) among the parties to the agreement; and ][<-Struck out]- (i) means a contract or agreement between 2 or more financial institutions, clearing organizations, or members that provides for netting present or future payment obligations or payment entitlements (including liquidation or closeout values relating to such obligations or entitlements) among the parties to the agreement; and
- (ii) includes the rules of a clearing organization.
- (B) INVALID CONTRACTS NOT INCLUDED- The term `netting contract' does not include any contract or agreement that is invalid under or precluded by Federal law.
- (15) PAYMENT- The term `payment' means a payment of United States dollars, another currency, or a composite currency, and a noncash delivery, including a payment or delivery to liquidate an unmatured obligation.
SEC. 403. BILATERAL NETTING.
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) GENERAL RULE- Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the covered contractual payment obligations and the covered contractual payment entitlements between any 2 financial institutions shall be netted in accordance with, and subject to the conditions of, the terms of any applicable netting contract. ][<-Struck out]- (a) GENERAL RULE- Notwithstanding any other provision of State or Federal law (other than paragraphs (8)(E), (8)(F), and (10)(B) of section 11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or any order authorized under section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970), the covered contractual payment obligations and the covered contractual payment entitlements between any 2 financial institutions shall be netted in accordance with, and subject to the conditions of, the terms of any applicable netting contract (except as provided in section 561(b)(2) of title 11, United States Code).
* * * * * * *
- (f) ENFORCEABILITY OF SECURITY AGREEMENTS- The provisions of any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more netting contracts between any 2 financial institutions shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms (except as provided in section 561(b)(2) of title 11, United States Code), and shall not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by any State or Federal law (other than paragraphs (8)(E), (8)(F), and (10)(B) of section 11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970).
SEC. 404. CLEARING ORGANIZATION NETTING.
- [Struck out->]
[ (a) GENERAL NETTING RULE- Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the covered contractual payment obligations and covered contractual payment entitlements of a member of a clearing organization to and from all other members of a clearing organization shall be netted in accordance with and subject to the conditions of any applicable netting contract. ][<-Struck out]- (a) GENERAL RULE- Notwithstanding any other provision of State or Federal law (other than paragraphs (8)(E), (8)(F), and (10)(B) of section 11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and any order authorized under section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970), the covered contractual payment obligations and the covered contractual payment entitlements of a member of a clearing organization to and from all other members of a clearing organization shall be netted in accordance with and subject to the conditions of any applicable netting contract (except as provided in section 561(b)(2) of title 11, United States Code).
* * * * * * *
- (h) ENFORCEABILITY OF SECURITY AGREEMENTS- The provisions of any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more netting contracts between any 2 members of a clearing organization shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms (except as provided in section 561(b)(2) of title 11, United States Code), and shall not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by any State or Federal law (other than paragraphs (8)(E), (8)(F), and (10)(B) of section 11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970).
* * * * * * *
SEC. 407. TREATMENT OF CONTRACTS WITH UNINSURED NATIONAL BANKS AND UNINSURED FEDERAL BRANCHES AND AGENCIES.
- (a) IN GENERAL- Notwithstanding any other provision of law, paragraphs (8), (9), (10), and (11) of section 11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act shall apply to an uninsured national bank or uninsured Federal branch or Federal agency, except that for such purpose--
- (1) any reference to the `Corporation as receiver' or `the receiver or the Corporation' shall refer to the receiver of an uninsured national bank or uninsured Federal branch or Federal agency appointed by the Comptroller of the Currency;
- (2) any reference to the `Corporation' (other than in section 11(e)(8)(D) of such Act), the `Corporation, whether acting as such or as conservator or receiver', a `receiver', or a `conservator' shall refer to the receiver or conservator of an uninsured national bank or uninsured Federal branch or Federal agency appointed by the Comptroller of the Currency; and
- (3) any reference to an `insured depository institution' or `depository institution' shall refer to an uninsured national bank or an uninsured Federal branch or Federal agency.
- (b) LIABILITY- The liability of a receiver or conservator of an uninsured national bank or uninsured Federal branch or agency shall be determined in the same manner and subject to the same limitations that apply to receivers and conservators of insured depository institutions under section 11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
- (c) REGULATORY AUTHORITY-
- (1) IN GENERAL- The Comptroller of the Currency, in consultation with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, may promulgate regulations to implement this section.
- (2) SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT- In promulgating regulations to implement this section, the Comptroller of the Currency shall ensure that the regulations generally are consistent with the regulations and policies of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
- (d) DEFINITIONS- For purposes of this section, the terms `Federal branch', `Federal agency', and `foreign bank' have the same meanings as in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978.
SEC. [Struck out->][ 407. ][<-Struck out] 407A. NATIONAL EMERGENCIES.
- The provisions of this subtitle may not be construed to limit the authority of the President under the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq.) or the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.).
* * * * * * *
-
SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970
SEC. 5. PROTECTION OF CUSTOMERS.
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (b) COURT ACTION-
- (1) * * *
- (2) JURISDICTION AND POWERS OF COURT-
- (A) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (C) EXCEPTION FROM STAY-
- (i) Notwithstanding section 362 of title 11, United States Code, neither the filing of an application under subsection (a)(3) nor any order or decree obtained by SIPC from the court shall operate as a stay of any contractual rights of a creditor to liquidate, terminate, or accelerate a securities contract, commodity contract, forward contract, repurchase agreement, swap agreement, or master netting agreement, as those terms are defined in sections 101 and 741 of title 11, United States Code, to offset or net termination values, payment amounts, or other transfer obligations arising under or in connection with one or more of such contracts or agreements, or to foreclose on any cash collateral pledged by the debtor, whether or not with respect to one or more of such contracts or agreements.
- (ii) Notwithstanding clause (i), such application, order, or decree may operate as a stay of the foreclosure on, or disposition of, securities collateral pledged by the debtor, whether or not with respect to one or more of such contracts or agreements, securities sold by the debtor under a repurchase agreement, or securities lent under a securities lending agreement.
- (iii) As used in this subparagraph, the term `contractual right' includes a right set forth in a rule or bylaw of a national securities exchange, a national securities association, or a securities clearing agency, a right set forth in a bylaw of a
clearing organization or contract market or in a resolution of the governing board thereof, and a right, whether or not in writing, arising under common law, under law merchant, or by reason of normal business practice.
* * * * * * *
-
TRUTH IN LENDING ACT
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 2--CREDIT TRANSACTIONS
* * * * * * *
Sec. 127. Open end consumer credit plans
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (b) The creditor of any account under an open end consumer credit plan shall transmit to the obligor, for each billing cycle at the end of which there is an outstanding balance in that account or with respect to which a finance charge is imposed, a statement setting forth each of the following items to the extent applicable:
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (11)(A) In the case of an open end credit plan that requires a minimum monthly payment of not more than 4 percent of the balance on which finance charges are accruing, the following statement, located on the front of the billing statement, disclosed clearly and conspicuously: `Minimum Payment Warning: Making only the minimum payment will increase the interest you pay and the time it takes to repay your balance. For example, making only the typical 2% minimum monthly payment on a balance of $1,000 at an interest rate of 17% would take 88 months to repay the balance in full. For an estimate of the time it would take to repay your balance, making only minimum payments, call this toll-free number: XXXXXX.' (the blank space to be filled in by the creditor).
- (B) In the case of an open end credit plan that requires a minimum monthly payment of more than 4 percent of the balance on which finance charges are accruing, the following statement, in a prominent location on the front of the billing statement, disclosed clearly and conspicuously: `Minimum Payment Warning: Making only the required minimum payment will increase the interest you pay and the time it takes to repay your balance. Making a typical 5% minimum monthly payment on a balance of $300 at an interest rate of 17% would take 24 months to repay the balance in full. For an estimate of the time it would take to repay your balance, making only minimum monthly payments, call this toll-free number: XXXXXX.' (the blank space to be filled in by the creditor).
- (C) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B), in the case of a creditor with respect to which compliance with this title is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, the following statement, in a prominent location on the front of the billing statement, disclosed clearly and conspicuously: `Minimum Payment Warning: Making only the required minimum payment will increase the interest you pay and the time it takes to repay your balance. For example, making only the typical 5% minimum monthly payment on a balance of $300 at an interest rate of 17% would take 24 months to repay the balance in full. For an estimate of the time it would take to repay your balance, making only minimum monthly payments, call the Federal Trade Commission at this toll-free number: XXXXXX.' (the blank space to be filled in by the creditor). A creditor who is subject to this subparagraph shall not be subject to subparagraph (A) or (B).
- (D) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), in complying with any such subparagraph, a creditor may substitute an example based on an interest rate that is greater than 17 percent. Any creditor that is subject to subparagraph (B) may elect to provide the disclosure required under subparagraph (A) in lieu of the disclosure required under subparagraph (B).
- (E) The Board shall, by rule, periodically recalculate, as necessary, the interest rate and repayment period under subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C).
- (F)(i) The toll-free telephone number disclosed by a creditor or the Federal Trade Commission under subparagraph (A), (B), or (G), as appropriate, may be a toll-free telephone number established and maintained by the creditor or the Federal Trade Commission, as appropriate, or may be a toll-free telephone number established and maintained by a third party for use by the creditor or multiple creditors or the Federal Trade Commission, as appropriate. The toll-free telephone number may connect consumers to an automated device through which consumers may obtain information described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), by inputting information using a touch-tone telephone or similar device, if consumers whose telephones are not equipped to use such automated device are provided the opportunity to be connected to an individual from whom the information described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), as applicable, may be obtained. A person that receives a request for information described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) from an obligor through the toll-free telephone number disclosed under subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), as applicable, shall disclose in response to such request only the information set forth in the table promulgated by the Board under subparagraph (H)(i).
- (ii)(I) The Board shall establish and maintain for a period not to exceed 24 months following the effective date of the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001, a toll-free telephone number, or provide a toll-free telephone number established and maintained by a third party, for use by creditors that are depository institutions (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), including a Federal credit union or State credit union (as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752)), with total assets not exceeding $250,000,000. The toll-free telephone number may connect consumers to an automated device through which consumers may obtain information described in subparagraph (A) or (B), as applicable, by inputting information using a touch-tone telephone or similar device, if consumers whose telephones are not equipped to use such automated device are provided the opportunity to be connected to an individual from whom the information described in subparagraph (A) or (B), as applicable, may be obtained. A person that receives a request for information described in subparagraph (A) or (B) from an obligor through the toll-free telephone number disclosed under subparagraph (A) or (B), as applicable, shall disclose in response to such request only the information set forth in the table promulgated by the Board under subparagraph (H)(i). The dollar amount contained in this subclause shall be adjusted according to an indexing mechanism established by the Board.
- (II) Not later than 6 months prior to the expiration of the 24-month period referenced in subclause (I), the Board shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the program described in subclause (I).
- (G) The Federal Trade Commission shall establish and maintain a toll-free number for the purpose of providing to consumers the information required to be disclosed under subparagraph (C).
- (H) The Board shall--
- (i) establish a detailed table illustrating the approximate number of months that it would take to repay an outstanding balance if a consumer pays only the required minimum monthly payments and if no other advances are made, which table shall clearly present standardized information to be used to disclose the information required to be disclosed under subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), as applicable;
- (ii) establish the table required under clause (i) by assuming--
- (I) a significant number of different annual percentage rates;
- (II) a significant number of different account balances;
- (III) a significant number of different minimum payment amounts; and
- (IV) that only minimum monthly payments are made and no additional extensions of credit are obtained; and
- (iii) promulgate regulations that provide instructional guidance regarding the manner in which the information contained in the table established under clause (i) should be used in responding to the request of an obligor for any information required to be disclosed under subparagraph (A), (B), or (C).
- (I) The disclosure requirements of this paragraph do not apply to any charge card account, the primary purpose of which is to require payment of charges in full each month.
- (J) A creditor that maintains a toll-free telephone number for the purpose of providing customers with the actual number of months that it will take to repay the customer's outstanding balance is not subject to the requirements of subparagraph (A) or (B).
- (K) A creditor that maintains a toll-free telephone number for the purpose of providing customers with the actual number of months that it will take to repay an outstanding balance shall include the following statement on each billing statement: `Making only the minimum payment will increase the interest you pay and the time it takes to repay your balance. For more information, call this toll-free number: XXXX.' (the blank space to be filled in by the creditor).
- (12) If a late payment fee is to be imposed due to the failure of the obligor to make payment on or before a required payment due date, the following shall be stated clearly and conspicuously on the billing statement:
- (A) The date on which that payment is due or, if different, the earliest date on which a late payment fee may be charged.
- (B) The amount of the late payment fee to be imposed if payment is made after such date.
- (c) DISCLOSURE IN CREDIT AND CHARGE CARD APPLICATIONS AND SOLICITATIONS-
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (6) ADDITIONAL NOTICE CONCERNING `INTRODUCTORY RATES'-
- (A) IN GENERAL- Except as provided in subparagraph (B), an application or solicitation to open a credit card account and all promotional materials accompanying such application or solicitation for which a disclosure is required under paragraph (1), and that offers a temporary annual percentage rate of interest, shall--
- (i) use the term `introductory' in immediate proximity to each listing of the temporary annual percentage rate applicable to such account, which term shall appear clearly and conspicuously;
- (ii) if the annual percentage rate of interest that will apply after the end of the temporary rate period will be a fixed rate, state in a clear and conspicuous manner in a prominent location closely proximate to the first listing of the temporary annual percentage rate (other than a listing of the temporary annual percentage rate in the tabular format described in section 122(c)), the time period in which the introductory period will end and the annual percentage rate that will apply after the end of the introductory period; and
- (iii) if the annual percentage rate that will apply after the end of the temporary rate period will vary in accordance with an index, state in a clear and conspicuous manner in a prominent location closely proximate to the first listing of the temporary annual percentage rate (other than a listing in the tabular format prescribed by section 122(c)), the time period in which the introductory period will end and the rate that will apply after that, based on an annual percentage rate that was in effect within 60 days before the date of mailing the application or solicitation.
- (B) EXCEPTION- Clauses (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (A) do not apply with respect to any listing of a temporary annual percentage rate on an envelope or other enclosure in which an application or solicitation to open a credit card account is mailed.
- (C) CONDITIONS FOR INTRODUCTORY RATES- An application or solicitation to open a credit card account for which a disclosure is required under paragraph (1), and that offers a temporary annual percentage rate of interest shall, if that rate of interest is revocable under any circumstance or upon any event, clearly and conspicuously disclose, in a prominent manner on or with such application or solicitation--
- (i) a general description of the circumstances that may result in the revocation of the temporary annual percentage rate; and
- (ii) if the annual percentage rate that will apply upon the revocation of the temporary annual percentage rate--
- (I) will be a fixed rate, the annual percentage rate that will apply upon the revocation of the temporary annual percentage rate; or
- (II) will vary in accordance with an index, the rate that will apply after the temporary rate, based on an annual percentage rate that was in effect within 60 days before the date of mailing the application or solicitation.
- (D) DEFINITIONS- In this paragraph--
- (i) the terms `temporary annual percentage rate of interest' and `temporary annual percentage rate' mean any rate of interest applicable to a credit card account for an introductory period of less than 1 year, if that rate is less than an annual percentage rate that was in effect within 60 days before the date of mailing the application or solicitation; and
- (ii) the term `introductory period' means the maximum time period for which the temporary annual percentage rate may be applicable.
- (E) RELATION TO OTHER DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS- Nothing in this paragraph may be construed to supersede subsection (a) of section 122, or any disclosure required by paragraph (1) or any other provision of this subsection.
- (7) INTERNET-BASED APPLICATIONS AND SOLICITATIONS-
- (A) IN GENERAL- In any solicitation to open a credit card account for any person under an open end consumer credit plan using the Internet or other interactive computer service, the person making the solicitation shall clearly and conspicuously disclose--
- (i) the information described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1); and
- (ii) the information described in paragraph (6).
- (B) FORM OF DISCLOSURE- The disclosures required by subparagraph (A) shall be--
- (i) readily accessible to consumers in close proximity to the solicitation to open a credit card account; and
- (ii) updated regularly to reflect the current policies, terms, and fee amounts applicable to the credit card account.
- (C) DEFINITIONS- For purposes of this paragraph--
- (i) the term `Internet' means the international computer network of both Federal and non-Federal interoperable packet switched data networks; and
- (ii) the term `interactive computer service' means any information service, system, or access software provider that provides or enables computer access by multiple users to a computer server, including specifically a service or system that provides access to the Internet and such systems operated or services offered by libraries or educational institutions.
* * * * * * *
- (h) PROHIBITION ON CERTAIN ACTIONS FOR FAILURE TO INCUR FINANCE CHARGES- A creditor of an account under an open end consumer credit plan may not terminate an account prior to its expiration date solely because the consumer has not incurred finance charges on the account. Nothing in this subsection shall prohibit a creditor from terminating an account for inactivity in 3 or more consecutive months.
SEC. 127A. DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS FOR OPEN END CONSUMER CREDIT PLANS SECURED BY THE CONSUMER'S PRINCIPAL DWELLING.
- (a) APPLICATION DISCLOSURES- In the case of any open end consumer credit plan which provides for any extension of credit which is secured by the consumer's principal dwelling, the creditor shall make the following disclosures in accordance with subsection (b):
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (13) STATEMENT REGARDING [Struck out->]
[ CONSULTATION OF TAX ADVISOR ][<-Struck out] TAX DEDUCTIBILITY- [Struck out->][ A statement that the ][<-Struck out] A statement that--- (A) the consumer should consult a tax advisor regarding the deductibility of interest and charges under the plan [Struck out->]
[ . ][<-Struck out] ; and- (B) in any case in which the extension of credit exceeds the fair market value (as defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) of the dwelling, the interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes.
* * * * * * *
Sec. 128. Consumer credit not under open end credit plans
- (a) For each consumer credit transaction other than under an open end credit plan, the creditor shall disclose each of the following items, to the extent applicable:
- (1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (15) In the case of a consumer credit transaction that is secured by the principal dwelling of the consumer, in which the extension of credit may exceed the fair market value of the dwelling, a clear and conspicuous statement that--
- (A) the interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes; and
- (B) the consumer should consult a tax adviser for further information regarding the deductibility of interest and charges.
- (b)(1) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (3) In the case of a credit transaction described in paragraph (15) of subsection (a), disclosures required by that paragraph shall be made to the consumer at the time of application for such extension of credit.
* * * * * * *
CHAPTER 3--CREDIT ADVERTISING
* * * * * * *
Sec. 144. Advertising of credit other than open end plans
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (e) Each advertisement to which this section applies that relates to a consumer credit transaction that is secured by the principal dwelling of a consumer in which the extension of credit may exceed the fair market value of the dwelling, and which advertisement is disseminated in paper form to the public or through the Internet, as opposed to by radio or television, shall clearly and conspicuously state that--
- (1) the interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes; and
- (2) the consumer should consult a tax adviser for further information regarding the deductibility of interest and charges.
* * * * * * *
SEC. 147. ADVERTISING OF OPEN END CONSUMER CREDIT PLANS SECURED BY THE CONSUMER'S PRINCIPAL DWELLING.
- (a) * * *
* * * * * * *
- (b) TAX DEDUCTIBILITY- [Struck out->]
[ If any ][<-Struck out]- (1) IN GENERAL- If any advertisement described in subsection (a) contains a statement that any interest expense incurred with respect to the plan is or may be tax deductible, the advertisement shall not be misleading with respect to such deductibility.
- (2) CREDIT IN EXCESS OF FAIR MARKET VALUE- Each advertisement described in subsection (a) that relates to an extension of credit that may exceed the fair market value of the dwelling, and which advertisement is disseminated in paper form to the public or through the Internet, as opposed to by radio or television, shall include a clear and conspicuous statement that--
- (A) the interest on the portion of the credit extension that is greater than the fair market value of the dwelling is not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes; and
- (B) the consumer should consult a tax adviser for further information regarding the deductibility of interest and charges.
* * * * * * *
MARKUP TRANSCRIPT
House of Representatives,
Committee on the Judiciary,
--Washington, DC.
The committee met, pursuant to notice, at 10:03 a.m., in Room 2141, Rayburn House Office Building, Hon. F. James Sensenbrenner (chairman of the committee) presiding.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The committee will be in order. The Chair notes the presence of a working quorum and, pursuant to notice, I now call up the bill H.R. 333, the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001, for purposes of markup and move its favorable recommendation to the House. Without objection, the bill will be considered as read and open for amendment at any point. Without objection, the Chair is authorized to declare recesses of the committee during consideration of the noticed bills. Without objection, all members' statements will be included in the appropriate point in the record.
The Chair moves to strike the last word, and recognizes himself for 5 minutes.
Today, we have scheduled for markup two bills, both of which have long histories before this committee. H.R. 333, the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2001 represents the culmination of more than 3 years of intense and incisive consideration by this committee. Over these 3 years, the bill has benefitted immensely from the legislative process.
During the last Congress alone, this committee entertained 59 amendments over the course of a 5-day markup of H.R. 833, which is this bill's predecessor, which included 29 recorded votes. Of these amendments, 27 were agreed to. On the floor, 11 more amendments were considered. Likewise, this bill's predecessors on the Senate side also had benefit of an extensive and mandatory process. Beginning in November 1999, through final passage the following February, more than 250 amendments were proposed.
We also need to keep in mind that this bill is the product of extensive negotiation and compromise. Shortly after H.R. 833, as amended, was passed by the Senate last year, members and their staffs from both bodies spent nearly 7 months engaged in what was initially an informal conference to reconcile differences between the bills. The product of these extensive negotiations was the conference report that accompanied H.R. 2415. This legislation was so uncontroversial that it passed the House by a voice vote last October. In the Senate, the legislation was passed by a veto-proof vote of 70 to 28. But for President Clinton's pocket veto in the waning days of the last session, the conference report, which is virtually identical to H.R. 333, would now be law.
While I acknowledge that H.R. 333 is not beyond further perfection, I am concerned that any further substantive amendments to this bill will upset the delicate balance and various compromises that have been struck. We must be mindful of the fact that the House has registered its unqualified support for this bill's progenitors on not just one occasion, but four separate times.
Once we complete the markup of H.R. 333, we will then consider H.R. 256 for markup. H.R. 256 reenacts and extends chapter 12 of the Bankruptcy Code, a specialized form of bankruptcy relief for family farmers. Chapter 12 allows eligible family farmers, under the supervision of a bankruptcy trustee, to reorganize their debts pursuant to a repayment plan. The special attributes of this form of bankruptcy relief make it better suited to meet the particularized needs of family farmers in financial distress than other forms of bankruptcy relief.
This committee has previously considered and supported the extension of chapter 12. In addition, the House, on two occasions in the last Congress, passed legislation which would have extended chapter 12. Unfortunately, however, the Senate did not act on these bills, and chapter 12 expired on July 1, 2000, as a result. H.R. 256 simply reenacts chapter 12 of the Bankruptcy Code, effective retroactively to July 1, 2000. In addition, the bill extends this temporary form of bankruptcy relief for 11 months, until June 1, 2001. It is important to note, however, that H.R. 333 would make chapter 12 a permanent form of bankruptcy relief under the Code.
I now turn to my colleague, the gentleman from Michigan, Mr. Conyers, the distinguished ranking member of this committee, and ask him if he has any opening remarks. The gentleman is recognized for 5 minutes.
Mr. CONYERS. Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman.
In the spirit of cooperation that has informed the Judiciary Committee 107th Congress, I would like to point out that both you and I arrived at the same time today here for the meeting.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. And we couldn't be more cooperative than that. [Laughter.]
Mr. CONYERS. No, the timing, plus, I have two occasions which I got here before you still to my credit. So this intense cooperation I hope isn't getting anybody down so soon. I am delighted to come to the hearing. We're searching for more of our members, some of whom I know have asked to be excused. Mr. Delahunt is in another committee.
But the fact still remains there are a few economic issues facing the Congress that are more far-reaching than bankruptcy reform. As you all know, more of our citizens come and your constituents come into the bankruptcy courts more frequently than all of the other Federal courts combined. And at a time of record-high consumer debt, our economy slowing, there is no doubt that any changes that we make in the Bankruptcy Code will have a significant impact on our financial well-being.
Now, let me say, first and foremost, that I want to acknowledge that the bill before us has improved substantially over the course of the last two Congresses. I credit that to Mr. Gekas, the subcommittee Chair. We modified the means test. We've added safe-harbor protections; the bill includes an informa pauperis provision, and I commend the majority on this committee and the subcommittee chairman for these positive improvements. The bill, however, is still flawed, dangerously flawed, and I realize that, to me, the best course that those of us oppose it should make several focused proposed corrections and hope that we can gain a support of a majority number of people on this committee.
The first amendment that I will propose, and hope will be favorably considered, deals with the alimony and child support because, although we are seeking to enhance the status of alimony and child support payments, the problem is that in bankruptcy it is impossible to do this if we also enhance the status of credit card debt and place it in direct competition with alimony and child support payments. And so, members of the committee, this is what I seek to correct, precisely. It is very important, and I have a proposal that I will shortly offer to do that.
Now, the second thing is dealing with small business bankruptcy. We need to make sure that the new requirements are rational and that if a deadline cannot be met, for example, because of a regulatory process that must take place before the plan can be developed, we should give the court discretion to waive the deadline. Now, this is not a big, huge item, this is a small adjustment that we are asking that be made that will have a very large beneficial result.
And, finally, a couple of technical corrections that in calculating the debtor's income in chapter 13, we use actual income, not a figure based on a job he no longer has, and that lawyers who are bankruptcy petition preparers need not file a document stating they are not lawyers.
And so there you have it. These three proposals, to the extent that enough of the members in the committee could reach some joinder with me on, I think we may be able to have an even better bill than the one that is before us now.
Thank you.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. I thank the gentleman from Michigan.
Let me state that in terms of how we are going to proceed today, the Chair has noticed a markup for this bill for tomorrow morning at 10 o'clock. I think that, given the fact that there are no votes tomorrow on the floor of the House, members would kind of like to get out of town and go back to their districts. However, I would like to be able to wrap this up either today or tomorrow. So, with a little bit of bipartisan cooperation, perhaps we can get this done today, which would eliminate the necessity of having to come back tomorrow.
It is my intention to keep the committee in session until about 5:30. Today is Valentine's Day, and I certainly do not want to have the Valentines of all of those in the room get very angry at this committee during the first markup to keep you away from whatever obligations you have arranged for yourselves later on tonight. So, if we can work until 5:30, with an hour off for lunch, about the time that the votes are called on the floor, I think that we will either be able to get done or to get almost done and have the ball at least on the 10-yard line, and I would like to ask the members to be cooperative in that respect.
Without objection, other members' opening statements will be placed in the record at this point, and are there any amendments?
Mr. WATT. Mr. Chairman, may I make an inquiry?
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman from North Carolina.
Mr. WATT. Have you all reached some agreement that prohibits opening statements by the rest of the members of the committee or what----
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. No. No, we have not, Mr. Watt. But, you know, let me say that, you know, I have never seen any kind of press comment on opening statements by members of the committee----
Mr. WATT. Well, Mr. Chairman, I----
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. I am not going----
Mr. WATT. With all respect to the chairman, this isn't about press. I don't even know that the press is here. This is a markup of a bill.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. If the gentleman wants to move to strike the last word, there is no way I can prevent you from doing that. But, you know, let me say that if this markup drags on, we're going to be here tomorrow, and that's an imposition on the other members.
The gentleman is recognized for 5 minutes.
Mr. WATT. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I appreciate the chairman's indulgence and the committee's indulgence. I will just say at the outset, nothing that I do or say today will be done or said for any dilatory purpose, but this is a legislative body, this is the Judiciary Committee, and this is the place that a bill receives consideration in the most detail if it is going to be considered at all. I'm not sure I know what the implication to read into the chairman's statement about press coverage of opening statements. I don't think I have given him any reason to think that every time a camera is around I've got to be in front of it, but I do think I have given the chairman, and other people on this committee, reason to understand that if we are going to engage in a serious markup of a serious bill that has serious implications for the American people, neither Valentine's Day, nor Christmas, nor Hanukkah, nor any other excuses, even concerns about the necessity of having to return to Washington tomorrow need deter that.
Now, having said that, let me be clear in what I will try to do, as I was with Mr. Gekas last year. I start, unlike some people who I have heard talk about this issue, with the agreement with a number of my colleagues, that the bankruptcy law needs to be revised and reformed in many ways. I know that there are a number of people who are gaming the bankruptcy system, and I don't like it any more than anybody else, regardless of their purported philosophical stripes on this committee.
What I am seeking to do is to offer amendments, and I will seek to offer amendments. I have a total of 14, and I am going to put the chairman on notice about that at this very moment. I may or may not offer all of them, but I have 14 of them in my file, and every single one of them is designed, from my perspective, to make this bill one that I have the capacity to vote for. That's what I'm trying to get to. I support bankruptcy reform. The bill that has come out of this conference, I do not support. And if the bill is not revised, I cannot support it, and therefore I cannot follow through on what I have said to my colleagues on the committee or my constituents at home about what I feel about bankruptcy reform, which is that the Bankruptcy Code does need some reform and revisions, but I think this bill does not do it, in a number of respects, in the best way, and I think this bill, in a number of respects, is counterproductive to what it purports to do and will make more bankruptcy litigation, more paperwork, more red tape, and discourage a number of people from going into chapter 13 bankruptcies, rather than encouraging more people to get out of chapter 7 and into--into 13, as the bill purports to do.
So, if the chairman has any illusions about, you know, this whole--this, for me, this is not about being bipartisan or nonbipartisan. I don't know what bills anybody has struck about time to consider this bill, but I came here to work, and I will be here to work tomorrow, if we are here to work, if it is necessary to try to amend the bill in a way that will get it to the point where----
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman's time has expired.
Mr. WATT [continuing]. At the end of the day, I can support----
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman's time has expired.
Mr. WATT [continuing]. Or vote against the bill.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Are there any amendments?
Mr. CONYERS. I have one.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman from Michigan.
The clerk will report the amendment.
Mr. CONYERS. The Alimony and Child Support Amendment.
The CLERK. Amendment to H.R. 333 offered by Mr. Conyers and Ms. Waters, page 144, line 14, strike the period----
Mr. CONYERS. I ask unanimous consent the amendment be considered as read.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Without objection, so ordered. And the gentleman is recognized for 5 minutes.
Mr. CONYERS. Members of the committee and Mr. Chairman, I offer this amendment on behalf of myself and Representative Maxine Waters, and we offer the amendment because of the bill's adverse impact on payment of domestic support obligations.
As is known, the bill increases the amount of funds being paid to unsecured creditors, and such payments will often come at the expense of other less-aggressive creditors, such as women and children owed alimony and child support. This problem is by no means insignificant, given that an estimated quarter of a million to 325,000 bankruptcy cases involve child support and alimony orders during the most recent years. In particular, by making significant amounts of credit card debt nondischargeable, more of these debts will survive bankruptcy. And, of course, outside the bankruptcy court is precisely the arena where sophisticated credit card companies have the greatest advantages.
While the bankruptcy court provides a strict set of priority and payment rules, generally seeking to provide equal treatment of creditors with similar legal rights, State law collection is far more akin to survival of the fittest. Whichever creditor engages in the most aggressive tactic, be it through repeated collection demands and letters cutting off access to future credit, garnishment of wages or foreclosure on asset is the one most likely to be repaid.
And that's why the women and children's advocacy groups have come out in opposition to the bill. The National Women's Law Center has said the child support provisions of the bill fail to ensure that the increased rights the bill would give to commercial creditors do not come at the--should not come at the expense of families owed support. The Governing Council of the Family Law Section of the ABA has written that if credit card debt is added to the current list of items that are not dischargeable after a bankruptcy of a support payer, the alimony and child support recipient will be forced to compete with the well-organized, well-financed, obscenely profitable credit card companies, and it's not a fair fight, and it's one that women and children who rely on support will usually lose.
And so it's not just the advocacy groups who flag the problem, the Congressional Research Service, nonpartisan, has written that child support and credit card obligations could be pitted against each other. Both the domestic creditor and the commercial credit card creditor could pursue the debtor and attempt to collect from postpetition assets, but not in the bankruptcy court.
So all this amendment does is respond to the problem by providing a creditor should not receive any greater protections under the bill with regard to luxury good purchases, ATM debt or credit card debt used to pay taxes if it would impair the debtor's ability to pay alimony and child support. The amendment does not--does nothing to impair the present position of the creditors. It merely states that before we give that greater protection than they now enjoy--than they now enjoy, we need to make sure that alimony and child care are protected. Surely this is something that most of us can agree is fair and makes good sense.
Thank you.
[The Amendment to H.R. 333 Offered by Mr. Conyers and Ms. Waters follows:]
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Would the gentleman yield back the balance of his time?
Let the Chair say that the lights on the timer on the desk are in the process of being repaired. The timer is working up at the chairman's desk. For what purpose does the gentleman from Pennsylvania seek recognition?
Mr. GEKAS. I move to strike the last word.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman is recognized for 5 minutes.
Mr. GEKAS. I thank the chair.
One of the answers to the gentleman from Michigan is found in his own words, in his opening statement, that to the effect that this bill, which he acknowledges is better than the one we started with from his point of view, has taken great endeavors over the past two terms to establish the primacy of domestic support and women's and children's issues and has, in various ways and in various provisions, established and reestablished the primary consideration of making sure that support payments reached their destinations as a priority.
Therefore, the language that he now employs in these amendments, although they go to a different portion of the bankruptcy concepts of the 60 days, and 90 days, and 80 days, and 70 days, provisions that have been historically cutoff marks for bankruptcy, do not, in any way, enhance the situation that we've already cured.
I ask the members to vote no on this amendment, but I have asserted to the gentleman from Michigan, so that everyone will know, that I am willing again to, between now and the floor action on the House--in the House chamber, to review this with him, with a view to possibly agreeing on some measure of solace to him or compromise even further. I believe that we have compromised and negotiated sufficiently to assure the American people that the primary obligation of support is preserved.
Mr. CONYERS. Would the gentleman yield for my last comment?
You see the problem, George, is when both are competing equally, they--the mother and the children--are at a disadvantage because they don't have the professional law firms that regularly handle this. They come in one by one and get their socks beat off. And all I am saying is that we ought to take that into consideration, since we both profess to be concerned about maintaining this stringent rule about protecting child support and alimony orders.
Mr. GEKAS. Seizing back my time. The concerns that the gentleman has I think are wrapped up in the notion that and the fact that support obligations are part of another part of the court system in which they take extra pains in support court and in domestic court and in all of the penal provisions that apply to collection of support. You say that the people are without help, that the domestic seekers of support are without help. They've got an entire court system that is available to them and is imbedded, right from the start, in our system of bankruptcy, so that they are protected even by more than an ordinary consumer lawyer that might appear for that individual to protect one's life, there's an entire system already set up to guarantee support flowing to those who will be benefitted by it. I ask for a no vote on the amendment.
Mr. WATT. Mr. Chairman?
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Does the gentleman yield back the balance of his time?
Mr. GEKAS. I do.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. For what purpose does the gentleman from North Carolina seek recognition?
Mr. WATT. I move to strike the last word in support of the----
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman is recognized for 5 minutes.
Mr. WATT. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
I want to rise in support of Mr. Conyers' amendment. Mr. Gekas, of course, is right that there is a separate system for child support. It is--that separate system was put in place because we have placed a premium and value on having a child support system, but it doesn't do any good to have a domestic court, State court or a child support enforcement mechanism or whatever system we have in place to protect and secure the obtaining of a judgment for child support if that judgment, if that agreement, if that system is not going to be given some sanctity above and beyond an automobile loan or some other kind of loan that we don't think is as important in the bankruptcy context.
Mr. Gekas is absolutely right that if you are not in the bankruptcy court, there is plenty of protection and system to try to make sure of that, and the reason for that, of course, is that we, we value--that's a reflection of the values that State court and even interstate mechanisms have now been put in place to guarantee collection of child support, but if we undermine that in the bankruptcy court by allowing somebody to just go in and declare bankruptcy and then put automobile loans and luxury goods up to $250 or whatever we decide is going to go into some kind of preferred category, which we are doing over and over in this bill, putting more and more things into a preferred category, then basically what we've done is set up a system where more people, at the end of the day, are competing on a preferred basis with child support.
And this amendment is a clear and unequivocal statement that when that occurs, if it occurs, if those other competing creditors are going to put domestic support, child support at a disadvantage and child support is going to be compromised in any way, we want to continue to give it the same value and recognition that we have, in fact, given it outside the bankruptcy context for good and valid public policy reasons.
I'm not sure what you can--what the--what the gentleman's objection to this language is. He says he supports making sure that child support gets paid. That's been all the rhetoric throughout this process. I don't know how much clearer you could be playing around with the words between now and the floor. This is the committee that this bill is supposed to be considered and marked up in, and I assure you that if we don't put this language in this bill in this committee, it will never see the light of day again between now and the floor or on the floor.
If we value child support, then we should support the amendment. It does no disadvantage, no harm to any other values that are purported to be advanced by this bill. What it says is what we have said over and over again in a number of different contexts, that child support is our number one priority.
I yield to Mr. Conyers.
Mr. CONYERS. Thank you for an excellent statement, Mr. Watt. What you have said about the urgency of this passing now or never is so true that any future negotiations with us, and the subcommittee chairman, and to see how things go in Rules, and out on the floor and all of that, if this provision isn't in now, we all, realistically, know that it's not going to ever appear anywhere else again.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman's time has expired.
Mr. DELAHUNT. Mr. Chairman?
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Who seeks recognition?
Mr. DELAHUNT. Mr. Chairman?
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman from Massachusetts?
Mr. DELAHUNT. I move to strike the last word.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman is recognized for 5 minutes.
Mr. DELAHUNT. I will be very brief. I wanted to associate myself with the remarks by the gentleman from North Carolina. And I guess my question is what is there, and I would direct it to the former Chair of the subcommittee, what is there in the language that he objects to at this particular point in time?
Again, there seems to be rhetoric that would prioritize clearly the payment of child support. I think this makes it very clear and very unequivocal, and as the gentleman from North Carolina stated, it gives it a priority so that it is not competing with other priorities that the bill, in large, now creates as priorities.
Mr. GEKAS. Does the gentleman want me to yield?
Mr. DELAHUNT. No, I'm yielding to the gentleman, in terms of responding.
Mr. GEKAS. I might yield an answer to you.
Mr. DELAHUNT. I have the time----
Mr. GEKAS. I say----
Mr. DELAHUNT. Yes?
Mr. GEKAS. I say to the gentleman that we've already established the mechanisms, in and out of bankruptcy, to guarantee the primacy of support. When a debtor is about to declare bankruptcy, the bankruptcy--the lawyer who will be representing or the court that will be representing the spouse or the custodial parent will make certain that support is forthcoming through the regular channels of support----
Mr. DELAHUNT. Outside of the bankruptcy court.
Mr. GEKAS. Yes, as part and as part and parcel----
Mr. DELAHUNT. We----
Mr. GEKAS. In fact, our bill, our bill creates the----
Mr. DELAHUNT. Reclaiming my time, the avenues that the gentleman alludes to outside of the bankruptcy court is when an individual who is responsible for child support payment has the ability to pay. That has nothing at all to do with bankruptcy, whether it be a family court or a criminal court. Those avenues are available when an individual is not in bankruptcy. It is those particular courts that calculate the level of support. It has nothing whatsoever to do with an individual who finds himself in bankruptcy. So it really--they are absolutely, totally unrelated.
I yield back to the gentleman.
Mr. GEKAS. The gentleman fails to connect dots here. Here's an individual who is under an obligation by another court to pay $50 a week support. All of a sudden he decides he is going to go bankrupt because of the overwhelming burden of debts otherwise accumulated. What in the world does the gentleman believe will happen to that support matter, that it dissolves in favor of creditors? It stays in place. And throughout the bankruptcy proceeding----
Mr. DELAHUNT. Reclaiming my time. That support payment comes into competition with other priorities that are created by the bill before us.
Mr. GEKAS. Well, if that's the problem----
Mr. DELAHUNT. I yield to the gentleman from North Carolina.
Mr. WATT. Let me, let me point out to the members of the committee exactly what this is all about. Look at where this amendment is proposed to be inserted. It's inserted behind a provision dealing with luxury goods. We're spend--we're giving priority up to $250 to luxury goods on the same basis that we're giving the child support. That's crazy. That is insane. We are extending, and that has never been in the bankruptcy bill before. I mean, that wasn't the law. We are adding to the people that we are giving a preference to under this bill.
The same section, on page 144, gives priority up to $750 to extensions of consumer credit under an open-end credit plan. That's money that you get out of an ATM machine. I mean, you don't even know what it's going for. Basically, what you said, if the bank or you got some money out of an ATM machine, up to $750, we're going to give you the same priority that we give to children. This is crazy. It is counterproductive to the exact objectives that the sponsors and supporters of this bill, and why is that? It's because all of these people have come forward and said, `Hey, put us on the gravy train.' It's kind of like this tax bill. They just--this is the train that's moving out, and everybody wants priority, and we've given everybody priority----
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The time of the gentleman from Massachusetts has expired.
Mr. WATT [continuing]. Now on the same basis that children have priority.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The time of the gentleman from Massachusetts has expired.
The question is on the adoption of amendment no. 1 offered by the gentleman from Michigan.
Mr. CONYERS. Recorded vote, sir.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. All of those in favor will signify by saying aye, as your names are called; those opposed, no, and the clerk will call the roll.
The CLERK. Mr. Hyde?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Gekas?
Mr. GEKAS. I----
The CLERK. Mr. Gekas, aye.
Pardon me?
Mr. GEKAS. I am here voting no. [Laughter.]
The CLERK. Mr. Gekas, no. Mr. Coble?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Smith?
Mr. SMITH. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Smith, no. Mr. Gallegly?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Goodlatte?
Mr. GOODLATTE. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Goodlatte, no. Mr. Chabot?
Mr. CHABOT. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Chabot, no. Mr. Barr?
Mr. BARR. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Barr, no. Mr. Jenkins?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Hutchinson?
Mr. HUTCHINSON. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Hutchinson, no. Mr. Cannon?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Graham?
Mr. GRAHAM. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Graham, no. Mr. Bachus?
Mr. BACHUS. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Bachus, no. Mr. Scarborough?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Hostettler?
Mr. HOSTETTLER. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Hostettler, no. Mr. Green?
Mr. GREEN. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Green, no. Mr. Keller?
Mr. KELLER. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Keller, no. Mr. Issa?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Ms. Hart?
Ms. HART. No.
The CLERK. Ms. Hart, no. Mr. Flake?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Conyers?
Mr. CONYERS. Aye.
The CLERK. Mr. Conyers, aye. Mr. Frank?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Berman?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Boucher?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Nadler?
Mr. NADLER. Aye.
The CLERK. Mr. Nadler, aye. Mr. Scott?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Watt?
Mr. WATT. Aye.
The CLERK. Mr. Watt, aye. Ms. Lofgren?
Ms. LOFGREN. Aye.
The CLERK. Ms. Lofgren, aye. Ms. Jackson Lee?
Ms. JACKSON LEE. Aye.
The CLERK. Ms. Jackson Lee, aye. Ms. Waters?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Meehan?
Mr. MEEHAN. Aye.
The CLERK. Mr. Meehan, aye. Mr. Delahunt?
Mr. DELAHUNT. Aye.
The CLERK. Mr. Delahunt, aye. Mr. Wexler?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Ms. Baldwin?
Ms. BALDWIN. Aye.
The CLERK. Ms. Baldwin, aye. Mr. Weiner?
Mr. WEINER. Aye.
The CLERK. Mr. Weiner, aye. Mr. Schiff?
[No response.]
The CLERK. Mr. Chairman?
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. No.
The CLERK. Mr. Chairman, no.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Are there other members who wish to cast their votes? The gentlewoman from California?
The CLERK. Ms. Waters?
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentlewoman from California, the clerk did not get your vote. The gentlewoman from California?
Ms. WATERS. Aye.
The CLERK. Ms. Waters, aye.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman from Utah?
Mr. CANNON. No.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Are there other members who wish to record their vote or to change their votes?
[No response.]
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Hearing none, the clerk will report.
The CLERK. Mr. Chairman, there are 10 ayes and 14 nays.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The amendment is not agreed to.
Are there further amendments? The gentleman from Michigan?
[No response.]
Mr. WATT. Mr. Chairman?
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The gentleman from North Carolina.
Mr. WATT. Mr. Chairman, I have an amendment at the desk.
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. The clerk will report the amendment.
Mr. WATT. It's Watt No. 4.
The CLERK. Amendment to H.R. 333 offered by Mr. Watt of North Carolina.
Page 144, after line 14, insert the following [and make such technical and conforming changes as may be appropriate]:
Chairman SENSENBRENNER. Without objection, the amendment is considered as read, and the gentleman from North Carolina is recognized for 5 minutes.
Mr. WATT. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
This is not the order that I would plan to offer my amendments in, but I think this relates really to the same point that the last amendment did and illustrates the point that I was trying to make to the members of the committee about how this bill has become, in many ways, counterproductive to the purposes that many have said that they were setting out to achieve.
On page 143, section 310, of the bill starts to define the limitations on luxury goods and other items that basically are given priority in a bankruptcy proceeding. It limits to $250 luxury goods, which I think is appropriate. I don't think it ought to be on the same basis as child support, but at least it makes some sense to have a limitation, but--and it makes an exception at the end for luxury goods that are necessary for the support or maintenance of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor, which I think is good language. That's all the way over on page 144.
The next part of this, though, talks about cash advances aggregating more than $750. That means that up to $750 you get the priority if those advances were obtained within 70 days before the order for relief is granted, and unfortunately there is no similar exemption for that $750 that subordinates it to payments for support or maintenance of the debtor or a dependent of the debtor because if you look on page 144, lines 11 through 14, the limitation that subordinates luxury goods up to $250 to reasonably necessary support and maintenance of the debtor, there is no similar limitation for the $750 that's been advanced. Even if I went to the ATM and got the $750 to try to pay child support, there is no recognition of that.
Basically, what the credit card companies have succeeded in doing, and I'm not an opponent of credit card companies, I just think we've got to be reasonable in the approach we are using here, and what this amendment would do is make that
